Bstandardplansfy2022 23ebook

FY 2022-23 STANDARD PLANS
FOR BRIDGE CONSTRUCTION

Effective for Projects with Lettings in the Fiscal Year (FY) from
July 1, 2022 through June 30, 2023
State of Florida Department of Transportation

Office of Design
FY 2022-23 Standard Plans for Mail Station 32
Road and Bridge Construction 605 Suwannee Street
Topic No. 625-010-003 Tallahassee, Florida 32399-0450
TABLE OF CONTENTS
FY 2022-23 STANDARD PLANS FOR BRIDGE CONSTRUCTION
Standard Standard
Plans Index Title Plans Index Title
Index Index
General Construction Operations Precast Prestressed Concrete Construction (Cont.)
Maintenance of Traffic 450-452 15" Florida Slab Beam
102-200 Temporary Acrow 300 Series Detour Bridge General Notes & Details 450-453 18" Florida Slab Beam
102-201 Temporary Acrow 700XS Series Detour Bridge General Notes & Details 450-502 Beveled Bearing Plate Details - Prestressed Florida-U Beams
102-210 Temporary Detour Bridge - Timber Pile Foundations 450-511 Bearing Plates (Type I) - Prestressed Florida-I & AASHTO Type II Beams
102-220 Temporary Detour Bridge - Steel H Pile Foundations 450-512 Bearing Plates (Type 2) - Prestressed Florida-I & AASHTO Type II Beams
102-230 Temporary Detour Bridge - Steel Pipe Pile Foundations Structures Foundations
102-240 Temporary Detour Bridge Thrie - Beam Guardrail 455-001 Square Prestressed Concrete Piles - Typical Details & Notes
Structures 455-002 Square Prestressed Concrete Pile Splices
Concrete Structures 455-003 Square Prestressed Concrete Piles - EDC Instrumentation
400-090 Approach Slabs (Flexible Pavement Approaches) 455-012 12'' Square Prestressed Concrete Pile
400-091 Approach Slabs (Rigid Pavement Approaches) 455-014 14'' Square Prestressed Concrete Pile
400-289 Concrete Box Culvert Details 455-018 18'' Square Prestressed Concrete Pile
400-291 Precast Concrete Box Culverts Supplemental Details 455-024 24'' Square Prestressed Concrete Pile
400-292 Standard Precast Concrete Box Culverts 455-030 30'' Square Prestressed Concrete Pile
400-510 Composite Elastomeric Bearing Pads - Prestressed Florida-I & AASHTO Type II Beams 455-031 30'' Square Prestressed Concrete Pile - High Moment Capacity
415-001 Bar Bending Details (Steel) 455-054 54'' Precast/Post-Tensioned Concrete Cylinder Pile
415-010 Bar Bending Details (FRP) 455-060 60'' Prestressed Concrete Cylinder Pile
Precast Prestressed Concrete Construction 455-101 Square CFRP & SS Prestressed Concrete Piles - Typical Details & Notes
450-010 Florida-I Beam - Typical Details and Notes 455-102 Square CFRP & SS Prestressed Concrete Pile Splices
450-036 Florida-I 36 Beam - Standard Details 455-112 12" Square CFRP & SS Prestressed Concrete Pile
450-078 Florida-I 78 Beam - Standard Details 455-154 54" Precast/Post-Tensioned CFRP & SS Concrete Cylinder Pile
450-084 Florida-I 84 Beam - Standard Details 455-160 60" Prestressed CFRP and SS Concrete Cylinder Pile
450-096 Florida-I 96 Beam - Standard Details Bridge Deck Joints

450-120 AASHTO Type II Beam 458-100 Expansion Joint System - Strip Seal
450-199 Prestressed I-Beams Build-Up and Deflection Data 458-110 Expansion Joint System - Poured Joint with Backer Rod
450-210 Florida-U Beam - Typical Details and Notes Structural Steel and Miscellaneous Metals
450-248 Florida-U 48 Beam - Standard Details 460-250 Access Hatch Assembly for Steel Box Sections
450-254 Florida-U 54 Beam - Standard Details 460-251 Access Hatch Assembly for Concrete Box Sections
450-263 Florida-U 63 Beam - Standard Details 460-252 Access Door Assembly for Steel Box Sections
450-272 Florida-U 72 Beam - Standard Details 460-470 Traffic Railing - (Thrie Beam Retrofit) Typical Details & Notes
450-299 Florida-U Beams Build-up & Deflection Data 460-471 Traffic Railing - (Thrie Beam Retrofit) Narrow Curb
450-450 Florida Slab Beam Typical Details & Notes 460-472 Traffic Railing - (Thrie Beam Retrofit) Wide Strong Curb Type 1
450-451 12" Florida Slab Beam 460-473 Traffic Railing - (Thrie Beam Retrofit) Wide Strong Curb Type 2
1
TABLE OF CONTENTS
FY 2022-23 STANDARD PLANS FOR BRIDGE CONSTRUCTION
Standard Standard
Plans Index Title Plans Index Title
Index Index
Structural Steel and Miscellaneous Metals (Cont.) Fencing - Type R

460-474 Traffic Railing - (Thrie Beam Retrofit) Intermediate Curb 550-010 Bridge Fencing (Vertical)
460-475 Traffic Railing - (Thrie Beam Retrofit) Wide Curb Type 1 550-011 Bridge Fencing (Curved Top)
460-476 Traffic Railing - (Thrie Beam Retrofit) Wide Curb Type 2 550-012 Bridge Fencing (Enclosed)
460-477 Thrie-Beam Panel Retrofit (Concrete Handrail) 550-013 Bridge Fencing (Over Railroad)
460-490 Traffic Railing - (Rectangular Tube Retrofit) Traffic Control Signals and Devices
Post-Tensioning 630-010 Conduit Details - Embedded
462-001 Post-Tensioning Vertical Profiles
462-002 Post-Tensioning Anchorage Protection Signing, Pavement Markings and Lighting

462-003 Post-Tensioning Anchorage and Tendon Filling Details 715-240 Maintenance Lighting for Box Girders
Fiber Reinforced Polymer Fender Systems

471-030 Fender System - Prestressed Concrete Piles and FRP Wales
Incidental Construction
Navigation Lights for Fixed Bridges

510-001 Navigation Light System Details (Fixed Bridges)
Metal Pedestrian/Bicycle Railings, Guiderails and Handrails

515-021 Pedestrian/Bicycle Bullet Railing for Traffic Railing
515-022 Pedestrian/Bicycle Bullet Railing Details
515-051 Bridge Pedestrian/Bicycle Railing (Steel)
515-061 Bridge Pedestrian/Bicycle Railing (Aluminum)
Concrete Barriers, Traffic Railing and Parapets

521-404 Guardrail Transitions - Existing Post & Beam Bridge Railings (Narrow & Recessed Curbs)
521-405 Guardrail Transitions - Existing Post & Beam Bridge Railings (Wide Curbs)
521-422 Traffic Railing - (42" Vertical Shape)
521-423 Traffic Railing - (32" Vertical Shape)
521-426 Traffic Railing - (Median 36" Single-Slope)
521-427 Traffic Railing - (36" Single-Slope)
521-428 Traffic Railing - (42" Single-Slope)
521-480 Traffic Railing - (Vertical Face Retrofit) Typical Details & Notes
521-481 Traffic Railing - (Vertical Face Retrofit) Narrow Curb
521-482 Traffic Railing - (Vertical Face Retrofit) Wide Curb
521-483 Traffic Railing - (Vertical Face Retrofit) Intermediate Curb
521-484 Traffic Railing - (Vertical Face Retrofit) Spread Footing Approach
521-509 Traffic Railing/Noise Wall (8'-0") - Bridge
521-660 Light Pole Pedestal - Bridge
521-820 27" Concrete Parapet Pedestrian/Bicycle with Bullet Railing
521-825 42" Concrete Pedestrian/Bicycle Railing
2
INDEX CROSSWALK
FY 2022-23 STANDARD PLANS FOR ROAD AND BRIDGE CONSTRUCTION
Design Design
Standard Standard
Standards Index Title Standards Index Title
Plans Index Plans Index
Index Index
Erosion Control and Water Quality Drainage (cont.)
104 570-001 Permanent Erosion Control 261 430-011 U-Type Concrete Endwalls-Baffles and Grate Optional - 15" To 30" Pipe
105 570-010 Shoulder Sodding and Turf on Existing Facilities 264 430-012 U-Type Concrete Endwall-Energy Dissipator - 30" to 72" Pipe
Drainage 266 430-040 Winged Concrete Endwalls - Single Round Pipe: Renamed: Winged Concrete Endwalls
200 425-010 Structure Bottoms - Type J and P 268 Deleted U-Type Sand-Cement Endwalls
201 425-001 Supplementary Details for Manholes and Inlets 270 430-020 Flared End Section
206 436-001 Trench Drain 272 430-021 Cross Drain Mitered End Section
210 425-020 Curb Inlet Tops - Types 1, 2, 3 and 4 273 430-022 Side Drain Mitered End Section
211 425-021 Curb Inlet Tops - Types 5 and 6 280 430-001 Miscellaneous Drainage Details
212 425-022 Curb Inlet - Type 7 281 524-001 Ditch Pavement and Sodding
213 425-023 Curb Inlet - Type 8 282 425-060 Back of Sidewalk Drainage
214 425-024 Curb Inlet Top - Type 9 283 520-010 Median Opening Flume
215 425-025 Curb Inlet Top - Type 10 284 520-005 Concrete Shoulder Gutter Spillway
216 425-061 Closed Flume Inlet 285 443-001 French Drain
217 425-030 Median Barrier Inlets Types 1 and 2 286 440-001 Underdrain
218 425-031 Shoulder Barrier Inlet: Renamed: Adjacent Barrier Inlet 287 446-001 Concrete Pavement Subdrainage
219 425-032 Curb and Gutter Barrier Inlet 288 444-T01 Deep Well Injection Box
220 425-040 Gutter Inlet - Type S 289 400-289 Concrete Box Culvert Details (LRFD)
221 425-041 Gutter Inlet - Type V 291 400-291 Supplemental Details for Precast Concrete Box Culverts
230 425-050 Ditch Bottom Inlet - Type A 292 400-292 Standard Precast Concrete Box Culverts
231 425-051 Ditch Bottom Inlet - Type B 293 425-090 Safety Modifications for Inlets in Box Culverts
232 425-052 Ditch Bottom Inlet - Type C, D, E and H 295 430-090 Safety Modifications for Endwalls
233 425-053 Ditch Bottom Inlet - Type F and G Curbs, Concrete Pavement and Sidewalks
234 425-054 Ditch Bottom Inlet - Type J 300 520-001 Curb & Curb and Gutter (Renamed: Curb and Gutter)
235 425-055 Ditch Bottom Inlet - Type K 301 Deleted* Turn Lanes [*Content moved to the FDM]
240 425-070 Skimmer For Outlet Control Structures 302 520-020 Traffic Separators
241 443-002 Skimmers For French-Drain Outlets 303 Deleted Curb Return Profiles
245 440-002 Underdrain Inspection Box 304 522-002 Detectable Warnings and Sidewalk Curb Ramps
250 430-030 Straight Concrete Endwalls - Single And Multiple Pipe 305 350-001 Concrete Pavement Joints
251 430-031 Straight Concrete Endwalls - Single And Double 60" Pipe 306 370-001 Bridge Approach Expansion Joint - Concrete Pavement: Renamed: Bridge
252 430-032 Straight Concrete Endwalls - Single And Double 66" Pipe Approach Expansion Joint - Concrete Pavement with Special Select Soil Base
253 430-033 Straight Concrete Endwalls - Single And Double 72" Pipe 307 125-001 Miscellaneous Utility Details
255 430-034 Straight Concrete Endwalls - Single 84" Pipe 307 425-080 NEW: Utility Conflicts thru Drainage Structures (Note: Index 307, Sheet 2 of 3)
258 Deleted Straight Sand-Cement Endwalls 308 353-001 Concrete Slab Replacement
260 430-010 U-Type Concrete Endwalls With Grates - 15" to 30" Pipe 310 522-001 Concrete Sidewalk
1
INDEX CROSSWALK
Design Design
Standard Standard
Index Index
Traffic Railings General

400 536-001 Guardrail 500 120-002 Removal of Organic and Plastic Material (Renamed: Subsoil Excavation)
402 536-002 Guardrail Transitions and Connections for Existing Bridges 505 120-001 Embankment Utilization
Guardrail Transitions - Existing Post & Beam Bridge Railings (Narrow & Recessed
404 521-404 506 160-001 Miscellaneous Earthwork Details
Curbs)
405 521-405 Guardrail Transitions - Existing Post & Beam Bridge Railings (Wide Curbs) 510 000-510 Superelevation - Rural Highways, Urban Freeways and High Speed Urban Highways
410 521-001 Concrete Barrier 511 000-511 Superelevation - Urban Highways and Streets
330-001 522-
411 521-002 Pier Protection Barrier 515 Turnouts
003
330-001 522-
412 102-120 Low Profile Barrier 516 Turnouts - Resurfacing Projects
003
414 102-110 Type K Temporary Concrete Barrier System 517 546-001 Raised Rumble Strips
415 102-100 Temporary Concrete Barrier Renamed: Temporary Barrier 518 546-010 Shoulder Rumble Strips
420 Deleted Traffic Railing - (32" F Shape) 521 400-021 Concrete Steps
421 Deleted Traffic Railing - (Median 32" F Shape) 525 000-525 Ramp Terminals
422 521-422 Traffic Railing - (42" Vertical Shape) 526 Deleted* Roadway Transitions [*Content moved to the FDM]
423 521-423 Traffic Railing - (32" Vertical Shape) 527 Deleted* Directional Median Opening [*Content moved to the FDM]
424 Deleted Traffic Railing - (Corral Shape) 530 Deleted Rest Area Pavilion
425 Deleted Traffic Railing - (42" F Shape) 532 110-200 Mailboxes
426 521-426 Traffic Railing - (Median 36" Single-Slope) 535 Deleted Tractor Crossing
427 521-427 Traffic Railing - (36" Single-Slope) 540 141-T01 Settlement Plate
428 521-428 Traffic Railing - (42" Single-Slope) 542 110-100 Tree Protection and Preservation
430 544-001 Crash Cushion Details 544 580-001 Landscape Installation
461 521-010 Opaque Visual Barrier N/A 591-001 Landscape Irrigation Sleeves
470 460-470 Traffic Railing - (Thrie-Beam Retrofit) General Note & Details 546 Deleted* Sight Distance at Intersections [*Content moved to the FDM]
471 460-471 Traffic Railing - (Thrie-Beam Retrofit) Narrow Curb 560 830-T01 Railroad Crossings
472 460-472 Traffic Railing - (Thrie-Beam Retrofit) Wide Strong Curb Type 1 Traffic Control Through Work Zones
473 460-473 Traffic Railing - (Thrie-Beam Retrofit) Wide Strong Curb Type 2 600 102-600 General Information for Traffic Control Through Work Zones
474 460-474 Traffic Railing - (Thrie-Beam Retrofit) Intermediate Curb 601 102-601 Two-Lane, Two-Way, Work Outside Shoulder Renamed: Two-Lane and Multilane
475 460-475 Traffic Railing - (Thrie-Beam Retrofit) Wide Curb Type 1 Roadway, Work Beyond Shoulder
476 460-476 Traffic Railing - (Thrie-Beam Retrofit) Wide Curb Type 2 602 102-602 Two-Lane, Two-Way, Work On Shoulder Renamed: Two-Lane and Multilane,
477 460-477 Thrie-Beam Panel Retrofit (Concrete Handrail) Work on Shoulder
N/A 460-490 Traffic Railing - (Rectangular Tube Retrofit) 603 102-603 Two-Lane, Two-Way, Work Within The Travel Way
480 521-480 Traffic Railing - (Vertical Face Retrofit) General Notes & Details 604 102-604 Two-Lane, Two-Way, Work in Intersection Renamed: Two-Lane, Two-Way, Intersection Work
481 521-481 Traffic Railing - (Vertical Face Retrofit) Narrow Curb 605 Deleted* Two-Lane, Two-Way, Work Near Intersection [*Combined with 102-604]
482 521-482 Traffic Railing - (Vertical Face Retrofit) Wide Curb 606 102-606 Two-Lane, Two-Way, Work Within the Travel Way - Signal Control Renamed: Two-Lane
483 521-483 Traffic Railing - (Vertical Face Retrofit) Intermediate Curb Roadway, Lane Closure Using Temporary Traffic Signals
484 521-484 Traffic Railing - (Vertical Face Retrofit) Spread Footing Approach 607 102-607 Two-Lane, Two-Way, Mobile Operation, Work On Shoulder and Work Within the Travel Way
Renamed: Mobile Operations 2
INDEX CROSSWALK
Design Design
Standard Standard
Index Index
Traffic Control Through Work Zones (Cont.) Traffic Control Through Work Zones (Cont.)
608 102-608 Two-Lane, Two-Way, Temporary Diversion Connection 667 Deleted Toll Plaza, Traffic Control Standards
611 Deleted* Multilane, Work Outside Shoulder [*Combined with 102-601] 670 Deleted* Motorist Awareness System [*Combined with 102-613]
612 Deleted* Multilane, Work on Shoulder [*Combined with 102-602] N/A 102-680 Haul Road Crossing (New Index)
613 102-613 Multilane, Work Within Travel Way-Median or Outside Lane Renamed: Multilane Fencing and Pedestrian Railings
Roadway, Lane Closures 800 550-004 Fence Location
614 Deleted* Multilane, Work Within Travel Way-Center Lane [*Combined with 102-613] 801 550-001 Fence - Type A
615 102-615 Multilane, Work in Intersection Renamed: Multilane Roadway, Intersection Work 802 550-002 Fence - Type B
616 Deleted* Multilane, Work Near Intersection-Median or Outside Lane 803 550-003 Cantilever Slide Gate - Type B Fence
[*Combined with 102-615] 810 550-010 Bridge Fencing (Vertical)
617 Deleted* Multilane, Work In Intersection [*Combined with 102-615] 811 550-011 Bridge Fencing (Curved Top)
618 Deleted* Multilane, Work In Intersection - Two Lanes Closed-45mph or Less 812 550-012 Bridge Fencing (Enclosed)
[*Combined with 102-615] 820 521-820 27" Concrete Parapet with Pedestrian/Bicycle Bullet Railing
619 Deleted* Multilane, Mobile Operations Work on Shoulder, Work Within Travel Way 821 515-021 Bridge Aluminum Pedestrian/Bicycle Bullet Railing for Traffic Railing
[*Combined with 102-607] 822 515-022 Bridge Aluminum Pedestrian/Bicycle Bullet Railing Details
620 102-620 Multilane, Divided, Temporary Diversion Connection Renamed: Multilane 825 521-825 42" Concrete Pedestrian/Bicycle Railing
Roadway, Temporary Diversion
851 515-051 Bridge Pedestrian/Bicycle Railing (Steel)
621 Deleted* Multilane Undivided, Temporary Diversion Connection [*Combined with 102-620] 852 515-052 Steel Pedestrian/Bicycle Railing
622 Deleted Multilane, Work Near Intersection - Temporary Diversion Connection 35mph or Less 861 515-061 Bridge Pedestrian/Bicycle Railing (Aluminum)
623 Deleted* Multilane, Work Within the Travel Way Double Lane Closure [*Combined with 102-613] 862 515-062 Aluminum Pedestrian/Bicycle Railing
625 102-625 Temporary Road Closure - 5 Minutes or Less Renamed: Temporary Road Closure 870 515-070 Aluminum Pipe Guiderail
628 102-628 Two Way Left Turn Lane Closure Renamed: Two-Way Left-Turn Lanes 880 515-080 Steel Pipe Guiderail
630 Deleted Crossover for Paving Train Operations, Rural Noise And Perimeter Wall Systems
631 Deleted Temporary Crossover 5200 534-200 Precast Noise Walls
640 Deleted Converting Two-Lanes to Four-Lanes Divided, Rural 5210 521-510 Traffic Railing/Noise Wall (8'-0")
641 Deleted Converting Two-Lanes to Four-Lanes Divided, Urban 5211 521-511 Traffic Railing/Noise Wall (14'-0")
642 Deleted* Transitions for Temporary Concrete Barrier Wall on Freeway Facilities 5212 521-512 Traffic Railing/Noise Wall (8'-0") Junction Slab Renamed: Concrete
[*Combined with 102-100] Barrier/Noise Wall-Junction Slab
650 Deleted Two-Lane Two-Way, Rural Structure Replacement 5213 521-513 Traffic Railing/Noise Wall T-Shaped Spread Footing Renamed: Concrete
651 Deleted Multilane Divided, Maintenance and Construction Barrier/Noise Wall T-Shaped Spread Footing
655 102-655 Traffic Pacing 5214 521-514 Traffic Railing/Noise Wall L-Shaped Spread Footing Renamed: Concrete
660 102-660 Pedestrian Control for Closure of Sidewalks Renamed: Sidewalk Closure Barrier/Noise Wall L-Shaped Spread Footing
N/A 102-661 Bicycle Facility Closures (New Index) 5215 521-515 Traffic Railing/Noise Wall Trench Footing Renamed: Concrete
665 102-665 Limited Access, Temporary Opening Barrier/Noise Wall Trench Footing
5250 534-250 Perimeter Walls 3

INDEX CROSSWALK
Design Design
Standard Standard
Index Index
Wall Systems Signing and Marking (Cont.)
6010 400-010 C-I-P Cantilever Retaining Wall 17354 Deleted* Tourist Oriented Directional Signs [*Content moved to the FDM]
6011 400-011 Gravity Wall 17355 700-102 Special Sign Details
6020 548-020 Permanent MSE Retaining Wall Systems 17356 659-010 Span Wire Mounted Sign Details
6030 548-030 Temporary MSE Retaining Wall Systems 17357 700-107 Bridge Weight Restrictions
6040 455-400 Precast Concrete Sheet Pile Wall 17359 700-106 Rural Narrow Bridge Treatment
6100 521-600 MSE Wall Coping (Precast or C-I-P) Roadway Lighting

6110 521-610 Wall Coping With Traffic Railing/Junction Slab 17500 715-001 Conventional Lighting
N/A 521-611 Concrete Barrier/Junction Slab-Wall Coping (FRP) (New Index) New 715-003 Utility Conflict Pole
6120 521-620 Wall Coping With Traffic Railing/Raised Sidewalk 17502 715-010 High Mast Lighting
6130 521-630 Wall Coping/Parapet with C-I-P Sidewalk 17504 639-001 Service Point Details
6200 521-650 Coping Mounted Light Pole Pedestal 17505 700-031 External Lighting For Signs
6201 521-640 Junction Slab at Drainage Inlet Openings 17515 715-002 Standard Aluminum Lighting
Signing and Marking Traffic Signal and Equipment

11200 700-020 Multi-Column Ground Sign 17700 635-001 Pull & Splice Box
11300 700-030 Steel Overhead Sign Structures 17721 630-001 Conduit Installation Details
11310 700-040 Cantilever Sign Structure 17723 649-010 Steel Strain Pole
11320 700-041 Span Sign Structure 17725 641-010 Concrete Poles
11860 700-010 Single Column Ground Signs 17727 634-001 Signal Cable & Span Wire Installation Details
11861 700-011 Single Column Cantilever Ground Mounted Sign 17733 634-002 Aerial Interconnect
11862 700-120 Roadside Flashing Beacon Assembly 17736 639-002 Electrical Power Service
11862 654-001 Rectangular Rapid Flashing Beacon Assembly N/A 646-001 Aluminum Post and Pedestal Mounted Pedestrian Detectors and Signals (New Index)
11870 700-012 Single Post Bridge Mounted Sign Support 17743 649-030 Standard Mast Arm Assemblies
11871 700-013 Single Post Median Barrier Mounted Sign Support 17745 649-031 Mast Arm Assemblies
13417 700-110 Mounting Exit Number Panels To Highway Signs 17748 700-050 Free-Swinging Internally-Illuminated Street Sign Assemblies
17302 700-101 Typical Sections For Placement of Single & Multi-Column Signs 17764 653-001 Pedestrian Control Signal Installation Details
17328 700-108 Typical Signing for Truck Weigh & Inspection Stations 17781 660-001 Vehicle Loop Installation Details
17344 Deleted* School Signs & Markings [*Content moved to Speed Zone Manual] 17784 665-001 Pedestrian Detector Assembly Installation Details
17345 711-003 Interchange Markings 17841 676-010 Cabinet Installation Details
17346 711-001 Pavement Markings 17870 671-001 Standard Signal Operating Plans
17347 711-002 Bicycle Markings 17881 509-100 Advance Warning For R/R Crossing
17349 Deleted* Traffic Controls For Street Terminations *See to FDM 230/Specification 705 17882 509-070 Railroad Grade Crossing Traffic Control Devices
17350 700-104 Signing For Motorist Services 17890 508-T01 Traffic Control Devices For Movable Span Bridge Signals
17351 700-105 Welcome Center Signing Planning

17352 706-001 Typical Placement Of Reflective Pavement Markers 17900 695-001 Traffic Monitoring Site
4
INDEX CROSSWALK
Design Design
Standard Standard
Index Index
Intelligent Transportation Systems (ITS) Bridge Bearings
18100 Deleted CCTV Pole Placement 20502 450-502 Beveled Bearing Plate Details - Prestressed Florida-U Beams
18101 Deleted* Typical CCTV Site [*Combined with CCTV Indexes] 20510 400-510 Composite Elastomeric Bearing Pads-Prestressed Florida-I & AASHTO Type II Beams
18102 Deleted* Grounding And Lightning Protection [*Combined with CCTV and DMS Indexes] 20511 450-511 Bearing Plates (Type I) - Prestressed Florida-I & AASHTO Type II Beams
18104 Deleted Typical CCTV Cabinet Equipment Layout 20512 450-512 Bearing Plates (Type 2) - Prestressed Florida-I & AASHTO Type II Beams
18105 Deleted CCTV Block Diagram Square and Round Concrete Piles (With Carbon Steel)
18107 Deleted* Ground Mounted CCTV Cabinet [*Combined with CCTV Indexes] 20600 455-001 Notes and Details For Square Prestressed Concrete Piles
18108 Deleted* Pole Mounted CCTV Cabinet [*Combined with CCTV Indexes] 20601 455-002 Square Prestressed Concrete Pile Splices
18110 659-020 Camera Mounting Details 20602 455-003 EDC Instrumentation For Square Prestressed Concrete Piles
18111 649-020 Steel CCTV Pole 20612 455-012 12" Square Prestressed Concrete Pile
18113 641-020 Concrete CCTV Pole 20614 455-014 14" Square Prestressed Concrete Pile
18300 700-090 Dynamic Message Sign Walk-In 20618 455-018 18" Square Prestressed Concrete Pile
N/A 700-091 Catwalk Details 20620 Deleted 20" Square Prestressed Concrete Pile
Prestressed Concrete Beams 20624 455-024 24" Square Prestressed Concrete Pile
20010 450-010 Typical Florida-I Beam Details and Notes 20630 455-030 30" Square Prestressed Concrete Pile
20036 450-036 Florida-I 36 Beam - Standard Details 20631 455-031 High Moment Capacity 30" Square Prestressed Concrete Pile
20045 450-045 Florida-I 45 Beam - Standard Details 20654 455-054 54" Precast/Post- Tensioned Concrete Cylinder Pile
20054 450-054 Florida-I 54 Beam - Standard Details 20660 455-060 60" Prestressed Concrete Cylinder Pile
20063 450-063 Florida-I 63 Beam - Standard Details Approach Slabs

20072 450-072 Florida-I 72 Beam - Standard Details 20900 400-090 Approach Slabs (Flexible Pavement Approaches)
20078 450-078 Florida-I 78 Beam - Standard Details 20910 400-091 Approach Slabs (Rigid Pavement Approaches)
20084 450-084 Florida-I 84 Beam - Standard Details Bridge Expansion Joints

20096 450-096 Florida-I 96 Beam - Standard Details 21100 458-100 Strip Seal Expansion Joint
20120 450-120 AASHTO Type II Beam 21110 458-110 Poured Joint With Backer Rod Expansion Joint System
20199 450-199 Build-Up & Deflection Data For Prestressed I-Beams Structures Access and Lighting
20210 450-210 Typical Florida-U Beam Details and Notes 21200 521-660 Light Pole Pedestal
20248 450-248 Florida-U 48 Beam - Standard Details 21210 630-010 Conduit Details
20254 450-254 Florida-U 54 Beam - Standard Details 21220 510-001 Navigation Light System Details (Fixed Bridges)
20263 450-263 Florida-U 63 Beam - Standard Details 21240 715-240 Maintenance Lighting For Box Girders
20272 450-272 Florida-U 72 Beam - Standard Details 21250 460-250 Access Hatch Assembly For Steel Box Sections
20299 450-299 Build-Up and Deflection Data For Florida-U Beams 21251 460-251 Access Hatch Assembly For Concrete Box Sections
N/A 450-450 Florida Slab Beam Typical Details and Notes (New Index) 21252 460-252 Access Door Assembly For Concrete Box Sections
N/A 450-451 12" Florida Slab Beam (New Index) Standard Bar Bending Details
N/A 450-452 15" Florida Slab Beam (New Index) 21300 415-001 Standard Bar Bending Details Renamed: Bar Bending Details (Steel)
N/A 450-453 18" Florida Slab Beam (New Index) N/A 415-010 Bar Bending Details (FRP) (New Index)
5
INDEX CROSSWALK
Design
Standard
Standards Index Title
Plans Index
Index
Temporary Detour Bridges
21600 102-200 Temporary Detour Bridge General Notes and Details Renamed: Temporary
Acrow 300 Series Detour Bridge General Notes and Details
N/A 102-201 Temporary Acrow 700XS Series Detour Bridge General Notes and Details (New Index)
21610 102-210 Temporary Detour Bridge Details - Timber Pile Foundations
21620 102-220 Temporary Detour Bridge Details - Steel H Pile Foundations
21630 102-230 Temporary Detour Bridge Details - Steel Pipe Pile Foundations
21640 102-240 Temporary Detour Bridge Thrie-Beam Guardrail
Post-Tensioning
21801 462-001 Post-Tensioning Vertical Profile
21802 462-002 Post-Tensioning Anchorage Protection
21803 462-003 Post-Tensioning Anchorage and Grouting Details
Fender System Details

21930 471-030 Fender System - Prestressed Concrete Piles
22440 455-440 Precast Concrete CFRP/GFRP & HSSS/GFRP Sheet Pile Wall
Square and Round Concrete Piles (Corrosion Resistant)

22600 455-101 Notes and Details for Square CFRP & SS Prestressed Concrete Piles
22601 455-102 Square CFRP and SS Prestressed Concrete Pile Splices
22612 455-112 12" Square CFRP and SS Prestressed Concrete Pile
6
STANDARD PLANS
FY 2022-23 REVISIONS LOG

Standard Standard
Plans Description Plans Description
Index Index
Sheet 1: Added directional arrows to SECTION AA; Updated the Table to Sheet 1: Changed Note 5 - "work zone" to "work operation";
000-510 match FDM; Added 2-Lane option to pavement with median to be Deleted Note 8.
102-615
consistent with FDM. Sheet 4: Moved buffer space to not include TMA and added arrow board
Sheet 1: Updated Note 4 to match values in FDM; Added ONE Lane option callout to TMA.
to the Facilities to be consistent with FDM.
000-511 Sheet 1: Deleted Note 5.
Sheet 2: Update table to match FDM; Changed ratio in the PROFILE views 102-620
Sheet 2: Changed Note - "work zone" to "work operation".
for clarity.
Sheet 5: Changed the Height reference Note and deleted the 60" Sheet 1: Changed Note 3 - "work zone" to "work operation"; Moved buffer
Width in the 3 POST SUPPORT MOUNTING DETAILS; Moved zone and the associated dimension "B" before the Truck Mounted
TEMPORARY SIGN SUPPORT NOTE 9 to TABLE 7, as Note 5; 102-628 Attenuator in the work zone.
Deleted the 60x64 and the 120x60*Rectangle sign sizes and Sheet 3: Changed the Arrow Board Mode to "CAUTION" in the approach
associated note from TABLE 7; Deleted "(See Note 7)" reference traffic lanes.; Changed WZ sign 20-5aR to W1-4L.
102-600
from the Diamond sign in TABLE 7.
Sheet 2: Changed Note 4 - "work zone" to "work operations"; Added Note 5
Sheet 6: Rearranged all signs; Added signs: R4-11, W11-1, and W16-1p;
- "Pedestrian Diversion Option 2 may only be used for work zone
Deleted all the "MOT" signs.
speeds of less than or equal to 35 mph and when called for in
Sheet 7: Added the SIDE ROAD INTERSECTING THE WORK ZONE details
the Plans or as approved by an Engineer"; Changed title
from Index 102-606.
102-660 "TEMPORARY PEDESTRIAN WAY" to "PEDESTRIAN SPECIAL
Sheet 1: Updated Note 3 to "Only the Road Work Ahead sign is required DETOUR"; Changed title "TEMPORARY PEDESTRIAN WAY
when the work operation is in place 60 minutes or less"; Updated DIVERTING TRAFFIC INTO THE TRAVELED WAY" to "PEDESTRIAN
Note 6 to read as work operation instead of temporary DIVERSION – OPTION 1"; Added new detail "PEDESTRIAN
102-602 condition.; Deleted Note 8 and added new Note "When there is no DIVERSION - OPTION 2".
paved shoulder, the "Worker" sign (W21-1) may be used instead
All Sheets: Title Change to "BICYCLE FACILITY CLOSURES".
of the "Shoulder Closed" sign (W21-5a)."
Sheet 1: Changed Note 4 - "work zone" to "work operation".
Sheet 2: Updated Note 9 references to Note 8.
Sheet 2: Added Notes; Updated Symbols; Added Typical PCMS Display;
Sheet 1: Changed Note 6 - "work zone" to "work operations"; Deleted Note Changed TEMPORARY BICYCLE DIVERSION to "BICYCLE SPECIAL
102-603 102-661
8B, and re-organized 8A; Deleted Note 9. DETOUR" and TEMPORARY BICYCLE WAY DIVERTING TRAFFIC INTO
THE TRAVELED WAY to "BICYCLE FACILITY SHIFT (With Lane
Sheet 1: Deleted Note 9 and added new Note “As an option to the “STOP”
Closure)"; Added "BICYCLE FACILITY SHIFT (Work Zone Speed
sign (R1-1) and Restricted Left/Right Turning Movement sign (R3-
of 35 mph or Less)".
1 or R3-2), the “SIDE ROAD INTERSECTING THE WORK ZONE”
flagging operation from Index 102-600 may be used.”; Moved 102-680 Sheet 1: Changed Note 6 - "work zone" to "work operation".
102-604
Flagger from the center of the westbound lane to the shoulder.
Sheet 2: Moved the Flagger and associated dimension on the Southern Sheet 1: Updated Note 3.B (Deleted "standard load transfer" and changed
lanes of the detail, from the southbound lane to the northbound Spacing of #5 bars from 38"); Updated Note 7 to revise
lane. reference to Specification 350 and Specification 931; Correct
350-001
line work to extend to the bottom of the pavement in the BUTT
Sheet 1: Changed Note 5 - "work zone" to "work operation"; Deleted Note
102-606 CONSTRUCTION JOINT details; Added "Relation of Dowels to
8; Moved Side Street detail to 102-600.
Tie Bars" detail.
Sheet 1: Note 4: Deleted “provided vehicles in the work area have high-
Sheet 1: Changed "Class I" to "Class II" in SECTION A-A; Revised Note 1 to
102-607 intensity rotating, flashing, oscillating, or strobe lights
370-001 read " For asphalt base, use four expansion joints, spaced at
operating” and changed “delete” to “omit”.
15-ft, per Index 350-001."
Sheet 1: Changed Note 5 and 7 - "work zone" to "work operation”;
Deleted Note 8. Sheet 3: Changed "Class I" to "Class II" in Table 1.
102-613 Sheet 5: Added Note with MAS requirements for lane closures of 5 days 425-060 Sheet 4: Changed "Class I" to "Class II" in the SHALLOW DITCHES - INLET
or more (consecutive or not) for roads 55 mph or greater; VIEW detail.
Revised Note 1.
STANDARD PLANS

Standard Standard
Index Index
Sheet 2: Remove reference to Dimension "D" in SPI and change text in 450-199 Sheet 1: Changed the camber tolerance 1" from 1/2".
SPI and Index to "Flume Length" to allow for this to be called
425-061 for in the Plans. The "varies" callouts were deleted from the Sheet 1: Renumbered
section references and note because the sections as shown Sheet 2: Renumbered
are not variable. Sheet 3: Moved the RAILROAD CROSSING AT TWO-LANE ROADWAY and the
RAILROAD CROSSING AT MULTILANE ROADWAY details to the FDOT
Sheet 4: Moved "Joining Mainline Pipe to Stub Pipe Details" and Notes 2 Design Manual (FDM); Moved the RELATIVE LOCATION OF
430-001
and 3 to the Standard Plans Instructions: Deleted Notes 5-7. 509-070 CROSSING TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES detail to New Sheet 3;
Sheet 1: Changed GENERAL NOTE 1 from "Class I" to "Class II". Moved the RAILROAD DYNAMIC ENVELOPE (RDE) PAVEMENT
430-010 MARKING DETAIL and the RAILROAD CROSSING PAVEMENT
Sheet 2: Changed "Class I" to "Class II" in TABLE 2.
MESSAGE detail to Index 711-001.
Sheet 1: Changed GENERAL NOTE 1 from "Class I" to "Class II". Sheet 4: Renumbered; Added the RELATIVE LOCATION OF CROSSING
Sheet 2: Changed "Class I" to "Class II" in the DIMENSION AND TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES detail.
QUANTITIES FOR ONE U-ENDWALL TABLE and added
Sheet 1: Changed "Class I" to "Class II" in the Front View of the ACTIVE
TABLE 1 to the title. 509-100
STATE Detail.
Sheet 3: Changed "Class I" to "Class II" in the DIMENSION AND
QUANTITIES FOR ONE U-ENDWALL TABLE and added Sheet 5: Added knuckled selvage as an option to the chain-link railing
TABLE 2 to the title. 515-052
430-011 option.
Sheet 4: Changed "Class I" to "Class II" in the DIMENSION AND
QUANTITIES FOR BAFFLES TABLE and added TABLE 3 to the Sheet 6: Added knuckled selvage as an option to the chain-link railing
515-062
title; Changed "Class I" to "Class II" in the DIMENSION AND option.
QUANTITIES FOR ONE U-ENDWALL TABLE and added TABLE 4
to the title. Sheet 1: (NEW SHEET) General Note and Overview.
Sheet 5: Added TABLE 5 to the title of the TABLE OF DIMENSION AND Sheet 2: (Old Sheet 1) Renumbered, rearranged, and updated notes.
520-001
QUANTITIES FOR ONE GRATE. Sheet 3: (Old Sheet 2) Renumbered, rearranged and moved General Notes
to new Sheet 1.
430-012 Sheet 1: Changed GENERAL NOTE 1 from "Class I" to "Class II".
520-005 Deleted notes; redrew details.
Sheet 1: Changed GENERAL NOTE 3 - Cast Toe Walls in place using
Class II Concrete. 520-010 Redeveloped Index; Redrew details; Rewrote Notes
430-020 Sheet 2: Changed "Class I" to "Class II" in the TABLE; Corrected the
Dimension "B" in the Plan View of the Straight Flare Detail Sheet 1: Note 15: Added reference to Index 630-001 (Conduit Details –
to "P". 521-610 Embedded) for information on embedded junction boxes and
conduits.
Sheet 1: Changed GENERAL NOTE 1 from "Class I" to "Class II".
430-030 Sheet 1: Note 5: Added reference to Index 630-010 (Conduit Details-
Sheet 2: Changed "Class I" to "Class II" in both Tables.
521-650 Embedded) for information on embedded junction boxes and
Sheet 1: Changed GENERAL NOTE 1 from "Class I" to "Class II". conduits.
430-040 Sheet 2: Changed "Class I" to "Class II" in the DIMENSION AND Sheet 1: Added a pedestal design to allow slip forming of the traffic
ESTIMATED QUANTITIES TABLES. 521-660
railing. Reconfigured sheet layout.
Sheet 1: Changed GENERAL NOTE 1 from "Class I" to "Class II".
430-090 Sheet 2: Changed "Class I" to "Class II" TABLE 1 - U-ENDWALL Sheet 1: Added Note 2.C.
DIMENSIONS AND QUANTITIES. 522-002 Sheet 4: Changed back of sidewalk in CR-D detail to accommodate 4'-0"
minimum dimension.
Sheet 1: Updated language concerning N type strands in the notes 548-020 Sheet 1: Deleted alternative allowable wall type 2E from 2D.
450-010
for clarity.
STANDARD PLANS

Standard Standard
Index Index
Sheet 1: Added fiber optic cable route marker label detail; Revised Sheet 1: Added Note 3 to the GENERAL NOTES; Renumbered Notes; Deleted
630-001 General Note 2 to read "When sidewalk is damaged by conduit Note B and Added Note C and D to new Note 6; Added the
installation, replace entire sidewalk slab”. Cabinet Adapter Bracket and dashed the Handhole in the STEEL
CCTV POLE ASSEMBLY detail.
Redeveloped Index Sheet 2: Updated the Assembly Detail to match Sheet 1; Dashed the
Sheet 1: (NEW SHEET) General Note, Table of Contents, and added Handhole in the ELEVATION detail.
649-020
Concrete Pole Assembly. Sheet 3: Updated the Assembly detail to match Sheet 1.
Sheet 2: (NEW SHEET) Service Pole P-IIA. Sheet 4: Updated the Assembly detail to match Sheet 1. Update callout to
Sheet 3: (NEW SHEET) Service Pole P-IIB. "See Note" on Handhole Detail.
Sheet 4: (NEW SHEET) Pedestal Pole P-IIC. Sheet 5: Updated the Assembly detail to match Sheet 1.
641-010
Sheet 5: Previously Sheet 3 - Updated Notes and Legend. Sheet 6: Dashed the Handhole in the CONCRETE CCTV POLE GROUNDING
Sheet 6: Previously Sheet 4 - Updated Notes and Legend. detail and added the Handhole to DETAIL "E"-SIDE VIEW detail.
Sheet 7: Previously Sheet 5 - Updated Notes and Legend.
Sheet 1: Note 4 added optional other materials.
Sheet 2: Added note 4.
Sheet 10: Previously Sheet 8 - Updated Notes and Legend. 649-031
Sheet 3 and 4: Added bolt as option for splice connection.
Sheet 6: Clarified that domed shape top cap is permissible.
Sheet 1: Moved Note 3 to new Note 7; Added Note 7; Renumbered General
Notes; Dashed the Identification Tag and the handhole in the
CCTV POLE ASSEMBLY detail. Sheet 1: Reorganized to show the Beacon Assembly adjacent to the
Sheet 2: Updated the Assembly detail to match Sheet 1; Realigned the sidewalk; Update Note 1 to reference Index 700-120 for pull
PLAN VIEW detail to match the Pole direction; Dashed the box, conduit, wiring and grounding installation
Identification Tag and the Handhole in the ELEVATION detail. 654-001 requirements; Updated Note 7; Change all references "4" Nominal
Sheet 3: Updated the Assembly detail to match Sheet 1; Moved the Spiral Aluminum Pole" to Nominal 4" Aluminum Pole (Sch. 40) (4.5" OD);
641-020 Updated anchor bolts; Updated callouts.
wire note in the SPIRAL REINFORCING ELEVATION detail to the
Notes and added See Note 1 to the Spiral Reinforcing call out; Sheet 2: (NEW SHEET) showing the Beacon Assembly in the Sidewalk Curb.
Dashed the Conduit Entry Holes in the POLE ELEVATION detail
to be consent with the Pole's view. 659-010 Changed Note 2.B.b. updated width to greater than or equal to 8'.
Sheet 4: Updated the Assembly Detail to match Sheet 1; Added Note 5.
Sheet 5: Added Handhole to the CONCRETE CCTV POLE GROUNDING detail
and to DETAIL "D"-SIDE VIEW detail.
Changed Note 4 to remove concrete type since specified in Spec 646;

Added Note 5 "As an alternative to the direct buried "Post Mounted"
Pedestrian Detector Assembly shown below, the post may be installed on a
transformer base. Use a transformer base included on the APL approved
646-001 as an alternative to a "Post Mounted" assembly."; Updated the PEDESTAL
MOUNTED detail - to show in the ADJACENT TO SIDEWALK detail "Tie
Bars" callout as a #4 Stirrups equally spaced, with a 12" maximum
spacing; Changed all references "4" Nominal Aluminum Pole" to "Nominal 4"
Aluminum Post (Sch.40) (4.5" OD).
649-010 Sheet 3: Changed weld on Handhole.

STANDARD PLANS

Standard Standard
Index Index
All Sheets: Renumbered Sheet 5: Updated FTP-38-06 fort, dimension, and numbering; Changed the
Sheets 1 through 7: Due to introduction of two new sheets, updated the fine amount on FTP-40-06.
total sheet number from 7 to 9. Sheet 6: Changed the fine amount on FTP-41-06.
Sheets 1, 2, 3, 4: Updated the name of the office from "Transportation Sheet 10: Added FTP-90-22 and FTP-91-22; Updated MOT-1-06, MOT-4-06,
Statistics" to "Transportation Data and Analytics". MOT-5-06 MOT-6-06, MOT-7-06, MOT-8-06, and MOT-9-06 font
Sheet 1: Added 12 Port Patch Panel, Managed Field Ethernet Switch, and size, dimension , and numbering; Shifted to accommodate new
700-102
Note 6 for installation. signs; Moved MOT-8-06 (MOT-8-22) and MOT-9-06 (MOT-9-22) to
Sheet 2: Added 12 Port Patch Panel, Managed Field Ethernet Switch, and Sheet 11.
Note 6 for installation. Sheet 11: Updated MOT-10-06 font size, dimension , and numbering;
Sheet 4: Changed color scheme to vendor provided color scheme Shifted to accommodate new signs; Moved G20-1 and G20-2 to
Sheet 6: (NEW SHEET) described the quartz piezoelectric weigh-in-motion Sheet 12.
installation for Type I Configuration. Sheet 12: Shifted signs: Added MOT-26A-22 and MOT-26B-22.
695-001
Sheet 7: (NEW SHEET) described the quartz piezoelectric weigh-in-motion
installation for two distinct Type III Configurations. Added a 700-109 Deleted Index.
note to contact the Transportation Data and Analytics office for
correct layout based on vehicle classification unit.
Sheet 6 (NEW SHEET 8): Updated Elevation View to match foundation All Sheets: Renumbered
details on Sheet 7 (NEW SHEET 9); Changed "4" Nominal Aluminum Sheet 1: Updated General Note 4; Change all references "4" Nominal
Pole" to ""Nominal 4" Aluminum Pole (Shc. 40) (4.5" OD)"; Added Aluminum Pole" to "Nominal 4" Aluminum Pole (Sch. 40) (4.5" OD)";
Solar Panel callout. Updated anchor bolts. Deleted the ground wire from the FRONT
Sheet 7 (NEW SHEET 9): Updated Foundation Details to show bars and VIEW in the POWER CONFIGURATION 'B' - WITHOUT AUXILIARY
stirrups; Updated note 2 to reference Spec 646; Updated Note 6; POLE.
Changed all references "4" Nominal Aluminum Pole" to "Nominal 4" Sheet 2: Added new detail to show foundation reinforcement; Change all
Aluminum Pole (Shc. 40) (4.5" OD)". references "4" Nominal Aluminum Pole" to "Nominal 4" Aluminum
Pole (Sch. 40) (4.5" OD)"; Updated anchor bolts. Deleted the
700-120 ground wire and strain relief fitting from DETAIL "B".
700-010 Sheet 4: Changed NOTE 1 from "Class I" to "Class II".
Sheets 3 through 11: Updated callouts to point to both details; Changed
all references "4" Nominal Aluminum Pole to "Nominal 4" Aluminum
Sheet 2: Changed "Class I" to "Class II" in the BASE AND FOUNDATION Pole (Sch. 40) (4.5" OD)"; Updated anchor bolts; Added Note
700-011
DETAIL. "Foundation reinforcement not shown".
Sheet 9: Changed "Point to Point Microwave" to "Wireless" from the FRONT
700-020 Sheet 2: Changed "Class I" to "Class II" in the FOUNDATION Detail. VIEW and from Note 2; Removed "Microwave" from the FRONT
VIEW and from Note 2.
Sheet 2: Changed the 2'-2" lap splice for the #5 tie bars on the spread New Sheet 10: Added Roadside Sign Assembly-8, Blank Out Signs.
footing plan view to 1'-8". Revised Note 5 to read "After Sheet 10: Renumbered as Sheet 11.
700-040
galvanizing, provide magnetic particle testing on 100% of
upright fillet welds."
Updated Note 5 to read "After galvanizing, provide magnetic particle Sheet 3: Added - Note 3: “Use epoxy adhesive to install RPMs to concrete
700-041 median nose curbs”; Added Note 4: “Install RPMs on clean,
testing on 100% of upright fillet welds."
unpainted concrete surface. Do not paint curb surface where
Sheet 1: Updated GENERAL NOTE 6 with more specific language to include 706-001 RPMs will be placed”; Changed all references to Yellow Reflective
700-091 hot dip galvanized safety gate and to install per manufacturer’s Durable Paint-Yellow.
instructions. Sheet 4: Revise Detail "G" to remove yellow paint from nose and call for
white RPMs to be consistent with MUTCD.
700-101 Added offset from median or island nose to Case VIII Detail.
STANDARD PLANS

Standard Standard
Index Index
All Sheets: Renumbered
Sheet 1: Deleted Note 1 for Pavement Messages; Changed Note 5 (New Sheets 1, 4, & 7: Changed general concrete requirement from Class I
Note 4) to "All pavement messages must be white except Route Shields to Class II.
and In Pavement Warning Markings"; Deleted Pavement Message Spacing 715-002 Sheet 2: Added clarification to callout. Wildlife-Sensitive lighting may also
Table; Deleted the General Notes; Added Pavement Warning Marking. be used with standard mounting heights 30 feet through 50 feet
(original intent).
Sheet 2: Moved the MARKING FOR MERGE detail from Sheet 8.
Sheet 8: Deleted Right Turn Lane Drop and Island Details and DETAIL "C"
from Index. Moved to the FDM, Combined with Signing Details NEW INDEX: "Utility Conflict Pole", light pole with a 15' rise X
715-003
shown in 230-5; Deleted the Traffic Channelization at Gore 16' length arm.
detail Note; Moved the Instructions associated with the TWO-WAY
LEFT TURN LANE details to the SPI.
Sheet 9: Deleted Schemes for Transition details and DETAIL "D" from
Index. Moved to FDM, Combined with Signing Details shown in
711-001 Exhibit 230-05; Changed Detail "E" to " Markings for Merge" and
Deleted the NOTE; Moved Details to Sheet 2; Moved the
"Markings for Traffic Separation" to Sheet 8; Deleted Sheet 9.
Sheet 11: New Sheet 10: Revert to previous FY 2018-19 Index and delete
redundant information shown in FDM Exhibit 212-1.
Sheet 12: (New Sheet 11) Deleted Note 4; Changed reference to "See Note
5" in the UNIVERSAL SYMBOL OF ACCESSIBILITY detail.
Sheet 14: (NEW SHEET) Added RAILROAD DYNAMIC ENVELOPE (RDE)

PAVEMENT MARKING DETAILS and RAILROAD CROSSING
PAVEMENT MESSAGE from Index 509-070 and RAILROAD
CROSSING PAVEMENT MESSAGE from Index 509-070.
Sheet 1: Added 18'' white Chevrons to both entrance ramps. Dotted line
for lane extension to extend to end of taper.
Sheet 2: Added 18'' white Chevrons to both entrance ramps. Dotted line
for lane extension to extend to end of taper.
Sheet 5: Added 18'' white Chevrons to entrance ramp gore; Moved Detail
"C" from sheet 5 to Sheet 3 of Index 706-001; Moved Note 1 to
711-003
the Wrong-Way Arrow callout at the Gore; Deleted Note 2;
Deleted the "See Note 3" reference from the Yellow Post Mounted
Delineator callout.
Sheet 6: Moved Note 1 to the Wrong-Way Arrow callout at the Gore;
Deleted the note reference and the Detail "C" reference for the
Wrong-Way Arrow callout on the off ramp.
Sheet 1: Updated fuse holder slug (blank) requirement from solid copper
715-001
to manufacturer's suggested in three drawing locations.
GENERAL NOTES:
This Index is only applicable to the current FDOT inventory of temporary bridge components STORAGE FACILITY:
which are manufactured in accordance with Acrow Series 300, Double Wide design. Contact
FDOT Statewide Aluminum Shop
Work this Index with Index 102-210, 102-220, 102-230 and 102-240. 2590 Camp Rd.
Oviedo, Fl.
STRUCTURAL STEEL: 407-278-2727
Steel Plates and Rolled Sections shall be ASTM A709 Grade 36. For shipping weights and dimensions of Temporary Bridge elements.
Pipe piles shall be ASTM A252 Grade 2, Fy = 35 ksi.
SHIPPING WEIGHTS AND DIMENSIONS:
BOLTS, LAG SCREWS AND THREADED BOLT STOCK:
Furnish high strength bolts in accordance with ASTM F3125 Grade A325 Type 1. Furnish Threaded Decking Sizes:
Stock in accordance with ASTM A36. Furnish Lag Screws in accordance with ASTM A307.
Furnish steel washers and nuts compatible with Bolts, Threaded Stock and Lag Screws. Type Length Width Weight (lbs.)
Curb 5' 6'-9" 800
TIMBER AND LAGGING: Curb 10' 6'-9" 1420
Timber and Lagging shall be No. 1 Southern Yellow Pine. Curb 15' 6'-9" 2200
Curb 20' 6'-9" 2800
BACKWALL BENT PILES: NonCurb 5' 5'-3" 650
Timber Piles:
NonCurb 10' 5'-3" 1000
10' Minimum Embedment into compacted backfill or into soil having a blow count greater than 6 (N>6).
NonCurb 15' 5'-3" 1600
Ultimate Capacity greater than 18 tons.
NonCurb 20' 5'-3" 2100
Splices are not allowed on any timber piles.
Shipping weights and dimensions of other bridge components can be
H-Piles: referenced in "Acrow Panel Bridging, Series 300, Technical Handbook".
12' Minimum Embedment into compacted backfill or into soil having a
blow count greater than 6 (N>6). TRAFFIC RAILING NOTES:
Ultimate Capacity greater than 18 tons. See Index 536-001 for component details, geometric layouts and associated notes not fully
detailed herein.
Shims admissible between backwall pile and cap.
Test piles are not required for backwall piles. CONCRETE: Concrete for Transition Blocks shall be Class II (Bridge Deck).
EXPANSION BEARINGS: THRIE-BEAM PANEL: Steel Thrie-Beam Elements shall meet the requirements of AASHTO
Inspect the PTFE (Teflon) layer and stainless steel plate prior to installation. M180, Type II (Zinc coated).
Do not use bearings that have a severely damaged or unbonded PTFE layer.
Clean PTFE of all grit and grime prior to installation. BOLTS, NUTS AND WASHERS: Bolts, nuts and round washers shall be in accordance with
Clean Stainless steel plate of all grit and grime prior to installation and finish to a smooth AASHTO M180. Plate Washers shall be in accordance with ASTM A36 or ASTM A709 Grade 36.
buffed surface. Do not drill Temporary Bridge components to attach Guardrail. Guardrail Bolts shall be
placed between Truss members as shown in Index 102-240.
DISTRIBUTING BEAMS:
Longitudinal stops restraining the distributing beams may be lengthened or shortened to COATINGS: All Nuts, Bolts, Anchors, Washers and Backer Plates shall be hot-dip galvanized
center the distributing beam bearing on the cap beam. in accordance with the Specifications.
The longitudinal stops are to bear on the distributing beam end frame.
WOOD BLOCKS: All wood blocks, including required wedge shaped blocks shall be Pressure
EXPANSION JOINT SETTINGS: Treated Lumber in accordance with Specifications Section 955. Bolt holes in blocks to be
Install the expansion joint considering the total continuous bridge length, location of centered (±1/4”).
fixed bearings and ambient temperature at the time of installation, assume a 1" expansion
joint opening at 70 degrees F.
PAYMENT:
Temporary Detour Bridge is to be paid for under Contract Unit Price for Special Detour.
If a temporary bridge system other than that shown herein is used, the Contractor is
responsible for renting or purchasing their own system. Payment for Temporary Guardrail
work and Transition Block will be made under Pay Item Temporary Guardrail, LF.
Furnish and install Bridge Thrie-Beam Panels and all associated hardware as shown.
Payment will be made with the Temporary Detour Bridge under the Pay Item Special Detour,
LS. Turn over Bridge Thrie-Beam Panels and all associated hardware to the Department with
the Detour Bridge components per Specifications Section 102-6.
8: 46 AM
22:
10/1/2021
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
FY 2022-23 TEMPORARY ACROW 300 SERIES DETOUR BRIDGE
INDEX SHEET
REVISION
11/01/20 STANDARD PLANS GENERAL NOTES AND DETAILS 102-200 1of 7

Shoulder Line (see Plans for width requirements, Typ.)
~
Approach Roadway
� Detour Bridge
~
Grade Beam
1 : 1ƀ *
~
Retainer Angles (Typ.)
4" x 10" Timber Lagging
5'-0" Approach Span
with Filter Fabric
1 : 1ƀ *
� Backwall Bent AB5 or AB6 End Post (Typ.)
1 : 1ƀ *
1 : 1ƀ *
5'-0"
AB7 & AB8 Bearings
Begin or End � End Bent Ramp Span
(Expansion Bearing
Detour Bridge
Shown Fixed 1
:1
Bearing Similar) ƀ
*
(Typ.)
Edge of Berm
*
ƀ
1
:
1
AB13 Swaybrace Standard (Typ.)

1 : 1ƀ *
1 : 1ƀ *
Toe of Fill Slope
24'-0" Clear Roadway Width
AB3 Bracing Frame (Typ.)

AB306 Transom DW (Typ.)
AB1 Truss Panels (Typ.)

17 AM
23:
8:
1'-6" 25'-6" 1'-6"
TYPICAL PLAN VIEW OF DETOUR BRIDGE

10/1/2021
(TIMBER PILES SHOWN, STEEL H PILES AND STEEL PIPE PILES SIMILAR)
* or Flatter
(Thrie-Beam Panel not shown for clarity, See Index 102-240)
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
INDEX SHEET
REVISION
11/01/20 STANDARD PLANS GENERAL NOTES AND DETAILS 102-200 2 of 7

End Span 30'-0" Min. (30'-4ƀ " to � Bearing); 60'-0" Max. (60'-4ƀ " to � Bearing) Intermediate Spans 30'-0" Min. ; 60'-0" Max.
(� Bearing to � Bearing)
5'-0" 5'-0"
Approach Span Ramp Span

2'-6" 2'-6"
4ƀ " � Bearing
� Bearing
5Ɓ" Steel Grid Deck

Begin or End Detour Bridge
AB3 Bracing Frame (Typ.) AB1 Truss Panels (Typ.)

Riding Surface
AB5 or AB6
End Post (Typ.)
Truss Panel Depth

Approach Asphalt
Steel Grid Deck & Curb
Pavement
-9"
-1"
4'
5'
-10ƀ "
-9Ɔ " ±
-8Ɔ "
-8Ƃ " ±
-7Ƃ "
-0" 1'
2'
3'
2'
3'
Grade Beam
5ƃ "
Bottom of
1'
Underside of Expansion Bearing
AB13 Swaybrace
Truss Panel
Standard (Typ.) AB306 Transom DW (Typ.)
Underside of Fixed Bearing
Underside of Expansion Bearing

5'-0" Berm (Min.)
3Ƃ" (AB306 Transom DW Light) AB505C Distributing Beam AB7 & AB8 Bearings (Expansion
Underside of Fixed Bearing

Stop (Typ. both ends) Bearing Shown, Fixed
Bearing Similar) (Typ.)
AB22 Distributing Beam with
AB23 Distributing Beam End Frames
4" x 10" Lagging 1ƀ *

with Filter Fabric
1
Existing Ground Line
� Backwall Bent � End Bent � Typical Intermediate Bent

* or Flatter
ELEVATION VIEW
21 AM
(Thrie-Beam Panel not shown for clarity, See Index 102-240)

23:
8:
10/1/2021
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
INDEX SHEET
REVISION

28'-6"
1'-6" 12'-9" 12'-9" 1'-6"
24'-0" Clear Roadway
12'-0" 12'-0"
Guardrail and associated com ponents not included,

� Trusses & � Trusses &
� Bearings � Bearings
FDOT supplied Tem porary Bridge Com ponents

AB3 Bracing Frame (Typ.)
Offset Block
including Fixed & Expansion Bearings

AB2 Raker Bar � Detour Bridge AB51 Panel Pins
Thrie-Beam Panel
see Paym ent Note, Sheet 1 of 7.

See Index 102-240. (Top & Bottom Typ.)
AB1 Truss Panels (Typ.) Steel Grid Deck & Curb
AB7 & AB8 Bearings

(Expansion Bearing
shown, Fixed Bearing
similar) (Typ.) AB13 Swaybrace Standard (Typ.) AB505C Distributing
AB306 Transom DW (Typ.)
Beam Stop (Typ.)
Contractor supplied foundation com ponents, including

AB22 Distributing Beams with AB23
Bearing Saddle Plates, Keeper Bars & Shim s.

Distributing Beam End Frame (Typ.)
Timber Bent shown for illustration purposes,

See Plans for actual Bent Designs, including
Pile sizes and spacing, bent cap and bracing
requirements.
TYPICAL SECTION THRU DETOUR BRIDGE AT INTERIOR BENTS (TYPICAL SECTION AT END BENTS SIMILAR WITHOUT DISTRIBUTING BEAMS)
8: 25 AM
23:
10/1/2021
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
INDEX SHEET
REVISION

AB7 Bearing (2 Required for Double Truss) 1'-0"
Combined AB7 & AB8 Bearing (Triple Truss) 2'-6"

AB7 Bearing 8ƀ"
6" (Typ.)
AB8 Bearing 1'-5ƀ"
A
AB7 Bearing 4Ƅ" (Typ.)
4Ɓ" (Typ.)
A
ƀ" Bearing Plate AB7 or AB8 Bearing
AB7 & AB8 Bearing

Ɔ" Ø Holes (Typ.)
2"
1" � Bearing
5"
4"
7"
5"
� Bearing
3"
10"
-2"
10"
1'
4"
3"
5"
7"
5"
Teflon
1"
Ƃ" x Ƃ" x 6"

� Truss Outside Panels
(Guide Bars Typ.)
1Ƃ" 2ƀ" 2ƀ" (AB7) 1Ƃ"
2"
B B ℅ A36
2ƀ"~4"~2@
A
2ƀ" sp. (AB8)
Stainless Steel Plate � Truss Outside Panels
4Ɓ" (Typ.)
PLAN VIEW B B
AB7 Bearing 1Ƃ" 8ƀ" 1Ƃ"

A
AB7 Bearing AB8 Bearing Combined AB7 & AB8 Bearing 1Ƃ" 2'-6" 1Ƃ"
PLAN VIEW
3"
3"
AB7 & AB8 Bearing Ƃ" x Ƃ" x 6"
(Guide Bars Typ.)
Stainless Steel Plate
812" 1'-5ƀ"
Teflon (Bonded ℅ A36

VIEW B-B VIEW B-B ƀ" Bearing Plate
to A36 ℅)
VIEW B-B
AB7 & AB8 Bearing
AB7 & AB8 Bearing

3"
Ƃ" x Ƃ" x 6"

(Guide Bars Typ.)
4" ±
10"
30 AM
ƀ" Bearing Plate

23:
8:
VIEW A-A VIEW A-A

10/1/2021
DETAILS FOR FDOT SUPPLIED FIXED BEARINGS DETAILS FOR FDOT SUPPLIED EXPANSION BEARINGS
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
INDEX SHEET
REVISION

3" Max. (see Note)
Detour Bridge Superstructure (Truss and

� Distributing Beam, � Bearing � Truss Pins Transom members shown dotted)
Expansion Bearings
Fixed Bearings
AB505C Distributing Beam Stop
(Typ. both ends) AB584 Chord Bolts
-5" ±
-4" ±
AB23 Distributing Beam
1'
1'
End Frame (Typ. both ends)
A
Bottom of Bearing, Top of

Bent Cap or Shim Plate
8'-4"
Bent Cap & Bearing Plate shown dashed

¡ Intermediate Bent (see Note)
1'-6" (� to � Trusses)
� Bearing & � Bearing &

ELEVATION VIEW OF DISTRIBUTING BEAM � Distributing Beam 9" 9" � Distributing Beam
(FIXED BEARING SHOWN, EXPANSION BEARING SIMILAR)

(Timber Intermediate Bent shown, Steel Intermediate Bents similar) 6ƀ " � End 6ƀ " B
Frame Lateral Alignment
AB505C Distributing Dowels (Typ.)

Truss Retainer Plates
Beam Stop (Typ.)
Truss Retainer Plates
-0" ± Distribution
Beam End Fram e
AB505C Distributing Beam Stop (location, number and
Distribution Beam
type vary)
Note: Lateral Alignment
-2"
� Bearing may be shifted from � Truss Pins Bracing Bolts
Dowels (Typ.)
as shown, � Intermediate Bent may be shifted
1'
Bracing Bolts
from � Bearing an additional 3" to allow for
AB23 Distributing
pile placement tolerances. AB23 Distributing
Beam End Frame
1'
Beam End Frame

2" AB22 Distributing
shown dashed 1'-0" 1'-0"
34 AM
Beam & Bearing

23:
Block (Typ.)
8:
2'-0"
B
END VIEW A-A

VIEW B-B
10/1/2021
DISTRIBUTING BEAM END FRAME DETAIL

REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
INDEX SHEET
REVISION

28'-0"
14'-0" 14'-0"
12'-0" 16'-0" Rear Grade Beam Lengths
� 3 x 2 x ƀ x 10" (Typ.) Grade Beam Straps (Typ.)

�'s 5 x 5 x ƀ x 12'-3" Deck Hold Down Tabs (Typ.)
10" 7ƀ "
9ƀ " 9ƀ "
-7"
1'
10" x 10" (Nominal) 2 ~ ƀ" x 1'-7" x 12'-9" Cap ℅ Ƌ" Ø Holes

� Detour Bridge
Grade Beam Timbers (Typ.)
7ƀ"
10ƀ" 9 sp. @ 1'-3" = 11'-3" 9 sp. @ 1'-3" = 11'-3" 10ƀ" Spacing Ƌ" Ø Holes for ƀ" Ø Lag Screws
12'-9" 12'-9" Cap Plate Lengths
1'-3" 25'-6" 1'-3"
16'-0" 12'-0" Front Grade Beam Lengths
PLAN VIEW
12'-3" 12'-3" � Lengths
1'-6" 1'-11" 1'-11" 2'-9" 3'-1" 1'-1" 1'-1" 3'-1" 2'-9" 1'-11" 1'-11" 1'-6" Spacing Deck Hold Down Tabs
Deck Hold Down Tabs (Typ.) � 3 x 2 x ƀ x 10" (Typ.)

A �'s 5 x 5 x ƀ x 12'-3"
See Detail "B" Cap ℅
4"
ƌ" Ø Hole
(Centered)
A 10" x 10" (Nominal)
Grade Beam Straps (Typ.)
4"
Grade Beam Timbers
1'-0" 5'-0" 5'-0" 2'-0" 1'-0" 1'-0" 2'-0" 5'-0" 5'-0" 1'-0" Strap Spacing ƀ" ℅
ELEVATION VIEW ANCHOR PLATE DETAIL

* See General Notes for setting
widths other than 70° F.
* 1" @ 70° F
� 5 x 5 x ƀ x 12'-3" ƀ" x 1ƀ" x 4" Deck Hold Down Tabs

3ƀ" 2ƀ" Ƅ � 5 x 5 x ƀ x 12'-3" Steel Grid Deck Unit 10" x 10" (Nominal)
Approach Asphalt (shown dashed) Grade Beam Timbers
Ƅ � 3 x 2 x ƀ x 10"
Pavement ƀ" x 1'-7" x 12'-9" Cap ℅
(placed against Grid Deck)
ƀ" Anchor Plate ~
~
(see Detail)
Steel Grid Deck Unit Typ. both
3ƀ" ~ (shown dashed) ends � Ɓ
2"
3"
Ƃ"
1ƀ "
ƀ" Ø x 5" Lag Screws (Typ.) ƅ" Ø Threaded Bar placed

@ Strap locations,
Torque to 25 Lb.-Ft.
3"
ƅ" Ø x 6" Lag Screws (Typ.) OPTIONAL THROUGH BOLT DETAIL

~
~ (MAY BE USED IN LIEU OF STRAPS)
3"
ƃ" x 4" x 2'-10" ± Strap ℅, field

04 AM
bend to shape (center ƌ" Ø DETAIL "B"

24:
holes for Lag Screws in strap)

8:
10" x 10" (Nominal)

Grade Beam Timbers
GRADE BEAM DETAILS

10/1/2021
SECTION A-A
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
INDEX SHEET
REVISION

GENERAL NOTES: REINFORCING CHORD
20'-0" TOP & BOTTOM (TYP.)
This Index is only applicable to the current FDOT inventory of temporary bridge components
USE CHORD BOLTS
which are manufactured in accordance with Acrow Series 700XS three Lane 24',36', and 42' widths. RAKER BRACE PINS @
Asphalt Overlay is required on the Bridge deck, see Sheet 2 for details. OPTIONAL DOUBLE HIGH
ONLY AT THE END REINFORCING CHORDS
TRUSS CONFIGURATION
CHORD BOLT
Work this Index with Index 102-210, 102-220 and 102-230. (Truss configuration depends
¡ TOP, BOTTOM (TYP.) TOP OF CURB
on design Live load, Span, and
STRUCTURAL STEEL: width of bridge)
TOP OF DECK
Steel Plates shall be ASTM A709 Grade 36.
RAKER BRACE
EXPANSION BEARINGS:
Inspect the PTFE (Teflon) layer and stainless steel plate prior to installation. SHEAR PANEL PANEL PANEL PANEL PANEL
Do not use bearings that have a severely damaged or unbonded PTFE layer. AB703 RAKER PANEL
Clean PTFE of all grit and grime prior to installation.
Clean Stainless steel plate of all grit and grime prior to installation and finish to a RAKER BRACE
smooth buffed surface. RAKER BRACE
TOP OF STEEL DECK
DISTRIBUTION BEAMS: PANEL PANEL PANEL
(ASPHALT NOT INCLUDED) SHEAR SHEAR PANEL
Distribution beam stops restraining the distribution beams may be lengthened or PANEL PANEL
shortened to center the distributing beam bearing on the cap beam.

The longitudinal stops are to bear on the distributing beam end frame.
TRANSOM TRANSOM
EXPANSION JOINT SETTINGS: TYPICAL ELEVATION VIEW
BEARING BLOCK BRACE
Install the expansion joint considering the total continuous bridge length, location
ABUTMENT WITH BEARING
of fixed bearings and ambient temperature at the time of installation, assume a 2" REINFORCING
expansion joint opening at 70 degrees F, (Expansion joint depends on span/bridge 4ƅ" DIAGONAL BRACE
CHORD END
length and configuration). USE BOLTS
(TOP & BOTTOM)
BEARING RAKER
TOP CHORD BRACE
STORAGE FACILITY: BRACE
Contact A
FDOT Statewide Aluminum Shop
2590 Camp Rd.
Oviedo, Fl.
407-278-2727
TRANSOM
For shipping weights and dimensions of Temporary Bridge elements.
BRACES (TYP.)
Contractor to coordinate with Storage Facility and Acrow to obtain required parts list. TRANSOM CURB UNIT CURB UNIT CURB UNIT
Shipping weights and dimensions of other bridge components can be
referenced in "Acrow Panel Bridging, Series 700XS, Technical Handbook". BOLT
APPROACH TRAFFIC RAILING NOTES:

DECK UNIT DECK UNIT DECK UNIT
See Index 536-001 for component details, geometric layouts and associated notes not fully SWAYBRACE
detailed herein. (SEE TABLE 1
SHEET 5 FOR TYPES)
CONCRETE: Concrete for Transition Blocks shall be Class II (Bridge Deck).
THRIE-BEAM PANEL: Steel Thrie-Beam Elements shall meet the requirements of AASHTO
TRANSOM BOLSTER STRUT
M180, Type II (Zinc coated).
(BY OTHERS) STRUT STRUT
BOLTS, NUTS AND WASHERS: (AT TOP) (AT TOP)

DECK UNIT DECK UNIT
Bolts, nuts and round washers shall be in accordance with
BRACE STRUT DECK UNIT
AASHTO M180. Plate Washers shall be in accordance with
(AT TOP)
ASTM A36 or ASTM A709 Grade 36. Do not drill Temporary
Bridge components to attach Guardrail. Guardrail Bolts shall
be placed between Truss members as shown in Index 102-240. DECK UNIT DECK UNIT DECK UNIT
COATINGS: All Nuts, Bolts, Anchors, Washers and Backer Plates shall be hot-dip galvanized
in accordance with the Specifications.

WOOD BLOCKS: All wood blocks, including required wedge shaped blocks shall be Pressure
Treated Lumber in accordance with Specifications Section 955. Bolt holes in
blocks to be centered (±1/4”). TRANSOM
BRACES (TYP.) CURB
CURB UNIT CURB UNIT UNIT
PAYMENT:
Temporary Detour Bridge is to be paid for under Contract Unit Price for Special Detour.
11 AM
If a temporary bridge system other than that shown herein is used, the Contractor is responsible
for renting or purchasing their own system. Payment for Temporary Guardrail work and Transition
24:
8:
Block will be made under Pay Item Temporary Guardrail, LF.
BEARING ¡ 10'-0" BAY A

Furnish and install Bridge Thrie-Beam Panels and all associated hardware as shown. Payment will (TYP.)
10/1/2021
be made with the Temporary Detour Bridge under the Pay Item Special Detour, LS. Turn over Bridge
NOTE: SEE ACROW TECHNICAL HANDBOOK AND DECK BOLT
Thrie-Beam Panels and all associated hardware to the Department with the Detour Bridge TYPICAL PLAN VIEW
PARTS LIST FOR ITEM PART DETAILS T-BOLT (4 PER DECK UNIT)
components per Specifications Section 102-6.
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
FY 2022-23 TEMPORARY ACROW 700XS SERIES DETOUR BRIDGE
INDEX SHEET
REVISION
11/01/20 STANDARD PLANS GENERAL NOTE AND DETAILS 102-201 1of 5

TL-3 Apprh. Trans. & TL-3 Apprh. Trans. &
END TRANSOM ¡
Begin/End Guardrail Sta. Begin/End Guardrail Sta.
& POST
Direction of Traffic
Begin/End Rigid
'LA' Length of Approach Transition = 30'-7Ƃ" (TL-3) Barrier Sta. 25 FT. TUBE - USED ON BRIDGE END WITH EVEN NUMBER OF BAYS.
2'-0" 14 FT. TUBE - USED ON BRIDGE END WITH ODD NUMBER OF BAYS.
General Guardrail 12'-6" W-Beam Panel 6'-3" Thrie-Beam 12'-6" Thrie-Beam Panel (Nested)
Rectangular Washer
Or Approach (Nested) (12 Gauge) Transition Panel (12 Gauge)
(Over Panel Face) BAY 20 FT. TUBE - TYPICAL
Terminal Assembly (10 Gauge) Thrie-Beam Offset Block
(Typ.) (12 Reqd.)
(Per the Plans) W-Beam With 1'-6" Height (Typ.)
¡ TRANSOM
11ƀ" 7Ɓ"
Offset Block (See Note 6) 10 FT. TYP. INSERT
& POST (TYP.) 20 FT. LONG TUBE
¡ Button-Head Bolts
(Typ.) Thrie-Beam
(Post Mount) (Typ.)
Terminal
Connector
End Trans. Begin Trans.

of Curb of Curb
GUARDRAIL BACK
PLATE SEE DETAIL POST
Curb Lip and/or Constant Slope ¡ Splice Holes
Alignment Curb 25 FT. LONG TUBE (TYP.)
Finish Grade Elevation (Varies by End & ƅ" Ø x 2"
Trans. Option) Button-Head 7#8" Ø x 16" Hex-Head Bolts SEE NOTE ABOVE
(Varies by End
Transition Option) (See Note 4) Bolts (Typ.) (Typ.) (5 Reqd.) (See Sheet 17)
(See Note 4) Standard Post (Typ.)
TL-3 APPROACH TRANSITION INSTALLED ELEVATION

GUARDRAIL LAYOUT - ELEVATION
CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL ASPHALT

BONDING AGENT TO THE BRIDGE DECK
PRIOR TO PLACING ASPHALT OVERLAY
TRUSS PANELS REINFORCING CHORD
TO FACILITATE ADHESION. CONTRACTOR
(TOP & BOTTOM TYP.)
TO INSTALL FABRIC/MEMBRANE PER
(REINFORCEMENT CHORD
MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS. TRUSS RAKER
TYPE IS DEPENDENT ON
SPAN AND TRUSS CONFIGURATION)
2'-0"
24'-0"/36'-0"/42'-0" ROADWAY
2ƀ "
BASIC ALIGNMENT POINT -
THRIE-BEAM, TUBE, POST 3ƀ "
ASPHALT OVERLAY
ACROW TL-4 MIN/MAX ASPHALT THICKNESS
2ƀ "
TOP OF STEEL DECK 4"
"
GUARDRAIL SYSTEM (24FT) = MIN 1 1/2" / MAX 2" TUBE ONLY 4"
TRUSS PANELS
(36FT) = MIN 2" / MAX 8"
3ƍ
5Ƅ "
3ƍ "
(42FT) = MIN 2" / MAX 8"
CURB UNIT DECK UNIT DECK UNIT DECK UNIT DECK UNIT DECK UNIT CURB UNIT
SH EET 5)
TABLE 3
SEE
-6"
1'
Thrie-
b) (
TRANSOM/ FLOOR BEAM

Beam
(
Only
SEE TABLE 2
LOW STEEL
2'-3" (x) (SEE TABLE 4 SHEET 5)
2ƀ "
Post and Tube 3ƀ"
SH EET 5)
¡ TRUSS TYP.
(y) (SEE TABLE 4 SHEET 5) 2ƀ"
a) (
SECTION A-A GUARDRAIL BACK PLATE DETAIL

(
(Double High Truss shown, Single High Truss Similar)

8: 18 AM
24:
10/1/2021
NOTE: SEE ACROW TECHNICAL HANDBOOK AND

PARTS LIST FOR ITEM NUMBER DETAILS.
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
FY 2022-23 TEMPORARY ACROW SERIES 700XS DETOUR BRIDGE
INDEX SHEET
REVISION
11/01/20 STANDARD PLANS BEAM AND GUARDRAIL DETAILS 102-201 2 of 5

¡
TRUSS PANELS PIER, BRIDGE & PANEL PIN
(RAKER BRACING & CENTER TRUSS

NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY)
TOP OF
POST CURB
TOP OF STEEL DECK
GUARD RAIL (ASPHALT NOT INCLUDED)

GUARDRAIL TRANSITION BACKPLATE
SEE TABLE 5
SH EET 5)
SEE SHEET 2.
b)
TOP OF RAIL
(
(a) (SEE TABLE 2
BOLTS
SHEET 5)
(
-1"
UNDER SIDE OF
(C4x7.25) CHORD BOLTS
1'
REINFORCING CHORD
UNDER SIDE OF BEARING DISTRIBUTION BEAM STOP
POST 1'-5" FIXED PIER (TYP. BOTH ENDS)
-10"
BRACE
DISTRIBUTION BEAM
DISTRIBUTION BEAMS
2'
END FRAME /WITH 2 BOLTS
(1 UNDER EACH TRUSS LINE)
BEARING (FIXED)
3'-0" MIN TO FACILITATE

JACKING AS NECESSARY
DIMENSIONS AT TOP OF STEEL
ASPHALT OVERLAY
DECK
VARIES
BOLTS TYPICAL DETAIL AT INTERMEDIATE PIER 1" GAP FIXED END
(FOR CONTINUOUS SPAN DESIGN) 2" EXPANSION GAP @ 70° F
RETAINER ANGLE CUT

TO MATCH ROAD PROFILE
(SEE SHEET 2)
TOP OF BACKWALL
TO MATCH ROAD PROFILE ASPHALT OVERLAY
TRUSS PANEL (DEPTH VARIES)
2" GAP (END OF DECK TO BACKWALL)

TOP OF BACKWALL TO
BOLTS W/
MATCH BRIDGE PROFILE ASPHALT OVERLAY
TWO WASHERS
TOP OF STEEL DECK (VARIES)
DECK PANEL
ABUTMENT
ASPHALT
BRIDGE
RETAINER
SEE TABLE 7
SH EET 5)
DECK PANEL
d)
ANGLE
c) OR (
EOB AT DECK DETAIL
(Note: Expansion joint depends on
span/bridge length and configuration)
(
TRANSOM BEARING
2'-3"
(
(EXPANSION/ FIXED)
1'-1ƀ"
1'-ƃ"
FACE OF BACKWALL ¡ BEARING ¡ BEARING ¡ BEARING
(DIMENSION VARIES
AT BRIDGE DECK
DEPENDING ON BRIDGE PROFILE)
¡ BRIDGE
BEARINGS END FRAME
-5"
TYPICAL DETAIL AT ABUTMENTS
1'
(Note: Expansion joint depends on
span/bridge length and configuration)
BEARING
25 AM
TYPICAL RAILING POST CONNECTION DETAIL

24:
NOTE: SEE ACROW TECHNICAL HANDBOOK AND

8:
PARTS LIST FOR ITEM NUMBER DETAILS. BOLT
DISTRIBUTION BEAM DETAIL - END VIEW

10/1/2021
(Triple Truss Shown)
CROSS REFERENCE: FOR BEARING DETAILS SEE SHEET 4

REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
INDEX SHEET
REVISION
11/01/20 STANDARD PLANS TYPICAL DETAILS 102-201 3 of 5

1'-0"
BACKWALL ¡ EXPANSION
BEARINGS
¡
FIXED
BEARINGS
9"
EQUAL
SPACING
-3"
2'
EQUAL
SPACING
ANCHOR BOLTS NOTE: BACKWALL TO MATCH

KEEPER ANGLE (TYP.) ROADWAY PROFILE &
12ƃ " PIER CROSS SECTION
FACE OF BACKWALL
¡ TRANSOM & BOLSTER
AT BRIDGE DECK
¡ TRANSOM
PIER
PROVIDE UNIFORM BEARING
UNDER TRANSOM FLANGE (10ƀ " WIDE)
APPROX. BOLSTER SECURED TO

SEE TABLE 7
HEIGHT 9Ɓ "
SH EET 5)
ABUTMENT SEAT WITH

¡ ¡ FIELD MEASURE KEEPER ANGLE
ROADWAY ROADWAY
x)
FINAL HEIGHT
ABUTMENT SEAT
(
TRANSOM BOLSTER
¡ BOLSTER BOLSTER ¡
(BY OTHERS)
(
A A
BRIDGE BEARING
BOLSTER DETAIL SECTION A-A
(TYP.)
BRIDGE BEARING NOTE:
(TYP.)
- HARDWOOD BLOCKING IS RECOMMENDED; SEE PLAN FOR FINAL BOLSTER DESIGN.
- INSTALL BOLSTER TO A TIGHT FIT AFTER BRIDGE & DECK ARE IN PLACE.
¡
TRUSS & BEARING - BOLSTER HEIGHT WILL VARY BASED ON TRANSOM TYPE/ DEAD LOADS.
- BOLSTER TO BE SECURED FROM MOVEMENT AFTER INSTALLATION.
-3"
- BOLSTER TO MATCH SLOPE OR TRANSOM FLANGE.

2'
TRIPLE TRUSS SHOWN. DOUBLE TRUSS WOULD NOT INCLUDE CENTER BEARING.
¡
TRUSS & BEARING
¡
FIXED
NOTE:
BEARINGS
SEE PLANS FOR SIZE, GRADE AND QUANTITY
¡ EXPANSION OF ANCHOR BOLTS AND KEEPER ANGLES NOT
INCLUDED WITH BRIDGE PARTS. TRIPLE
BEARINGS TRUSS SHOWN. DOUBLE TRUSS WOULD NOT
BEARING LAYOUT
INCLUDE CENTER BEARING.
2ƀ"
9"
2ƀ"
BEARING
Ɓ" MAX. GAP
TEFLON BONDED TO A36

STEEL PLATE ANCHOR BOLTS
(BY OTHERS)
)
TYP.
4ƀ "
TACK TACK
(
-0"
-0"
ABUTMENT/
1'
1'
TOP OF SEAT MIN. 3x3xƄ"
)
TYP.
4ƀ "
KEEPER ANGLE
SEE PLANS
(
TEFLON ƃ"x4"x6" STAINLESS PLATE

31 AM
A36 PLATE
SECURE TEFLON SLIDE ¢ ƃ"x8ƀ"x11ƀ"
ƃ"x5"x7"
24:
TO ABUTMENT WITH EPOXY 1" Ø HOLE (TYP.)

8:
ANCHOR BOLTS NO BOLTS IN

ADHESIVE
9" (TYP.) EXPANSION BEARINGS
EXPANSION BEARING ELEVATION VIEW A-A
EXPANSION END - BEARING DETAIL
(ANGLE & BACKWALL NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY)
10/1/2021
FIXED END - BEARING DETAIL

REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
INDEX SHEET
REVISION
11/01/20 STANDARD PLANS BEARING LAYOUT AND DETAILS 102-201 4 of 5

TABLE 1 TABLE 2
Swaybrace / Transom Brace (a) Reinforcing Chord Thickness TABLE 3
Regular Heavy SuperHeavy (b) Height Bottom
Bridge Swaybrace Swaybrace Transom Bridge
Reinforcing Reinforcing Reinforcing Transom of Truss Chord
Roadway Transom Part # Part # Brace Roadway
Chord Chord Chord Part # to top of
width (ft) (Single) (Double) Part # width (ft)
Thickness Thickness Thickness Transom
24 SC0017 AB590 AB515 AB519 4" 5" 6" 24 SC0017 28Ɖ "
36 AB957 AB891 AB891 AB519 36 AB957 40ƈ "
42 AB978 AB979 AB979 AB519 42 AB978 43"
TABLE 4 TABLE 5 TABLE 6

(x) (y) (c) Height Bottom (d) Height Bottom
Bridge Bridge (b) Height Bottom Bridge
Transom ¡ to inner Transom Transom Transom of fixed of expansion
Roadway Roadway of Truss Chord Roadway
Part # truss to ¡ Beam Part # Part # bearing to bearing to
width (ft) width (ft) to top of Deck width (ft)
inner truss Length top of Deck top of Deck
24 SC0017 26'-1" 31'-4" 24 SC0017 33ƌ " 24 SC0017 39Ƈ " 39Ɗ "
36 AB957 38'-4ƍ " 43'-7ƍ " 36 AB957 45Ƌ " 36 AB957 50Ǝ " 51Ɖ "
42 AB978 44'-4Ƅ " 49'-7Ƅ " 42 AB978 48Ƅ " 42 AB978 53Ƃ " 54ƃ "
TABLE 7
(x)
Bridge
Transom ¡ to inner
Roadway
Part # truss to ¡
width (ft)
inner truss
24 SC0017 26'-1"
36 AB957 38'-4ƍ "
42 AB978 44'-4Ƅ "

8: 37 AM
24:
10/1/2021
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
INDEX SHEET
REVISION
11/01/20 STANDARD PLANS BEAM AND GUARDRAIL DETAILS 102-201 5 of 5

2'-10" 2'-10"
Ɓ" Min. x 12" x 2'-8ƀ" Shim

8" 1'-6" 8" Ɓ" Min. x 11" x 2'-5" Shim 8" 1'-6" 8"
Plate when required
Plate when required
8" ~ � 2x2xƄ
Typ. (Typ.) (Typ.) Ɓ 6
Ɓ 3 Ɓ Ɓ
7 7 6 6
4 8" 48" Shim ℅'s 6ƅ" 6ƅ"
Ɓ 6
Ɓ 6
� Bent Cap � Bent Cap
field verify before fabrication)
Nom inal Cap Dim ension,

Nom inal Cap Dim ension,
field verify & adjust)

Based on 12"
Based on 12"
7Ɓ"
AB8 Bearing
6ƅ "
6ƅ "
Tim ber Bent Cap
Tim ber Bent Cap

5Ɓ"
shown dashed
12" Nom inal
12" Nom inal
-2" ±
10" ±
1'
-1Ɓ" (
-1Ɓ" (
5Ɓ"
6ƅ "
6ƅ "
� Truss
7Ɓ"
� Truss
Panels
1'
1'
Panels
ƅ" x 6" Lag

Ɓ" Saddle � Bearing (shift as Typ.
Screws (Typ.)
Ɓ" Saddle � Bearing (shift as
Ɓ" x ƀ" Fixed Bearing Keeper Bar (Typ.) Plate required within Ɓ 3
Expansion Bearing Assemblies shown dashed Plate
AB7 Bearing (to bear on face of Bearing Plates) tolerance) required within
ƅ" x 6" Lag tolerance)
shown dashed
Screws (Typ.)
PLAN VIEW
Ɓ" x ƀ" Expansion Bearing Typ. both
Keeper Bar (Typ.) (to bear PLAN VIEW
legs Typ. both
Ɓ 3
Typ. on face of Bearing Plates) legs
Typ. both
Ɓ 3 Ɓ 6
legs 8" ~ � 2x2xƄ
Ɓ 3 Ɓ" x ƀ" Expansion Bearing
Ɓ 6
ƌ" Ø Holes for ƅ" x 6" Ɓ" x ƀ" Fixed Bearing ƌ" Ø Holes for ƅ" x 6" Keeper Bar (Typ.)
Lag Screws (Typ.) Lag Screws (Typ.)

ƀ"
ƀ"
Keeper Bar (Typ.) 8" ~ � 2x2xƄ (Typ.)
2"
2"
Ƅ "
" R
4"
4"
R
2"
2"
Ɓ 6
Typ.
both
Ɓ" Saddle Plate Ɓ" Saddle Plate
legs
4" 4" 4" 10" 4" 4" 4" 4" 4" 4" 10" 4" 4" 4"
1'-1Ɓ" (Based on 12" 1'-1Ɓ" (Based on 12"
2'-10" 2'-10"
Nominal Cap Dimension, Nominal Cap Dimension,
field verify & adjust) field verify before fabrication)
ELEVATION VIEW OF SADDLE PLATE END VIEW ELEVATION VIEW OF SADDLE PLATE END VIEW
3 Ɓ"
Ƅ
7"
"
8"
R
R
1
4"
4"
3 1
2'-34" 2'-74"
41 AM
FIXED BEARING KEEPER BAR DETAIL EXPANSION BEARING KEEPER BAR DETAIL
24:
8:
FIXED BEARING DETAILS EXPANSION BEARING DETAILS

10/1/2021
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
FY 2022-23 TEMPORARY DETOUR BRIDGE
INDEX SHEET
REVISION
01/01/16 STANDARD PLANS TIMBER PILE FOUNDATIONS 102-210 1of 3

38'-4"
19'-2" 19'-2"
11'-2" 16'-0" 11'-2" Cap Butt Splice Spacing
Filter Fabric
12" Ø Timber Piles (Typ.) � Detour Bridge & � Bent
12" x 12"
Deck Hold Down � Bent & � Piles
Timber Cap
1'-1" * � 3 x 2 x ƀ x 1'-0" (Typ.)
Straps (Typ.)
1'-11" 1'-11" 2'-9" 3'-1" 3'-1" 2'-9" 1'-11" 1'-11" Spacing Deck Hold Down Straps
24'-6" * Center � 3 X 2 on
ƀ " Top Cap ℅.
ƀ" x 1'-2" x 12'-9" Top Cap ℅ ƀ" x 1'-2" x 12'-9" Top Cap ℅
ƀ" x 1'-2" x 14'-0" Bottom Cap ℅ ƀ" x 1'-2" x 14'-0" Bottom Cap ℅
6" 7 sp. @ 5'-4" = 37'-4" (Pile Spacing) 6"
PLAN VIEW
Strap Spacing = 5 sp. @ 5'-4" ± (Center Strap on � Pile)

ƀ " x 3" x 1'-9" Strap ℅
(Field verify pile locations and adjust straps before welding to Bottom Cap ℅)
(both sides of cap Typ.)
Ƃ " Ø x 2'-0" Dome Head

Ɓ" Cap Butt A Deck Hold Down Strap (Typ.) ƀ " Bottom Cap ℅
Spike (Drive Spike flush with
Splice ℅ (Typ.)
top of cap Typ.) ƀ " Top Cap ℅ � 3 x 2 x ƀ x 1'-0" (Typ.) 12" x 12" Timber Cap
)
M ax.
A
-0" (

Filter Fabric
5'
Top of Berm or
Existing Ground
)
-0"
M in.
Limits of Filter
1'
(
Fabric shown
shaded
12" Ø Timber Piles (Typ.)
ELEVATION VIEW END VIEW

45 AM
24:
8:
BACKWALL BENT DETAILS

10/1/2021
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
INDEX SHEET
REVISION
07/01/06 STANDARD PLANS TIMBER PILE FOUNDATIONS 102-210 2 of 3

3"
Steel Grid Deck Unit Steel Grid Deck Units

3 x 2 x ƀ x 1'-0" � Typ.
(shown dashed) (shown dashed) Ɓ
(place against grid deck) B
Deck Hold Down Strap Assembly

Typ. both
ends � Ɓ
2"
ƀ" x 1'-2" x 12'-9" Top Cap ℅
ƀ" ℅
ƀ" x 1'-2" x 14'-0" Bottom Cap ℅

Typ.
Ɓ
Ƃ" Ø Bolt, Nut & Washers
-9"
(Cap Butt Splice ℅ Typ.) ƀ" Strap ℅ (Typ.)
ƀ" Strap ℅ (Typ.)
1'
2Ƃ "
Ɓ" Cap Butt Splice ℅ (Typ.)
Allow Ɓ" gap for Ƌ" Ø Holes (Typ.)

12" x 12" Timber Cap
12" x 12" Timber Cap Cap Butt Splice ℅
2"
ƀ" Ø x 6" Lag Screw (Typ.)
2"
Ƃ " Ø x 2'-0" Dome Head Spike
1ƀ "
(Drive Spike flush with top of cap)
ƀ" Ø x 6" Lag Screw (Typ.)
12" Ø Timber Pile 12" Ø Timber Pile
B 1ƀ " 1ƀ "
STRAP PLATE DETAIL
VIEW B-B
SECTION A-A
(SHOWING END OF CAP PLATES)
1'-4"
2" 6" 6" 2"

ƀ" 10ƃ " ƀ"
ƀ" ℅ ƀ" ℅
2"
2"
3"
PLAN VIEW Ɓ" ℅
10"
ƀ" ℅ Typ.
ƀ"
3"
Ɓ
ƍ" Ø Holes (Typ.)

1Ƃ "
2"
ƀ" ℅
Ƃ"
49 AM
� Cap Butt Splice

ELEVATION VIEW
24:
8:
HOLD DOWN STRAP ASSEMBLY DETAIL CAP BUTT SPLICE PLATE DETAIL
10/1/2021
BACKWALL BENT DETAILS

REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
INDEX SHEET
REVISION
07/01/06 STANDARD PLANS TIMBER PILE FOUNDATIONS 102-210 3 of 3

1'-6"
1'-6" Ɓ" Min. x 1'-2ƀ" x 2'-8ƀ"
Ɓ" Min. x 11" x 2'-5" Shim
Shim Plate when required
Plate when required
Typ.
Typ. Ɓ 3
Ɓ Ɓ 6
Ɓ
3 6
4Ɔ" 4Ɔ" Shim ℅ 6ƅ" 6ƅ"
Shim ℅
Ɓ 6 Ɓ 6
)
M in.
)
M in.
7Ɓ"
5Ɓ"
7" (
7" (
)
� Bent Cap � Bent Cap
M in.
M in.
-2" ±
10" ±
-2" (
-3" (
1'
)
M in.
1'
1'
)
5Ɓ"
M in.
7Ɓ"
7" (
7" (
� Truss � Truss
Steel � Bearing (shift as Steel Panels � Bearing (shift as
Panels
Bent Cap required within Bent Cap Expansion Bearing Assemblies shown dashed required within
AB7 & AB8 Bearings shown dashed
tolerance) tolerance)
Ɓ" x ƀ" Fixed Bearing Keeper Bar (Typ.) Ɓ" x ƀ" Expansion Bearing Keeper Bar (Typ.)
(to bear on face of Bearing Plates) (to bear on face of Bearing Plates)
PARTIAL PLAN VIEW PARTIAL PLAN VIEW
Typ. both
Typ. Typ. Typ.
legs
Ɓ 3 Ɓ 3 Ɓ 3 Ɓ 3
Steel Ɓ" x ƀ" Fixed Bearing Steel Ɓ" x ƀ" Expansion Bearing
Bent Cap Keeper Bar (Typ.) Bent Cap Keeper Bar (Typ.)
ƀ"
ƀ"
Steel Steel
Bent Cap Bent Cap
PARTIAL ELEVATION VIEW END VIEW PARTIAL ELEVATION VIEW END VIEW
Ɓ"
7"
Ƅ
Ƅ
"
"
4"
Ɓ"
R
R
3 1
2'-34" 2'-74"
53 AM
FIXED BEARING KEEPER BAR DETAIL EXPANSION BEARING KEEPER BAR DETAIL
24:
8:
FIXED BEARING DETAILS EXPANSION BEARING DETAILS

10/1/2021
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
FY 2022-23 TEMPORARY DETOUR BRIDGE DETAILS
INDEX SHEET
REVISION
01/01/16 STANDARD PLANS STEEL H PILE FOUNDATIONS 102-220 1of 2

38'-3"
19'-1ƀ " 19'-1ƀ "
1'-11" 1'-11" 2'-9" 3'-1" 3'-1" 2'-9" 1'-11" 1'-11" Spacing Deck Hold Down Straps
Deck Hold Down Straps (Typ.)

1'-1"
� Detour Bridge & � Bent
4" x 10" Timber Lagging Filter Fabric
* � 3 x 2 x ƀ x 1'-0" (Typ.) � Bent & � Piles

HP 14 x 73
HP 14 x 73 Steel Piles (Typ.)
Steel Cap
24-6" * Center � 3 x 2 x 1'-0" on
Top ℅ (Typ.)
ƀ" x 1'-2" x 12'-9" Top Cap ℅ ƀ" x 1'-2" x 12'-9" Top Cap ℅
7ƀ " 6 sp. @ 6'-2" = 37'-0" (Pile Spacing) 7ƀ " Pile Spacing
PLAN VIEW
ƀ " Stiffener ℅'s

(Centered at each
2 ~ ƀ" x 1'-2" x 12'-9" � 3 x 2 x ƀ x 1'-0" HP 14 x 73 Steel Cap
Deck Hold Down Straps (Typ.)
pile location) (Typ.)
Top Cap ℅ A
~
ƀ " Stiffener ℅'s
~
ƀ " x 1'-8" x 1'-8"
)
Pile Cap ℅
M ax.
-0" (
A 4" x 10" Timber Lagging

6'
~
Filter Fabric
Top of Berm or
Existing Ground
)
M in.
-0"
1'
(
Limits of Filter
HP 14 x 73 Steel Piles (Typ.)
Fabric shown
shaded
� Cap ℅ & Steel Cap ELEVATION VIEW END VIEW

Steel Grid Deck Units (Typ.)
B (shown dashed) Ɓ Steel Grid Deck Unit
� 3 x 2 x ƀ x 1'-0"
(shown dashed)
Hold Down Strap (place against grid deck) ƀ" 10ƃ" ƀ"
Hold Down Strap Assembly
Assembly
ƀ " Cap ℅
Typ. both
ƀ" ℅ ƀ" ℅
ends �
Ɓ
2"
2"
ƀ " Cap ℅
~
Ɖ ƀ " x 6ƀ " x 1'-0ƅ " Stiffener ℅'s

~
(Typ.)
(Tight fit, cope inside corners) PLAN VIEW
Ɖ
Ɖ 12 ƀ " Stiffener ℅
HP 14 x 73 Steel Cap Typ.
ƀ" ℅
ƀ"
Ɖ 12 Ɓ
~
1Ƃ "
HP 14 x 73 Steel Cap
(Typ.) ƀ" ℅
Ƃ"
57 AM
Ɖ ƀ " x 1'-8" x 1'-8"

Pile Cap ℅
24:
� Pile Cap ℅ & � Steel Pile ƀ" x 1'-8" x 1'-8"

8:
HP 14 x 73 Steel Piles Pile Cap ¢ ELEVATION VIEW

B HP 14 x 73 Steel Piles
HOLD DOWN STRAP ASSEMBLY DETAIL
SECTION A-A
10/1/2021
(LAGGING NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY) VIEW B-B BACKWALL BENT DETAILS
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
INDEX SHEET
REVISION
07/01/06 STANDARD PLANS STEEL H PILE FOUNDATIONS 102-220 2 of 2

ƀ" ℅ (Steel Pile Cap Plate)
3'-4"
4"
1'-8" 1'-8"
B
Ɓ"
Ɓ" Stiffeners 11" 11"
Typ.
4" x 1'-10" x Ƌ" ℅ Ɓ" � Steel Pile Cap Assembly,
� 24" Ø Pipe Pile & Stiffeners
(Stiffener Plate) ƀ" ℅ (Steel Pile Cap Plate)
2 ~ 4" x 10Ƃ" x Ƌ" ℅

(Stiffener Plates)
-2"
Direction of Stationing
1'
� 1Ƌ" Ø x 3Ƃ"
11" ±
-0"
Slotted Hole in
3'
HP 12 x 74 Strut 90°
-0" Pipe Pile Cap
-4"
Beam (Typ. each end) HP 12 x 74
4"
2'
(Strut Beam)
11" ±
-2"
1'
1ƀ " Ø Heavy Hex Bolt,
5'
Nut and Washers
4" x 10Ƃ" x Ƌ" ¢

4" x 1'-10" x Ƌ" ℅
(Stiffener Plates)
1" Strut Connector (Stiffener Plate)
Ɖ"
Plate (see Detail) 2'-2" Ø x ƀ" x 5'-0"
-0"
A A
Steel Pile Cap
2'
� Steel Pile Cap Assembly, B

� 24" Ø Steel Pipe Pile
PLAN VIEW STEEL PILE CAP ASSEMBLY

2'-2" Ø x ƀ" x 5'-0" (Bearing Plates and Bearing Keeper Bars not show for clarity)
Steel Pile Cap
24" Ø Steel Pipe Pile (see Plans

for Pipe wall thickness)
1'-3"
4ƀ "
1Ƌ" Ø Hole (Typ.)
9"
1" Pile Tip Stiffener
PARTIAL VIEW A-A Plates (Tight fit)
4ƀ "
1" ℅
3ƀ " 4" 4" 3ƀ "
STRUT CONNECTOR PLATE DETAIL

1" Pile Tip Seal Plate ~
90°
(Tight fit)
9"
~
Ɓ
Typ.
Ɓ
Ɓ
01 AM
Typ.
C C
1" Pile Tip Stiffener Typ. Ɓ
25:
Plates (Tight fit) Ɓ"

8:
VIEW C-C
VIEW B-B
PILE TIP DETAIL
10/1/2021
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
INDEX SHEET
REVISION
07/01/15 STANDARD PLANS STEEL PIPE PILE FOUNDATIONS 102-230 1of 3

3'-4"
� Truss Panel 1'-6" � Truss Panel
� Truss
4Ɔ" 4Ɔ"
Panel
Typ.
Ɓ 3
Ɓ 6
Ɓ" x ƀ" Fixed Bearing Keeper Bar (Typ.) ƀ" Steel Pipe Pile Cap Plate
Ɓ 6
Typ.
-2"
Ɓ 3
1'
5Ɓ"
Stiffener Plates
2'-2" Ø x ƀ" x 5'-0"
-4"
10" ±
Steel Pile Cap
2'
5Ɓ"
24" Ø Steel Pipe Pile
-2"
1'
� Bent & Pipe Pile Cap
AB7 & AB8 Bearings
shown dashed
Ɓ" Min. x 11" x 2'-5"
(see Note) END VIEW
Note:
Use Shim Plates as required to provide
� Bearing (shift as equal bearing seat elevations across the
Ɓ" x ƀ" Fixed Bearing Keeper Bar (Typ.)
ƀ" Steel Pipe Pile Cap Plate
required within bent. Vary thickness of Shim Plate across
(to bear on face of Bearing Plates)
tolerance) the pile cap plate to provide a level bearing
area in the transverse direction.
PARTIAL PLAN VIEW
Typ.
Ɓ 3
Ƅ
Ɓ" x ƀ" Fixed Bearing
"
Ɓ"
R
4"
Keeper Bar (Typ.)
ƀ"
3
2'-3 4"
Stiffener Plates FIXED BEARING KEEPER BAR DETAIL
2'-2" Ø x ƀ" x 5'-0"

Steel Pile Cap

06 AM
PARTIAL ELEVATION VIEW

25:
8:
FIXED BEARING DETAILS

10/1/2021
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
INDEX SHEET
REVISION
01/01/16 STANDARD PLANS STEEL PIPE PILE FOUNDATIONS 102-230 2 of 3

3'-4"
� Truss Panel 1'-6" � Truss Panel
� Truss
6ƅ" 6ƅ"
Panel
Typ.
Ɓ 3
Ɓ" x ƀ" Expansion Bearing Keeper Bar (Typ.)

Typ. Ɓ 6 ƀ" Steel Pipe Pile Cap Plate
Ɓ 3
Ɓ 6
-2"
1'
7Ɓ"
Stiffener Plates
-2" ±
2'-2" Ø x ƀ" x 5'-0"
-4"
Steel Pile Cap
2'
1'
7Ɓ"
-2"
1'
� Bent & Pipe
Pile Cap
Ɓ" Min. x 1'-2ƀ" x 2'-8ƀ"

END VIEW
(see Note)
Expansion Bearing Assemblies shown dashed

� Bearing (shift as ƀ" Steel Pipe Pile Cap Plate
required within Ɓ" x ƀ" Expansion Bearing Keeper Bar (Typ.)
tolerance) (to bear on face of Bearing Plates)
Note:
Use Shim Plates as required to provide
PARTIAL PLAN VIEW equal bearing seat elevations across the
bent. Vary thickness of Shim Plate across
the pile cap plate to provide a level bearing
Typ.
area in the transverse direction.
Ɓ 3
Ɓ" x ƀ" Fixed Bearing
Keeper Bar (Typ.)
ƀ"
Ɓ"
Ƅ
7"
"
R
1
2'-7 4"
Stiffener Plates
2'-2" Ø x ƀ" x 5'-0"

Steel Pile Cap
EXPANSION BEARING KEEPER BAR DETAIL

10 AM
PARTIAL ELEVATION VIEW

25:
8:
ABUTMENT AND INTERMEDIATE EXPANSION BEARING DETAILS

10/1/2021
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
INDEX SHEET
REVISION
01/01/16 STANDARD PLANS STEEL PIPE PILE FOUNDATIONS 102-230 3 of 3

� Backwall Bent
Begin or End Detour Bridge 15° Max.
A C
Backer Plate ¢02 B Transition Block Shoulder Line (See Plans
Grade Beam
(see Sheet No. 6 of 6) for width requirements)
D
Face of Thrie-Beam Guardrail
A B C D
Approach
Steel Grid Deck Roadway
� End
Bent
5'-0" 5'-0"
Ramp Span Approach Span
PARTIAL PLAN - APPROACH TRANSITION
Limits of Payment for Thrie-Beam Panels on Bridge Limits of Payment for Temporary Guardrail
End Span 2'-6" 5'-0"

Approach Span
6'-3" Class A
Traffic Railing - Class B (10 Gauge) Two 12'-6" - Class A (12 Gauge) 12'-6" - Class A (12 Gauge) Thrie-Beam Panel (12 Gauge) W-Beam to W-Beam Guardrail See Index 536-001
Thrie-Beam Panels Thrie-Beam Guardrail Panels (Nested) Thrie-Beam Transition

412"
712"± 3
Begin or End Detour Bridge 2'-6"± 4 Sp. @ 1'-6 4" 8 ~ 3'-1ƀ" Spacing 6'-3" Post Spacing
� Bearing
Thrie Beam Guardrail � W-Beam Guardrail
-1"
2'
Grade Beam Transition Block
PARTIAL ELEVATION - APPROACH TRANSITION

8: 14 AM
25:
10/1/2021
� End Bent � Backwall Bent

THRIE-BEAM GUARDRAIL APPROACH TRANSITION
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
INDEX SHEET
REVISION
07/01/15 STANDARD PLANS THRIE-BEAM GUARDRAIL 102-240 1of 6

� Backwall Bent
Begin or End Detour Bridge
Backer Plate ¢02

Grade Beam B A Approach End Bridge Approach End
Face of Thrie-Beam Guardrail
B A
Approach End Bridge Approach End

Approach
Roadway Steel Grid Deck
� End
TWO-WAY TRAFFIC
Bent
5'-0" 5'-0"
Approach Span Ramp Span
PARTIAL PLAN - TRAILING END

Trailing End Bridge Approach End
Limits of Payment for Temporary Guardrail Limits of Payment for Thrie-Beam Panels on Bridge
5'-0" 2'-6" End Span
Approach Span
W-Beam Guardrail See Index 536-001 6'-3" Class A Traffic Railing - Class B (10 Gauge)
(12 Gauge) W-Beam to Thrie-Beam Panels

Thrie-Beam Transition 412"
6'-3" Post Spacing (Typ.) Begin or End Detour Bridge
� Bearing
� W-Beam Guardrail
Trailing End Bridge Approach End
ONE-WAY TRAFFIC
-1"
2'
END TRANSITION APPLICATION DETAILS
Grade Beam
18 AM
25:
8:
� Backwall Bent � End Bent

10/1/2021
PARTIAL ELEVATION - TRAILING END THRIE-BEAM GUARDRAIL TRAILING END TRANSITION

REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
INDEX SHEET
REVISION
07/01/15 STANDARD PLANS THRIE-BEAM GUARDRAIL 102-240 2 of 6

� Backwall Bent
Begin or End Detour Bridge 15° Max. Grade Beam
C
B
D E F
E Offset F
Face of Thrie-Beam
Block
Guardrail
B C D KEY:
Steel Approach Staked
Grid Deck Roadway

� End Not Staked
Bent
5'-0" 5'-0"
Ramp Span Approach Span

PARTIAL PLAN - APPROACH TRANSITION SHOWN
(TRAILING END SIMILAR)
Limits of Payment for Limits of Payment for Temporary Barrier Wall

Thrie-Beam Panels on Bridge
End Span 2'-6" 5'-0" Approach Transition using Staked Type K Barrier Units Freestanding Type K
Approach Span Barrier Units
See Index 102-110
Traffic Railing - Class B Two 12'-6" - Class A (12 Gauge)
(10 Gauge) Thrie-Beam Panels Thrie-Beam Guardrail Panels (Nested)
412" 1
7 2"±
Begin or End Detour Bridge 2'-6"± 2 Sp.

Terminal Connector (Typ.) Type K Barrier Unit
� Bearing @ 1'-6¾"
Stakes (Typ.)
Grade Beam (See Index 102-110 for details)
PARTIAL ELEVATION - APPROACH TRANSITION SHOWN

(TRAILING END SIMILAR)
8: 22 AM
25:
10/1/2021
� End Bent � Backwall Bent

TYPE K BARRIER UNIT APPROACH TRANSITION
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
INDEX SHEET
REVISION

Intermediate Spans End Span 2'-6" Approach
Span
Traffic Railing - Class B (10 Gauge) Thrie-Beam Panels
10'-0" ℅02 Spacing (Typ.) 10'-0" 10'-0" 10'-0" Thrie-Beam Panel Connection Spacing
� ℅02 � ℅02 � ℅02 � ℅01 Begin or End Detour Bridge
� Thrie Beam Thrie-Beam Guardrail
Top Bolt
-1"
2'
Top of Steel Grid Deck
PARTIAL ELEVATION SHOWING TYPICAL

� Typical Intermediate Bent THRIE-BEAM PANEL ARRANGEMENT � End Bent � Backwall Bent
10'-0" 10'-0" Varies 10'-0" 10'-0"
� ℅02 � ℅01 � ℅01 � ℅02
Thrie-Beam Expansion Panel (See Detail)
� Thrie Beam
Top Bolt
-1"
2'
Top of Steel Grid Deck
PARTIAL ELEVATION SHOWING THRIE-BEAM PANELS AT EXPANSION JOINT
1
11'-02"
1 1
64" 10'-0" 64"
Varies
3
4" x 212"
Bolt Slots
(Typ. Ea. End)
26 AM
29
32" x 118"
25:
Splice Bolt Slots

8:
(Typ. Ea. End)

Field Drill Field Drill
2" 2"
29 1 3 3
32" x 2 2" Splice 4" x 3 4"
10/1/2021
414" Bolt Slots (Typ.) Bolt Slots (Typ.) 414"
THRIE-BEAM EXPANSION PANEL DETAIL

REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
INDEX SHEET
REVISION

Notch offset block to Galv. Wire Rope** Notch offset block to 3
4"Ø Hole
End Posts
clear pin and channel H clear pin and channel Offset Blocks W6x9 Post
2" 2"
5
8"Ø Post Bolt
4"
Omit Top Bolt at
& recessed nut ¡ Thrie-Beam
End Posts Only
¡ Thrie-Beam Top Bolt Top Bolt
¢02 ¡ Thrie-Beam Top Bolt 5 1
Bracing Frame 8"Ø Post Bolt 4" ¢ 5" 5"
& recessed nut
10"
5
8"Ø Post Bolt
& recessed nut ¡ Bolts
-1"
-1"
Existing
2'
2'
Gusset ℅01* G G
BACKER PLATE ¢01 DETAIL
-1"
Steel Grid Plates Steel Grid
2'
Deck Deck 3
4"Ø Holes
Steel Grid
Bent Cap
Deck Unit
31316"31316"
(Timber shown;
Steel similar)
8"
11"
H
5
7
* Rotate ℅01 to
clear Bracing
112" M in.
Frame to bear 1 5" 5"
)
4" ¢
Typ.
on Truss and 4 ~ 7
8"Ø x 7" Lag Screws (for Timber Bent Cap)
End Bent 10"
End Post.
(
7
4 ~ 8"Ø ASTM F3125 Grade A325 Bolts Type 1
(for Steel Bent Cap) ¡ Bolts
SECTION A-A SECTION B-B SECTION C-C BACKER PLATE ¢02 DETAIL
� W6x9 Post,
Type K Offset Block Type K Thrie-Beam
Steel Post ℅
Guardrail Post 5
Barrier Unit Barrier Unit Terminal Connector
8"Ø Post Bolt Thrie-Beam & Bent Cap
(See Index 536-001)
Offset Block(s) as required & recessed nut 5 Guardrail
8"Ø Post Bolt
Bent Cap
Thrie-Beam Panel & recessed nut
(Timber shown;
Match Front Face of Steel similar)
Thrie-Beam Guardrail
4 ~ 78"Ø x 7" Galvanized Lag
W6x9 Post
-1"
-1"
along bridge
Screws (for Timber Bent Cap)
2'
2'
7
4 ~ 8"Ø Galvanized ASTM 3
4" Steel Post Plate
F3125 Grade A325 Type 1
Asphalt Pavement Asphalt Pavement (See Detail)
(for Steel Bent Cap)
-1"
Bent Cap Offset Blocks

2'
Bottom Cap Plate

Approach Span
Timber Lagging
Bent Cap
Steel Grid Deck
Top Cap Plate
Approach Span Curb
Thrie-Beam Panel
Ramp Span Deck Approach Span

Stakes (See Index 102-110 for details) Deck
SECTION D-D SECTION E-E SECTION F-F VIEW G-G

1 (Adjacent Post and Offset Blocks not shown for clarity)
11'-0 2"
1 1 Post Bolt
64" 10'-0" 64"
Galv. Wire Rope** 1'-0"
Offset Block
2"
1 1 1 1
3 1 1 2" 4 2" 4 2" 1 2"
4" x 2 2"
1
1
Bolt Slots ** As directed by the Engineer 1"Ø Hole
(Typ. Ea. End) in order to limit vibration (4 Req'd)
2"
induced vertical
1
Ɓ
-0"
4
29 displacement of the
32" x 118"
1'
Thrie-Beam Panels, provide
2"
Splice Bolt Slots
Contractor supplied, one
1
(Typ. Ea. End)
4
time use, commercially
2" 2"
3
31 AM
BRIDGE THRIE-BEAM PANEL SECTION available 16"Ø (Min.)
2"
414" 414" Galvanized Wire Rope w/
25:
(10 GAUGE) � Post Plate &

4" ℅
1
3
1
Ferrules (or other approved
8:
wire type) positioned and � W6x9 Post
SECTION H-H tensioned as required to STEEL POST PLATE DETAIL

secure the Panels.
10/1/2021
SECTIONS AND DETAILS

REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
INDEX SHEET
REVISION

7'-0"
New Guardrail Posts, positioned
Top
Grade Beam as required to clear Transition
(
Block (Typ.) 8" 10"
ear
Shoulder Line Top of Existing Curb
& Sides)
2" Cl
3
4" tooled top edge
Varies
4"
1
1
Transition Block
-0"
1'
8"
Top of
10"
Approach Span
-6"
or Bridge Deck
1'
8"
1'-6"
#4 Bars #3 Stirrups (Field

Front face
Bend) (Typ.) Edge of Approach Span
of Curb END VIEW A-A
(Location varies)
Existing Approach Span

1'-3" 2'-3" 2'-3" 1'-3"
or Bridge Deck
PLAN VIEW OF TRANSITION BLOCK Varies
(GUARDRAIL NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY)
)
Typ.
4"
8"
Match curb height and Transition Block
slope at traffic face #3 Stirrups (Field
Bend) (Typ.)
Varies
4"
A
-0"
Top of
#3 STIRRUP (FIELD BEND)
1'
-0"
Curb
1'
Bottom )
Top of Approach Span

A
or Bridge Deck
( ear
1"Ø Anchor Rods 3'-0" long driven

Grade Beam
2" Cl
into ground prior to casting concrete

1
2
ELEVATION OF TRANSITION BLOCK

(GUARDRAIL AND POSTS NOT
SHOWN FOR CLARITY)
NOTES:
REINFORCING STEEL: Reinforcing steel shall be ASTM A615, Grade 60.
ESTIMATED QUANTITIES
ANCHOR RODS: Steel Anchor Rods shall be ASTM A36, ASTM A709 Grade 36 or ASTM A615
Grade 60 hot-dip galvanized in accordance with Specification Section 962.

ITEM UNIT QUANTITY
Concrete Class NS CY 0.4
Reinforcing Steel LB 61
01 AM
Guardrail (Reset) LF 12.5

26:
8:
10/1/2021
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
INDEX SHEET
REVISION

Dim. L1 = 30'-0" Min. Dim. L1 = 30'-0" Min. / Cos Ø
GENERAL NOTES
Dim . M 1
Typical Case 1 & Case 2 Outside edge of Approach Slab (Coping) Longitudinal Const. Joint (Preferred 1. SURFACE TREATMENT: As an option to Class 4 Floor Finish (Bridge
shall match and conform with alignment location is at edge of lane, see Floor Grooving) per Section 400 a hand tined or heavy broomed finish
3"
of Left & Right Copings shown on Note 3 and Detail) (Typ. Cases 1 & 2) may be permitted on the concrete portion of the riding surface. Sidewalk
Edge adjacent
Superstructure Sheets (Typ.) areas shall receive a broomed finish. The top surface of the concrete
to flexible
pavement beneath the asphalt overlay shall be raked.
Edge adjacent to 2. CONDUIT: If required, see Structures Plans for Conduit Details.
Gutter Line Construction Joint
* flexible pavement 3. When a longitudinal construction joint is necessary or allowed by the
Bars C Gutter Line Permitted
Begin or End Bridge Engineer, the transverse steel shall be extended as shown in the
(Typ.)
Limits of Asphalt Overlay (Front Face of Backwall * Bars C Limits of Longitudinal Construction Joint Detail.
2'
-
if applicable) (Typ.) Asphalt Overlay 0" 4. The plan view for CASE 1 applies when the skew angle (Ø) = 0°.
Dim ension to m atch Superstructure Sheets

Relevant details also apply to CASE 2.
M atch Superstructure Sheets)

Ø Match skew 5. The plan view for CASE 2 applies where the skew angle (Ø) is > 0°.
Bottom of Slab)
Top of Slab) Back Face of
Backwall or angle at end The slab shown represents a skew to the right for an approach slab at
Edge of Bent of bridge begin bridge; approach slab at the end of bridge or a left skew shall be
Geometric Control Ø treated similarly.
Cap
Line Geometric Control 6. Deformed WWR must meet the requirements of Specification
Line Section 931.
B
-0" M ax. (
90° (Typ.) 7. Continue the asphalt pavement over the approach slab and match the friction
B
9" M ax. (
course type used on the roadway.

8. Approach slabs shown in Plan View Cases 1 and 2 represent a typical
3" approach slab with edge barriers and no sidewalks. Provide railings, parapets
1'
A A A Back Face of and raised sidewalks as detailed in the Contract Plans.

Ba
rs Backwall or 9. PAYMENT: Deformed WWR for the edge of Approach Slabs
5B
Bars 5A1 @
9" Ba
Bars 8A2 @
rs @ Edge of Bent on retaining walls is not included in the estimated quantity for
Dim . N (
5B 1'-
@ 0"
*B 9" Ma Cap reinforcing steel and is considered incidental to the work. See
ar Ma x.
(Pl s x. (
To Roadway Plans for Asphalt Overlay and Optional Base details and quantities.
ac C ( p Begin or End
ed @ Bo of
be 1'- ttom Sl
twe 0"M ab Bridge (Front
ax of )
en Sl
Ba .( ab Face of Backwall
Construction Joint r Top )
s of 3"
Field Bend 5B if applicable)
Permitted ,T Sl
Limits of Asphalt op ab
as required of )
Limits of Asphalt Overlay
Overlay 2'-0" Sl
(Typ.) ab
) 9" A
Gutter Line Gutter Line
Dim .
3"
M2
B B
Dim. L2 = 30'-0" Min. / Cos Ø

9" * Bars C @ 1'-0" Max. (Top of Slab) 9"
Typical Case 1 & Case 2
(Placed between Bars 5B, Top of Slab) CROSS REFERENCES:
3" Bars 5B @ 1'-0" Max. (Top of Slab) 3" PLAN VIEW (CASE 2)
For Section B-B, Longitudinal Construction Joint
Bars 5B @ 9" Max. (Bottom of Slab)
Detail and Approach Slab Details see Sheet 2.
* NOTE: Bars C are required as shown when the
Dim. L2 = 30'-0" Min. 36" or 42" Single-Slope Traffic Railings, or the
Traffic Railing/Noise Wall, are used at the edge
PLAN VIEW (CASE 1) of the Approach Slab.

Begin or End Bridge (Front Face
30'-0" (Min.) of Backwall if applicable)
See Structures Plans, Superstructure

Sheets for Joint Details
2'-0"
1 1
Bars 8A2 3 4" ± Cover 4" Concrete thickness between
3 1Ƃ " (Min.) Asphalt
1 4" Cover
3 gutter lines when deck planing is
Overlay (See Note 7) 14"
required by the Specifications
-0"
4"
-0"
)
M in.
3
1'
-1
1'
1'
(
9"
45°
Optional Base
Construction Joint
4" Cover (except (See Note 9) Organic Felt bond breaker
2" Cover
Bars 5A1 Permitted
(Typ.) 2" over wall panels)
07 AM
Bars 5B (Top
26:
U-Shaped Dowels (Billed with End Bents,

& Bottom) (Typ.)
8:
see End Bent Sheets for placement)
Back Face of Backwall (Beam

10/1/2021
SECTION A-A or Girder Bridge) or Edge

of Bent Cap (Flat Slab Bridge)
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
FY 2022-23 APPROACH SLABS (30 FT.)
INDEX SHEET
REVISION
11/01/17 STANDARD PLANS (FLEXIBLE PAVEMENT APPROACHES) 400-090 1of 2

Traffic Railing, 36"
Edge of Approach Slab (Coping)
Traffic Railing Single-Slope shown,
(Type varies, other Traffic Railings Approach Slab Bridge
36" Single-Slope C
Const. Joint and Pedestrian/Bicycle
Asphalt Overlay shown) Railing similar Traffic Railing or
Required Poured rubber or rapid Begin or End
cure silicone 1" deep Pedestrian/Bicycle Railing Bridge
Traffic Railing or
NOTE:
Pedestrian/Bicycle Railing Shoulder Line
Geometry of Traffic Railings,
reinforcement; see relevant
Pedestrian/Bicycle Railings, Traffic
* Bars C
Separators and Sidewalks to match
Index for placement ƀ " Preformed Joint Filler - extend Top of Backwall
those on adjoining bridge. Bars from Front Face of Backwall to
SECTION B-B Asphalt Overlay
5A1 end of Wingwall Bridge Deck
Approach Slab
STANDARD APPROACH SLAB
Side
Traffic Railing Bars 5B Cheekwall
Slope Front Face
(Type varies, of Backwall
Traffic Separator Const. Joint
36" Single-Slope * Bars C
Required Const. Joint
Asphalt Overlay shown) (as Reqd.)
Required
(Typ.) Approach Slab
Bars 8A2
End Bent Beam or
Optional Base Embankment
C Wingwall Girder
(See Sheet 1, Note 9)
* Bars C End Bent Wingwall
SECTION THRU APPROACH SLAB VIEW C-C AT BEGIN OR END BRIDGE (BEAM
SECTION B-B *NOTE: Bars C are required as shown
AND END BENT WINGWALL BRIDGE SHOWN, FLAT SLAB BRIDGE SIMILAR)
APPROACH SLAB WITH TRAFFIC SEPARATOR when the 36" or 42" Single-Slope
Traffic Railing, or the Traffic APPROACH SLAB WITH WINGWALL DETAILS
Railing/Noise Wall, are used at the
edge of the Approach Slab. Edge of Approach Slab (Coping) Traffic Railing or Pedestrian/Bicycle
36" Single-Slope Approach Slab Bridge
Railing Parapet reinforcement; see
Median Traffic Railing Traffic Railing, 36" Single-Slope
Traffic Railing relevant Index for placement
shown, other Traffic Railings
(Type varies, Traffic Railing or Begin or End
Const. Joint and Pedestrian/Bicycle
36" Single-Slope Pedestrian/Bicycle Railing Bridge
Asphalt Overlay Const. Joint Railing similar D
Required
(Typ.) Required shown)
Bars 8A2
WWR 4x4 ~ W4.0xW4.0 (Min. 2'-6" wide)
Asphalt Overlay ƀ" Thick Expanded
tied to the top of the bottom mat Top of Backwall
Bars 5A1 Polystyrene
of steel (See Sheet 1, Note 6)
Approach Slab
3" M in.
Bars 5B Bridge
W all
* Bars C
Coping)
* Bars C Deck
Retaining Wall Coping
-0" (
SECTION B-B
±
(as Reqd.)
-1"
Beam or
APPROACH SLAB WITH MEDIAN TRAFFIC RAILING ƀ" Thick Expanded
1'
2'
9"
Expanded Polystyrene Girder
45° Polystyrene
shown hatched (3" top
3"
Cheekwall
Traffic Railing (Type varies, & ƀ " each side)
D Face of Retaining Wall
36" Single-Slope shown)
Retaining Wall (See Wall
** 5ƀ " (Min.) 5ƀ " (Min. thickness) lug on End 6"
Sheets for Details) Front Face
Pedestrian/Bicycle Bent to retain and conceal
Optional Base 6ƀ " of Backwall
Const. Joint Const. Joint Railing ** edge of Retaining Wall
Asphalt Overlay (See Sheet 1, Note 9) Actual location & width
Required Required Back Face of
vary depending on type
10ƀ " ± 6" ** Backwall
of Retaining Wall used
SECTION THRU APPROACH SLAB VIEW D-D AT BEGIN OR END BRIDGE (BEAM
AND RETAINING WALL BRIDGE SHOWN, FLAT SLAB BRIDGE SIMILAR)
APPROACH SLAB WITH RETAINING WALL DETAILS

SECTION B-B
APPROACH SLAB WITH SIDEWALK
6" 2'-0" 12"
Bars 5B may be full
Top of Retaining Wall Coping Approach Slab
length or extended
Transition
Traffic Railing (Type 2'-2" Min.
Raised Sidewalk (geometry & reinforcement varies, 32" Vertical 3" Min. CROSS REFERENCES:
Coping
-0"
Coping
-3"
to match superstructure sheets) Shape shown)
Const. Joint 2'-2" Min.
2'
2'
Bars 5A1 For location of Section B-B and Longitudinal
Required lap Reqd.
Construction Joint see Sheet 1.
Asphalt Overlay
3"
ƀ" Preformed
11 AM
Joint Filler Provide Supplemental #4 Bar

26:
Bars 8A2 Bars 5B with 2" Min. concrete cover

8:
Longitudinal Const. Joint
COPING TRANSITION DETAIL FOR

SECTION B-B LONGITUDINAL CONSTRUCTION
10/1/2021
RETAINING WALLS WITH 2'-3" COPING HEIGHT

APPROACH SLAB WITH RAISED SIDEWALK JOINT DETAIL
(Railing Not Shown For Clarity)
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
INDEX SHEET
REVISION
11/01/17 STANDARD PLANS (FLEXIBLE PAVEMENT APPROACHES) 400-090 2 of 2

Dim. L1 = 30'-0" + N x Tan Ø
Varies 1'-6" Max.
Dim. L1 = 30'-0" Min. 1'-0" (Top) GENERAL NOTES
3" Min.
3" Bars 5B1 @ 1'-0" Max. (Top of Slab) Bars 5B2 @ 1'-0" Max.
1. SURFACE TREATMENT: Apply a Class 4 Floor Finish (Grooved)
Outside edge of Approach Slab Bars 5B1 @ 9" Max. (Bottom of Slab) Bars 5B3 @ 9" Max.
Typical Case 1 & to the riding surface from begin or end approach slab joint
(Coping) shall match and conform 9" * Bars C1 @ 1'-0" Max. (Top of Slab) 9" (Bottom) 6" to begin or end bridge. See Bid Item Notes. Apply a broomed
Dim .
Case 2
with alignment of Left & Right (Placed between Bars 5B, Top of Slab) finish to sidewalk areas.
M1
3"
Edge adjacent
Copings shown on Superstructure 2. CONDUIT: If required, see Structures Plans for Conduit details.
to rigid
Sheets (Typ.) 3. When a longitudinal construction joint is necessary or allowed
pavement
by the Engineer, the transverse steel shall be extended as
Begin or End Bridge shown in the Longitudinal Construction Joint Detail.
* Bars C1 * Bars C1 Construction Joint
(Front Face of Backwall 4. The plan view for CASE 1 applies when the skew angle
(Typ.) (Typ.) Permitted
(Ø) = 0°. Relevant details also apply to CASE 2.
Dim ension to m atch Superstructure Sheets

if applicable)
5. The plan view for CASE 2 applies where the skew angle
2'
-
M atch Superstructure Sheets)

0" (Ø) is > 0°. The slab shown represents a skew to the right
Back Face of Backwall for an approach slab at begin bridge; approach slab at the
Bottom of Slab)
Top of Slab)
or Edge of Bent Cap end of bridge or a left skew shall be treated similarly. The
Dowels per Geometric shown reinforcement shall be utilized, and Dowels provided
Index Control Line Edge adjacent to Ø in accordance with Index 350-001 and 370-001.
350-001 rigid pavement Geometric 6. Deformed WWR must meet the requirements of Specification
& 370-001 Control Line Section 931.
90° (Typ.) 90°
-0" M ax. (
(Typ.) 9" M ax. ( B B 7. PROFILOGRAPH: If profilograph requirements apply, planing

may be required. The permitted construction joint shown in
Section A-A will facilitate the placement of the expansion joint.
8. Approach slabs shown in Plan View Cases 1 and 2 represent
1'
4 ~ Bars 5C2 @ 6" a typical approach slab with edge barriers and no sidewalks.
A A
(Top of slab) 3" Provide railings, parapets, traffic separators and sidewalks
Bars 5A1 @
Bars 8A2 @
Dim . N (
as detailed on the additional approach slab sheets.
A A 9. PAYMENT: Deformed WWR for the edge of Approach Slabs
on retaining walls is not included in the estimated quantity for
reinforcing steel and is considered incidental to the work. See
Construction Joint Longitudinal Const. Joint (Preferred Roadway Plans for Optional Base details and quantities.
Back Face of Backwall
Permitted location is at edge of lane, see
or Edge of Bent Cap
Dowels per Index Note 3 and Detail) (Typ.
2'-0" 350-001 & 370-001 (Typ.) Cases 1 & 2) Begin or End Bridge
(Front Face of Backwall
if applicable)
Dim .
*NOTE: Bars C1 are required
3"
M2
as shown when the 36" or 42"
B B
Single-Slope Traffic Railings,
or the Traffic Railing/Noise
9" * Bars C1 @ 1'-0" Max. (Top of Slab) 9" 9" * Bars C1 @ 1'-0" Max. (Top of Slab) 9"
Wall, are used at the edge of Typical Case 1 & Case 2
(Placed between Bars 5B, Top of Slab) the Approach Slab. (Placed between Bars 5B, Top of Slab)
3" Bars 5B @ 1'-0" Max. (Top of Slab) 3" 3" Bars 5B1 @ 1'-0" Max. (Top of Slab) 3"
Bars 5B @ 9" Max. (Bottom of Slab) Bars 5B1 @ 9" Max. (Bottom of Slab)
Dim. L2 = 30'-0" Min. Dim. L2 = 30'-0" Min. CROSS REFERENCES:
For Section B-B, Longitudinal Construction

Joint Detail and Approach Slab Details see
PLAN VIEW (CASE 1) PLAN VIEW (CASE 2)
Sheet 2.
30'-0" (Min.)
Dowels per Begin or End Bridge
Index (Front Face of Backwall
350-001 2'-0" (See Case 1 & if applicable)
& 370-001
Case 2 Plan View) See Structures Plans,
(Typ.) 1
2 2" Cover Superstructure Sheets
4 ~ Bars 5C2 @ 6" (Case 2
only, see Plan View) for Joint Details
Bars 8A2
-0"
2"
)
M in.
1
1'
-1
1'
9"
(
45°
Construction Joint Organic Felt bond breaker

15 AM
2" Cover 4" Cover (except Bars 5B (Top Permitted

(Typ.) 2" over wall panels) & Bottom) (Typ.)
26:
Bars 5A1 U-Shaped Dowels (Billed with End Bents,

8:
Optional Base see End Bent Sheets for placement)

(See Note 9)
Back Face of Backwall (Beam
10/1/2021
SECTION A-A or Girder Bridge) or Edge

of Bent Cap (Flat Slab Bridge)
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
INDEX SHEET
REVISION
11/01/17 STANDARD PLANS (RIGID PAVEMENT APPROACHES) 400-091 1of 2

Traffic Railing, 36" Edge of Approach Slab (Coping)
Single-Slope shown,
Traffic Railing other Traffic Railings Approach Slab Bridge
(Type varies,
C
and Pedestrian/Bicycle
36" Single-Slope shown) Railing similar Poured rubber or rapid Traffic Railing or Begin or End
Const. Joint
cure silicone 1" deep Pedestrian/Bicycle Railing Bridge
Required
Traffic Railing or
Pedestrian/Bicycle Railing Shoulder Line
NOTE:
reinforcement; see relevant
Geometry of Traffic Railings,
Index for placement ƀ " Preformed Joint Filler - Top of Backwall
Pedestrian/Bicycle Railings, Traffic
* Bars C1 extend from Front Face of
Separators and Sidewalks to match * Bars C1
Backwall to end of Wingwall Bridge Deck
SECTION B-B those on adjoining bridge. as Reqd. Bars 5A1 Approach Slab
STANDARD APPROACH SLAB Side

Cheekwall
Bars 5B Slope Front Face
Traffic Railing of Backwall
(Type varies,
Const. Joint
Traffic Separator 36" Single-Slope
Required Const. Joint
shown) Approach Slab Bars 8A2
Required
Optional Base
End Bent Beam or
(See Sheet 1, Note 9) Fill
C Wingwall Girder
End Bent Wingwall
* Bars C1 SECTION THRU APPROACH SLAB VIEW C-C AT BEGIN OR END BRIDGE (BEAM
SECTION B-B AND END BENT WINGWALL BRIDGE SHOWN, FLAT SLAB BRIDGE SIMILAR)
*NOTE: Bars C1 are required as
APPROACH SLAB WITH TRAFFIC SEPARATOR shown when the 36" or 42" APPROACH SLAB WITH WINGWALL DETAILS
Single-Slope Traffic Railing, or the
Traffic Railing/Noise Wall, are used Edge of Approach Slab (Coping) Traffic Railing or Pedestrian/Bicycle
at the edge of the Approach Slab. Approach Slab Bridge
Railing Parapet reinforcement; see
36" Single-Slope Traffic Railing, 36" Single-Slope
relevant Index for placement
Median Traffic Railing Traffic Railing shown, other Traffic Railings
Traffic Railing or Begin or End
(Type varies, and Pedestrian/Bicycle
Const. Joint Pedestrian/Bicycle Railing Bridge
36" Single-Slope Railing similar D
Const. Joint
Required shown)
Required * Bars C1 WWR 4x4 ~ W4.0xW4.0 (Min. 2'-6"
Bars as Reqd. Top of Backwall ƀ " Thick Expanded
Bars 5A1 wide) tied to the top of the bottom
8A2 Polystyrene
mat of steel (See Sheet1, Note 6)
Approach Slab
3" M in.
Bridge
W all
Coping)
Bars 5B
1-2ƀ " ±
* Bars C1 Deck
Retaining Wall Coping
-0" (
Beam or
SECTION B-B
ƀ " Thick Expanded
2'
9"
Expanded Polystyrene Girder
APPROACH SLAB WITH MEDIAN TRAFFIC RAILING 45° Polystyrene
shown hatched (3" top
3"
& ƀ " each side) Cheekwall
Traffic Railing D Face of Retaining Wall
(Type varies, Retaining Wall (See Wall
Sheets for Details) ** 5ƀ " (Min.) 5ƀ " (Min. thickness) lug on End 6"
36" Single-Slope Front Face
Bent to retain and conceal
shown) Pedestrian/Bicycle Optional Base of Backwall
6ƀ "
** edge of Retaining Wall
Const. Joint Const. Joint Railing (See Sheet 1, Note 9) Actual location & width
Back Face of
Required Required vary depending on type
1'-0" ± 6" ** Backwall
of Retaining Wall used
SECTION THRU APPROACH SLAB VIEW D-D AT BEGIN OR END BRIDGE (BEAM
AND RETAINING WALL BRIDGE SHOWN, FLAT SLAB BRIDGE SIMILAR)
APPROACH SLAB WITH RETAINING WALL DETAILS

SECTION B-B
APPROACH SLAB WITH SIDEWALK
Bars 5B may be full
6" 2'-0" 12"
length or extended
Coping Approach Slab
Top of Retaining Wall
2'-2" Min.
Traffic Railing (Type Transition
3" Min.
Raised Sidewalk (geometry & reinforcement varies, 32" Vertical
CROSS REFERENCES:
Coping
2'-2" Min.
-0"
Shape shown)
Coping
to match superstructure sheets)
-3"
Const. Joint Bars 5A1
lap Reqd.
2'
2'
Required For location of Section B-B and Longitudinal
Construction Joint see Sheet 1.
19 AM
3"
ƀ" Preformed
Bars 8A2 Bars 5B Provide Supplemental #4 Bar
26:
Joint Filler
8:
with 2" Min. concrete cover

Longitudinal Const. Joint
SECTION B-B LONGITUDINAL CONSTRUCTION COPING TRANSITION DETAIL FOR

10/1/2021
APPROACH SLAB WITH RAISED SIDEWALK JOINT DETAIL RETAINING WALLS WITH 2'-3" COPING HEIGHT
(Railing Not Shown For Clarity)
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
INDEX SHEET
REVISION
11/01/17 STANDARD PLANS (RIGID PAVEMENT APPROACHES) 400-091 2 of 2

LEFT END RIGHT END GENERAL NOTES:
90° 90°
WINGWALL WINGWALL
135° 45° 45° 135° LIVE LOAD: HL-93.
Left Exterior
Valid Skew
(SW) Barrel Wall (SW) CONSTRUCTION LOADING: It is the construction Contractor's responsibility to provide for
Angle Range Valid Skew
supporting construction loads that exceed AASHTO HL-93, and any construction load
Angle Range
applied prior to 2 feet of compacted fill placed above the top slab.
SURFACE FINISH: All concrete surfaces shall receive a general surface finish.
225° 225°
SKEWED CONSTRUCTION JOINTS: Construction joints in barrels of culverts with skewed
-50° -50° wingwalls may be placed parallel to the headwalls and the reinforcing steel, and the slabs
may be cut provided that the cut reinforcing steel extends beyond the construction joint
enough for splices to be made in accordance with Table 1 on this sheet. The cost of
� Culvert
construction joints and additional reinforcing shall be at the expense of the Contractor.
Right Headwall
Left Headwall Val
id Skew Angl
e
CULVERT EXTENSIONS: For cut backs and ties into existing concrete box culverts see
Val
id Skew Angl
e Ranges (SR)
Sheet 6 of 8.
Ranges (SL)
+50° +50°
REINFORCING STEEL: See the "Box Culvert Data Tables" in the Contract Plans for grade
225° 225° and bar spacing. See the Reinforcing Bar List in the Contract Plans for bar sizes and
bar bending details.
Valid Skew
Angle Range Valid Skew
(SW) Right Exterior (SW)
Angle Range
Barrel Wall Culvert Skew f
o
135° 45° 45° 135° (
Negati
ve Skew) n
o g
ti in
90° SCHEMATIC "A" - PLAN VIEW 90° c
LEFT BEGIN RIGHT BEGIN For Headwal
lSkew e on
ir ti
WINGWALL HEADWALL & WINGWALL ALIGNMENT WINGWALL and Wi
ngwal
lSkews, D
ta
S
See Schemati
c"A" 90°
NOTE: All headwall and culvert skew angles are measured in degrees from
a line perpendicular to the centerline of culvert (counter-clockwise
positive), see Schematic "B".
� Culvert
For Headwal
lSkew
th
and Wi
ngwal
lSkews,
nd
ng
See Schemati
c"A"
E
le
ft
l
al
Le
SCHEMATIC "B" - PLAN VIEW

gw
CULVERT ALIGNMENT
in
Construct
ionJoi
nti
n
W
Footi
ngper NOTE: For Cul
vertSkewsee ContractPl
ans.
mi
tted
Exteri
or BarrelWal
l
TABLE 1 - MINIMUM BAR SPLICE LENGTHS
FOR LONGITUDINAL REINFORCING
Construction Joint
Limits of sloped
(See Detail "F", BAR SPLICE (CLASS B) BAR SPLICE (CLASS B)
Sheet 5) top surface (Lw) SIZE CLASS II CLASS IV SIZE CLASS II CLASS IV
W ingwall H eight
Front Tip
Construct
ionJoi
nti
n (3400 psi) (5500 psi) (3400 psi) (5500 psi)
Wi
ngwal
lrequi
red #3 1'-4" 1'-0" #8 3'-5" 2'-8"
H e)
H s)
#4 1'-9" 1'-4" #9 4'-3" 3'-4"
Front Tip
th
in
H eight (
#5 2'-2" 1'-8"
(
ng
eg
Front Tip
le
#6 2'-7" 2'-0"
B
l
ft
al
Exteri
or Barrel Wal
l #7 3'-0" 2'-4"
Le
gw
Front Tip Height

TABLE 1 NOTE: Splice lengths are based on an AASHTO
in
(He) (1'-6" Min.)

Class B tension lap splice for the Specification Section 346
W
Construct
ionJoi
nti
n concrete class shown.
Footi
ngpermi
tted
Half Elevation showing Half Elevation showing
Parallel Wingwalls Tapered Wingwalls
PART PLAN SHOWING PARALLEL WINGWALLS END ELEVATION

AND LOCATION OF CONSTRUCTION JOINTS OF CULVERT
NOTE:
24 AM
Construction Joints in wingwalls and footings are located as follows:

26:
For non-skewed wingwalls they are located adjacent to the exterior

8:
face of the exterior barrel wall; when the � of wingwall and � of

exterior barrel wall results in an acute angle see Left End Wingwall
above, and when the angle is obtuse see Left Begin Wingwall above
10/1/2021
and Detail C (Sheet 5).

REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
FY 2022-23 INDEX SHEET
REVISION
CONCRETE BOX CULVERT DETAILS
11/01/16 STANDARD PLANS 400-289 1of 8
Bars 110 top mat (see Note 1)
Bars 111 bottom mat A
Tt
Half Bar
Bars 101
Space ±
(Typ.)
Bars 412 W all to Box Dowel Bars,

Bars 105
exposed side
Bars 406 exposed side
)
Cover
Bars 102
Typ.
Bars 405
Bars 403
soil side
2" x 2" (See Note 3) Bars 401 soil side
exposed side
Chamfer (Typ.) (Tied to Bars 407)
Bars 113 each m at
Bars 114 each m at

Tw Tw
Bars 407 or
Wc
see Note 2)
see Note 2)
see Note 2)
soil side
Bars 408 (Dowels)
Hs
Typical Space
(when Req'd.)
Hc
Bars 108 Bars 108
See Note 3)
)
(
-6" M in.
(
(
Typical Space
Bars 404
Bars 402
)
Typ.
Cover
He
(Typ.)
4" (
1'
(See Note 3) Bars 407 (Dowels)
(
Bars 103
Bars 106
Rd
-0"
Half Bar
Space ±
2'
Tb
Bars 104
(Typ.)
Construction Bars 109 top mat

Bars 411
Joint (Typ.) Bars 112 bottom mat (see Note 1)
Half Bar Bars 409 top mat Half Bar
TYPICAL SECTION THRU SINGLE BARREL CULVERT
Space ± Bars 410 bottom mat Space ±
CULVERT BARREL NOTES:
Lw
1. Space Bars 110 and 112 with a bar in each corner, and at the � of interior walls (for � Construction
multiple barrel culverts only), and the remaining bars placed at equal spacing shown Joint (See Note 1)
A
in the Contract Plans. Adjust last bar spacing when required.
2. Place Bars 113 and 114 at spacing shown in the Contract Plans evenly between
WINGWALL ELEVATION - Variable Height
Bars 109 and 111.
(Left End shown - other corners similar)
3. Locate the first transverse bar from the ends of the culvert at one half the bar
spacing, but provide the minimum reinforcement cover and not greater than 4" clear.
)
3" M in.
)
Varies
3" M in.
Varies
2"x2"
Rw
Chamfer
(
Bars 110 top mat (see Note 1)
(
(Typ.) ß (Typ.)
Bars 111 bottom mat
Tt
Half Bar
Bars 101
Space ±
(Typ.)
Bars 406 Bars 401
Bars 105
403 Varies)
405 Varies)
Bars 102
2" x 2"
Right Exterior Barrel W all

Left Exterior Barrel W all
d.
Chamfer
Bars 116, 117, if Req'
Bars 113 each m at
Bars 115 each m at
Bars 114 each m at

for Interior W alls)
(Typ.) WINGWALL NOTES:

Bars 107
Dowel Bars 412
1. Align construction joint perpendicular to wingwall.
see Note 2)
see Note 2)
Wc @ 8" spacing
Bars 402 (
Bars 404 (
2. In the vicinity of the construction joint, field bend
shown as ( )
reinforcement as necessary to maintain minimum
Hc
Tw Ti Bars 108 (Typ.)

reinforcement cover.
3. For constant height wingwalls, variable length Bars
403, 405 & 408 are not required, and as such
(
(
)
Rt Rh the limits of Bars 401 & 407 extend the full length
Typ.
Cover
of the wingwall, and the limits of Bars 402 & 404
(Typ.)
)
Cover
Typ.
(
4" (
Bars 409 extend to the full height of the wingwall.

Bars 107
(
Bars 103
Bars 106
Rd
-0"
Half Bar
2'
Space ±
Tb
Construction Bars 104

28 AM
(Typ.) Bars 407

Joint (Typ.) Bars 109 top mat Bars 410
or Bars 408
26:
Bars 112 bottom mat (see Note 1) 1'-0"

8:
TYPICAL SECTION THRU MULTIPLE BARREL CULVERT 3

1 1
2" Bars 411 each face 3 2"
@ equal spacing
10/1/2021
WINGWALL SECTION A-A

REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
REVISION
07/01/13 STANDARD PLANS 400-289 2 of 8
Left End Wingwall, Right End Wingwall,
R
(Reinforcing Bars 401-412) (Reinforcing Bars 601-612)
(T
h
y
Lc (Length at � of Culvert)
p
.)
R
w
R
SR,Ri
(T
Normal Bars 101 (Top mat of Top Slab), Bars 102 (Bottom mat of Top Slab) Normal ght
y
He
p
(T
ad
.)
Space Cul
ver Space w
y
tS (- al
p
ke sho l
.)
See Detail "D", w wn S
(
Se k
e An ) e
SW (Typ.) Wingwall Skew No w
SL, Left Headwall (Sheet 5) t g
e le
.)
Skew (- shown) 1) Bars 106 (Bottom corner of Barrel)
p
y
Bars 108 (Inside Face)
(T
End Culvert (See Note 1)
w
L
WP (See
Note 2) Bars 303 (Top mat, Right Skew)
Bottom m at)
Bottom m at)
Bars 203 (Top mat, Left Skew)
Bars 201 & 202 (Left Skew)
Top m at)
Top m at)
Bars 101 (Top mat) Bars 103 (Top mat)
Bars 301 & 302 (Right Skew) (Typ.) Bars 304 (Bottom mat, Right Skew)
Bars 102 (Bot. mat) Bars 104 (Bot. mat)
g
Bars 204 (Bottom mat, Left Skew)
in
n
o
ti
Brcw
ta
Bars 110 (
Bars 109 (
Bars 801 (Left Headwall)
S
Bars 111 (
Bars 112 (
f
Bars 804 (Right Headwall)
o
� Culvert
n
o
ti
c
B Bars 303 & 304 (Right Skew)
e
lh
ir
w Bars 203 & 204 (Left Skew) (Typ.)
D
Bars 201 (Top mat, Left Skew)
See Detail "E", Bars 301 (Top mat, Right Skew)
(Sheet 5) Bars 202 (Bottom mat, Left Skew)
Bars 302 (Bottom mat, Right Skew)

WP (See
Note 2) Bars 811 (Right Cutoff Wall)
Bars 808 (Left Cutoff Wall)
Begin Culvert
Bars 108 (Inside Face)
(See Note 1)
Bars 105 (Top corner of Barrel) SW (Typ.) Wingwall Skew
Left Begin Right Begin Wingwall,

Wingwall, Bars 103 (Top mat of Bottom Slab (Reinforcing Bars 701-712)
(Reinforcing Bars 104 (Bottom mat of Bottom Slab)
Bars 501-512) Slab Reinforcing Steel within these Slab Reinforcing Steel within these
limits apply for the skewed portion Slab Reinforcing Steel within these limits apply for the nonskewed portion of slabs limits apply for the skewed portion
of culvert slabs when the left of culvert slab when the right
Headwall is skewed. Headwall is skewed.
PARTIAL PLAN TOP SLAB PARTIAL PLAN BOTTOM SLAB

(Left Side, Left Skew) SINGLE BARREL BOX CULVERT (Right Side, Right Skew)
NOTES: (Skewed Culvert With Parallel Wingwalls Shown)
1. See Contract Plans for Culvert location, Culvert
Skew Angle and Roadway Cross Section. Center of Traffic Lanes
2. WP = Working Point, used for wingwall layout and

location of construction joint. See Detail "C" (Sheet 5).
X
1 Side Slope 1:X

Depth of fill (do not use upper or
See Detail "J",
lower points in normal or superelevated
(Sheet 5)
roadway sections unless so directed by
Half Bar Space ± the Structures Design Office.)
Bars 803 Bars 806
Bars 802 Bars 805

(Typ.) Bars 110 (Typ.)
Construction Joint
Bars 108 ~ Interior Bars 111
Face (Exterior Wall) Bars 113 & 114 Exterior
Bars 107 ~ Each Face
Walls (Each Face)
Bars 105/Bars 106 ~ Exterior (Interior Wall - Multiple Barrels only)
Bars 115, 116... Interior Walls
Face (Exterior Wall) (Each Face, Multiple Barrels only)
Bars 109 4" (Typ.)
Construction Joint
Bars 112
Bars 809 Bars 812

32 AM
Half Bar Space ±

26:
Bars 808 Bars 811

8:
See Detail "K"

Partial Section showing Exterior Walls Partial Section showing Interior Walls (Multiple Barrels only)
(Typ.) (Sheet 5) (Typ.)
LONGITUDINAL SECTION THRU CULVERT

10/1/2021
(Transverse Top & Bottom Slab Reinforcing Not Shown For Clarity)
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
REVISION
Culvert
Skew An SR
SL gle
ew (
Se e No Ri
gh
LeftSk te 1) tSkew
hown) (-sh (-sho
(+ s own) wn)
Lc (Length at � of Culvert)
Bars 105 (Top corner of barrel) Bars 106 (Bottom corner of barrel)
Bars 108 (Inside Face) Bars 108 (Inside Face)
Slab Reinforcing Steel within these limits apply for the nonskewed portion of slabs Right End Wingwall
(Reinf. Bars 601-612)
Bars 101 (Top mat of Top Slab), Bars 102 (Bottom mat of Top Slab)
Bars 103 (Top mat of Bottom Slab), Bars 104 (Bottom mat of Bottom Slab)
Normal Normal
End Culvert (See Note 1)
Space Space
Left End Wingwall

WP (See Note 2)
Bars 201 (Top mat, Left Skew) Bars 303 (Top mat, Right Skew)
Bars 301 (Top mat, Right Skew) Bars 203 (Top mat, Left Skew)
WP (See Note 2)
Bars 202 (Bottom mat, Left Skew) Bars 304 (Bottom mat, Right Skew)
)
Typ.
Wc
Bars 302 (Bottom mat, Right Skew) Bars 204 (Bottom mat, Left Skew)
Bottom m at)
Bottom m at)
(
Top m at)
g
Top m at)
Bars 201 & 202 (Left Skew)
nin
Bars 303 & 304 (Right Skew)
Bars 301 & 302 (Right Skew) (Typ.) Bars 203 & 204 (Left Skew) (Typ.)
tio
Sta
Bars 109 (
Ti
� Culvert
Bars 110 (
Bars 112 (
of
Bars 111 (
Bars 801 (Left Headwall)
ion
Bars 804 (Right Headwall) See Detail "G"
ect
Bars 101 (Top mat) Bars 103 (Top mat) (Sheet 5)
D ir
Bars 102 (Bottom mat) Bars 104 (Bottom mat)
Brcw
hw
Bl
-6" Bars 812 (Right Cutoff Wall)
1'
See Detail "C",
Bars 809 (Left Cutoff Wall)
(Sheet 5) Wingwall WP (See Note 2)
to Box Connection
See Detail E (Sheet 5),
Chamfer Requirements
WP (See Note 2)
SW (Typ.)
Begin Culvert (See Note 1)
Left Begin Wingwall Wingwall Skew
Right Begin Wingwall
Partial Plan Top Slab Partial Plan Bottom Slab (Reinf. Bars 701-712)
SW (Typ.)
Lw
Wingwall Skew )
p.
(T
Ty
(
yp
Rt
.)
PARTIAL PLAN TOP SLAB PARTIAL PLAN BOTTOM SLAB
)
p. )
(Left Side, Left Skew) (Right Side, Right Skew) Ty p.
( Ty
(
Rh
MULTIPLE BARREL BOX CULVERT Rw
(Skewed Culvert With Skewed Wingwalls Shown)
NOTES:
1. See Contract Plans for Culvert Location,
Culvert Skew Angle and Roadway Cross Section.
36 AM
2. WP = Working Point, used for wingwall layout and

26:
location of construction joint. See Detail C (Sheet 5).

8:
10/1/2021
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
REVISION
Coarse Aggregate NOTES:
Bars 412 (Left End Wingwall)
See Detail "G" See Detail "F" 1. For small angles, the Contractor may elect to fill the area between the
Bars 712 (Right Begin Wingwall) (Typ.)
box and the wingwall footing with unreinforced concrete. For wingwall skew
Bars 512 (Left Begin Wingwall)
2'-0" (Typ.)
1 angles less then 90 degrees, field bend wingwall reinforcement as necessary
Bars 612 (Right End Wingwall) (Typ.)
L '
-0"
-
a 0" Type D-3 Filter while maintaining cover. No additional payment will be made for this work.
p
3" Ø Weep Hole with
1'
Fabric 2. Location of Construction Joint determined by WP at theoretical intersection of:
continuous Underdrain
- Soil side face of Headwall and outside face of Box Exterior Wall, for SW≤90°;
H e and H s)
W all H eight
(See Detail "B")
1 - Outside face of Wingwall and outside face of Box Exterior Wall, for SW>90°.
1
6"
2 (Min.)
Underdrain Pipe 3. Provide 6" chamfer when angle 'A' is greater than 45°. Maintain
1
(See Index 440-001)
minimum wall thickness. Field adjust reinforcing to maintain cover.
4. Wingwall Skew Angles (SW) are measured from the adjacent box
(
exterior wall to the wingwall.
2'-0" 5. Turn or extend Wingwall Cutoff Wall as necessary to meet Box Cutoff Wall.
6" 1'-6" 6. Provide additional reinforcement in the top of the top slab below traffic
Provide additional 3" Ø Weep railings to ensure a minimum area of 0.80 sq. in./ft. transverse reinforcing.
1'-0" Min. Hlcw (Left)
Slope of Holes @ 10'-0" spacing when DETAIL "B"
(Typ.) Hrcw (Right)
Backfill * Included in the cost of the Traffic Railing.
base of Wingwall is exposed UNDERDRAIN DETAIL Blhw
END ELEVATION
(Similar to Type II ~ Index 440-001) 2" x 2"
(Showing Constant Height And Bars 801
Chamfer
(Bars 804)
Variable Height Wingwalls) (Typ.)
Traffic Railing
(36" Single-Slope shown)
Bars 803 Optional
See Traffic Railing Index (Bars 806) Construction
Headwall
Cutoff Wall for reinforcing details Joint (Typ.)
H lhw
Align Exposed Face of
Construction Joint Wingwall with Inside
Tt
(See Note 2) Face of Box Exterior Wall 6" x 6"
Chamfer
WP (SW≤90°) Construction
(Typ.)
Wingwall
Joint required
Cutoff Wall
(See Note 5) 1ƀ" Roadway Surface
Bars 802 (Bars 805) (Typ.)
Exterior Wall of Box
2"
Ƃ" Chamfer Varies (4" Min. if optional
WP Const. Joint provided) DETAIL "J"
See Note 1 See "Box Culvert Data
Wingwall (SW>90°) LEFT HEADWALL SECTION
Tables" for modified
anchorage reinforcing * Pavement thickness ('PT') (Right Headwall similar)
SW (See Note 4) Optional

Construction Joint
End of Barrel &
8" Min. TL-4 Traffic Railing
Bars 803 (Bars 806) Face of Headwall
Wingwall Footing 10" Min. TL-5 Traffic Railing Edge of
Min. #5 bars @ 8" sp.
1'-6" Chamfer
Ƃ" x Ƃ"
DETAIL "C" - PLAN VIEW
Provide supplemental top bars Chamfer
WINGWALL TO BOX CONNECTION (Min. 5'-0" long) (See Note 6)
(Left Begin Corner Shown, Other Corners Similar)
DETAIL "I"
TRAFFIC RAILING ATTACHMENT TO HEADWALL
Tb
Optional Construction
2" V-Groove at �
1
Bars 807
Joint (Typ.)
Construction Joint (Bars 810)
6"
in Vertical Face of
Cham fer
6"
6" Top
Wingwall Only
H lcw
Ti Interior Wall Bars 809 (Bars 812)
6"
Bars 808 (Bars 811)
6"
See Note 1
H H
1/3 Ti
6"
6" Side 1/3 Ti
Angle 'A'
Chamfer Blcw
40 AM
(See Note 3)
DETAIL "D" DETAIL "F" DETAIL "E" DETAIL "G" SECTION H-H DETAIL "K"
26:
8:
LEFT CUTOFF WALL SECTION

CROSS REFERENCE:
(Right Cutoff Wall similar)
See Sheet 3 for locations of Details "D", "E", "J" & "K".
10/1/2021
See Sheet 4 for locations of Detail "C".

REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
REVISION
Remove Wingwalls and Footings
Sufficient to Construct Length for
Length For
Culvert Extension Estimated Quantities
Estimated Quantities Longitudinal Reinforcing
C Steel to be Extended
Remove Headwall,
Longitudinal Reinforcing
into Culvert Extension
Wingwall & Footing
Steel to be Extended Culvert Extension (Lc, Culvert Extension (Lc,
(See Note 3)
to Construction Joint
into Culvert Extension Tabulated on Box Culvert Tabulated on Box Culvert
(See Note 3) Tie-In
C Data Tables for Standard Cut back Existing Tie-In Data Tables for Standard
Length Length
Box Section Extension) Walls, Top Slab & Box Section Extension)
Bottom Slab to
Exist. Box Box Culvert Beginning of Radius
Culvert Extension (2'-0" Min.)
Existing
A A Box Culvert B B Existing
2'-0" Box Culvert
Box Box Culvert
Extension Exist. Box Box
Extension
Culvert Extension
Culvert Culvert
Cut back Existing

Walls, Top Slab & C C
See Transition See Transition
Bottom Slab Exist. Construction Joint
Detail L Detail "L"
OUTSIDE WALLS OF BOXES SECTION A-A OUTSIDE WALLS OF BOXES

SECTION B-B
FLARED WINGWALL
STRAIGHT WINGWALL
Proposed Side Slope
2'-0" Straight 2'-0" Tapered Existing
Transition Transition NOTES:
Side Slope
(See Detail "M") 1. The Box Culvert Data Tables and Reinforcing Bar List do not include the additional
Existing Remove Portion of quantities needed for dowel connections or transitions from double walls of existing
Wingwall Wingwall less than 1'-0" concrete box culverts; the cost for additional reinforcement and the thickened
below Proposed Side Slope Surface concrete wall in the transitional area shall be included in the costs for concrete and
steel in the culvert extension.
2. Cost for removal and disposal of material from existing headwalls, wingwalls and box,
and cost of cleaning, straightening and extending or doweling longitudinal
reinforcing steel shall be included in the cost for concrete and steel of the culvert
INTERIOR DOUBLE WALLS OF BOXES
SECTION C-C extension.
3. Remove existing concrete while avoiding damage to existing reinforcement. Clean
and straighten existing reinforcement, lap and tie onto extension reinforcement.
2'-0" Straight 2'-0" Tapered
4. Dowel in #4 Bars @ 1'-0" max. spacing into wall/slab when there is a single mat
Transition Transition
of existing reinforcing steel, otherwise splice 1'-6" as shown for inside
(See Detail "L")
reinforcement. Use an Adhesive Bonding Material System in accordance with
Specifications Section 416 & 937.
5. Provide additional transverse bars for top and bottom slab, parallel and full width
of any skewed joint connection when shown in the Plans.
6. See Box Culvert Data Table notes in Plans for Connection Types allowed.
INTERIOR SINGLE WALLS OF BOXES
Section of Existing Box Culvert to be removed Existing Headwall 2'-0" Transition

PLAN VIEWS
and replaced, for Type I Connection.
2'-0" Min. 2'-0" Tapered
Wrap Filter Fabric 2'-0" (See Note 3)
(See Note 3) Transition
Around Construction 1" Min. ~
Joint (2'-0" Min. Width) Face of Existing Headwall or Wingwall 3" Max.
1'-6" Min.
Field Bend Outside Face of Wall/Slab
3" Min. Cl.
(Splice Length)
as Required
Existing
Existing
Slab or Wall
Walls Extension Wall
Thickness Extension Slab
or Wall Thickness
See Note 5 Inside Face of Wall/Slab

Longitudinal Reinforcing
See Note 4 Bend horizontal bars to lap with existing
1'-0" (Min. 1" Min. ~ 3" Max.
inner wall reinforcement 1'-6" Min.
44 AM
Embedment)
26:
DETAIL "L" - TRANSITION FOR EXTERIOR WALL/SLAB EXTENSION DETAIL "M" - TRANSITION FOR INTERIOR DOUBLE WALLS OF BOX CULVERTS
8:
(Interior Single Walls Similar)
TYPE I CONNECTION DETAILS FOR CONCRETE BOX CULVERT EXTENSIONS

10/1/2021
(CUT BACK EXISTING CONCRETE)

REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
REVISION
Remove Portions of Wingwalls
Length for
Sufficient to Construct Length for
Longitudinal Reinforcing Estimated Quantities
Culvert Extension Estimated Quantities Remove Headwall
C Steel to be Extended
& Wingwall to
Cut back Concrete and into Culvert Extension
Culvert Extension (Lc, Construction Joint
Reinforcing to Face of (See Note 3) Culvert Extension (Lc,
2'-0" Additional Payment Length Tabulated On Box Culvert Tabulated on Box Culvert
Culvert (See Note 3)
For Type II Connection Data Tables for Standard 2'-0" Additional Payment Length Data Tables for Standard
C
Box Section Extension) Cut back Existing For Type II Connection Box Section Extension)
Walls, to Beginning
Exist. Box Box Culvert of Radius or Top
Culvert Extension Slab Chamfer
A A
Existing
Box Culvert B B Existing
Box Culvert
Box Exist. Box Box Culvert Box
Extension Extension
Culvert Culvert Extension Culvert
C C See Transition
See Transition
Exist. Construction Joint Detail "N"
Detail N
SECTION B-B
OUTSIDE WALLS OF BOXES SECTION A-A OUTSIDE WALLS OF BOXES
FLARED WINGWALL STRAIGHT WINGWALL
NOTES:
1. The Box Culvert Data Tables and Reinforcing Bar List do not include the additional
Proposed Side Slope
2'-0" Tapered quantities needed for dowel connections or transitions from double walls of existing
Existing
2'-0" Straight Transition concrete box culverts; the cost for additional reinforcement and the thickened
Side Slope
Transition (See Detail M) concrete wall in the transitional area shall be included in the costs for concrete and
Existing Remove Portion of Wingwall steel in the culvert extension.
Wingwall and/or Headwalls less than 1'-0" 2. Cost for roughening and cleaning existing headwalls, wingwalls and box, and cost of
Face of Footing below Proposed Side Slope Surface doweling longitudinal reinforcing steel shall be included in the cost for concrete
Trim Wall Reinforcing
Cut off Wall and steel of the culvert extension.
to provide 2" Min.
(Location varies) 3. Remove existing concrete and reinforcing back to edge of any chamfers exceeding
Existing Clearance
1". Roughen and clean existing or exposed surface and coat with a Type A epoxy
Box Culvert
INTERIOR DOUBLE WALLS OF BOXES bonding compound in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations.
Wall 1" Min. ~
SECTION C-C 4. Dowel in #5 Bars @ 1'-0" max. spacing horizontally into center of wall/slab. Provide
3" Max. Cl.
vertical dowels in footing to match size, alignment and spacing of outside vertical
Box Culvert Extension
wall reinforcing. Use an Adhesive Bonding Material System in accordance with
2'-0" Straight 2'-0" Tapered Wall Reinforcing
Length
Splice
-6"
Specifications Section 416 & 937.
Transition Transition
5. Provide additional transverse bars for top and bottom slab, parallel and full width
(See Detail "L") 1'
Top of of any skewed joint connection when shown in the Plans.
Bottom Slab 6. Remove top of existing headwall when necessary to provide 1'-0" clearance below
finished grade. Saw cut full width and seal with Type F-2 epoxy compound to
Face of Footing protect exposed reinforcing.
Cut off Wall 7. See Box Culvert Data Table notes in Plans for Connection Types allowed.
Em bedm ent
See Note 4 Filter Fabric

6" M in.
2'-0" Straight 2'-0" Tapered Transition

See Note 3
INTERIOR SINGLE WALLS OF BOXES Existing Toe Slab Transition
and Cutoff Wall Existing Toe Slab
PLAN VIEWS Existing Headwall Varies & Cutoff Wall
DETAIL "N"
Roughened face of Existing 2'-0" Min. ~ Walls 2'-0" Transition See Note 4
Headwall or Wingwall (See Note 3) Varies ~ Slabs
Wrap Filter Fabric around See Note 6

Construction Joint (2'-0" Min. Width) 1'-6" Min.
Field Bend Outside Face of Wall/Slab Existing
3" Min. Cl. (Overlap) 1'-6" Min.
as Required
Walls Extension Wall
Existing (Splice Length)
Slab or Wall Extension Slab

Thickness or Wall Thickness
Bend horizontal bars to lap with dowelled

1'-0" Min. 1" Min. ~ 3" Max. wall reinforcement 1'-6" Min. (Non-contact
See Note 5 Inside Face of Wall/Slab
See Note 4 (Embedment) lap splice permitted)
47 AM
1'-0" (Min. 1" Min. ~ 3" Max.

Embedment)
26:
8:
DETAIL "L" - TRANSITION FOR EXTERIOR WALL/SLAB EXTENSION DETAIL "M" - TRANSITION FOR INTERIOR DOUBLE WALLS OF BOX CULVERTS
(Interior Single Walls Similar)
TYPE II CONNECTION DETAILS FOR CONCRETE BOX CULVERT EXTENSIONS

10/1/2021
(ADHESIVE DOWEL TO EXISTING CONCRETE)

REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
REVISION
Norm al slab
Norm al slab
2 ~ #7 Bars 2'-6" 4'-4"
Thickness
Thickness
2 ~ #7 Bars @
@ Each Corner
1 1 Slightly & Moderately 1
Each Corner (Typ.)
1 1
(Typ.) 4" 2'-5 2" (Grate) 4" 2" 4'-3" (Grate) 2"
Aggressive Environment Slightly & Moderately Aggressive Environment
4"
Extremely Aggressive Extremely Aggressive Environment
Environment
5"
10"
12"
10"
12"
3" 3"
45° 45°
3 ~ #7 Bars @ 3" sp. 1'-0" Additional Concrete Haunch Additional Concrete Haunch
4" 3'-8" 4"
For Entire Width of Required Only When Normal Required Only When Normal
Culvert Slab (Typ.) Slab Thickness is Less Than 3 ~ #7 Bars @ 3" sp. 1'-0" Slab Thickness is Less Than
SECTION A-A
Minimum Shown For Entire Width of Minimum Shown
Use Extra Base When This
2'-6" Culvert Slab (Typ.) SECTION B-B
Dimension is Less Than 12"
10'-0"
3" 6" Unless Otherwise
3"
Shown in Plans � Median Ditch
Bottom of Base
Culvert Wall Culvert Wall
Friable 2'-0"
Base Material
5"
1'-0"
A A
B B
Concrete Box
-3"
-1"
Culvert
2'
3'
The cost of furnishing and installing extra friable base
3 ~ #7 Bars material shall be included in the cost of the Box Culvert.
-8"
@ 3" Sp. (Typ.)
4'
FRIABLE BASE
5"
See Index 425-051
See Index 425-050
for Grate detail
for Grate detail 3 ~ #7 Bars Use Extra Base When This
@ 3" Sp. (Typ.)
Dimension is Less Than 12"
10'-0"
Bottom of Base
� Median Ditch 2 ~ #7 Bars 3'-6" long @ 3" sp. 2'-0"

Coarse
Above Bottom Mat of Reinf. Across
PLAN Aggregate
Each Corner of Opening (Typ.)
Filter Fabric
1'-0" (both sides)
INLET TYPE A GRATE
NOTES: Concrete Box
PLAN
1. Cost of Steel Grating to be included in cost of Box Culvert. Culvert
2. All reinforcing shall be 2" clear for Slightly and Moderately Aggressive
Environments, and 3" clear for Extremely Aggressive Environments.
INLET TYPE B GRATE
Place coarse aggregate in 6 inch lifts and compact sufficiently as
to be firm and unyielding. Provide coarse aggregate gravel or stone
INLET IN TOP OF BOX CULVERT meeting the requirements of Specification Section 901-2 or 901-3
respectively. Meet the gradation requirements of Specification
Paint Recessed Section 901-6, Grades 4, 467, 5, 56 or 57 unless restricted in the
� Bridge Culvert Surfaces Black plans. Provide Type D-3 filter fabric (see Specification Section 985).
Location of Number
The cost of furnishing and installing the coarse aggregate and filter
45° 45° fabric shall be included in the cost of the Box Culvert.
000000
8"
ASPHALTIC CONCRETE BASE

3
20' or more NOTE: Extra base is required when cross box culverts are located
(Bridge Culvert) on facilities subject to high speed traffic ( >45 mph) or high
traffic volumes ( >1600 ADT) and the cover is within the
SECTION THRU RECESSED V-GROOVE range specified in the notation above.
The number is to be placed in the center of TO FORM INSCRIBED FIGURES
51 AM
the top surface of all bridge culvert headwalls.

Black Plastic Figures 3" in height as approved by the Engineer
26:
For Bridge Number see Plan-Profile sheet(s).

3
8:
may be used in lieu of numbers formed by 8" V-Grooves.

TOP VIEW OF HEADWALL V-Grooves shall be formed by preformed figures.
EXTRA BASE FOR BOX CULVERTS
CROSSING UNDER FLEXIBLE PAVEMENT
10/1/2021
BRIDGE CULVERT NUMBER LOCATION

REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
REVISION
Existing Box Culvert C-I-P Exterior Wall/Slab Transition (see Detail "E")
PERMITTED PRECAST ALTERNATE BOX SECTIONS
(If Applicable) E Precast Box Culvert Sections (Typ.)
TYPE DESCRIPTION SINGLE BARREL MULTIPLE BARRELS DESIGN NOTES
2'-0" (Min.)
Section C-C, C-I-P

Box lengths range Single Cell Index 400-292
E Headwall Connection
from 4'-0" to 16'-0" A Monolithic or
Filter Fabric (full to Precast Box Culvert
(Four Sided) Contractor Design
length at exterior
longitudinal joint) in. ) Top slab
M es Three
Type B Boxes only -0" ox See Section A-A Single Cell
sided
section
1' w b A B Two-Piece Contractor Design
b/ Precast Joint bottom
(
Connection (Four Sided) section
A C-I-P Wingwall as per
Filter Fabric details shown in plans

Multicell
(full exterior
C Monolithic Not Applicable Contractor Design
wrap)
Optional Lap C
B 1
(2'-0" Min.) 2" V-Groove
1'-0" Min.
GENERAL NOTES:
B 1. Specifications:
Bedding General:
Material FDOT Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction,
6" Min. Section 410 (current edition, and supplements thereto).
Concrete (Precast):
e D
ov Class III or Class II Modified (5,000 psi) for slightly aggressive
See Section B-B ro ing
G ow
Longitudinal Joint V- sh d
environments.
1 2" n
a
(Type B Boxes only) ion Class IV (5,500 psi) for moderately to extremely aggressive
t es l
al
ec o x w environments.
D S B ng
lf A i
a W er ) Concrete (Cast-In-Place):
H pe ed t
l 3
Ty ew Fi D- .)
ed Class II (3,400 psi) for slightly aggressive environments.
k i
h
t pe T yp rc
ng S
i w Ty
p
(
nfo Class IV (5,500 psi) for moderately to extremely aggressive
(
-P ow ne c rl
a i
re sl ab
I h d Li ri environments.
C- on s
an b ve un r
, t i on l Fa "o l lle Reinforcing Steel:
-D ec ti es l -0 a fi
D ox ec ox gw
a
1' on e
nn db t i
n o S B n e) as t t Maintain minimum clearance of 2" for slightly and moderately
t
o
i C E
n lf B i , l ec Op cre
l
ec al st a W t r ab r n aggressive environments or 3" for extremely aggressive
S H pe l el ou o
at P nt co
ew ca Ty l e
Gr et cav al me
To Pre ra i environments, unless otherwise shown. Equal area substitution
P a
ink nc
r
E
x pec eg
S
to hr Co on- S of welded wire (WWR) reinforcement is permitted.
S nd
n- NS l( N E
No ss Fi l
ISOMETRIC VIEW OF PRECAST CONCRETE BOX CULVERT 2" Cla e 2. Work this Index with the Cast-In-Place Concrete Box Culvert
bl
4" wa Details and Data Tables shown in the plans, Index 400-289 and
(Double Barrel Culvert shown, lo
F wal
l
n
Wig the Precast Concrete Box Culverts shown in the shop drawings.
Single or Multiple Barrel Culvert similar) C--
IP
For Type I Connection
remove & replace 3. All joints between precast sections must be tongue & groove
2'-0" section of with joint sealant. Joints between cast-in-place & precast
existing box, headwall sections shall have longitudinal reinforcing extending from top,
otn
ig bottom & both side slabs of the precast box tied to the
& toe slab Exterior Wall/Slab
C--
IP Fo
C-I-P Transition cast-in-place reinforcement. Single barrel culverts may have
1'
-0 precast headwalls cast integrally with the end segment
Existing "
ter ) M
i
l 3 n.
Box Culvert Fi D- ) when approved by the Engineer.
h p.
w
it
ype ( Ty
e T
( p
n a
Li ri c rl 4. Extension of existing multiple barrel box culverts with multiple
New Precast Box b ve
Fa "o single cell precast box culverts is not permitted unless approved
Culvert Extension -0
1' l by the District Structures Engineer. Full transition details must
al
W
f be shown in the shop drawings when approved.
tof F l
Cu al
l
al & dw
gw ea 5. Culverts larger than the specified size may be substituted
in lab H
S 6" Chamfer
W e I-P F with no additional payment to the Contractor. Substitution must
I-P To C- (Typ.) be approved by the Engineer, minimum earth cover and invert
C- -P
I
C- elevations shown in the Contract Documents must be maintained.
ing n.
ot M
i
Fo 6"
I-P
C- Threaded Bars with mechanical
Dimensions of inner couplers or full length lap splice
opening in new and or bar extensions (Typ.)
56 AM
existing box are equal

in.
DETAIL E M
26:
6"
PICTORIAL VIEW OF EXTERIOR
8:
WALL/SLAB TRANSITION
EXPLODED VIEW OF CONNECTIONS AT END OF CULVERT
10/1/2021
(Double Barrel Culvert shown, Single or Multiple Barrel Culvert similar)

REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
FY 2022-23 PRECAST CONCRETE BOX CULVERTS
INDEX SHEET
REVISION
01/01/11 STANDARD PLANS - SUPPLEMENTAL DETAILS 400-291 1of 5

3" Min. Tongue length 3" Min. Tongue length
1" Min. cover
(8° to 15° bevel) 1
1 (8° to 15° bevel)
2" Min. cover outside, inside at joint
1" Min. cover inside at joint
Filter Filter
See Section A-A 3" Min. Tongue length
1" Min. cover 1" Min. cover
Fabric Fabric
for reinforcing (8° to 15° bevel)
1 (Typ.) (Typ.)
1 4" Min., 2" Cover 2" Cover
cover requirements
Outside Face Outside Face Joint Sealant
2" Max. (Typ.) (Typ.)
Joint Sealant
7" M in.
3" Min. 3" Min.
8" M in.
3" Min.
2" Cover 1 3" Min.

1 4" Min., 4"x4" ~ W4.0xW4.0 2" Cover 1
(Typ.) 1 4" Min.
2" Max. 1" Min. cover WWR (Min. 10" Wide (Typ.)
1 334" 2" Max. 1" Min. cover Joint Sealant
1 2" Min. cover outside & 3 Cross wires) *
3" Max. Provide WWR or extend
1" Min. cover Min.
& 1" Min. cover inside at joint 3" Max.
reinforcing into tongue
inside at joint
Direction Final joint gap as per (See Section A-A)
Direction Final joint gap as per
of Flow sealant manufacturer's
of Flow sealant manufacturer's
recommendations ALTERNATE BOTTOM SLAB TRANSVERSE JOINT
recommendations
TYPICAL SECTION
(DOUBLE-SIDED TONGUE & GROOVE JOINT)
SECTION A-A SECTION A-A
(All reinforcing not shown for clarity)
(2" Cover - Thin Wall Detail) (2" Cover - Thick Wall Detail)
NOTE:
Bottom Slab Joints in Type B Boxes may
be single tongue & groove joints as shown Direction of Top Slab Placement (Option 2) Top Slab (Option 2)
in Section A-A when the Top Slab Joints
are oriented as shown in Schematic "A".
3" Min. Tongue length 3" Min. Tongue length

(8° to 15° bevel) 2" Min. cover outside, (8° to 15° bevel) 1" Min. cover
1" Min. cover inside at joint inside at joint
Filter Filter
1" Min. cover 1" Min. cover
Fabric Fabric
1 (Typ.) (Typ.)
1 4" Min., 3" Cover 3" Cover
3'-0" Min. 3'-0" Min.
Outside Face Outside Face Joint Sealant
2" Max. (Typ.) (Typ.)
Joint Sealant
Min. 1" Cl. Direction of Top Slab Placement (Option 1) Top Slab (Option 1)
8" M in.
1
34" Min.
10" M in.
3" Cover
114" Min., 4"x4" ~ W4.0xW4.0
(Typ.)
WWR (Min. 10" Wide 3" Cover 434"
2" Max. 1" Min. cover 114" Min.
2" Min. cover outside & 3 Cross wires) * (Typ.) Min.
3" Max. 2" Max. 1" Min. cover
1" Min. cover inside at joint 1" Min. cover
3" Max.
Final joint gap as per inside at joint
Direction
sealant manufacturer's Final joint gap as per
of Flow Direction
recommendations sealant manufacturer's
Direction of Flow
of Flow
recommendations
SECTION A-A
SECTION A-A
(3" Cover - Thin Wall Detail)
(3" Cover - Thick Wall Detail)
* At the Contractor's option when the box culvert
reinforcing utilizes WWR, extend wall and slab Direction of Bottom Section Placement
Bottom Slab
reinforcing into the joint and bend to maintain
cover in lieu of 4"x4" ~ W4.0xW4.0 WWR at joint. SCHEMATIC "A"
Transverse wire in tongue may be cut at corners TYPE B BOX SECTION PLACEMENT
of box to allow bending of the WWR.
FOR SINGLE TONGUE & GROOVE JOINTS
59 AM
PRECAST SEGMENT TO SEGMENT TONGUE & GROOVE TRANSVERSE JOINTS TWO-PIECE PRECAST SEGMENT
26:
8:
ADDITIONAL JOINT DETAILS

(TYPE B BOX)
10/1/2021
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
INDEX SHEET
REVISION
07/01/15 STANDARD PLANS - SUPPLEMENTAL DETAILS 400-291 2 of 5

Blhw (Index 400-289)
1'-0" Min.
(Filter Fabric)
2" x 2"
Headwall reinforcing 6" Extension of bottom steel (Provide 6" Extension of bottom steel (Provide
Chamfer
(Same as C-I-P in plans) Min. standard hook or WWR anchorage) Min. standard hook or WWR anchorage)
(Typ.)
Type D-3 Filter Type D-3 Filter
Fabric (full length Fabric (full length #4 Stirrups @
Index 400-289)
Line with Filter Fabric of horizontal joint) Top Slab of horizontal joint) 1'-0" Max. spacing
6" with 1'-0" overlap (Min.)
Min.
1" Min. 412"
8" M in.
8" M in.
Circumferential top Cl.
M in.
slab reinforcing
8"
As Reqd.
Longitudinal top
H lhw (
Filter Fabric)
slab reinforcing 1
n.
2" Max. Joint
-0" M in.
Typ. Cover
Typ. Cover
2" M i
1
(Non-Shrink Grout 2" Max. Joint
Key
6" x 6"
or Joint Sealant) 2" Cl. (Non-Shrink
Chamfer
1
(Typ. @ joint) Grout or Joint
1
1'
2" 1
Sealant) 42"
Min. 2" Varies**
(
Field bend & trim bottom Top slab
Mechanical couplers or 1'-6" bar Bend bottom reinforcing 1
bar extension as shown C-I-P reinforcing (5 2" Min.)
extension. (#4 Bar adhesive bonded Varies** as required to maintain #4 STIRRUP
to maintain cover or extension of
Face of dowels with 1'-0" embedment and (4" Min.) cover at joint BEND DIAGRAM
precast reinforcing
Precast End 1'-0" Min. spacing permitted)
Face of Wingwall
Segment
SECTION B-B SECTION B-B
or Headwall
TOP SLAB TO WALL JOINT TOP SLAB TO WALL JOINT
(KEYED JOINT) (HAUNCHED JOINT)
C-I-P End Section Precast Box Culvert
** Provide adequate width
(As per Plans) to satisfy shear strength
requirements at joint
SECTION C-C
C-I-P HEADWALL DETAILS AND CONNECTION TO PRECAST BOX
TYPE B BOX LONGITUDINAL JOINTS
Face of C-I-P Face of Precast

Wingwall/Headwall End Segment &
Construction Joint
Mechanical couplers or 1'-6" Min. bar
1'-6" extension (Full length bar extension or
3
4" x 34" adhesive bonded dowel bars with
1'-3" Min. Lap
Chamfer 1'-0" embedment permitted)
Splice (when reqd.)
Index 400-289) *
Thickness of C-I-P
bottom slab in plans (Tb) See Index 400-289 for C-I-P
Transition details
1" Min. ~
3" Max.
Longitudinal bottom slab reinforcing Inside Face Mechanical couplers or 2'-0"
Equivalent reinforcing
Circumferential bottom slab reinforcing of Wall/Slab extension of precast box reinforcing
to C-I-P design
H lcw + 6" (
shown in plans Longitudinal reinforcing

Bottom slab C-I-P reinforcing or
extension of precast reinforcing
Cutoff wall reinforcing (Typ.)

(See C-I-P design in plans)
Splice
Blcw (Index 400-289)
Outside Face
Filter Fabric wrapped of Wall/Slab
C-I-P End Section Precast Box Culvert around construction joint
(As per Plans) Existing Box Cast-In-Place (C-I-P) Transition New Precast
02 AM
Culvert to remain 4'-0" (Typ.) Box Culvert

SECTION D-D
27:
Section of Existing Box Culvert to be removed and replaced,

8:
C-I-P TOE SLAB & CUTOFF WALL DETAILS

for Type I Connection.
AND CONNECTION TO PRECAST BOX SECTION E-E
* Provide additional 6" depth of

EXTERIOR WALL/SLAB TRANSITION DETAIL FOR PRECAST EXTENSION
10/1/2021
cutoff wall at no additional cost. (Type I Connection shown, Type II Connection similar)
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
INDEX SHEET
REVISION

10"
Min.
Gap (between single cell
(Typ.)
Inside vertical wall units, see Sheet 1)
Optional reinforcing (See C-I-P Tw Tw

1'-0" Min.
Precast Box
design in plans) Additional outside PIPE BLOCKOUT NOTES:
Mechanical Embedded embedment
vertical reinforcing
)
Rebar splice 1. Cut box culvert reinforcement as required
M in.
Typ.
End (1'-0" Min.)
Culvert
6"
to maintain 2" cover.
(
Inside vertical wall reinforcing 2. For Precast Sections construct opening a
Thread length per
(See C-I-P design in plans) Filter minimum of 1'-6" away from any box to
manufacturer for Additional inside
Fabric box joint, except opening may be a minimum
mechanical splice vertical reinforcing
of 1'-0" away from joint when at least 2'-0"
For 2" Cover: of clearance to the box to box joint is
As per Plans)
Blhw - 5" (Index 400-289) End of Precast provided on the opposite side of the pipe
Culvert End
C-I-P Box
6"
For 3" Cover: Box Culvert & opening.
Blhw - 6" (Index 400-289) back of Headwall Diagonal Bars 3. Pipe blockout diameter to be 6" greater
than pipe outside diameter.
8"
4. See Drainage Plans for size, placement,
and invert elevation.
(
#4 BAR END CAP ANCHOR
BAR BEND DIAGRAM Pipe
Varies Additional horizontal
#4 Bar End Cap Anchors
Face of Cutoff reinforcing (Typ.)
C-I-P Wing Wall or extend outside wall 6" 6"
Wall & Toe Slab
(As per Plans) reinforcing & field bend
2 x Tw+Gap
Blhw (Index 400-289)
SECTION H-H
SECTION I-I
Top of Headwall 6" Chamfer 1 Top of
2" V-Groove at Construction (Showing additional blockout reinforcing only)
(See Section C-C) C Headwall
G � Construction Joint Joint permitted
Precast End Provide 50% of vertical reinforcing

6" Chamfer
Segment Construction Top of Precast cut by blockout on each side of
(Typ.)
pipe at each face (Typ.) � Concrete Pipe
±
Joint permitted End Segment

4"
D D
(Max.) I (Max.)
End Cap Anchors or wall reinforcing
End Cap Anchors or wall reinforcing

-0" M ax. spacing
-0" M ax. spacing

C Precast
1'-0" Min. Additional outside
Haunch
Embedment
2 yp
vertical reinforcing Additional inside
"
(T
(Typ.) 8" Leg
C )
vertical reinforcing
l.
H (Typ.) H
.
Construct grouted
Match inside edge
Mechanical couplers #4 Bar pipe to structure
of Precast Box (Typ.)
1'
End Cap
1'
or adhesive bonded joint in accordance
"
.
6
dowel or inside Anchors with Index 425-001
n
(T i
.)
extensions @
Inside vertical wall
extensions @
Longitudinal
M
(Typ.)
p
longitudinal bar
y
reinforcing (See C-I-P reinforcing (Typ.)
P
extension with
ip D )
design in plans)
e
90° hook (Typ.) Inside vertical
ID
wall reinforcing
4 ~ Additional #4
(See C-I-P Provide concrete
Diagonal Bars between
design in plans) transition to
3" Cl. wall reinforcing mats
haunch at inlet Edge of Precast
@ Bot. Blockout
of box culvert (Typ.)
±
6"
Circumferential Pipe invert

reinforcing (Typ.) elevation
6" (See Note 4)
Field cut vertical

C-I-P Cutoff Additional horizontal
bars to maintain Bottom of
Wall (See #4 Bars 3'-0" long
clearance Cutoff Wall
I
Section D-D) (Top & Bottom) (Typ.)
Half Section Half Section

06 AM
Precast Box Culvert C-I-P Box Culvert showing outside reinforcing showing inside reinforcing
G
End (As per Plans)
27:
8:
VIEW G-G ELEVATION VIEW

SECTION F-F (Headwall, Toe Slab and Cutoff Wall Reinforcing not shown for clarity)
PIPE BLOCKOUT DETAILS
10/1/2021
C-I-P END CAP DETAILS AND CONNECTION TO PRECAST BOX

REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
INDEX SHEET
REVISION

LINK SLAB NOTES: BILL OF REINFORCING STEEL
MARK SIZE NO. REQ'D LENGTH

1. Provide a Cast-In-Place Link Slab to ensure uniform
4" Bars 4M @ 1'-0" spacing (Max.) 4"
joint opening of precast box culverts when the differential L 4 2 per Barrel/Ft. 1'-3"
settlement shown in the plans exceeds the following limits,
M 4 As Reqd. As Reqd.
1'-0" 1'-0" 1'-0" C-I-P 1'-0" except that a Link Slab is not required for differential
Link Slab 3" Cl. (Typ.)
settlements less than
1 REINFORCING STEEL BENDING DIAGRAMS
Bars 4M 2".
J
(L)²
7" Link ΔY ≤
760 x R x W
Slab
5"
Where: Length as required
6"
ΔY = Maximum Long-Term Differential Settlement (ft.)
Filter Fabric, 2'-0" R = Exterior height of Box Culvert (ft.)

W = Length of Box Culvert Segments (ft.)
9"
J Min. overlaps
Dowel L = Effective length for single curvature deflection (ft.)
Bars 4L *
BAR 4M
2. Extend Link Slab to back face of headwalls and to limits
Precast Box DOWEL BARS 4L
of existing box culverts for extensions.
Culvert (Typ.)
2" Non-Shrink Grout
4" Class NS Concrete
NOTES:
ESTIMATED LINK SLAB QUANTITIES
LINK SLAB TYPICAL SECTION 1. All bar dimensions are out to out.
(Multiple Barrel Culvert shown, Single Barrel Culvert similar) 2. Lap splice length for Bars 4M is 1'-4" minimum.
ITEM UNIT QUANTITY
Class II or IV Concrete (Culvert) CY/SF 0.0216

DESIGN NOTE:
Reinforcing Steel (Roadway) Lb./SF 1.52
1. Link Slab required when joint openings

* Install dowels with an Adhesive Bonding Material System
1
in accordance with Specification Section 416. The Contractor NOTE: Estimated quantities are based the plan area of from differential settlement exceed 8"
may substitute mechanical couplers in lieu of adhesive precast box slabs, and are provided for information only. as determined in Link Slab Note 1.
bonded dowels. Shift dowels to clear box culvert reinforcing. No additional payment will be made for Link Slabs where
these are required for the precast box culverts.
Minimum 1'-6" Roadway

Long-Term Embankment
earth cover at edge
Uniform
W R of shoulder when
Settlement
Link Slab required
Construction joints � Precast Box Joint (Outside face)
permitted at mid
Bars 4M spacing 6" 1'-0" spacing (Max.)
span of precast
box segment (Symmetrical about � Jt.) ΔY
7" Link Slab
Filter Fabric (Typ.) Bars 4M
Long-Term
Differential L (Effective Length along � Box Culvert)
Bottom of Settlement
3" Cl. (Typ.)
C-I-P Link SCHEMATIC LONGITUDINAL SECTION (NEW CONSTRUCTION)
Slab
Roadway Embankment
Precast
Precast New Precast Box
Concrete Box Dowel Bars 4L (Typ.) *
Concrete Box Culvert Extension Existing Box Culvert
1'-0" spacing (Max.) 8" Dowel Bars 4L spacing *
(Symmetrical about � Jt.) R W
Long-Term Differential
VIEW J-J
Settlement with negative
curvature
Top of existing
embankment slope
10 AM
Point of reverse curvature

ΔY
27:
Long-Term Differential
Effective Length along � box
8:
L
Settlement with positive
curvature (ΔY)
SCHEMATIC LONGITUDINAL SECTION (WIDENING)
10/1/2021
DIFFERENTIAL SETTLEMENT COUNTERMEASURES FOR PRECAST BOX CULVERTS

REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
INDEX SHEET
REVISION

Min. length equal to Outer cage @ tongue Outer cage (As1 or As6 @ top,
M 3" Min. ~ 6" Max. Tongue 3" Min. ~ 6" Max. Tongue As1 or As8 @ bottom, As1 @ sides)
spacing of longitudinal end. (Same as As4)
(Min. As1 extension) length (8° to 15° bevel) length (8° to 15° bevel)
wires + 2" (Typ.) 1 1
1 2" Min. cover outside, 1 2" Min. cover outside,
Min. 6"
Outside 1" Min. cover inside at joint 1" Min. cover inside at joint
1" Cl. Min. (Typ.) 1" Cl. Min. (Typ.)
longitudinal 2" Min. See Detail "A" for
for As1 (Typ.) A typical reinforcing Filter 1
Filter 1
1 4" Min., Joint 2" Cover 1 4" Min., Joint 2" Cover
Slab
Fabric Fabric
Tt)
Top
Sealant (Typ.) Sealant (Typ.)
2" Max. 2" Max.
Tables)
Tables)
3" Min. 3" Min.
7" M in.
7" M in.
(
(
See
See
H
As2
2" Cover 1 2" Cover 1

A 1 4" Min., Inner cage 1 4" Min., Inner cage
H
(Typ.) (Typ.)
(As2 @ top, (As2 @ top,
2" Max. 1" Cl. Min. (Typ.) 2" Max. 1" Cl. Min. (Typ.)
See Section A-A 1 As3 @ bottom) 1 As3 @ bottom,
1 2" Min. cover outside, 1 2" Min. cover outside,
2" Cover for reinforcement 3" Max. 3" Max. As4 @ sides)
1" Min. cover inside at joint 1" Min. cover inside at joint
(Typ.) in this area
As1
Final joint gap as per Final joint gap as per
R)
2" Cover As4 Direction sealant manufacturer's Direction sealant manufacturer's

Rise (
(Typ.) of Flow recommendations of Flow recommendations

B B
SECTION A-A SECTION B-B
Span (S) Side Wall TYPICAL SECTION THRU JOINT
(Tw)
Wall thickness
See Section A-A
A Max. ~ 2" Min.
for reinforcement
in this area As1 As1 As1
Supplemental wires
As3 As9 (Top, for As2 (Top)
Bot. & Sides) or As3 (Bot.)
4d Min. R.
Bot.
4d 4d
Tb)
Slab
2" Min.
A Min. R. Min. R.
(
Top As2 4" Min.

TYPICAL BOX SECTION (TYPE 2) Bot. As3 Top As2, Bot. As3
Top As2
integrated with As4
DESIGN EARTH COVER 2' OR GREATER Bot. As3
(Option 1 Reinforcing Configuration Shown) Side As4

As4 As4
Slab
Tt)
Top
As9 As7
(
See Detail "B" for

DETAIL "A" DETAIL "A" DETAIL "A"
typical reinforcing (OPTION 1) (OPTION 2) (OPTION 3)
H
As2 As5
B
H 1 ~ Longitudinal 1 ~ Longitudinal 1 ~ Longitudinal
Wire space Wire space Wire space
plus 2" plus 2" plus 2"
2" Cover
4" M ax.
4" M ax.
10" Min. 10" Min. 10" Min. Wall thickness
(Typ.) As1
2" Min. 2" Min. 2" Min. Max. ~ 2" Min.
R)
2" Cover As4 Top As7 Top As7 Top As7

Rise (
(Typ.) Bot. As8 Bot. As8 Bot. As8

Supplemental wires
for As2 (Top)
or As3 (Bot.)
Span (S) Side Wall
As9 As9 As9
(Tw) 4d Min. R.
4d 4d
2" Min.
Min. R. Min. R.
Top As2
As3 As9 (Bot. Bot. As3 4" Min. Top As2 Top As2, Bot. As3
& Sides) Bot. As3 integrated with As4
Side As4
As1 As1 As1
14 AM
As4 As4
Bot.
Tb)
Slab
27:
As8 NOTES:
8:
1. Work this Index with Index 400-291.
TYPICAL BOX SECTION (TYPE 1) 2. See sheets 2 thru 5 for dimensions

DETAIL "B" DETAIL "B" DETAIL "B"
and areas of reinforcement.
DESIGN EARTH COVER LESS THAN 2'
10/1/2021
(OPTION 1) (OPTION 2) (OPTION 3)

(Option 1 Reinforcing Configuration Shown) STANDARD PRECAST BOX CULVERT WITH 2" CONCRETE COVER
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
REVISION
STANDARD PRECAST CONCRETE BOX CULVERTS
GENERAL NOTES:
1. These precast designs may be substituted for cast-in-place box culverts designed 9. Submittal of redesign calculations are not required for any increase to the slab
to AASHTO LRFD Bridge Design Specifications, 4th Edition. Designs are based on and/or wall thickness when the minimum reinforcement areas shown in the Design
the design criteria shown in FDOT Structures Design Guidelines. Tables are provided.
2. Loading: HL-93 & any fill heights between the minimum & maximum shown. 10. For Design Earth Cover greater than 10 feet, the Contractor may interpolate
the required areas of reinforcement and slab or wall thickness. Interpolated areas
3. Only one design of precast box culvert is to be used for any installation. of reinforcement, slab or wall thickness must be approved by the Engineer.
4. Reinforcing steel must consist of smooth or deformed welded wire reinforcement 11. Minimum length of precast box segments is 4 feet and maximum length is 16 feet.
(WWR) meeting the requirements of Specification Section 931. Longitudinal
reinforcement may consist of reinforcing bars meeting the requirements of 12. See Index 400-291 for connections to wingwalls, headwalls and other general details.
Specification Section 931. Minimum cover must be 2" for slightly or moderately
aggressive environments or 3" for extremely aggressive environments, unless
otherwise shown. The spacing of circumferential wires must not be less than 2"
¡ Lap Splice (Outer Cage)
nor more than 4". The spacing of longitudinal wires or bars must not be more than 8".
S/2 S/2
5. As9 longitudinal wires must have a minimum cross-sectional area of 40% of the
circumferential wires, but not less than a W2.5 or D4.0 for WWR, or #3 bars for
deformed bars.
Varies
6. Welding of reinforcement must be limited to the locations shown in ASTM C1577 and
in accordance with ANSI/AWS D1.4 "Structural Welding Code - Reinforcing Steel".
7. For alternate reinforcing configuration Options 2 and 3 shown in Detail "A" and
"B" (Sheet 1), As1 may be extended to the middle of either slab and lap spliced
¡ Lap Splice (Inside Cage)
Varies
with As7 and As8. As4 may be lap spliced at any location or connected to As2
or As3 at corners by welding.
8. Haunch dimensions may vary between the minimum and maximum dimensions
shown in the Design Tables but only one haunch dimension must be used within
the full length of the box culvert installation.
SCHEMATIC OF LAP SPLICE LOCATIONS

FOR OPTION 2 & 3 REINFORCING CONFIGURATIONS
TABLE 1A - STANDARD PRECAST BOX CULVERT DESIGNS (2" COVER) - 3' & 4' SPANS TABLE 1B - STANDARD PRECAST BOX CULVERT DESIGNS (2" COVER) - 3' & 4' SPANS
SPAN x RISE SLAB / WALL THICKNESS DESIGN REINFORCEMENT AREAS As1 EXT. SPAN x RISE SLAB / WALL THICKNESS DESIGN REINFORCEMENT AREAS As1 EXT.
(S) (R) TOP BOT. SIDE HAUNCH EARTH COVER (sq. in./Ft.) LENGTH (S) (R) TOP BOT. SIDE HAUNCH EARTH COVER (sq. in./Ft.) LENGTH
(Tt) (Tb) (Tw) (H) ABOVE (M) (Tt) (Tb) (Tw) (H) ABOVE (M)
(Ft.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) TOP SLAB (in.) (Ft.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) TOP SLAB (in.)
As1 As2 As3 As4 As5 As7 As8 As9 As1 As2 As3 As4 As5 As7 As8 As9
0.33' - <2' 0.17 0.29 0.21 0.17 0.17 0.17 0.17 - 0.33' - <2' 0.20 0.26 0.32 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 -
4 2' - <3' 0.13 0.28 0.21 0.09 - - - 31 4 2' - <3' 0.16 0.25 0.31 0.10 - - - 31
3' - <5' 0.09 0.17 0.17 0.09 - - - 31 3' - <5' 0.10 0.20 0.20 0.10 - - - 31
5' - 10' 0.09 0.17 0.17 0.09 - - - 31 5' - 10' 0.10 0.20 0.20 0.10 - - - 31
3' x 3' 7 7 7 to 15' 0.09 0.17 0.17 0.09 - - - 31 3' x 3' 8 8 8 to 15' 0.10 0.20 0.20 0.10 - - - 31
20' 0.12 0.17 0.17 0.09 - - - 31 20' 0.10 0.20 0.20 0.10 - - - 31
25' 0.14 0.18 0.18 0.09 - - - 31 25' 0.11 0.20 0.20 0.10 - - - 31
8 30' 0.17 0.21 0.22 0.09 - - - 31 8 30' 0.13 0.20 0.20 0.10 - - - 31
35' 0.19 0.25 0.25 0.09 - - - See General Note 5 31 35' 0.15 0.21 0.21 0.10 - - - 31
See General Note 5

0.33' - <2' 0.19 0.38 0.26 0.17 0.19 0.17 0.19 - 0.33' - <2' 0.20 0.31 0.22 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 -
2' - <3' 0.19 0.38 0.26 0.09 - - - 38 2' - <3' 0.12 0.31 0.22 0.10 - - - 38
4 4
3' - <5' 0.14 0.20 0.22 0.09 - - - 38 3' - <5' 0.12 0.20 0.20 0.10 - - - 38
5' - 10' 0.11 0.17 0.17 0.09 - - - 38 5' - 10' 0.10 0.20 0.20 0.10 - - - 38
4' x 3' 7 7 7 to 4' x 3' 8 8 8 to
15' 0.15 0.17 0.18 0.09 - - - 38 15' 0.12 0.20 0.20 0.10 - - - 38
20' 0.20 0.23 0.23 0.09 - - - 38 20' 0.16 0.20 0.20 0.10 - - - 38
8 8
25' 0.24 0.28 0.29 0.09 - - - 38 25' 0.19 0.24 0.24 0.10 - - - 38
30' 0.29 0.34 0.35 0.09 - - - 38 30' 0.22 0.28 0.29 0.10 - - - 38
0.33' - <2' 0.19 0.41 0.28 0.17 0.21 0.17 0.19 - 0.33' - <2' 0.20 0.33 0.24 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 -
2' - <3' 0.19 0.41 0.28 0.09 - - - 38 2' - <3' 0.17 0.33 0.24 0.10 - - - 38
4 4
3' - <5' 0.14 0.21 0.24 0.09 - - - 38 3' - <5' 0.12 0.20 0.20 0.10 - - - 38
17 AM
5' - 10' 0.12 0.17 0.17 0.09 - - - 38 5' - 10' 0.10 0.20 0.20 0.10 - - - 38
4' x 4' 7 7 7 to 4' x 4' 8 8 8 to
15' 15'
27:
0.16 0.19 0.20 0.09 - - - 38 0.13 0.20 0.20 0.10 - - - 38

8:
20' 0.21 0.25 0.25 0.09 - - - 38 20' 0.16 0.21 0.22 0.10 - - - 38
8 8
25' 0.26 0.31 0.32 0.09 - - - 38 25' 0.20 0.26 0.27 0.10 - - - 38
30' 0.31 0.37 0.38 0.09 - - - 38 30' 0.23 0.31 0.32 0.10 - - - 38
10/1/2021
NOTES: 1. See Sheet 1 for Reinforcing Details and dimension locations.

2. See Sheet 14 for WWR Bending Diagram.
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
REVISION
0.33' - <2' 0.31 0.48 0.42 0.17 0.21 0.23 0.31 - 0.33' - <2' 0.26 0.39 0.36 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.26 -
4 2' - <3' 0.31 0.48 0.42 0.09 - - - 45 4 2' - <3' 0.26 0.39 0.36 0.10 - - - 45
3' - <5' 0.20 0.27 0.27 0.09 - - - 36 3' - <5' 0.16 0.23 0.24 0.10 - - - 36
5' x 3' 7 7 7 to 5' - 10' 0.17 0.19 0.21 0.09 - - - 36 5' x 3' 8 8 8 to 5' - 10' 0.13 0.20 0.20 0.10 - - - 36
15' 0.24 0.25 0.25 0.09 - - - 35 15' 0.19 0.21 0.22 0.10 - - - 35
8 20' 0.32 0.33 0.33 0.09 - - - 35 8 20' 0.24 0.28 0.28 0.10 - - - 35
25' 0.39 0.41 0.42 0.09 - - - 35 25' 0.30 0.34 0.35 0.10 - - - 35
30' 0.47 0.50 0.50 0.09 - - - 35 30' 0.36 0.41 0.41 0.10 - - - 35
0.33' - <2' 0.30 0.51 0.45 0.17 0.23 0.21 0.30 - 0.33' - <2' 0.25 0.42 0.38 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.25 -
4 2' - <3' 0.30 0.51 0.45 0.09 - - - 45 4 2' - <3' 0.25 0.42 0.38 0.10 - - - 45
3' - <5' 0.18 0.30 0.29 0.09 - - - 45 3' - <5' 0.16 0.25 0.25 0.10 - - - 45
5' x 4' 7 7 7 to 5' - 10' 0.17 0.21 0.23 0.09 - - - 36 5' x 4' 8 8 8 to 5' - 10' 0.13 0.20 0.20 0.10 - - - 36
15' 0.24 0.27 0.28 0.09 - - - 35 15' 0.19 0.23 0.24 0.10 - - - 35
8 20' 0.31 0.36 0.37 0.09 - - - 35 8 20' 0.24 0.30 0.31 0.10 - - - 35
25' 0.39 0.45 0.46 0.09 - - - 35 25' 0.30 0.37 0.38 0.10 - - - 35
30' 0.46 0.55 0.56 0.09 - - - 35 30' 0.35 0.45 0.46 0.10 - - - 35
0.33' - <2' 0.30 0.53 0.48 0.17 0.24 0.21 0.30 - 0.33' - <2' 0.25 0.44 0.41 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.25 -
4 2' - <3' 0.29 0.53 0.48 0.09 - - - 45 4 2' - <3' 0.25 0.44 0.41 0.10 - - - 45
3' - <5' 0.19 0.31 0.31 0.09 - - - 45 3' - <5' 0.16 0.26 0.27 0.10 - - - 45
5' x 5' 7 7 7 to 5' - 10' 0.19 0.22 0.25 0.09 - - - 45 5' x 5' 8 8 8 to 5' - 10' 0.15 0.20 0.22 0.10 - - - 45
15' 0.26 0.29 0.31 0.09 - - - 36 15' 0.20 0.25 0.26 0.10 - - - 36
8 20' 0.34 0.39 0.40 0.09 - - - 35 8 20' 0.26 0.32 0.33 0.10 - - - 35
25' 0.41 0.49 0.50 0.09 - - - 35 25' 0.32 0.40 0.41 0.10 - - - 35
30' 0.49 0.59 0.61 0.09 - - - 35 30' 0.37 0.48 0.49 0.10 - - - 35
See General Note 5
See General Note 5

7.5 7 7 0.33' - <2' 0.39 0.54 0.48 0.17 0.22 0.25 0.39 - 0.33' - <2' 0.32 0.47 0.41 0.20 0.20 0.25 0.32 -
4 2' - <3' 0.39 0.58 0.49 0.09 - - - 43 4 2' - <3' 0.32 0.47 0.41 0.10 - - - 43
3' - <5' 0.28 0.36 0.36 0.09 - - - 39 3' - <5' 0.23 0.30 0.31 0.10 - - - 39
6' x 3' 7 7 7 to 5' - 10' 0.25 0.26 0.28 0.09 - - - 39 6' x 3' 8 8 8 to 5' - 10' 0.19 0.22 0.24 0.10 - - - 39
15' 0.36 0.34 0.34 0.09 - - - 38 15' 0.28 0.29 0.29 0.10 - - - 38
12 20' 0.47 0.46 0.46 0.09 - - - 38 12 20' 0.36 0.38 0.38 0.10 - - - 38
7 7.5 7 25' 0.59 0.57 0.55 0.09 - - - 38 25' 0.45 0.47 0.47 0.10 - - - 38
8 8 7 30' 0.60 0.64 0.64 0.09 - - - 38 30' 0.54 0.57 0.57 0.10 - - - 38
7.5 7 7 0.33' - <2' 0.37 0.58 0.52 0.17 0.24 0.23 0.37 - 0.33' - <2' 0.31 0.50 0.44 0.20 0.21 0.23 0.31 -
4 2' - <3' 0.37 0.61 0.53 0.09 - - - 43 4 2' - <3' 0.31 0.50 0.44 0.10 - - - 43
3' - <5' 0.26 0.39 0.39 0.09 - - - 39 3' - <5' 0.23 0.32 0.34 0.10 - - - 39
6' x 4' 7 7 7 to 5' - 10' 0.24 0.28 0.31 0.09 - - - 39 6' x 4' 8 8 8 to 5' - 10' 0.19 0.24 0.26 0.10 - - - 39
15' 0.35 0.37 0.38 0.09 - - - 38 15' 0.27 0.31 0.32 0.10 - - - 38
12 20' 0.46 0.50 0.50 0.09 - - - 38 12 20' 0.35 0.41 0.41 0.10 - - - 38
7 7.5 7 25' 0.56 0.63 0.60 0.09 - - - 38 25' 0.43 0.51 0.51 0.10 - - - 38
8 8 7 30' 0.58 0.69 0.69 0.09 - - - 38 30' 0.52 0.62 0.62 0.10 - - - 38
7.5 7 7 0.33' - <2' 0.36 0.60 0.56 0.17 0.25 0.22 0.36 - 0.33' - <2' 0.30 0.52 0.47 0.20 0.22 0.22 0.30 -
4 2' - <3' 0.36 0.64 0.56 0.09 - - - 43 4 2' - <3' 0.30 0.52 0.47 0.10 - - - 43
3' - <5' 0.26 0.410 0.42 0.09 - - - 43 3' - <5' 0.22 0.34 0.36 0.10 - - - 43
6' x 5' 7 7 7 to 5' - 10' 0.25 0.30 0.33 0.09 - - - 39 6' x 5' 8 8 8 to 5' - 10' 0.20 0.26 0.28 0.10 - - - 39
15' 0.34 0.40 0.41 0.09 - - - 38 15' 0.27 0.33 0.34 0.10 - - - 38
12 20' 0.46 0.54 0.54 0.09 - - - 38 12 20' 0.36 0.44 0.45 0.10 - - - 38
7 7.5 7 25' 0.56 0.67 0.65 0.09 - - - 38 25' 0.44 0.55 0.55 0.10 - - - 38
8 8 8 30' 0.60 0.74 0.74 0.09 - - - 38 30' 0.52 0.66 0.67 0.10 - - - 38
7.5 7 7 0.33' - <2' 0.36 0.63 0.59 0.17 0.26 0.22 .036 - 0.33' - <2' 0.30 0.54 0.50 0.20 0.22 0.22 0.30 -
4 2' - <3' 0.35 0.67 0.59 0.09 - - - 52 4 2' - <3' 0.30 0.54 0.50 0.10 - - - 52
3' - <5' 0.27 0.43 0.44 0.09 - - - 52 3' - <5' 0.23 0.36 0.38 0.10 - - - 52
21 AM
6' x 6' 7 7 7 to 5' - 10' 0.27 0.32 0.35 0.09 - - - 43 6' x 6' 8 8 8 to 5' - 10' 0.21 0.27 0.30 0.10 - - - 43
27:
15' 0.38 0.43 0.44 0.09 - - - 39 15' 0.29 0.35 0.37 0.10 - - - 39
8:
12 20' 0.50 0.57 0.59 0.09 - - - 39 12 20' 0.38 0.47 0.48 0.10 - - - 39
7 7.5 7 25' 0.60 0.72 0.70 0.09 - - - 38 25' 0.47 0.59 0.60 0.10 - - - 38
8 8 7 30' 0.67 0.78 0.79 0.09 - - - 38 30' 0.55 0.70 0.71 0.10 - - - 38
10/1/2021
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
REVISION
TABLE 3 - STANDARD PRECAST BOX CULVERT DESIGNS (2" COVER) - 7' SPANS TABLE 4 - STANDARD PRECAST BOX CULVERT DESIGNS (2" COVER) - 8' SPANS
0.33' - <2' 0.37 0.58 0.49 0.20 0.22 0.29 0.37 - 9 8.5 8 0.33' - <2' 0.40 0.60 0.52 0.20 0.22 0.28 0.39 -
4 4
2' - <3' 0.37 0.58 0.49 0.10 - - - 43 2' - <3' 0.45 0.66 0.54 0.10 - - - 50
3' - <5' 0.30 0.40 0.42 0.10 - - - 43 3' - <5' 0.39 0.48 0.50 0.10 - - - 50
to to
7' x 4' 8 8 8 5' - 10' 0.26 0.30 0.33 0.10 - - - 43 8' x 4' 8 8 8 5' - 10' 0.34 0.38 0.40 0.10 - - - 45
15' 0.37 0.40 0.40 0.10 - - - 41 15' 0.49 0.51 0.50 0.10 - - - 41
12 12
20' 0.49 0.53 0.53 0.10 - - - 41 20' 0.65 0.68 0.66 0.10 - - - 41
8 8 8 7 to 25' 0.60 0.67 0.66 0.10 - - - 41 8.5 8.5 8 8 to 25' 0.76 0.83 0.80 0.10 - - - 41
8.5 8.5 8 12 30' 0.68 0.79 0.78 0.10 - - - 41 9.5 9.5 8 12 30' 0.79 0.94 0.92 0.10 - - - 41
0.33' - <2' 0.36 0.60 0.53 0.20 0.23 0.28 0.36 - 9 8.5 8 0.33' - <2' 0.38 0.65 0.59 0.20 0.22 0.30 0.37 -
4 4
2' - <3' 0.36 0.60 0.53 0.10 - - - 47 2' - <3' 0.43 0.69 0.58 0.10 - - - 50
3' - <5' 0.30 0.42 0.45 0.10 - - - 43 3' - <5' 0.37 0.51 0.53 0.10 - - - 45
to to
7' x 5' 8 8 8 5' - 10' 0.26 0.32 0.35 0.10 - - - 43 8' x 5' 8 8 8 5' - 10' 0.33 0.41 0.42 0.10 - - - 45
See General Note 5

15' 0.37 0.43 0.44 0.10 - - - 41 15' 0.48 0.54 0.53 0.10 - - - 41
12 12
20' 0.48 0.57 0.57 0.10 - - - 41 20' 0.63 0.73 0.70 0.10 - - - 41
8 8 8 7 to 25' 0.60 0.72 0.72 0.10 - - - 41 8.5 8.5 8 8 to 25' 0.74 0.88 0.86 0.10 - - - 41
8.5 8.5 8 12 30' 0.67 0.84 0.84 0.10 - - - 41 9.5 9.5 8 12 30' 0.77 1.00 0.98 0.10 - - - 41
See General Note 5

0.33' - <2' 0.36 0.63 0.56 0.20 0.24 0.27 0.36 - 9 9 8 0.33' - <2' 0.32 0.65 0.58 0.20 0.23 0.25 0.31 -
4 4
2' - <3' 0.36 0.63 0.56 0.10 - - - 59 2' - <3' 0.42 0.71 0.61 0.10 - - - 50
3' - <5' 0.29 0.44 0.47 0.10 - - - 47 3' - <5' 0.37 0.54 0.56 0.10 - - - 50
to to
7' x 6' 8 8 8 5' - 10' 0.27 0.34 0.37 0.10 - - - 43 8' x 6' 8 8 8 5' - 10' 0.34 0.43 0.45 0.10 - - - 45
15' 0.38 0.46 0.46 0.10 - - - 41 15' 0.49 0.57 0.57 0.10 - - - 41
12 12
20' 0.49 0.60 0.61 0.10 - - - 41 20' 0.64 0.77 0.76 0.10 - - - 41
8 8 8 7 to 25' 0.61 0.76 0.76 0.10 - - - 41 8.5 8.5 8 8 to 25' 0.74 0.94 0.92 0.10 - - - 41
8.5 8.5 8 12 30' 0.69 0.89 0.89 0.10 - - - 41 9.5 9.5 8 12 30' 0.78 1.05 1.04 0.10 - - - 41
0.33' - <2' 0.36 0.65 0.58 0.20 0.25 0.27 0.36 - 9 9 8 0.33' - <2' 0.31 0.67 0.60 0.20 0.24 0.24 0.31 -
4 4
2' - <3' 0.36 0.65 0.58 0.10 - - - 59 2' - <3' 0.42 0.74 0.64 0.10 - - - 55
3' - <5' 0.30 0.46 0.50 0.10 - - - 59 3' - <5' 0.37 0.56 0.59 0.10 - - - 55
to to
7' x 7' 8 8 8 5' - 10' 0.30 0.35 0.50 0.10 - - - 47 8' x 7' 8 8 8 5' - 10' 0.36 0.45 0.47 0.10 - - - 50
15' 0.41 0.48 0.50 0.10 - - - 43 15' 0.51 0.61 0.61 0.10 - - - 45
12 12
20' 0.53 0.64 0.65 0.10 - - - 43 20' 0.66 0.81 0.80 0.10 - - - 41
8 8 8 7 to 25' 0.65 0.80 0.81 0.10 - - - 43 8.5 8.5 8 8 to 25' 0.78 0.98 0.97 0.10 - - - 41
8.5 9 8 12 30' 0.72 0.92 0.91 0.10 - - - 41 9.5 9.5 8 12 30' 0.84 1.10 1.09 0.10 - - - 41
9 9 8 0.33' - <2' 0.32 0.68 0.62 0.20 0.24 0.25 0.32 -

4
2' - <3' 0.43 0.76 0.67 0.14 - - - 65
3' - <5' 0.38 0.58 0.61 0.14 - - - 65
to
8' x 8' 8 8 8 5' - 10' 0.39 0.46 0.50 0.13 - - - 55
15' 0.55 0.64 0.65 0.10 - - - 45
12
20' 0.71 0.86 0.85 0.10 - - - 45
8.5 8.5 8 8 to 25' 0.84 1.03 1.02 0.10 - - - 41
9.5 9.5 8 12 30' 0.93 1.15 1.15 0.10 - - - 41
NOTES:
1. See Sheet 1 for Reinforcing Details and dimension locations.
2. See Sheet 2 for General Notes.
3. See Sheet 14 for Welded Wire Reinforcement Bending Diagram.
8: 24 AM
27:
10/1/2021
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
REVISION
9.5 9.5 9 0.33' - <2' 0.41 0.62 0.53 0.22 0.23 0.34 0.38 - 0.33' - <2' 0.46 0.62 0.52 0.24 0.24 0.41 0.45 -
4 4
2' - <3' 0.44 0.65 0.54 0.11 - - - 54 2' - <3' 0.46 0.62 0.52 0.12 - - - 58
3' - <5' 0.39 0.53 0.51 0.11 - - - 49 3' - <5' 0.42 0.54 0.50 0.12 - - - 53
to to
9' x 5' 9 9 9 5' - 10' 0.35 0.42 0.44 0.11 - - - 49 10' x 5' 10 10 10 5' - 10' 0.38 0.46 0.49 0.12 - - - 52
15' 0.50 0.56 0.55 0.11 - - - 44 15' 0.52 0.59 0.58 0.12 - - - 47
12 12
20' 0.65 0.75 0.73 0.11 - - - 44 20' 0.69 0.78 0.76 0.12 - - - 47
9.5 9.5 9 8 to 25' 0.77 0.92 0.90 0.11 - - - 44 10.5 10.5 10 8 to 25' 0.81 0.97 0.93 0.12 - - - 47
10.5 11 9 12 30' 0.81 1.05 1.02 0.11 - - - 44 11.5 12 10 12 30' 0.87 1.11 1.11 0.12 - - - 47
9.5 9.5 9 0.33' - <2' 0.38 0.64 0.56 0.23 0.23 0.33 0.37 - 0.33' - <2' 0.44 0.64 0.54 0.24 0.24 0.39 0.44 -
4 4
2' - <3' 0.43 0.67 0.57 0.11 - - - 54 2' - <3' 0.44 0.64 0.54 0.12 - - - 58
3' - <5' 0.37 0.55 0.54 0.11 - - - 49 3' - <5' 0.39 0.57 0.52 0.12 - - - 52
to to
9' x 6' 9 9 9 5' - 10' 0.35 0.45 0.47 0.11 - - - 49 10' x 6' 10 10 10 5' - 10' 0.37 0.48 0.52 0.12 - - - 52
15' 0.49 0.60 0.59 0.11 - - - 44 15' 0.51 0.62 0.61 0.12 - - - 47
12 12
20' 0.65 0.80 0.78 0.11 - - - 44 20' 0.67 0.83 0.80 0.12 - - - 47
9.5 9.5 9 8 to 25' 0.76 0.98 0.95 0.11 - - - 44 10.5 10.5 10 8 to 25' 0.79 1.02 0.99 0.12 - - - 47
10.5 11 9 12 30' 0.80 1.10 1.08 0.11 - - - 44 11.5 12 10 12 30' 0.85 1.17 1.14 0.12 - - - 47
See General Note 5

9.5 9.5 9 0.33' - <2' 0.37 0.67 0.59 0.22 0.23 0.32 0.37 - 0.33' - <2' 0.43 0.66 0.57 0.24 0.24 0.38 0.43 -
4 4
2' - <3' 0.42 0.69 0.60 0.11 - - - 59 2' - <3' 0.43 0.66 0.57 0.12 - - - 58
3' - <5' 0.37 0.58 0.56 0.11 - - - 54 3' - <5' 0.38 0.59 0.55 0.12 - - - 58
to to
9' x 7' 9 9 9 5' - 10' 0.36 0.47 0.49 0.11 - - - 49 10' x 7' 10 10 10 5' - 10' 0.37 0.50 0.54 0.12 - - - 52
See General Note 5

15' 0.50 0.63 0.63 0.11 - - - 44 15' 0.52 0.66 0.65 0.12 - - - 47
12 12
20' 0.66 0.84 0.80 0.11 - - - 44 20' 0.67 0.87 0.85 0.12 - - - 47
9.5 9.5 9 8 to 25' 0.77 1.02 1.00 0.11 - - - 44 10.5 10.5 10 8 to 25' 0.79 1.07 1.04 0.12 - - - 47
10.5 11 9 12 30' 0.81 1.15 1.13 0.11 - - - 44 11.5 12 10 12 30' 0.84 1.22 1.19 0.12 - - - 47
9.5 9.5 9 0.33' - <2' 0.37 0.68 0.61 0.22 0.23 0.31 0.37 - 0.33' - <2' 0.43 0.68 0.60 0.24 0.24 0.38 0.43 -
4 4
2' - <3' 0.42 0.71 0.62 0.11 - - - 59 2' - <3' 0.43 0.68 0.60 0.12 - - - 64
3' - <5' 0.37 0.60 0.59 0.11 - - - 59 3' - <5' 0.38 0.62 0.57 0.12 - - - 58
to to
9' x 8' 9 9 9 5' - 10' 0.38 0.49 0.51 0.11 - - - 54 10' x 8' 10 10 10 5' - 10' 0.38 0.52 0.57 0.12 - - - 52
15' 0.53 0.66 0.66 0.11 - - - 44 15' 0.53 0.69 0.68 0.12 - - - 47
12 12
20' 0.68 0.88 0.87 0.11 - - - 44 20' 0.68 0.91 0.89 0.12 - - - 47
9.5 9.5 9 8 to 25' 0.81 1.07 1.05 0.11 - - - 44 10.5 10.5 10 8 to 25' 0.81 1.12 1.09 0.12 - - - 47
10.5 11 9 12 30' 0.86 1.20 1.18 0.11 - - - 44 11.5 12 10 12 30' 0.86 1.27 1.25 0.12 - - - 47
9.5 9.5 9 0.33' - <2' 0.38 0.70 0.63 0.22 0.23 0.32 0.38 - 0.33' - <2' 0.43 0.70 0.62 0.24 0.24 0.38 0.43 -
4 4
2' - <3' 0.43 0.73 0.65 0.15 - - - 72 2' - <3' 0.43 0.70 0.62 0.12 - - - 70
3' - <5' 0.38 0.62 0.61 0.15 - - - 72 3' - <5' 0.39 0.64 0.60 0.12 - - - 64
to to
9' x 9' 9 9 9 5' - 10' 0.41 0.50 0.53 0.14 - - - 59 10' x 9' 10 10 10 5' - 10' 0.40 0.54 0.59 0.12 - - - 58
15' 0.57 0.69 0.70 0.12 - - - 49 15' 0.56 0.72 0.72 0.12 - - - 52
12 12
20' 0.73 0.92 0.91 0.11 - - - 49 20' 0.71 0.95 0.94 0.12 - - - 47
9.5 10 9 8 to 25' 0.83 1.11 1.09 0.11 - - - 44 10.5 11 10 8 to 25' 0.82 1.15 1.13 0.12 - - - 47
10.5 11 9 12 30' 0.93 1.25 1.23 0.11 - - - 44 11.5 12 10 12 30' 0.90 1.32 1.30 0.12 - - - 47
0.33' - <2' 0.44 0.71 0.64 0.24 0.24 0.38 0.44 -

4
2' - <3' 0.44 0.71 0.64 0.17 - - - 79
3' - <5' 0.40 0.65 0.62 0.16 - - - 70
to
10' x 10' 10 10 10 5' - 10' 0.44 0.56 0.61 0.15 - - - 64
15' 0.60 0.75 0.76 0.12 - - - 52
12
20' 0.76 0.99 0.99 0.12 - - - 52
10.5 11 10 8 to 25' 0.86 1.20 1.18 0.12 - - - 47
11.5 12 10 12 30' 0.97 1.36 1.35 0.13 - - - 47
27 AM
NOTES:
27:

8:

3. See Sheet 14 for WWR Bending Diagram.
10/1/2021
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
REVISION
0.33' - <2' 0.51 0.57 0.47 0.27 0.27 0.45 0.48 - 0.33' - <2' 0.52 0.57 0.45 0.29 0.29 0.47 0.49 -
4 4
2' - <3' 0.51 0.57 0.47 0.14 - - - 62 2' - <3' 0.52 0.57 0.45 0.15 - - - 73
3' - <5' 0.48 0.57 0.46 0.14 - - - 62 3' - <5' 0.50 0.54 0.45 0.15 - - - 66
to to
11' x 4' 11 11 11 5' - 10' 0.47 0.50 0.50 0.14 - - - 55 12' x 4' 12 12 12 5' - 10' 0.50 0.52 0.52 0.15 - - - 66
15' 0.59 0.58 0.56 0.14 - - - 55 15' 0.63 0.61 0.59 0.15 - - - 59
12 12
20' 0.77 0.77 0.74 0.14 - - - 55 20' 0.82 0.81 0.77 0.15 - - - 59
11.5 11.5 11 8 to 25' 0.92 0.95 0.91 0.14 - - - 55 12.5 12.5 12 8 to 25' 0.99 0.99 0.95 0.15 - - - 59
13 13 11 12 30' 0.94 1.09 1.06 0.14 - - - 55 14 14 12 12 30' 1.03 1.15 1.11 0.15 - - - 59
0.33' - <2' 0.45 0.62 0.52 0.27 0.27 0.41 0.45 - 0.33' - <2' 0.47 0.62 0.51 0.29 0.29 0.42 0.46 -
4 4
2' - <3' 0.45 0.62 0.52 0.14 - - - 62 2' - <3' 0.47 0.62 0.51 0.15 - - - 66
3' - <5' 0.42 0.58 0.51 0.14 - - - 55 3' - <5' 0.45 0.60 0.51 0.15 - - - 59
to to
11' x 6' 11 11 11 5' - 10' 0.43 0.56 0.56 0.14 - - - 55 12' x 6' 12 12 12 5' - 10' 0.47 0.59 0.59 0.15 - - - 59
15' 0.54 0.65 0.64 0.14 - - - 50 15' 0.57 0.68 0.66 0.15 - - - 53
12 12
20' 0.70 0.86 0.83 0.14 - - - 50 20' 0.74 0.90 0.86 0.15 - - - 53
11.5 11.5 11 8 to 25' 0.83 1.07 1.03 0.14 - - - 50 12.5 12.5 12 8 to 25' 0.88 1.11 1.06 0.15 - - - 53
13 13 11 12 30' 0.85 1.22 1.19 0.14 - - - 50 14 14.5 12 12 30' 0.92 1.27 1.24 0.15 - - - 53
See General Note 5
See General Note 5

0.33' - <2' 0.42 0.67 0.57 0.27 0.27 0.39 0.43 - 0.33' - <2' 0.44 0.67 0.56 0.29 0.29 0.40 0.44 -
4 4
2' - <3' 0.43 0.67 0.57 0.14 - - - 62 2' - <3' 0.44 0.67 0.56 0.15 - - - 66
3' - <5' 0.39 0.63 0.56 0.14 - - - 62 3' - <5' 0.41 0.64 0.56 0.15 - - - 59
to to
11' x 8' 11 11 11 5' - 10' 0.43 0.60 0.61 0.14 - - - 55 12' x 8' 12 12 12 5' - 10' 0.45 0.63 0.64 0.15 - - - 59
15' 0.54 0.72 0.71 0.14 - - - 50 15' 0.56 0.75 0.73 0.15 - - - 53
12 12
20' 0.70 0.94 0.92 0.14 - - - 50 20' 0.72 0.98 0.95 0.15 - - - 53
11.5 11.5 11 8 to 25' 0.82 1.16 1.13 0.14 - - - 50 12.5 13 12 8 to 25' 0.85 1.20 1.16 0.15 - - - 53
13 13 11 12 30' 0.86 1.32 1.30 0.14 - - - 50 14 14.5 12 12 30' 0.89 1.38 1.35 0.15 - - - 53
0.33' - <2' 0.44 0.71 0.62 0.27 0.27 0.38 0.44 - 0.33' - <2' 0.44 0.71 0.60 0.29 0.29 0.39 0.44 -
4 4
2' - <3' 0.44 0.71 0.62 0.14 - - - 75 2' - <3' 0.44 0.71 0.60 0.15 - - - 73
3' - <5' 0.41 0.67 0.61 0.14 - - - 69 3' - <5' 0.42 0.68 0.60 0.15 - - - 66
to to
11' x 10' 11 11 11 5' - 10' 0.47 0.64 0.66 0.14 - - - 62 12' x 10' 12 12 12 5' - 10' 0.47 0.67 0.69 0.15 - - - 59
15' 0.59 0.78 0.78 0.14 - - - 55 15' 0.59 0.81 0.81 0.15 - - - 53
12 12
20' 0.75 1.03 1.01 0.14 - - - 50 20' 0.75 1.06 1.04 0.15 - - - 53
11.5 12 11 8 to 25' 0.85 1.24 1.22 0.14 - - - 50 12.5 13 12 8 to 25' 0.87 1.30 1.26 0.15 - - - 53
13 13.5 11 12 30' 0.91 1.40 1.39 0.14 - - - 50 14 14.5 12 12 30' 0.92 1.47 1.45 0.15 - - - 53
0.33' - <2' 0.45 0.72 0.64 0.27 0.27 0.39 0.45 - 0.33' - <2' 0.46 0.74 0.64 0.29 0.29 0.40 0.46 -
4 4
2' - <3' 0.45 0.72 0.64 0.18 - - - 86 2' - <3' 0.46 0.74 0.64 0.20 - - - 93
3' - <5' 0.42 0.69 0.63 0.18 - - - 75 3' - <5' 0.42 0.72 0.64 0.20 - - - 80
to to
11' x 11' 11 11 11 5' - 10' 0.51 0.66 0.69 0.16 - - - 69 12' x 12' 12 12 12 5' - 10' 0.54 0.71 0.74 0.18 - - - 73
15' 0.63 0.81 0.82 0.14 - - - 55 15' 0.66 0.87 0.89 0.15 - - - 59
12 12
20' 0.80 1.07 1.06 0.14 - - - 55 20' 0.83 1.14 1.13 0.15 - - - 59
11.5 12 11 8 to 25' 0.91 1.29 1.27 0.14 - - - 50 12.5 13 12 8 to 25' 0.96 1.39 1.37 0.15 - - - 53
13 13.5 11 12 30' 0.99 1.44 1.44 0.14 - - - 50 14 14.5 12.5 12 30' 1.05 1.56 1.56 0.15 - - - 53
NOTES:
31 AM

3. See Sheet 14 for Welded Wire Reinforcement Bending Diagram.
27:
8:
10/1/2021
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
REVISION
Outer cage @ tongue Outer cage (As1 or As6 @ top,
M 3" Min. ~ 6" Max. Tongue 3" Min. ~ 6" Max. Tongue
Min. length equal to end. (Same as As4) As1 or As8 @ bottom, As1 @ sides)
(Min. As1 extension) length (8° to 15° bevel) length (8° to 15° bevel)
spacing of longitudinal
wires + 2" (Typ.) Min. 6"
Outside 2" Min. cover outside, 2" Min. cover outside,
See Detail "A" for 1" Cl. Min. (Typ.) 1" Cl. Min. (Typ.)
longitudinal 1" Min. cover inside at joint 1" Min. cover inside at joint
for As1 (Typ.)
A typical reinforcing Filter Filter
2" Min. 1 Joint 1 Joint
1 4" Min., 3" Cover 1 4" Min., 3" Cover
Slab
Tt)
Top
Fabric Fabric
2" Max. Sealant (Typ.) 2" Max. Sealant (Typ.)
(
314" Min. 314" Min.
Tables)
Tables)
9" M in.
9" M in.
See
See
(
(
H
As2
A
H
3" Cover 1 3" Cover 1
1 4" Min., Inner cage 1 4" Min., Inner cage (As2 @
See Section A-A (Typ.) (Typ.)
2" Max. (As2 @ top, 2" Max. top, As3 @ bottom,
for reinforcement 1" Cl. Min. (Typ.) 1" Cl. Min. (Typ.)
3" Cover
2" Min. cover outside, As3 @ bottom) 2" Min. cover outside, As4 @ sides)
(Typ.) in this area 3" Max. 3" Max.
As1
1" Min. cover inside at joint 1" Min. cover inside at joint
R)
3" Cover As4

Rise (
Final joint gap as per Final joint gap as per

(Typ.)
Direction sealant manufacturer's Direction sealant manufacturer's
B B
of Flow recommendations of Flow recommendations
Span (S) Side Wall SECTION B-B

SECTION A-A
(Tw)
TYPICAL SECTION THRU JOINT
See Section A-A
Wall thickness
A for reinforcement
Max. ~ 3" Min.
in this area As1 As1 As1
Supplemental wires
As3 As9 (Top,
for As2 (Top)
Bot. & Sides)
or As3 (Bot.)
4d Min. R.
Bot.
Tb)
Slab
3" Min. 4d 4d
A
(
Min. R. Min. R.
Top As2
4" Min.
TYPICAL BOX SECTION (TYPE 2) Bot. As3 Top As2, Bot. As3
DESIGN EARTH COVER 2' OR GREATER Top As2
integrated with As4
Bot. As3
(Option 1 Reinforcing Configuration Shown)
Side As4
Slab
Tt)
Top
As4 As4
(
B As9 As7
See Detail "B" for

typical reinforcing
DETAIL "A" DETAIL "A" DETAIL "A"
(OPTION 1) (OPTION 2) (OPTION 3)
H
As2 As5
B 1 ~ Longitudinal 1 ~ Longitudinal 1 ~ Longitudinal

H
Wire space Wire space Wire space
plus 2" plus 2" plus 2"
5" M ax.
5" M ax.
3" Cover
10" Min. 10" Min. 10" Min. Wall thickness
(Typ.) As1
Top As7 2" Min. Top As7 2" Min. Top As7 2" Min. Max. ~ 3" Min.
R)
3" Cover As4 Bot. As8 Bot. As8 Bot. As8

Rise (
(Typ.)
Supplemental wires
for As2 (Top)
Span (S) Side Wall or As3 (Bot.)
As9 As9 As9
(Tw) 4d Min. R.
4d 4d
3" Min.
Min. R. Min. R.
Top As2
As3 As9 (Bot. Bot. As3 4" Min. Top As2 Top As2, Bot. As3
& Sides) Bot. As3 integrated with As4
Side As4
As1 As1 As1
NOTES: As4 As4
34 AM
Bot.
1. Work this Index with Index 400-291.

Tb)
Slab
As8
27:
2. See Sheets 8 thru 14 for dimensions

(
8:
and areas of reinforcement.

TYPICAL BOX SECTION (TYPE 1) DETAIL "B" DETAIL "B" DETAIL "B"
DESIGN EARTH COVER LESS THAN 2' (OPTION 1) (OPTION 2) (OPTION 3)
10/1/2021
(Option 1 Reinforcing Configuration Shown) STANDARD PRECAST BOX CULVERT WITH 3" CONCRETE COVER
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
REVISION
0.33' - <2' 0.22 0.24 0.22 0.22 0.22 0.22 0.22 - 0.33' - <2' 0.24 0.24 0.24 0.24 0.24 0.24 0.24 -
2' - <3' 0.11 0.23 0.22 0.11 - - - 31 2' - <3' 0.12 0.24 0.24 0.24 - - - 31
4 3' - <5' 0.11 0.22 0.22 0.11 - - - 31 4 3' - <5' 0.12 0.24 0.24 0.24 - - - 31
5' - 10' 0.11 0.22 0.22 0.11 - - - 31 5' - 10' 0.12 0.24 0.24 0.24 - - - 31
3' x 3' 9 9 9 to 15' 0.11 0.22 0.22 0.11 - - - 31 3' x 3' 10 10 10 to 15' 0.12 0.24 0.24 0.24 - - - 31
20' 0.13 0.22 0.22 0.11 - - - 31 20' 0.12 0.24 0.24 0.24 - - - 31
8 25' 0.16 0.22 0.22 0.11 - - - 31 8 25' 0.13 0.24 0.24 0.24 - - - 31
30' 0.19 0.24 0.25 0.11 - - - 31 30' 0.15 0.24 0.24 0.12 - - - 31
35' 0.22 0.28 0.29 0.11 - - - 31 35' 0.18 0.24 0.24 0.12 - - - 31
See General Note 5
See General Note 5

0.33' - <2' 0.22 0.32 0.24 0.22 0.22 0.22 0.22 - 0.33' - <2' 0.24 0.26 0.24 0.24 0.24 0.24 0.24 -
4 2' - <3' 0.17 0.31 0.24 0.11 - - - 38 4 2' - <3' 0.14 0.26 0.24 0.12 - - - 38
3' - <5' 0.13 0.22 0.22 0.11 - - - 38 3' - <5' 0.12 0.24 0.24 0.12 - - - 38
4' x 3' 9 9 9 to 5' - 10' 0.13 0.22 0.22 0.11 - - - 38 4' x 3' 10 10 10 to 5' - 10' 0.12 0.24 0.24 0.12 - - - 38
15' 0.17 0.22 0.22 0.11 - - - 38 15' 0.14 0.24 0.24 0.12 - - - 38
8 20' 0.23 0.26 0.27 0.11 - - - 38 8 20' 0.18 0.24 0.24 0.12 - - - 38
25' 0.28 0.32 0.34 0.11 - - - 38 25' 0.22 0.26 0.27 0.12 - - - 38
30' 0.33 0.39 0.40 0.11 - - - 38 30' 0.26 0.31 0.32 0.12 - - - 38
0.33' - <2' 0.22 0.34 0.26 022 0.22 0.22 0.22 - 0.33' - <2' 0.24 0.28 0.24 0.24 0.24 0.24 0.24 -
4 2' - <3' 0.17 0.33 0.26 0.11 - - - 38 4 2' - <3' 0.14 0.28 0.24 0.12 - - - 38
3' - <5' 0.13 0.22 0.22 0.11 - - - 38 3' - <5' 0.12 0.24 0.24 0.12 - - - 38
4' x 4' 9 9 9 to 5' - 10' 0.14 0.22 0.22 0.11 - - - 38 4' x 4' 10 10 10 to 5' - 10' 0.12 0.24 0.24 0.12 - - - 38
15' 0.19 0.22 0.23 0.11 - - - 38 15' 0.15 0.24 0.24 0.12 - - - 38
8 20' 0.24 0.28 0.30 0.11 - - - 38 8 20' 0.19 0.24 0.24 0.12 - - - 38
25' 0.29 0.36 0.37 0.11 - - - 38 25' 0.23 0.28 0.30 0.12 - - - 38
30' 0.34 0.43 0.45 0.11 - - - 38 30' 0.27 0.34 0.35 0.12 - - - 38
NOTES:
37 AM
3. See Sheet 14 for WWR Bending Diagrams.

27:
8:
10/1/2021
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
REVISION
0.33' - <2' 0.27 0.39 0.37 0.22 0.22 0.22 0.27 - 0.33' - <2' 0.24 0.33 0.32 0.24 0.24 0.24 0.24 -
4 2' - <3' 0.26 0.39 0.37 0.11 - - - 45 4 2' - <3' 0.22 0.33 0.32 0.12 - - - 45
3' - <5' 0.19 0.24 0.25 0.11 - - - 36 3' - <5' 0.16 0.24 0.24 0.12 - - - 36
5' x 3' 9 9 9 to 5' - 10' 0.20 0.22 0.22 0.11 - - - 36 5' x 3' 10 10 10 to 5' - 10' 0.16 0.24 0.24 0.12 - - - 36
15' 0.28 0.28 0.30 0.11 - - - 35 15' 0.23 0.24 0.24 0.12 - - - 35
8 20' 0.37 0.38 0.39 0.11 - - - 35 12 20' 0.29 0.30 0.31 0.12 - - - 35
25' 0.45 0.48 0.49 0.11 - - - 35 25' 0.36 0.38 0.39 0.12 - - - 35
30' 0.54 0.58 0.59 0.11 - - - 35 30' 0.43 0.46 0.47 0.12 - - - 35
0.33' - <2' 0.26 0.42 0.39 0.22 0.22 0.22 0.26 - 0.33' - <2' 0.24 0.35 0.34 0.24 0.24 0.24 0.24 -
4 2' - <3' 0.26 0.42 0.39 0.11 - - - 45 4 2' - <3' 0.22 0.35 0.34 0.12 - - - 45
3' - <5' 0.19 0.26 0.27 0.11 - - - 45 3' - <5' 0.15 0.24 0.24 0.12 - - - 45
5' x 4' 9 9 9 to 5' - 10' 0.20 0.22 0.23 0.11 - - - 36 5' x 4' 10 10 10 to 5' - 10' 0.16 0.24 0.24 0.12 - - - 36
15' 0.27 0.31 0.33 0.11 - - - 35 15' 0.22 0.25 0.27 0.12 - - - 35
8 20' 0.36 0.42 0.43 0.11 - - - 35 12 20' 0.29 0.33 0.34 0.12 - - - 35
25' 0.44 0.52 0.54 0.11 - - - 35 25' 0.36 0.41 0.43 0.12 - - - 35
30' 0.53 0.63 0.65 0.11 - - - 35 30' 0.42 0.50 0.51 0.12 - - - 35
0.33' - <2' 0.27 0.44 0.42 0.22 0.22 0.22 0.27 - 0.33' - <2' 0.24 0.37 0.36 0.24 0.24 0.24 0.24 -
4 2' - <3' 0.27 0.44 0.42 0.11 - - - 45 4 2' - <3' 0.21 0.37 0.36 0.12 - - - 45
3' - <5' 0.20 0.27 0.28 0.11 - - - 45 3' - <5' 0.16 0.24 0.25 0.12 - - - 45
5' x 5' 9 9 9 to 5' - 10' 0.22 0.23 0.26 0.11 - - - 45 5' x 5' 10 10 10 to 5' - 10' 0.17 0.24 0.24 0.12 - - - 45
15' 0.30 0.34 0.36 0.11 - - - 36 15' 0.24 0.27 0.29 0.12 - - - 36
8 20' 0.38 0.45 0.47 0.11 - - - 35 12 20' 0.30 0.36 0.38 0.12 - - - 35
25' 0.47 0.56 0.59 0.11 - - - 35 25' 0.37 0.44 0.47 0.12 - - - 35
30' 0.55 0.68 0.71 0.11 - - - 35 30' 0.44 0.53 0.56 0.12 - - - 35
See General Note 5
See General Note 5

0.33' - <2' 0.34 0.47 0.42 0.22 0.22 0.25 0.34 - 0.33' - <2' 0.28 0.40 0.36 0.24 0.24 0.24 0.28 -
4 2' - <3' 0.34 0.47 0.42 0.11 - - - 43 4 2' - <3' 0.28 0.40 0.36 0.12 - - - 43
3' - <5' 0.27 0.31 0.32 0.11 - - - 39 3' - <5' 0.22 0.26 0.28 0.12 - - - 39
6' x 3' 9 9 9 to 5' - 10' 0.29 0.26 0.28 0.11 - - - 39 6' x 3' 10 10 10 to 5' - 10' 0.24 0.24 0.24 0.12 - - - 39
15' 0.42 0.39 0.40 0.11 - - - 38 15' 0.34 0.31 0.32 0.12 - - - 38
12 20' 0.55 0.52 0.53 0.11 - - - 38 12 20' 0.44 0.41 0.42 0.12 - - - 38
25' 0.68 0.66 0.67 0.11 - - - 38 25' 0.54 0.52 0.53 0.12 - - - 38
30' 0.82 0.81 0.82 0.11 - - - 38 30' 0.64 0.63 0.64 0.12 - - - 38
0.33' - <2' 0.33 0.50 0.46 0.22 0.22 0.23 0.33 - 0.33' - <2' 0.27 0.42 0.39 0.24 0.24 0.24 0.27 -
4 2' - <3' 0.33 0.50 0.46 0.11 - - - 43 4 2' - <3' 0.27 0.42 0.39 0.12 - - - 43
3' - <5' 0.27 0.33 0.35 0.11 - - - 39 3' - <5' 0.21 0.28 0.30 0.12 - - - 39
6' x 4' 9 9 9 to 5' - 10' 0.28 0.29 0.31 0.11 - - - 39 6' x 4' 10 10 10 to 5' - 10' 0.23 0.24 0.25 0.12 - - - 39
15' 0.40 0.43 0.45 0.11 - - - 38 15' 0.32 0.34 0.35 0.12 - - - 38
12 20' 0.52 0.57 0.59 0.11 - - - 38 12 20' 0.42 0.45 0.47 0.12 - - - 38
25' 0.65 0.73 0.74 0.11 - - - 38 25' 0.51 0.56 0.58 0.12 - - - 38
30' 0.78 0.88 0.90 0.11 - - - 38 30' 0.61 0.68 0.70 0.12 - - - 38
0.33' - <2' 0.33 0.52 0.49 0.22 0.22 0.23 0.33 - 0.33' - <2' 0.26 0.44 0.42 0.24 0.24 0.24 0.26 -
4 2' - <3' 0.33 0.52 0.49 0.11 - - - 43 4 2' - <3' 0.26 0.44 0.42 0.12 - - - 43
3' - <5' 0.27 0.35 0.37 0.11 - - - 43 3' - <5' 0.22 0.30 0.33 0.12 - - - 43
6' x 5' 9 9 9 to 5' - 10' 0.29 0.31 0.34 0.11 - - - 39 6' x 5' 10 10 10 to 5' - 10' 0.24 0.25 0.27 0.12 - - - 39
15' 0.41 0.46 0.49 0.11 - - - 38 15' 0.33 0.36 0.39 0.12 - - - 38
12 20' 0.53 0.62 0.64 0.11 - - - 38 12 20' 0.42 0.48 0.51 0.12 - - - 38
25' 0.66 0.78 0.80 0.11 - - - 38 25' 0.52 0.61 0.63 0.12 - - - 38
30' 0.78 0.95 0.97 0.11 - - - 38 30' 0.61 0.74 0.76 0.12 - - - 38
0.33' - <2' 0.34 0.55 0.51 0.22 0.22 0.24 0.34 - 0.33' - <2' 0.27 0.46 0.44 0.24 0.24 0.24 0.27 -
4 2' - <3' 0.34 0.54 0.51 0.11 - - - 52 4 2' - <3' 0.27 0.46 0.44 0.12 - - - 52
3' - <5' 0.29 0.37 0.39 0.11 - - - 52 3' - <5' 0.23 0.31 0.34 0.12 - - - 52
40 AM
6' x 6' 9 9 9 to 5' - 10' 0.32 0.34 0.37 0.11 - - - 43 6' x 6' 10 10 10 to 5' - 10' 0.25 0.27 0.30 0.12 - - - 43
27:
15' 0.44 0.50 0.53 0.11 - - - 39 15' 0.35 0.39 0.42 0.12 - - - 39
8:
12 20' 0.57 0.66 0.70 0.11 - - - 39 12 20' 0.45 0.52 0.55 0.12 - - - 39
25' 0.70 0.84 0.87 0.11 - - - 38 25' 0.54 0.65 0.68 0.12 - - - 38
30' 0.83 1.02 1.05 0.11 - - - 38 30' 0.64 0.78 0.81 0.12 - - - 38
10/1/2021
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
REVISION
TABLE 11A - STANDARD PRECAST BOX CULVERT DESIGNS (3" COVER) - 7' SPANS TABLE 11B - STANDARD PRECAST BOX CULVERT DESIGNS (3" COVER) - 7' SPANS
0.33' - <2' 0.42 0.58 0.52 0.22 0.22 0.31 0.42 - 0.33' - <2' 0.33 0.49 0.44 0.24 0.24 0.24 0.33 -
4 2' - <3' 0.42 0.58 0.51 0.11 - - - 43 4 2' - <3' 0.33 0.49 0.44 0.12 - - - 43
3' - <5' 0.36 0.41 0.44 0.11 - - - 43 3' - <5' 0.29 0.35 0.38 0.12 - - - 43
7' x 4' 9 9 9 to 5' - 10' 0.39 0.40 0.39 0.11 - - - 43 7' x 4' 10 10 10 to 5' - 10' 0.31 0.30 0.31 0.12 - - - 43
15' 0.56 0.56 0.58 0.11 - - - 41 15' 0.44 0.44 0.45 0.12 - - - 41
12 20' 0.74 0.76 0.77 0.11 - - - 41 12 20' 0.58 0.59 0.60 0.12 - - - 41
25' 0.92 0.97 0.97 0.11 - - - 41 25' 0.71 0.74 0.75 0.12 - - - 41
9 9.5 9 7 to 12 30' 1.09 1.18 1.10 0.11 - - - 41 30' 0.85 0.91 0.91 0.12 - - - 41
0.33' - <2' 0.41 0.61 0.55 0.22 0.23 0.30 0.41 - 0.33' - <2' 0.32 0.51 0.47 0.24 0.24 0.24 0.32 -
4 2' - <3' 0.41 0.61 0.55 0.11 - - - 47 4 2' - <3' 0.32 0.51 0.47 0.12 - - - 47
3' - <5' 0.37 0.43 0.47 0.11 - - - 43 3' - <5' 0.29 0.37 0.41 0.12 - - - 43
7' x 5' 9 9 9 to 5' - 10' 0.39 0.41 0.43 0.11 - - - 43 7' x 5' 10 10 10 to 5' - 10' 0.31 0.32 0.35 0.12 - - - 43
See General Note 5
See General Note 5

15' 0.56 0.61 0.63 0.11 - - - 41 15' 0.44 0.47 0.50 0.12 - - - 41
12 20' 0.73 0.82 0.83 0.11 - - - 41 12 20' 0.57 0.63 0.65 0.12 - - - 41
25' 0.90 1.04 1.06 0.11 - - - 41 25' 0.70 0.80 0.82 0.12 - - - 41
9 9.5 9 7 to 12 30' 1.06 1.26 1.19 0.11 - - - 41 30' 0.84 0.97 0.99 0.12 - - - 41
0.33' - <2' 0.42 0.63 0.58 0.22 0.24 0.30 0.42 - 0.33' - <2' 0.33 0.53 0.50 0.24 0.24 0.24 0.33 -
4 2' - <3' 0.42 0.63 0.58 0.11 - - - 59 4 2' - <3' 0.33 0.53 0.50 0.12 - - - 59
3' - <5' 0.38 0.45 0.50 0.11 - - - 47 3' - <5' 0.30 0.38 0.43 0.12 - - - 47
7' x 6' 9 9 9 to 5' - 10' 0.41 0.44 0.47 0.11 - - - 43 7' x 6' 10 10 10 to 5' - 10' 0.33 0.35 0.38 0.12 - - - 43
15' 0.57 0.65 0.68 0.11 - - - 41 15' 0.45 0.51 0.54 0.12 - - - 41
12 20' 0.75 0.87 0.90 0.11 - - - 41 12 20' 0.58 0.68 0.70 0.12 - - - 41
25' 0.93 1.11 1.13 0.11 - - - 41 25' 0.72 0.85 0.88 0.12 - - - 41
9 9.5 9 7 to 12 30' 1.07 1.35 1.27 0.11 - - - 41 30' 0.85 1.04 1.06 0.12 - - - 41
0.33' - <2' 0.44 0.66 0.61 0.22 0.25 0.31 0.44 - 0.33' - <2' 0.35 0.55 0.52 0.24 0.24 0.24 0.35 -
4 2' - <3' 0.44 0.65 0.61 0.11 - - - 59 4 2' - <3' 0.35 0.55 0.52 0.12 - - - 59
3' - <5' 0.41 0.47 0.52 0.11 - - - 59 3' - <5' 0.32 0.40 0.46 0.12 - - - 59
7' x 7' 9 9 9 to 5' - 10' 0.44 0.47 0.52 0.11 - - - 47 7' x 7' 10 10 10 to 5' - 10' 0.35 0.37 0.41 0.12 - - - 47
15' 0.62 0.69 0.74 0.11 - - - 43 15' 0.48 0.54 0.58 0.12 - - - 43
12 20' 0.80 0.93 0.97 0.11 - - - 43 12 20' 0.62 0.72 0.76 0.12 - - - 43
25' 0.99 1.18 1.22 0.11 - - - 43 25' 0.76 0.90 0.94 0.12 - - - 43
9 9.5 9 7 to 12 30' 1.12 1.43 1.36 0.11 - - - 41 30' 0.90 1.10 1.13 0.12 - - - 41
NOTES:
44 AM

27:
8:
10/1/2021
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
REVISION
0.33' - <2' 0.52 0.66 0.57 0.22 0.24 0.42 0.52 - 0.33' - <2' 0.42 0.56 0.49 0.24 0.24 0.32 0.41 -
4
2' - <3' 0.52 0.66 0.57 0.11 - - - 50 4 2' - <3' 0.42 0.56 0.49 0.12 - - - 50
3' - <5' 0.48 0.49 0.52 0.11 - - - 50 3' - <5' 0.38 0.42 0.46 0.12 - - - 50
to
8' x 4' 9 9 9 5' - 10' 0.52 0.48 0.49 0.11 - - - 45 8' x 4' 10 10 10 to 5' - 10' 0.41 0.38 0.39 0.12 - - - 45
15' 0.75 0.72 0.72 0.11 - - - 41 15' 0.59 0.56 0.57 0.12 - - - 41
12
20' 1.00 0.98 0.97 0.11 - - - 41 12 20' 0.78 0.75 0.76 0.12 - - - 41
9 9.5 9 8 to 25' 1.25 1.24 1.14 0.11 - - - 41 25' 0.97 0.96 0.96 0.12 - - - 41
10 10.5 9 12 30' 1.31 1.29 1.21 0.11 - - - 41 10 10.5 10 8 to 12 30' 1.15 1.16 1.10 0.12 - - - 41
0.33' - <2' 0.51 0.69 0.60 0.22 0.25 0.40 0.51 - 0.33' - <2' 0.40 0.58 0.52 0.24 .034 0.31 0.40 -
4
2' - <3' 0.51 0.69 0.60 0.11 - - - 50 4 2' - <3' 0.40 0.58 0.52 0.12 - - - 50
3' - <5' 0.46 0.52 0.56 0.11 - - - 45 3' - <5' 0.37 0.45 0.48 0.12 - - - 45
to
8' x 5' 9 9 9 5' - 10' 0.51 0.51 0.53 0.11 - - - 45 8' x 5' 10 10 10 to 5' - 10' 0.41 0.41 0.43 0.12 - - - 45
15' 0.74 0.77 0.78 0.11 - - - 41 15' 0.58 0.60 0.62 0.12 - - - 41
12
20' 0.97 1.05 1.05 0.11 - - - 41 12 20' 0.76 0.81 0.81 0.12 - - - 41
9 9.5 9 8 to 25' 1.20 1.33 1.23 0.11 - - - 41 25' 0.94 1.03 1.03 0.12 - - - 41
10 10.5 9 12 30' 1.26 1.38 1.30 0.11 - - - 41 10 10.5 10 8 to 12 30' 1.10 1.24 1.24 0.12 - - - 41
See General Note 5
See General Note 5

0.33' - <2' 0.51 0.72 0.64 0.22 0.26 0.39 0.51 - 0.33' - <2' 0.40 0.60 0.55 0.24 0.24 0.30 0.40 -
4
2' - <3' 0.51 0.72 0.64 0.11 - - - 50 4 2' - <3' 0.40 0.60 0.55 0.12 - - - 50
3' - <5' 0.47 0.55 0.59 0.11 - - - 50 3' - <5' 0.37 0.47 0.51 0.12 - - - 50
to
8' x 6' 9 9 9 5' - 10' 0.52 0.55 0.58 0.11 - - - 45 8' x 6' 10 10 10 to 5' - 10' 0.42 0.43 0.46 0.12 - - - 45
15' 0.74 0.83 0.85 0.11 - - - 41 15' 0.58 0.64 0.67 0.12 - - - 41
12
20' 0.97 1.12 1.13 0.11 - - - 41 12 20' 0.76 0.86 0.88 0.12 - - - 41
9 9.5 9 8 to 25' 1.18 1.42 1.32 0.11 - - - 41 25' 0.94 1.09 1.11 0.12 - - - 41
10 10.5 9 12 30' 1.26 1.46 1.39 0.11 - - - 41 10 10.5 10 8 to 12 30' 1.09 1.32 1.26 0.12 - - - 41
0.33' - <2' 0.52 0.74 0.67 0.22 0.26 0.40 0.52 - 0.33' - <2' 0.41 0.63 0.58 0.24 0.24 0.30 0.41 -
4
2' - <3' 0.52 0.74 0.67 0.11 - - - 55 4 2' - <3' 0.41 0.63 0.58 0.12 - - - 55
3' - <5' 0.49 0.57 0.62 0.11 - - - 55 3' - <5' 0.39 0.49 0.53 0.12 - - - 55
to
8' x 7' 9 9 9 5' - 10' 0.55 0.59 0.63 0.11 - - - 50 8' x 7' 10 10 10 to 5' - 10' 0.44 0.46 0.50 0.12 - - - 50
15' 0.77 0.88 0.91 0.11 - - - 41 15' 0.61 0.68 0.72 0.12 - - - 45
12
20' 1.01 1.19 1.21 0.11 - - - 41 12 20' 0.78 0.91 0.94 0.12 - - - 41
9 9.5 9 8 to 25' 1.21 1.51 1.41 0.11 - - - 41 25' 0.97 1.16 1.18 0.12 - - - 41
10 10.5 9 12 30' 1.31 1.53 1.47 0.11 - - - 41 10 10.5 10 8 to 12 30' 1.11 1.40 1.34 0.12 - - - 41
0.33' - <2' 0.55 0.77 0.70 0.22 0.27 0.41 0.55 - 0.33' - <2' 0.44 0.64 0.60 0.24 0.24 0.31 0.44 -
4
2' - <3' 0.55 0.77 0.70 0.13 - - - 65 4 2' - <3' 0.44 0.64 0.60 0.12 - - - 65
3' - <5' 0.53 0.59 0.64 0.12 - - - 65 3' - <5' 0.42 0.51 0.56 0.12 - - - 65
to
8' x 8' 9 9 9 5' - 10' 0.60 0.63 0.68 0.11 - - - 55 8' x 8' 10 10 10 to 5' - 10' 0.47 0.50 0.55 0.12 - - - 55
15' 0.83 0.93 0.98 0.11 - - - 45 15' 0.65 0.72 0.77 0.12 - - - 45
12
20' 1.08 1.26 1.29 0.11 - - - 45 12 20' 0.84 0.96 1.01 0.12 - - - 45
9 9.5 9 8 to 25' 1.28 1.59 1.50 0.11 - - - 41 25' 1.03 1.22 1.26 0.12 - - - 41
10 10.5 9 12 30' 1.41 1.61 1.55 0.11 - - - 41 10 10.5 10 8 to 12 30' 1.16 1.47 1.42 0.12 - - - 41
NOTES:
47 AM

27:
8:
10/1/2021
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
REVISION
0.33' - <2' 0.62 0.78 0.65 0.22 0.26 0.52 0.61 - 0.33' - <2' 0.49 0.65 0.57 0.24 0.24 0.40 0.48 -
4
4 2' - <3' 0.62 0.78 0.65 0.11 - - - 54 2' - <3' 0.49 0.65 0.57 0.12 - - - 54
to 3' - <5' 0.58 0.63 0.61 0.11 - - - 49 3' - <5' 0.46 0.54 0.53 0.12 - - - 49
10 10 10 to
9' x 5' 9 9 9 12 5' - 10' 0.65 0.63 0.64 0.11 - - - 49 9' x 5' 5' - 10' 0.52 0.50 0.51 0.12 - - - 49
15' 0.95 0.96 0.95 0.11 - - - 44 15' 0.75 0.74 0.75 0.12 - - - 44
12
9 9 9 8 20' 1.26 1.32 1.28 0.11 - - - 44 20' 0.98 1.01 1.00 0.12 - - - 44
10 10.5 9 to 25' 1.39 1.41 1.32 0.11 - - - 44 10 10.5 10 8 to 25' 1.21 1.27 1.19 0.12 - - - 44
11 11.5 9 12 30' 1.46 1.50 1.42 0.11 - - - 44 11 11.5 10 12 30' 1.30 1.36 1.30 0.12 - - - 44
0.33' - <2' 0.60 0.81 0.69 0.22 0.27 0.51 0.60 - 0.33' - <2' 0.48 0.68 0.60 0.24 0.24 0.39 0.48 -
4
4 2' - <3' 0.60 0.81 0.69 0.11 - - - 54 2' - <3' 0.48 0.68 0.60 0.12 - - - 54
to 3' - <5' 0.56 0.66 0.65 0.11 - - - 49 3' - <5' 0.45 0.57 0.56 0.12 - - - 49
10 10 10 to
9' x 6' 9 9 9 12 5' - 10' 0.65 0.68 0.69 0.11 - - - 49 9' x 6' 5' - 10' 0.52 0.53 0.56 0.12 - - - 49
15' 0.94 1.03 1.02 0.11 - - - 44 15' 0.74 0.79 0.81 0.12 - - - 44
12
9 9 9 8 20' 1.25 1.40 1.38 0.11 - - - 44 20' 0.97 1.07 1.07 0.12 - - - 44
10 10.5 9 to 25' 1.37 1.49 1.40 0.11 - - - 44 10 10.5 10 8 to 25' 1.18 1.35 1.28 0.12 - - - 44
11 11.5 9 12 30' 1.44 1.58 1.50 0.11 - - - 44 11 11.5 10 12 30' 1.27 1.44 1.38 0.12 - - - 44
See General Note 5
See General Note 5

0.33' - <2' 0.61 0.84 0.72 0.22 0.28 0.51 0.61 - 0.33' - <2' 0.49 0.70 0.63 0.24 0.24 0.39 0.49 -
4
4 2' - <3' 0.61 0.83 0.72 0.11 - - - 59 2' - <3' 0.49 0.70 0.63 0.12 - - - 59
to 3' - <5' 0.58 0.69 0.68 0.11 - - - 54 3' - <5' 0.46 0.59 0.59 0.12 - - - 54
10 10 10 to
9' x 7' 9 9 9 12 5' - 10' 0.67 0.73 0.75 0.11 - - - 49 9' x 7' 5' - 10' 0.54 0.57 0.60 0.12 - - - 49
15' 0.96 1.09 1.10 0.11 - - - 44 15' 0.75 0.84 0.86 0.12 - - - 44
12
9 9 9 8 20' 1.27 1.49 1.47 0.11 - - - 44 20' 0.98 1.13 1.14 0.12 - - - 44
10 10.5 9 to 25' 1.38 1.57 1.48 0.11 - - - 44 10 10.5 10 8 to 25' 1.18 1.43 1.36 0.12 - - - 44
11 11.5 9 12 30' 1.49 1.70 1.58 0.11 - - - 44 11 11.5 10 12 30' 1.28 1.52 1.46 0.12 - - - 44
9 9.5 9 0.33' - <2' 0.60 0.85 0.73 0.22 0.29 0.52 0.53 - 0.33' - <2' 0.51 0.72 0.65 0.24 0.24 0.39 0.51 -
4
4 2' - <3' 0.64 0.86 0.76 0.12 - - - 59 2' - <3' 0.51 0.72 0.65 0.12 - - - 59
to 3' - <5' 0.62 0.72 0.72 0.11 - - - 59 3' - <5' 0.49 0.61 0.62 0.12 - - - 59
10 10 10 to
9' x 8' 9 9 9 12 5' - 10' 0.71 0.77 0.81 0.11 - - - 54 9' x 8' 5' - 10' 0.57 0.60 0.65 0.12 - - - 54
15' 1.01 1.16 1.17 0.11 - - - 44 15' 0.79 0.89 0.92 0.12 - - - 44
12
9 9.5 9 8 20' 1.27 1.56 1.45 0.11 - - - 44 20' 1.02 1.20 1.22 0.12 - - - 44
10 10.5 9 to 25' 1.45 1.65 1.57 0.11 - - - 44 10 10.5 10 8 to 25' 1.21 1.50 1.44 0.12 - - - 44
11 11.5 9 12 30' 1.59 1.72 1.66 0.11 - - - 44 11 11.5 10 12 30' 1.33 1.59 1.54 0.12 - - - 44
9 9.5 9 0.33' - <2' 0.68 0.88 0.76 0.22 0.29 0.55 0.57 - 0.33' - <2' 0.54 0.74 0.68 0.24 0.24 0.41 0.54 -
4
4 2' - <3' 0.68 0.88 0.78 0.18 - - - 72 2' - <3' 0.54 0.74 0.68 0.15 - - - 72
to 3' - <5' 0.68 0.75 0.78 0.18 - - - 72 3' - <5' 0.53 0.63 0.64 0.13 - - - 72
10 10 10 to
9' x 9' 9 9 9 12 5' - 10' 0.79 0.82 0.88 0.17 - - - 59 9' x 9' 5' - 10' 0.62 0.64 0.70 0.12 - - - 59
15' 1.11 1.22 1.26 0.13 - - - 49 15' 0.85 0.94 0.99 0.12 - - - 49
12
9 9.5 9 8 20' 1.37 1.64 1.54 0.13 - - - 49 20' 1.09 1.26 1.29 0.12 - - - 49
10 10.5 9 to 25' 1.56 1.73 1.65 0.13 - - - 44 10 10.5 10 8 to 25' 1.28 1.56 1.52 0.12 - - - 44
11 11.5 9.5 12 30' 1.56 1.73 1.68 0.12 - - - 44 11 11.5 10 12 30' 1.42 1.66 1.66 0.12 - - - 44
NOTES:
51 AM

27:
8:
10/1/2021
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
REVISION
0.33' - <2' 0.60 0.73 0.61 0.24 0.24 0.50 0.57 - 0.33' - <2' 0.60 0.66 0.54 0.27 0.27 0.52 0.56 -
4
4 2' - <3' 0.60 0.73 0.61 0.12 - - - 58 2' - <3' 0.60 0.66 0.54 0.14 - - - 62
to 3' - <5' 0.57 0.64 0.58 0.12 - - - 53 3' - <5' 0.60 0.61 0.53 0.14 - - - 62
to
10' x 5' 10 10 10 12 5' - 10' 0.65 0.60 0.60 0.12 - - - 52 11' x 4' 11 11 11 5' - 10' 0.79 0.63 0.62 0.14 - - - 55
15' 0.94 0.90 0.89 0.12 - - - 47 15' 1.01 0.82 0.79 0.14 - - - 55
12
10 10 10 8 20' 1.24 1.23 1.19 0.12 - - - 47 20' 1.34 1.11 1.06 0.14 - - - 55
11 11.5 10 to 25' 1.39 1.37 1.28 0.12 - - - 47 12 12 11 8 to 25' 1.52 1.27 1.23 0.14 - - - 55
12.5 12.5 10 12 30' 1.38 1.43 1.41 0.12 - - - 47 13.5 13.5 11 12 30' 1.54 1.37 1.34 0.14 - - - 50
0.33' - <2' 0.58 0.75 0.64 0.24 0.24 0.48 0.56 - 0.33' - <2' 0.57 0.71 0.60 0.27 0.27 0.47 0.53 -
4 2' - <3' 0.58 0.75 0.64 0.12 - - - 58 4 2' - <3' 0.56 0.71 0.60 0.14 - - - 62
to 3' - <5' 0.56 0.67 0.62 0.12 - - - 52 to 3' - <5' 0.56 0.67 0.59 0.14 - - - 55
10' x 6' 10 10 10 12 5' - 10' 0.64 0.64 0.65 0.12 - - - 52 11' x 6' 11 11 11 12 5' - 10' 0.73 0.71 0.72 0.14 - - - 55
15' 0.92 0.96 0.95 0.12 - - - 47 15' 0.92 0.92 0.91 0.14 - - - 50
10 10 10 8 20' 1.21 1.31 1.27 0.12 - - - 47 11 11 11 8 20' 1.21 1.25 1.21 0.14 - - - 50
11 11.5 10 to 25' 1.35 1.44 1.36 0.12 - - - 47 12 12 11 to 25' 1.37 1.43 1.39 0.14 - - - 50
12.5 12.5 10 12 30' 1.35 1.51 1.49 0.12 - - - 47 13.5 13.5 11 12 30' 1.39 1.53 1.50 0.14 - - - 50
See General Note 5

0.33' - <2' 0.57 0.78 0.67 0.24 0.24 0.48 0.57 - 0.33' - <2' 0.55 0.76 0.66 0.27 0.27 0.46 0.55 -
4 2' - <3' 0.57 0.78 0.67 0.12 - - - 58 4 2' - <3' 0.55 0.76 0.66 0.14 - - - 62
to 3' - <5' 0.58 0.70 0.65 0.12 - - - 58 to 3' - <5' 0.54 0.72 0.65 0.14 - - - 62
10' x 7' 10 10 10 12 5' - 10' 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.12 - - - 52 11' x 8' 11 11 11 12 5' - 10' 0.73 0.79 0.82 0.14 - - - 55
See General Note 5

15' 0.92 1.02 1.02 0.12 - - - 47 15' 0.93 1.03 1.03 0.14 - - - 50
10 10 10 8 20' 1.21 1.38 1.35 0.12 - - - 47 11 11 11 8 20' 1.21 1.39 1.36 0.14 - - - 50
11 11.5 10 to 25' 1.33 1.52 1.44 0.12 - - - 47 12 12.5 11 to 25' 1.34 1.56 1.50 0.14 - - - 50
12.5 12.5 10 12 30' 1.38 1.58 1.57 0.12 - - - 47 13.5 13.5 11 12 30' 1.41 1.66 1.65 0.14 - - - 50
0.33' - <2' 0.58 0.80 0.70 0.24 0.26 0.48 0.58 - 0.33' - <2' 0.60 0.81 0.71 0.27 0.27 0.48 0.60 -
4 2' - <3' 0.58 0.80 0.70 0.12 - - - 64 4 2' - <3' 0.60 0.81 0.71 0.15 - - - 75
to 3' - <5' 0.60 0.72 0.68 0.12 - - - 58 to 3' - <5' 0.61 0.77 0.70 0.14 - - - 69
10' x 8' 10 10 10 12 5' - 10' 0.67 0.72 0.75 0.12 - - - 52 11' x 10' 11 11 11 12 5' - 10' 0.80 0.88 0.93 0.14 - - - 62
15' 0.95 1.08 1.08 0.12 - - - 47 15' 1.01 1.13 1.15 0.14 - - - 55
10 10 10 8 20' 1.24 1.45 1.44 0.12 - - - 47 11 11 11 8 20' 1.30 1.52 1.52 0.14 - - - 50
11 11.5 10 to 25' 1.36 1.59 1.52 0.12 - - - 47 12 12.5 11 to 25' 1.42 1.70 1.65 0.14 - - - 50
12.5 12.5 10 12 30' 1.45 1.64 1.64 0.12 - - - 47 13.5 14 11 12 30' 1.53 1.77 1.74 0.14 - - - 50
0.33' - <2' 0.61 0.82 0.73 0.24 0.26 0.50 0.61 - 0.33' - <2' 0.64 0.83 0.74 0.27 0.27 0.51 0.64 -
4 2' - <3' 0.61 0.82 0.73 0.14 - - - 70 4 2' - <3' 0.64 0.83 0.74 0.21 - - - 86
to 3' - <5' 0.64 0.75 0.73 0.13 - - - 64 to 3' - <5' 0.67 0.79 0.75 0.21 - - - 75
10' x 9' 10 10 10 12 5' - 10' 0.72 0.77 0.80 0.12 - - - 58 11' x 11' 11 11 11 12 5' - 10' 0.88 0.93 0.99 0.19 - - - 69
15' 1.00 1.13 1.15 0.12 - - - 52 15' 1.09 1.19 1.23 0.16 - - - 55
10 10 10 8 20' 1.30 1.53 1.52 0.12 - - - 47 11 11 11 8 20' 1.40 1.59 1.60 0.15 - - - 55
11 11.5 10 to 25' 1.42 1.66 1.60 0.12 - - - 47 12 12.5 11 to 25' 1.54 1.77 1.73 0.15 - - - 50
12.5 12.5 10 12 30' 1.57 1.70 1.72 0.12 - - - 47 13.5 14 11.5 12 30' 1.57 1.77 1.76 0.14 - - - 50
0.33' - <2' 0.66 0.84 0.75 0.24 0.27 0.52 0.65 -

4 2' - <3' 0.66 0.84 0.75 0.20 - - - 79
to 3' - <5' 0.70 0.77 0.79 0.19 - - - 70
10' x 10' 10 10 10 12 5' - 10' 0.79 0.81 0.87 0.18 - - - 64
15' 1.09 1.19 1.23 0.15 - - - 52
10 10 10 8 20' 1.40 1.61 1.61 0.14 - - - 52
11 11.5 10 to 25' 1.53 1.74 1.68 0.14 - - - 47
12.5 12.5 10.5 12 30' 1.60 1.71 1.74 0.14 - - - 47
NOTES:
54 AM

27:
8:
10/1/2021
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
REVISION
WELDED WIRE REINFORCEMENT BENDING DIAGRAM
TABLE 16 - STANDARD PRECAST BOX CULVERT DESIGNS (3" COVER) - 12' SPANS
SPAN x RISE SLAB / WALL THICKNESS DESIGN REINFORCEMENT AREAS As1 EXT.
M S+8" Min.
(S) (R) TOP BOT. SIDE HAUNCH EARTH COVER (sq. in./Ft.) LENGTH
ABOVE (M) Option 2 or 3
(Tt) (Tb) (Tw) (H)
As9 8" Max. (See Sheets 1
(Ft.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) TOP SLAB (in.)
As1 As2 As3 As4 As5 As7 As8 As9 (Typ.) (Typ.) & 7)
0.33' - <2' 0.59 0.64 0.51 0.29 0.29 0.52 0.55 -
4 As9 (Typ.)
2' - <3' 0.60 0.64 0.51 0.15 - - - 73
3' - <5' 0.60 0.61 0.51 0.15 - - - 66 As2 or As3
12 12 12 to
5' - 10' 0.81 0.61 0.61 0.15 - - - 66
12' x 4' Option 2 or 3 (See As4
15' 1.04 0.80 0.77 0.15 - - - 59
R+Tt+Tb-2xCover
12 Sheets 1 & 7)
8" M ax.
20' 1.37 1.08 1.03 0.15 - - - 59
R+2x Cover
)
Typ.
13 13 12 8 to 25' 1.58 1.26 1.21 0.15 - - - 59
As1
14.5 14.5 12 12 30' 1.63 1.38 1.34 0.15 - - - 53 WWR PIECE NO. 2
(
0.33' - <2' 0.56 0.70 0.57 0..29 0.29 0.47 0.52 - (2 Reqd. per segment)
4
2' - <3' 0.56 0.70 0.57 0.15 - - - 66
3' - <5' 0.56 0.67 0.57 0.15 - - - 59
12 12 12 to S+2(Tw+10"-Cover-M)
5' - 10' 0.74 0.69 0.70 0.15 - - - 59
12' x 6'
15' 0.94 0.90 0.88 0.15 - - - 53
12 As9 8" Max.
20' 1.23 1.22 1.17 0.15 - - - 53 As9
(Typ.) (Typ.)
13 13 12 8 to 25' 1.40 1.42 1.37 0.15 - - - 53 8" Max.
14.5 15 12 12 30' 1.44 1.54 1.48 0.15 - - - 53 (Typ.)
See General Note 5

0.33' - <2' 0.55 0.75 0.63 0.29 0.29 0.45 0.53 - As4 (3 Wires Min.)
4 2' - <3' 0.55 0.75 0.63 0.15 - - - 66
to 3' - <5' 0.55 0.73 0.63 0.15 - - - 59
12 12 12 WWR PIECE NO. 1 WWR PIECE NO. 4 WWR PIECE NO. 3
12 5' - 10' 0.73 0.77 0.79 0.15 - - - 59
12' x 8'
(2 Reqd. per segment) (Tongue Reinforcement) (2 Reqd. per segment)
15' 0.93 1.00 0.99 0.15 - - - 53
12 12 12 8 20' 1.21 1.35 1.31 0.15 - - - 53 (4 Reqd. per segment)
13 13.5 12 to 25' 1.35 1.55 1.48 0.15 - - - 53
TYPE 2 BOX SECTION (DESIGN EARTH COVER 2' OR GREATER)
14.5 15 12 12 30' 1.40 1.67 1.62 0.15 - - - 53
0.33' - <2' 0.57 0.80 0.68 0.29 0.29 0.46 0.57 -

A (1'-0" Min.) S+8" Min.
4 2' - <3' 0.57 0.80 0.68 0.15 - - - 73
Option 2 or 3
to 3' - <5' 0.59 0.77 0.68 0.15 - - - 66
12 12 12 As5 (Top Slab) 8" Max. (See Sheets 1
12 5' - 10' 0.78 0.85 0.89 0.15 - - - 59 As9 (Bot. Slab)
12' x 10' (Typ.) & 7)
15' 0.98 1.10 1.11 0.15 - - - 53
12 12 12 8 20' 1.26 1.47 1.45 0.15 - - - 53 As9 (Typ.)
13 13.5 12 to 25' 1.39 1.68 1.63 0.15 - - - 53

As2 or As3
R+Tt+Tb-2xCover
As1
14.5 15 12 12 30' 1.48 1.79 1.76 0.15 - - - 53
Option 2 or 3 (See As4
0.33' - <2' 0.65 0.84 0.73 0.29 0.29 0.50 0.65 -
Sheets 1 & 7)
8" M ax.
)
4
8" M ax.
2' - <3' 0.65 0.84 0.73 0.23 - - - 93
Typ.
R+2x Cover
)
Typ.
to 3' - <5' 0.68 0.81 0.75 0.22 - - - 80
12 12 12
(
12 5' - 10' 0.90 0.94 1.01 0.21 - - - 73 WWR PIECE NO. 2
(
12' x 12'
15' 1.12 1.20 1.24 0.18 - - - 59 (2 Reqd. per segment)
12 12 12 8 20' 1.42 1.60 1.61 0.16 - - - 59
13 13.5 12 to 25' 1.57 1.81 1.78 0.16 - - - 53
S+2(Tw+10"-Cover-A)
14.5 15 12.5 12 30' 1.63 1.86 1.85 0.15 - - - 53
8" Max. As9

(Typ.)
WWR PIECE NO. 1 As7 (Top Slab)
As9 As8 (Bot. Slab)

(2 Reqd. per segment)
WWR PIECE NO. 4 WWR PIECE NO. 3

NOTES: (2 Reqd. per segment) (2 Reqd. per segment)
1. See Sheet 2 of 14 for General Notes.
2. See Sheet 7 of 14 for Reinforcing Details and dimension locations.
TYPE 1 BOX SECTION (DESIGN EARTH COVER LESS THAN 2')
58 AM
REINFORCEMENT NOTES:
27:
1. Reinforcement bending dimensions are out-to-out.

8:
2. See General Notes 4, 5 and 6 on Sheet 2.

3. See Tables 1 thru 16 for dimensions M, R, S, Tb, Tt and Tw.
4. Dimension "A" is determined by the Manufacturer in accordance with
10/1/2021
the requirements of Detail "B" on Sheets 1 and 7.

REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
REVISION
Bottom Flange of
Prestressed Beam *BEVELED
W
4" Min. FIB's 3" W 3" FIB's Face of Bent BEAM BEARING PAD BEARING PLATE
� Bearing (Typ.) or Pier Cap TYPE DIMENSIONS DIMENSIONS
TYPE II 2" 2" TYPE II
Pad PAD TYPE
L W C D
(See Note 1)
L
D
� Bearing and 8" 2'-8" 1'-0" 3'-0"
90° (G=110psi)
� Bearing Pad
E
L
10" 2'-8" 1'-0" 3'-0"
(G=110psi)
PLAN
FLORIDA I-BEAM
F
10" 2'-8" 1'-0" 3'-0"
Composite (G=110psi)
Ɓ" Elastomer Cover 3 ~ 10 gage Elastomeric G
Bearing Pad 10" 2'-8" 1'-0" 3'-0"
Layer (Typ.) Steel Plates (G=150psi)
See Detail "C"
2ƀ" (With End Diaphragm, Typ. Index 450-511) H
� Beam & � Bearing Pad 10" 2'-8" 1'-0" 3'-0"
"
** 4" (Without End Diaphragm, Typ. Index 450-512) (G=150psi)
1Ɲ
J
PARTIAL PLAN (Beam & Bearing Skew = 0°) 10" 2'-8" 1'-0" 3'-0"
(G=150psi)
)
Typ.
ƀ " Internal Elastomer

Ɓ" Elastomer
ƃ"
K
Layer (Typ.) (2 layers Bottom Flange of 1'-0" 2'-8" 1'-1½" 3'-0"
(
Cover (Typ.) (G=150psi)

required) Prestressed Beam
Face of Bent
L or W
AA
TYPE II
AASH TO
4" Min. (Typ.) or Pier Cap
10" 1'-2" 1'-0" 1'-4"
(G=110psi)
TYPICAL SECTION TYPE D, E & AA PAD
AB
Varies 10" 1'-2" 1'-0" 1'-4"
(G=150psi)
Ɓ" Elastomer Cover 4 ~ 10 gage
90°
Steel Plates
Layer (Typ.) Beam & Bearing Ø � Bearing and * Work this sheet with the appropriate type Bearing
See Detail "C"
Skew > 0° � Bearing Pad Plate Detail (See Bearing Plate Data Table) and
L
BEARING PAD DATA TABLE in the Structures Plans.
2Ƌ "
Varies
See TABLE OF BEAM VARIABLES and BEARING
PLATE DATA TABLE in the Structures Plans for
locations where beveled bearing plates are required.
)
Typ.
ƀ " Internal Elastomer

Ɓ" Elastomer
ƃ"
Composite
Layer (Typ.) (3 layers � Beam ** Offset to End of Beam is reduced to 2" for Type K
� Bearing Pad
(
Cover (Typ.) Elastomeric 2ƀ" (With End Diaphragm) Pad.

required)
L or W Bearing Pad W ** 4" (Without End Diaphragm)
ƈ"
TYPICAL SECTION TYPE F, G & AB PAD
ƃ"
ƃ"
PARTIAL PLAN (Beam & Bearing Skew > 0°) (Use Index 450-511)
Ɓ" Elastomer Cover 5 ~ 10 gage
Layer (Typ.) Steel Plates

See Detail "C"
Bottom Flange of � Beam &
Face of Bent
Prestressed Beam � Bearing Pad
3ƈ "
or Pier Cap DETAIL "C"
4" Min. (Skew < 15°) BEARING PAD NOTES:

2" Min. (Skew ≥ 15°)
)
Typ.
Ɓ" Elastomer ƀ " Internal Elastomer 1. Neoprene in Type D, E, F & AA bearing pads shall have a shear modulus (G) of
ƃ"
Layer (Typ.) (4 layers 110 psi. Neoprene in Type G, H, J, K & AB bearing pads shall have a shear
Composite
(
Cover (Typ.)
required) modulus (G) of 150 psi.
L or W Elastomeric
90
° Bearing Pad
2. Steel Plates in bearing pads shall conform to ASTM A1011 Grade 36, Type 1.
Beam
TYPICAL SECTION TYPE H PAD � Bearing
Skew > 0°
3. See Bearing Pad Data Table in Structures Plans for quantities of Type D, E, F,
Ɓ" Elastomer Cover 6 ~ 10 gage G, H, J, K, AA and/or AB Bearing Pads.
FI
Layer (Typ.) Steel Plates B's
See Detail "C" TY
PE 3"
I
I
2"
�
Be
ar
i
ng
"
Pa
d
**
)
W
p.
3Ɯ
4"
(Ty
01 AM
)
Typ.
28:
ƀ " Internal Elastomer 3"

Ɓ" Elastomer
8:
ƃ"
Layer (Typ.) (5 layers 2" FI

B'
(
Cover (Typ.) TY s
required) PE
L or W I
I
10/1/2021
TYPICAL SECTION TYPE J & K PAD PARTIAL PLAN WITH SQUARED END BEAM (Use Index 450-512)
(Beam Skew > 0°; Bearing Skew = 0°)
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
FY 2022-23 COMPOSITE ELASTOMERIC BEARING PADS -
INDEX SHEET
REVISION
07/01/15 STANDARD PLANS PRESTRESSED FLORIDA-I & AASHTO TYPE II BEAM 400-510 1of 1
HOOK DETAILS
C C
C D E Detailing Dim. Hook Detailing Dim.
C D E C
C RC= B
A F A or G
D A
B B A
R = C
A or G
G D D
J
C
D E d d
E
B
No. of Laps = N
B
B
D
E
B
TYPE 2 TYPE 3 B 180° 90°
TYPE 1
TYPE 4 TYPE 5 TYPE 6 TYPE 7 TYPE 8 TYPE 9 BAR 180° HOOKS 90° HOOKS
D
SIZE A OR G J A OR G
C
D
C
C
D
C
Ø N
#3 2Ɓ " 5" 3" 6"
Ø N Ø E B D B C B D B C B D B F
Ø
#4 3" 6" 4" 8"
B B
B B #5 3Ƃ " 7" 5" 10"
B B
B
#6 4ƀ " 8" 6" 1'-0"
TYPE 10 TYPE 1 1 TYPE 12 TYPE 13 TYPE 14 TYPE 15
#7 5Ɓ " 10" 7" 1'-2"
F Number of Beams or
B C B C TYPE 16
B C F Walls = N #8 6" 11" 8" 1'-4"
D
D
Number of D's = N-1
A A G lfC
ircl Number of B's = 2N-2 #9 9ƀ " 1'-3" 11Ƃ " 1'-7"
Ha
K
J
e
E
B Number of C's = N-2
10Ƃ " 1'-1Ɓ "
E
#10 1'-5" 1'-10"
E
H
H
45° Typical
E
1'-2Ƃ "
D
B #11 12" 1'-7" 2'-0"
B J
F R=C
F R=C #14 18Ɓ " 2'-3" 1'-9Ƃ " 2'-7"
D
B C
TYPE 17 TYPE 18 TYPE 19 TYPE 20 TYPE 21 #18 24" 3'-0" 2'-4ƀ " 3'-5"
TYPE 22 TYPE 23 TYPE 24 STYLE 1 3

E
B
A or G
C
H ook
H J C A or G
B C
F
C
H
B D C
F
B
B
E
C
D
Detailing Dim .
B
D
Detailing Dim .
H
E
E
Threads
D
E
C D D C D
H
E D C D
Style 6 = No Hook
Ø d
d
B TYPE 26 TYPE 27 TYPE 28 TYPE 29 TYPE 30 TYPE 31 TYPE 32 TYPE 33
D D
TYPE 25
E D
B Spiral C = Pitch
B 90° 135°
B B = Overall Height
Ø
B STIRRUPS (TIES SIMILAR)
D
C C N = Total number of closed turns at

D
STIRRUP & TIE HOOK DIMENSIONS

D
C Top and Bottom of columns

R
E
=
C
C
C
C Splices may be accomplished by lapping
=
90° HOOKS 135° HOOKS
R=
R
D BAR
E 1.5 turns. Cost of Channel Spacers and D
SIZE A or G A or G *
Threads D H
B Outside Core Splices shall be included in the Contract
Diameter Unit Price for Reinf. Steel (Substructure)
#3 1ƀ " 4" 4" 2ƀ "
TYPE 34 TYPE 35 TYPE 36 TYPE 37 TYPE 38 TYPE 39
#4 2" 4ƀ " 4ƀ " 3"
#5 2ƀ " 6" 5ƀ " 3Ƃ "
#6 4ƀ " 1'-0" 8" 4ƀ "

H
#7 5Ɓ " 1'-2" 9" 5Ɓ "
F B C B D B E B D F K
H #8 6" 1'-4" 10ƀ " 6"
C E H H
H STYLE 4 5
B
STYLE 6 = NO HOOK
F
E
C B D B E
Number of Beams or Walls = N * Dimension is approximate.
D
D
Number of D's = N-1 J J J J J J
Hook Styles Detailed on this sheet are for
B
Number of B's = 2N-1
No. of Laps = N B C B Illustration Only.
Number of C's = N-1
45° Typical Actual Hook Style for any particular bar will be
TYPE 40 TYPE 41 TYPE 42 TYPE 43 shown under A or G Heading on REINFORCING
05 AM
BAR LIST sheet(s) in Structures Plans.

28:
All Dimensions are out-to-out.

8:
NOTE: For Bar Dimensions See REINFORCING BAR LIST Sheet(s) in Structures Plans.
10/1/2021
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
REVISION
BAR BENDING DETAILS (STEEL)
HOOK DETAILS
Detailing Dim. Hook Detailing Dim.

C RC= B
A A or G
D
B
C
B
R = C
A or G
D D
J
d d
B B
No. of Laps = N B
TYPE 2 TYPE 3 TYPE 10 TYPE 11 TYPE 12 180° 90°

TYPE 1
BAR 180° HOOKS 90° HOOKS

D
SIZE A OR G J A OR G
lfC
ircl
Ha e
A B #3 2Ɓ " 5" 3" 6"
D
C
#4 3" 6" 4" 8"
D
C
Ø Ø N
Ø N R=C R=C #5 3Ƃ " 7" 5" 10"
D
B
#6 4ƀ " 8" 6" 1'-0"
B B
B
TYPE 17 #7 5Ɓ " 10" 7" 1'-2"
TYPE 23 TYPE 24
TYPE 13 TYPE 14 TYPE 15
#8 6" 11" 8" 1'-4"
NOTES
C GENERAL
Spiral
All dimensions are out-to-out.
For Bar dimensions See REINFORCING BAR LIST Sheet(s)
in Structures Plans.
D
Outside Core
B
Diameter SPIRALS (TYPE 39 BARS)
C = Pitch
TYPE 39
B = Overall Height
N = Total number of closed turns at
Top and Bottom of columns
SINGLE BAR BENDING DETAILS
Spirals = 1.5 turns
Include spiral splice in Contract Unit Price

for FRP Reinforcing.
HOOKS
All Dimensions are approximate.
Hook Styles Detailed on this sheet are for Illustration Only.
Actual Hook Style for any particular bar will be shown under
A or G Heading on REINFORCING BAR LIST sheet(s) in
Structures Plans.
8: 09 AM
28:
10/1/2021
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
REVISION
BAR BENDING DETAILS (FRP)
BEAM NOTES
K1 K2 Dim. L 1. Work this Index with the Florida-I Beam Standard Details (Index 450-036 thru 450-096) and
Front Face of
the Table of Beam Variables in Structures Plans.
Backwall or
� Bearing � Bearing Front Face of
2. All bar bend dimensions are out-to-out.
� Pier or Bent J J
5"
Backwall or
3. Concrete cover: 2 inches minimum.
� Pier or Bent
4. Stress Strands N to 10 kips each.
°
0
9
5. Place one (1) Bar 5K or 5Z at each location. Alternate the direction of the ends for each bar
Ø=90° Ø=90° (see “ELEVATION AT END OF BEAM” in Standard Details.
6. Tie Bars 5K and 5Z to the fully bonded strands in the bottom or center row (see “STRAND
PATTERN” on the Table of Beam Variables sheet in Structures Plans).
� Beam
A. At the Contractor's option, the length of the bottom legs of Bars 5K and 5Z may be
°
extended to facilitate tying to the exterior strands.
0
9
5"
B. For deformed WWR, supplemental transverse #4 bars are permitted to support Pieces
Edge of Flange
Clip Top Flange K & S under the cross wires on the bottom row of strands.
to match skew 7. Place Bars 3C1, 3D1 and 4M1 in beam END 1, and Bars 3C2, 3D2 and 4M2 in beam END 2.
at Backwall only Dim. L END 1 and END 2 are shown on the Standard Details “ELEVATION”.
END 1 END 2
(Typ.) 8. For Beams with vertically beveled end conditions: Place first row of Bars 3C1, 3C2, 3D1,
3D2, 5K, 5Y and 5Z parallel to the end of the beam. Progressively rotate remaining bars
CASE 1
CONDITION 1 within the limits of Bars 5Z until vertical by adjusting the spacing at the top of beam up
(Standard Orientation for New Construction) (Dim P = 0.0) to a maximum of 1". For deformed WWR, cut top cross wire and rotate bars as required or
reduce end cover at top of the beam to 1" minimum.
9. For beams with skewed end conditions:
� Bearing
A. Place end reinforcement parallel to the skewed end of the beam. End reinforcement
Chamfer Acute Corners of Top & Bottom m.L
Di
m.P is defined as Bars 3C1, 3C2, 3D1, 3D2, 5K, 4M1, 4M2, 5Y and 5Z placed within the
1 Di
K
J Flange for Ø < 75° (Typ.) limits of the spacing for Bars 3C in “ELEVATION AT END OF BEAM”.
Edge of Flange B. Beyond the limits of the spacing for Bars 3C, place Bars 3D3, 5K and 4M3
Front Face of
perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of the beam. Fan Bars as needed to avoid
Backwall or
6"
overlapping bars at the transition to Bars 3D3 and 4M3, and field cut to maintain
� Pier or Bent
minimum cover. Provide additional Bars 4M1, 4M2, 3D1 and 3D2 as required; additional
Ø < 90° bars are not included in the “BILL OF REINFORCING STEEL”. For placement locations see
Skewed Beam End Details for Widening Existing Bridges.
� Beam Ø < 90°
C. Adjust the dimensions of Bars 3C1, 3C2, 3D1, 3D2, 4M1 and 4M2 as shown on the Bending
Front Face of Diagram.
Backwall or J D. WWR is not permitted for end reinforcement Bars 3D1, 3D2, 4M1 and 4M2; use bar reinforcement.
2
� Pier or Bent Direction of Stationing K
10. Contractor Options:
A. Deformed WWR may be used in lieu of Bars 3D, 5K, 4M, and 5Z as shown on the Standard
� Bearing
m.P
Di Details; except at skewed ends (see Note 9).
m.L
Di
END 1 END 2 B. Bars 3D1, 3D2 and 3D3 may be fabricated as a single bar with a 1'-0" minimum lap splice
of the top legs, or the length of the bottom legs may be extended to facilitate tying to the
CASE 2 exterior strands.

CONDITION 2 11. Embedment of Safety Line Anchorage Devices are permitted in the top flange to accommodate fall
(Special Orientation for Widenings)
protection systems. See shop drawings for details and spacing of any required anchorage devices.
12. For beams with ends that will not be permanently encased in concrete diaphragms, cut wedges and
recess Prestressing strands at the end of the beam without damaging the surrounding concrete. See
"STRAND CUTTING AND PROTECTING DETAIL" on Sheet 2. Protect end of wedged recessed strands in
Front Face of
K
K
Di
m.L
� Bearing accordance with Specification Section 450.
2
1
Backwall or Di
m.P
J
� Bearing 13. Holes in the beam web for temporary bracing or shipping devices must be formed prior to casting.
� Pier or Bent
J
Fill holes not meeting all the following criteria in accordance with Specification Section 450.
A. The superstructure environmental classification is slightly or moderately aggressive
B. Clear cover to adjacent steel reinforcing is 1”or greater
� Beam C. Hole inside diameter is 2” maximum

Ø < 90°
D. Non-metallic, non-water absorbing forming materials such as PVC,
Ø < 90° may be left in place permanently.
6"
Edge of Flange Front Face of
Chamfer Acute Corners of Top & Bottom Backwall or

� Pier or Bent
Flange for Ø < 75° (Typ.)
Di
m.P
Direction of Stationing Di
m.L
END 1 END 2
CASE 3
CONDITION 3
13 AM
SCHEMATIC PLAN VIEWS AT BEAM ENDS SCHEMATIC END ELEVATIONS OF BEAMS

28:
8:
(Showing Vertical Bevel of Beam End)

10/1/2021
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
FY 2022-23 FLORIDA-I BEAM
INDEX SHEET
REVISION
11/01/21 STANDARD PLANS - TYPICAL DETAILS & NOTES 450-010 1of 2

Bars 5K spaced perpendicular Bars 5K spaced along � Beam
1
to end of beam @ 3 2". @ 3". Bars 4M1 or 4M2 placed
Skewed Bars 5Z, 4M1 or with alternate Bars 5K *
Rotate and flare Bars 4M1 or 4M2 and
4M2 placed with Bars 5K *
additional Bar 4M1 or 4M2 equally as
required to maintain a 1'-0" ± Max. spacing
along end of bars. Clip to maintain cover.
2"
21
6" Chamfer
Bars 4M3
Bars 5K (Typ.)
Bars 5Z (shown
� Beam
dotted, Typ.)
* For number of Bars, spacing and

placement details see Index 450-036
thru 450-096. See Sheet 1 for Conventional
Reinforcement, Sheet 2 for WWR. Bars 4M1 or 4M2 1 ~ Additional Bar 4M1 or 4M2
(shown dashed)
WWR not permitted for Bars 4M1

Begin WWR Option when applicable,
or 4M2 in this area, for skewed beam ends Pieces M-3 & S-1, see Sheet 2 of
Index 450-036 thru 450-096
PARTIAL PLAN VIEW (SHOWING TOP FLANGE)
(End 1 Shown, End 2 Similar)
(Bars 5A, 5Y & Strands N not shown for clarity)
Bars 5K spaced perpendicular Bars 5K spaced along � Beam @

1
to end of beam @ 3 2". Skewed 3". Bars 3D1 or 3D2, 3C1 or 3C2
Bars 5Z, 3D1 or 3D2, 3C1 or placed with alternate Bars 5K *
1 ~ Additional Bar 3D1 or 3D2 for Skews ≤ 10° or
3C2 placed with Bars 5K * 2 ~ Additional Bars 3D1 or 3D2 for Skews > 10°
(shown dashed) rotate and space equally between
Bars 3C1 or 3C2 last Bar 3D1 or 3D2 and first Bar 3D3 as shown
2"
21
Epoxy Coating
(Ƈ" minimum thickness)
6" Chamfer (See Note 12,
End of Sheet 1) End of
Bars 5K (Typ.) Beam Beam
FIB FIB
±
30°
Bars 5Z (shown ƃ" Min.
� Beam
dotted, Typ.) Strand Recess
(formed by cutting
or grinding)
ƃ" Min.
Recessed
Prestressing
Strand
Bars 3D1 or 3D2 (Pairs) Bars 3D3 (Pairs) Strand
(size varies)
Begin WWR Option when
WWR not permitted for Bars
applicable, Pieces D-3
TYPICAL SECTION TYPICAL SECTION
3C1, 3C2, 3D1 or 3D2 in this area, for skewed beam ends & S-1, see Sheet 2 of
SHOWING CUT STRAND RECESS LIMITS AFTER PROTECTING
Index 521-036 thru 521-096
PARTIAL SECTION THRU WEB (SHOWING BOTTOM FLANGE)
17 AM
(END 1 Shown, END 2 Similar)

28:
(Bars 5Y, Strands, and Embedded Bearing Plate "A" not shown for clarity)
8:
SKEWED BEAM END DETAILS FOR WIDENING EXISTING BRIDGES STRAND CUTTING AND PROTECTING DETAIL
10/1/2021
(Florida-I 36 Beam shown, others similar)

REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
FY 2022-23 FLORIDA-I BEAM
INDEX SHEET
REVISION
11/01/19 STANDARD PLANS - TYPICAL DETAILS & NOTES 450-010 2 of 2

* These dimensions are CONVENTIONAL REINFORCING
measured perpendicular
1
BAR BENDING DETAILS
to the end of beam Spacing Bars 5K 212"* 4 sp. @ 3 2"* 12 sp. @ 3" S1 sp.@ V1
4'-0" BILL OF REINFORCING STEEL
Spacing Bars 4M1 3
1 2 sp. @ 7"* Bars 4M3
2"* 6 sp. @ 6"
1 1 NOTE NUMBER LENGTH
Spacing Strands N 4 2" 1'-6" 3" 1'-6" 4 2" or 4M2 sp. @ 1'-0" MARK SIZE
1 1 NUMBERS REQUIRED (NOTE 2)
Spacing Bars 5Z 38"* 4 sp. @ 3 2"*
2" Cover 4 Bars 5A & A 5 8 16'-0"
Bars 5K Strands N
Strands N
Safety Line Anchorage Bars 4M1 or C1 7, 8 & 9 3 11 (End 1) Varies
(Typ.)
16"
Device (See Note 11) Bars 5Z 4M2 (Typ.) Bars 4M3 C2 7, 8 & 9 3 11 (End 2) Varies
Cover
7
Bars 5K D1 7, 8, 9 & 10 3 22 (End 1) Varies
1
4"
Bars 4M D2 7, 8, 9 & 10 3 22 (End 2) Varies
3
Bars 5Y
2"
D3 9 & 10 3 See Table 4'-3"

1
(Bundled with
3
112"
Bars 5K & 5Z) K 5, 6, 8, 9 & 10 5 See Table 4'-2"

Strand N
3 2"
M1 7 & 9 4 9 (End 1) Varies

Bars 5Y Additional Bar
1
Bar 5A Epoxy Coating
32"
Strand N 4M1 or 4M2 for M2 7 & 9 4 9 (End 2) Varies
(See Note 12)
19
1'-5" 7" Skewed Ends M3 9 4 See Table 3'-8"
3
A Bars 3C
A 3
312" N 4 & 12 8" Ø Strand 4 Dim. L
-1"
1'-3
1 (Typ.)
2"
1'
1 Y 8 & 9 5 12 2'-6"
24" Cover
-0"
Bars 3D (Pairs Additional Bar(s) Z 5, 6, 8, 9 & 10 5 10 3'-8"

1'-3" R Bar 3C
3'
Typ.) Rotate as 3D1 or 3D2 for

Bars 3D (Pairs) Skewed Ends BENDING DIAGRAMS (See Note 2)
required to clear
2" Cover
7 2"
Anchor Studs
1
(Typ.)
1Ƅ" Cover C=(1712"/Sin Ø)
5A 16'-0"
C/2
314" (Nominal) 5Y 2'-6"
7"
(See Notes 4M1 & 4M2 D=3'-8"/Sin Ø
9"
5 & 6) 4M3 3'-8"
634"
112" Chamfer Bars 5Z (Typ.)
5 ~ Bars 3C1 6" 6 ~ Bars 3C1 or 1'-6" Max. Bars 3D3

3
4" Chamfer (Typ. or 3C2 & 3D1 3C2 & 3D1 or (Pairs) @ 1'-6"
BARS 5A, 4M1, 4M2, BARS 3C1 & 3C2
Embedded Bearing Plate A
bottom of bottom 3'-2" or 3D2 (Pairs) 3D2 (Pairs) @ 6" Max. sp. 4M3 & 5Y
flange only) sp. with Bars 5K sp. (See Note 9) 6"
5K
5Z
(See Note 9)*
Ø=90° for Bars 3D3
-212"
END VIEW ELEVATION AT END OF BEAM A=(812"/Sin
412"
Ø)
-8"
B=(15"/Sin Ø)
2'
(Flanges Not Shown For Clarity)
3'
4"
1'-0" Min.
3
7
Lap
4"
6" A+B 3D1 & 3D2
1
3
Min. 1'-1112" 3D3
BARS 5K & 5Z BARS 3D1, 3D2 & 3D3
NOTES:
A. Work this Index with Index 450-010 - Typical
Florida-I Beam Details and Notes and the
Florida-I Beam - Table of Beam Variables
B. For referenced notes, see Index 450-010.
C. For Dimensions A, B, C, D, L, R & V1 and
Bars 5Y (shown number of spaces S1 thru S4, see Florida-I
End of as ( ) Typ.) Beam - Table of Beam Variables in Structures
Beam
Plans.
Dim. L = Beam Casting Length
(Overall Length of Beam along � Beam including length increase as required for Beam placed
Bar 5Z on grade and Dim. R to compensate for elastic and time dependent shortening effects) Direction of Stationing
Cover
4"
1
7"
2 2"* 4 sp. @ 12 sp. @ 3" S1 sp. @ V1 S2 sp. @ 9" S3 sp. @ 1'-0" S4 sp. @ 1'-6" Spacing Bars 5K (Symmetrical
1
2
1
3 2"* (6" Max.) about � @ top of Beam)
1'-6" Max.
22 AM
Bar 5K
28:
8:
Bar 5Z
END 1 � Beam END 2
SECTION A-A FOR CONVENTIONAL REINFORCING
10/1/2021
(Showing Bars 5K, 5Y & 5Z Only) ELEVATION

REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
REVISION
FLORIDA-I 36 BEAM - STANDARD DETAILS
ALTERNATE REINFORCING STEEL (WWR) DETAILS
9 ~ D16's @ 6" sp. = 4'-0" D16's @ 1'-0" sp. Bars 5Y (12 Required) Wires D31 (shown
(shown as ( ) Typ.) as ( ) Typ.)
Varies Varies 9" Max. End of
1"
Optional W6.4 W6.4 1'-0" Max. Beam
Optional W6.4 W6.4
6" W6.4 D16
7"
-8"
Optional W6.4
3'
D16
1" extension
6"
W6.4
(Typ.)
1
2 4" Cover Pieces K-1 Pieces K-2
1"
(Offset)
PLAN VIEW PLAN VIEW
SECTION A-A
PIECES M PIECE M-1 Match spacing PIECE M-3
5" ±
FOR WELDED WIRE REINFORCEMENT
Piece M-1 ties
END VIEW (2 Required) of adjacent (2 Required)
to Piece K-2 Piece S-1, S-2,
Pieces S (Single Mat) Tied
1 6 ~ D25's (FF) S-3 or S-4
2 2" to Strands at � Beam)
@ 6" = 2'-6"
S1 ~ D25's @ V1 sp. (Piece S-1 shown)
4"
End of Beam
4"
5 ~ D31's @ 3" 6 ~ D25's (BF) S2 ~ D25's @ 9" sp. (Piece S-2) Pieces M-3
3
5
3
1
3 @ 6" = 2'-6"
2" sp. =
3" S3 ~ D25's @ 1'-0" sp. (Piece S-3)
6"
1'-2" S4 ~ D25's @ 1'-6" sp. (Piece S-4)
6" 6" 3" Offset 2" Cover
Varies 9" Max. 258" Cover
(Typ.) (Typ.) (Typ.) (Typ.) 334" ±
4"
3
PARTIAL SECTION AT CENTER BEAM

7
W12.4 (Piece K-1)

Pieces K (Pairs)
W10 (Pieces K-2 & S)
534"
4 or W 10)
Pieces M-1
4"
4"
3
3
-2
D31 (Piece K-1

3'
W 12.
D25 (Pieces K-2 & S) 2" Cover
214" Cover
(Typ.)
4" Piece K & S
Cross W ires (
(2" Min.)
� Beam (WWR
W12.4 (Piece K-1) 2"
W10 (Pieces K-2 & S) Symmetrical) Pieces D
Cover
2" Cover
(Pairs)
5"
1"
1" extension (Typ.)
PIECES K & S PIECE K-1 PIECE K-2 PIECE S-1, S-2, S-3 or S-4 PARTIAL BEAM END VIEW
END VIEW (Aligned EF) (FF Shown Solid, (2 Required Each Piece) (Conventional Reinforcing Bars A, C, Y
Piece D-1 ties (4 Required ~ BF Shown Dashed) and Strands not Shown for Clarity)
to Piece K-1 2 Pairs) (4 Required) NOTES:
a. See Sheet 1 for placement details & Table of Beam
1
8 2" 1'-3" 5 ~ D11's @ 6 ~ D11's @ 6" sp. = 2'-6" D11's @ 1'-6" spaces
Variables in Structures Plans for variables S1, S2, S3,
1
3 2" sp. = S4 & V1.
1 4" 6" Varies 1'-6" Max.
2 Varies 9" Max.
D11 1'-2" b. Place Conventional Reinforcement Bars 5A & 3C as
4" W4.4 W4.4 W4.4
shown on Sheet 1. Place additional Bars 5Y as shown
2"
in Section A-A for WWR. Bars 5Z will not be used

1
4"
4
W4.4 with the WWR Option.

3
7
c. Pieces may be fabricated in multiple length sections.

26 AM
d. For beams with skewed end conditions, Pieces D-1, D-2 &
4"
28:
M-1 shall not be used; Conventional Reinforcement Bars D1,

1
D11 (Typ. Pieces

3
8:
1 1" extension (Typ.) LEGEND:

1'-11 2" D-1, D-2 & D-3) D2, C1, C2, M1 & M2 shall be used. See Index 450-010
EF = Each Face Skewed Beam End Details and Note 9 for placement details.
PIECE D-1 PIECE D-2 PIECE D-3 FF = Front Face Shift Pieces K & Bars 5Y to accommodate skewed end
PIECES D
10/1/2021
BF = Back Face conditions and align with Bars C and D.

END VIEW (4 Required ~ 2 Pairs) (4 Required ~ 2 Pairs) (4 Required ~ 2 Pairs)
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
REVISION
1
BAR BENDING DETAILS
Spacing Bars 4M1 3
1 2 sp. @ 7"*
2"* 8 sp. @ 6" Bars 4M3 sp.
Spacing Strands N 4 2" 1'-6" 3" 1'-6" 4 2" or 4M2 @ 1'-0" MARK SIZE
1 1 NUMBERS REQUIRED (NOTE 2)
Spacing Bars 5Z 38"* 4 sp. @ 3 2"*
2" Cover 4 Bars 5A
A 5 8 19'-0"
Bars 5K & Strands N
Safety Line Anchorage
Strands N
Bars 4M1 or C1 7, 8 & 9 3 13 (End 1) Varies
(Typ.)
Device (See Note 11) Bars 5Z 4M2 (Typ.) Bars 4M3
16"
C2 7, 8 & 9 3 13 (End 2) Varies
Cover
Bars 5K
7
D1 7, 8, 9 &10 3 26 (End 1) Varies
1
4"
Bars 4M Epoxy Coating D2 7, 8, 9 &10 3 26 (End 2) Varies
3
2"
(See Note 12)

D3 9 & 10 3 See Table 4'-3"
1
3
112"
Bars 5Y K 5, 6, 8, 9 & 10 5 See Table 4'-11"

Strand N
3 2"
(Bundled with M1 7 & 9 4 11 (End 1) Varies

Additional Bar
1
Bar 5A Bars 5K & 5Z)

Skewed Ends M3 9 4 See Table 3'-8"

1'-5" 1 A A 3
24" Cover N 4 & 12 8" Ø Strand 4 Dim. L
1
3 2"
1 Y 8 & 9 5 12 3'-3"
-10"
1'-3 2" 7"

Z 5, 6, 8, 9 & 10 5 10 4'-5"
1'
Bars 3C
-9"
BENDING DIAGRAMS (See Note 2)

Bars 5Y (Typ.)
3'
5A 19'-0"
Additional Bar(s) C=(17
1
1'-3" R Bars 3D (Pairs 2"/Sin Ø)
Bar 3C 3D1 or 3D2 for 5Y 3'-3"
Typ.) Rotate as
Bars 3D (Pairs) Skewed Ends C/2
required to clear 4M1 & 4M2 D=3'-8"/Sin Ø
2" Cover
712"
Anchor Studs 4M3 3'-8"
9"
(Typ.)
1Ƅ" Cover
634"
314" (Nominal)
7"
BARS 5A, 4M1, 4M2,

(See Notes
4M3 & 5Y BARS 3C1 & 3C2
5 & 6)
1
1 2" Chamfer Bars 5Z (Typ.)
6"
5K
5Z
5 ~ Bars 3C1 6" 8 ~ Bars 3C1 or 3C2 1'-6" Max. Bars 3D3
3
4" Chamfer (Typ. or 3C2 & 3D1 & 3D1 or 3D2 (Pairs) (Pairs) @
Embedded Bearing Plate A Ø=90° for Bars 3D3
-1112"
bottom of bottom 3'-2" or 3D2 (Pairs) @ 6" sp. (See Note 9) 1'-6" Max. sp.
A=(812"/Sin
-5"
2"
Ø)
flange only) sp. with Bars 5K
1
3'
B=(15"/Sin Ø)
4
3'
(See Note 9)*
734"
1'-0" Min.
Lap
END VIEW ELEVATION AT END OF BEAM
314"
6"
A+B 3D1 & 3D2
Min. 1 3D3
1'-11 2"
NOTES:

Beam Plans.

Cover
2 4"
1
7"
1
1
1'-6" Max.
30 AM
Bar 5K
28:
8:
Bar 5Z
END 1 � Beam END 2

10/1/2021

REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
REVISION
Bars 5Y (12 Required) Wires D31 (shown

11 ~ D16's @ 6" sp. = 5'-0" D16's @ 1'-0" sp.
End of
Varies Varies 9" Max. Beam
1"
Optional W6.4 W6.4 1'-0" Max.
Optional W6.4 W6.4
W6.4
6"
D16
7"
-8"
Optional W6.4
3'
D16
1" extension
6"
W6.4 1
(Typ.) 24" Cover Pieces K-1 Pieces K-2
(Offset)
1"
PLAN VIEW PLAN VIEW SECTION A-A
PIECES M PIECE M-1 PIECE M-3 FOR WELDED WIRE REINFORCEMENT

5" ± Piece M-1 ties Match spacing of
END VIEW (2 Required) (2 Required) Pieces S (Single Mat) Tied
to Piece K-2 adjacent Piece S-1,
to Strands at � Beam)
S-2, S-3 or S-4
1
22"
4"
8 ~ D25's (FF) @ 6" = 3'-6"
4"
S1 ~ D25's @ V1 sp. (Piece S-1 shown) Pieces M-3
3
5
End of Beam
3
5 ~ D31's @ 3" 8 ~ D25's (BF) @ 6" = 3'-6" S2 ~ D25's @ 9" sp. (Piece S-2)
1
3 2" sp. = S3 ~ D25's @ 1'-0" sp. (Piece S-3)
3"
6" 2" Cover
1'-2" S4 ~ D25's @ 1'-6" sp. (Piece S-4)
6" 6" 3" Offset
(Typ.) 258" Cover
334" ±
Varies 9" Max.
(Typ.) (Typ.) (Typ.)

734"
Pieces K (Pairs)
534"
Pieces M-1
W12.4 (Piece K-1)
4"
4 or W 10)
-1134"
3
D31 (Piece K-1)
2" Cover
D25 (Pieces K-2 & S) 214" Cover
3'
(Typ.)
(2" Min.)
W 12.
� Beam (WWR
4" Piece K & S
Cross W ires (
W12.4 (Piece K-1)
Symmetrical)
2"
Pieces D
5"
Cover
2" Cover
(Pairs)
1"
1" extension (Typ.)
PIECES K & S PIECE K-1 PIECE K-2 PIECE S-1, S-2, S-3 or S-4
END VIEW (Aligned EF) (FF Shown Solid, BF Shown Dashed) (2 Required Each Piece) PARTIAL BEAM END VIEW
(4 Required (4 Required) (Conventional Reinforcing Bars A, C, Y
Piece D-1 ties
to Piece K-1 ~ 2 Pairs) and Strands not Shown for Clarity)
1 NOTES:
82" 1'-3" 5 ~ D11's @ 8 ~ D11's @ 6" sp. = 3'-6" D11's @ 1'-6" spaces
1 a. See Sheet 1 for placement details & Table of Beam Variables
3 2" sp. =
1 4" 6" Varies 1'-6" Max. in Structures Plans for variables S1, S2, S3, S4 & V1.
2 Varies 9" Max.
D11 1'-2"
4" W4.4 W4.4 W4.4 b. Place Conventional Reinforcement Bars 5A & 3C as
2"

1
4"
in Section A-A for WWR. Bars 5Z will not be used with the
4
W4.4
3
WWR Option.
7

34 AM
4"
28:
D11 (Typ. Pieces

3

8:
1'-11 2" D-1, D-2 & D-3) D2, C1, C2, M1 & M2 shall be used. See Index 450-010
EF = Each Face
Skewed Beam End Details and Note 9 for placement details.
PIECE D-1 PIECE D-2 PIECE D-3 FF = Front Face
PIECES D Shift Pieces K & Bars 5Y to accommodate skewed end
BF = Back Face
10/1/2021
END VIEW (4 Required ~ 2 Pairs) (4 Required ~ 2 Pairs) (4 Required ~ 2 Pairs) conditions and align with Bars C and D.
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
REVISION
1
BAR BENDING DETAILS
Spacing Bars 4M1 3
1 2 sp. @ 7"*
2"* 9 sp. @ 6" Bars 4M3
Spacing Strands N 4 2" 1'-6" 3" 1'-6" 4 2" or 4M2 MARK SIZE
1 1
sp. @ 1'-0"
Spacing Bars 5Z 3 8"* 4 sp. @ 3 2"*
NUMBERS REQUIRED (NOTE 2)
2" Cover 4 Bars 5A A 5 8 22'-0"
Bars 5K
& Strands N
Strands N
Safety Line Anchorage Bars 4M1 or C1 7, 8 & 9 3 14 (End 1) Varies
(Typ.)
16"
C2 7, 8 & 9 3 14 (End 2) Varies
Cover
Bars 5K
7
D1 7, 8, 9 & 10 3 28 (End 1) Varies
1
4"
Bars 4M D2 7, 8, 9 & 10 3 28 (End 2) Varies
3
2"
D3 9 & 10 3 See Table 4'-3"

1
Epoxy Coating
3
112"
K 5, 6, 8, 9 & 10 5 See Table 5'-8"

(See Note 12)
Strand N
3 2"
M1 7 & 9 4 12 (End 1) Varies

Additional Bar
1
Bar 5A Bars 5Y
(Bundled with
Skewed Ends M3 9 4 See Table 3'-8"
Bars 5K & 5Z)
1 3
2 4" Cover N 4 & 12 8" Ø Strand 4 Dim. L
1'-5" Y 8 & 9 5 12 4'-0"
3
1 Z 5, 6, 8, 9 & 10 5 10 5'-2"
2"
A A
-7"

2'
-6"
4'
1
1'-3 2" 7" 5A 22'-0"
1
C=(17 2"/Sin Ø)
5Y 4'-0"
Bars 3C C/2
4M1 & 4M2 D=3'-8"/Sin Ø
Bars 5Y (Typ.)
4M3 3'-8"
9"
Additional Bar(s)
1'-3" R Bars 3D (Pairs
634"
Bar 3C 3D1 or 3D2 for
Typ.) Rotate as
Bars 3D (Pairs) Skewed Ends BARS 5A, 4M1, 4M2,
2" Cover required to clear
7 2"
Anchor Studs 4M3 & 5Y BARS 3C1 & 3C2

1
(Typ.)
1Ƅ" Cover
6"
1
3 4" (Nominal)
5K
5Z
7"
(See Notes
5 & 6)
-812"
-2"
112" A=(812"/Sin Ø)
412"
Chamfer Bars 5Z (Typ.)
4'
B=(15"/Sin Ø)
4'
5 ~ Bars 3C1 6" 9 ~ Bars 3C1 or 3C2 1'-6" Max. Bars 3D3
734"
3
1'-0" Min.
4" Chamfer (Typ. or 3C2 & 3D1 & 3D1 or 3D2 (Pairs) (Pairs) @
Embedded Bearing Plate A Lap
bottom of bottom 3'-2" or 3D2 (Pairs) @ 6" sp. (See Note 9) 1'-6" Max. sp.
314"
6"
flange only) sp. with Bars 5K A+B 3D1 & 3D2
(See Note 9) * Min. 1'-1112" 3D3

(Flanges Not Shown For Clarity) NOTES:
(End 1 Shown, End 2 Similar) A. Work this Index with Index 450-010 - Typical
Beam Plans.

Cover
4"
1
7"
1
2
1
1'-6" Max.
39 AM
Bar 5K
28:
� Beam
8:
Bar 5Z

END 1 END 2
10/1/2021

REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
REVISION

12 ~ D16's @ 6" sp. = 5'-6" D16's @ 1'-0" sp.
End of
Varies Varies 9" Max.
Optional W6.4 Beam
1"
W6.4
W6.4
6"
D16
7"
-8"
Optional W6.4
3'
D16
1" extension
6"
W6.4 1
(Typ.) 24" Cover Pieces K-1 Pieces K-2
(Offset)
1"
SECTION A-A
PLAN VIEW PLAN VIEW
PIECES M PIECE M-1 PIECE M-3
END VIEW (2 Required) adjacent Piece S-1, (2 Required) Pieces S (Single Mat) Tied
to Piece K-2
S-2, S-3 or S-4 to Strands at � Beam)
1
2 2"
9 ~ D25's (FF) @ 6" = 4'-0"
4"
4"
Pieces M-3
3
End of Beam
5
3
1
3 2" sp. = S3 ~ D25's @ 1'-0" sp. (Piece S-3)
3"
6"
S4 ~ D25's @ 1'-6" sp. (Piece S-4) 2" Cover
1'-2" 6" 6" 3" Offset
(Typ.) 258" Cover
Varies 9" Max. 334" ±
4"

3
7
Pieces K (Pairs)
W12.4 (Piece K-1)
534"
Pieces M-1
4 or W 10)
4"
4"
D31 (Piece K-1)
3
3
-8
D25 (Pieces K-2 & S)

4'
2" Cover
214" Cover
W 12.
(Typ.)
(2" Min.)
Cross W ires (
� Beam (WWR
4" Piece K & S

W12.4 (Piece K-1)
W10 (Pieces K-2 & S) Symmetrical)
2"
Pieces D
5"
Cover
2" Cover
(Pairs)
1"
1" extension (Typ.)
Piece D-1 ties
NOTES:
1
8 2" 1'-3" 5 ~ D11's @ 9 ~ D11's @ 6" sp. = 4'-0" D11's @ 1'-6" spaces a. See Sheet 1 for placement details & Table of Beam
1
3 2" sp. = Variables in Structures Plans for variables S1, S2, S3,
1 4" 6" Varies 1'-6" Max.
2 Varies 9" Max.
D11 1'-2" S4 & V1.
4" W4.4 W4.4 W4.4
b. Place Conventional Reinforcement Bars 5A & 3C as
2"

1
4"
4
in Section A-A for WWR. Bars 5Z will not be used with

W4.4
3
7
the WWR Option.

43 AM

4"
28:
D11 (Typ. Pieces

3
1 1" extension (Typ.) LEGEND: M-1 shall not be used; Conventional Reinforcement Bars D1,
8:
1'-11 2" D-1, D-2 & D-3)

EF = Each Face D2, C1, C2, M1 & M2 shall be used. See Index 450-010
PIECE D-1 PIECE D-2 PIECE D-3 FF = Front Face Skewed Beam End Details and Note 9 for placement details.
PIECES D
BF = Back Face Shift Pieces K & Bars 5Y to accommodate skewed end
10/1/2021
END VIEW (4 Required ~ 2 Pairs) (4 Required ~ 2 Pairs) (4 Required ~ 2 Pairs)

conditions and align with Bars C and D.
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
REVISION
1
BAR BENDING DETAILS
Spacing Bars 4M1 3
1 2 sp. @ 7"*
2"* 11 sp. @ 6" Bars 4M3
Spacing Strands N 4 2" 1'-6" 3" 1'-6" 4 2" or 4M2 MARK SIZE
1 1
sp. @ 1'-0"
2" Cover 4 Bars 5A
Bars 5K A 5 8 24'-0"
& Strands N
Strands N
Safety Line Anchorage Bars 4M1 or (Typ.) C1 7, 8 & 9 3 16 (End 1) Varies
16"
C2 7, 8 & 9 3 16 (End 2) Varies
Cover
Bars 5K
7
D1 7, 8, 9 & 10 3 32 (End 1) Varies
4"
1
Bars 4M
3 D2 7, 8, 9 & 10 3 32 (End 2) Varies
2"
D3 9 & 10 3 See Table 4'-3"

1
3
112"
K 5, 6, 8, 9 & 10 5 See Table 6'-5"

Strand N
3 2"
M1 7 & 9 4 14 (End 1) Varies

Additional Bar
1
Bar 5A
Epoxy Coating Skewed Ends M3 9 4 See Table 3'-8"

1 (See Note 12) 3
2 4" Cover N 4 & 12 8" Ø Strand 4 Dim. L
1'-5" Y 8 & 9 5 12 4'-9"
Bars 5Y
3
1 (Bundled with Z 5, 6, 8, 9 & 10 5 10 5'-11"
2"
Bars 5K & 5Z)
-3"
-4"
5'
3'
5A 24'-0"
A A C=(17
1
2"/Sin Ø)
5Y 4'-9"
4M1 & 4M2 D=3'-8"/Sin Ø C/2

1'-312" 7"
4M3 3'-8"
9"
Bars 5Y
Bars 3C
634"
(Typ.)
BARS 5A, 4M1, 4M2,
Additional Bar(s) 4M3 & 5Y BARS 3C1 & 3C2
1'-3" R Bars 3D (Pairs
Bar 3C 3D1 or 3D2 for 6"
Typ.) Rotate as
5K
5Z
Bars 3D (Pairs) Skewed Ends
2" Cover required to clear
712"
Anchor Studs Ø=90° for Bars 3D3

(Typ.)
-11"
2"
1Ƅ" Cover
1
2"
A=(8 2"/Sin Ø)
-5
4'
314" (Nominal)
5'
1
B=(15"/Sin Ø)
4
7"
734"
(See Notes 1'-0" Min.
5 & 6) Lap
6"
314"
1
A+B 3D1 & 3D2
Min.
5 ~ Bars 3C1 6" 11 ~ Bars 3C1 or 3C2 1'-6" Max. Bars 3D3 1'-11
1 3D3
2"
3
4" Chamfer (Typ. or 3C2 & 3D1 or & 3D1 or 3D2 (Pairs) (Pairs) @
Embedded Bearing Plate A BARS 5K & 5Z BARS 3D1, 3D2 & 3D3
bottom of bottom 3'-2" 3D2 (Pairs) sp. @ 6" sp. (See Note 9) 1'-6" Max. sp.
flange only) with Bars 5K
NOTES:
(See Note 9) *
END VIEW ELEVATION AT END OF BEAM Florida-I Beam - Table of Beam Variables
(Flanges Not Shown For Clarity) in Structures Plans.
(End 1 Shown, End 2 Similar) B. For referenced notes, see Index 450-010.
Beam Plans.
on grade and Dim. R to compensate for elastic and time dependent shortening effects) Direction of Stationing
Bar 5Z
Cover
1
4"
7"
1
1
2
1'-6" Max.
47 AM
Bar 5K
� Beam
28:
8:
Bar 5Z

END 1 END 2
10/1/2021

REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
REVISION

14 ~ D16's @ 6" sp. = 6'-6" D16's @ 1'-0" sp.
End of
1"
Optional W6.4 W6.4
6"
W6.4
D16
7"
-8"
Optional W6.4
3'
D16
6"
W6.4 2
1
4" Cover Pieces K-1 Pieces K-2
1" extension (Offset)

1"
(Typ.) SECTION A-A

PLAN VIEW PLAN VIEW
to Piece K-2
1
2 2"
11 ~ D25's (FF) @ 6" = 5'-0"
4"
4"
Pieces M-3
3
End of Beam
5
3
1
3 2" sp. = S3 ~ D25's @ 1'-0" sp. (Piece S-3)
3"
6"
1'-2" 6" 6" 3" Offset
(Typ.) 258" Cover
734"
Pieces K (Pairs)
W12.4 (Piece K-1)
534"
Pieces M-1
4 or W 10)
4"
4"
D31 (Piece K-1)
3
3
-5
5'

2" Cover
214" Cover
W 12.
(Typ.)
(2" Min.)
� Beam (WWR
4" Piece K & S
Cross W ires (
W12.4 (Piece K-1)
2"
Pieces D
5"
Cover
2" Cover
(Pairs)
1"
1" extension (Typ.)
Piece D-1 ties
1
8 2" 1'-3" 5 ~ D11's @ 11 ~ D11's @ 6" sp. = 5'-0" D11's @ 1'-6" spaces
1 NOTES:
3 2" sp. =
1 4" 6" Varies 1'-6" Max. Varies 9" Max. a. See Sheet 1 for placement details & Table of Beam Variables
2 D11 1'-2"
4" W4.4 W4.4 W4.4 in Structures Plans for variables S1, S2, S3, S4 & V1.
2"
b. Place Conventional Reinforcement Bars 5A & 3C as shown

1
4"
on Sheet 1. Place additional Bars 5Y as shown in Section A-A

4
W4.4
3
for WWR. Bars 5Z will not be used with the WWR Option.
7

51 AM
4"
D11 (Typ. Pieces
28:

3

8:
1'-11 2" D-1, D-2 & D-3)

D2, C1, C2, M1 & M2 shall be used. See Index 450-010
EF = Each Face
BF = Back Face
10/1/2021
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
REVISION
BAR BENDING DETAILS
to the end of beam 1
Spacing Bars 5K 212"* 5 sp. @ 3 2"* 26 sp. @ 3" S1 sp.@ V1
BILL OF REINFORCING STEEL
4'-0"
Spacing Bars 4M1 3
1 2 sp. @ 7"* Bars 4M3
2"* 14 sp. @ 6" 1'-0" NOTE NUMBER LENGTH
1 1 MARK SIZE
Spacing Strands N 4 2" 1'-6" 3" 1'-6" 4 2"
or 4M2 Max. sp. @ 1'-0" NUMBERS REQUIRED (NOTE 2)
1 1
4 Bars 6A & A 6 8 26'-0"
2" Bars 5K Strands N C1 7, 8 & 9 3 19 (End 1) Varies
Strands N
Bars 4M1 or
Cover (Typ.) C2 7, 8 & 9 3 19 (End 2) Varies
16"
Bars 5Z 4M2 (Typ.) Bars 4M3
Cover
D1 7, 8, 9 & 10 3 38 (End 1) Varies
7
Bars 5K
4"
1
D2 7, 8, 9 & 10 3 38 (End 2) Varies
3 Bars 4M
D3 9 & 10 3 See Table 4'-3"
312"
K 5, 6, 8, 9 & 10 5 See Table 7'-2"

112"
M1 7 & 9 4 17 (End 1) Varies

3 2"
Strand N
Additional Bar M2 7 & 9 4 17 (End 2) Varies
1
Bar 6A
Bars 5Y 4M1 or 4M2 for
Strand N M3 9 4 See Table 3'-8"
(Bundled with Skewed Ends
1'-5" 3
N 4 & 12 8" Ø Strand 4 Dim. L
Safety Line Anchorage Bars 5K & 5Z)
1
3 2" Device (See Note 11) Y 8 & 9 5 16 5'-6"
Epoxy Coating Z 5, 6, 8, 9 & 10 5 12 6'-8"

(See Note 12)
1
2 4" Cover
A A 6A 26'-0"
C=(1712"/Sin Ø)
5Y 5'-6"
4M1 & 4M2 D=3'-8"/Sin Ø C/2

Bars 5Y
-0"
-1"
4M3 3'-8"
9"
6'
4'
4"
3
6
BARS 6A, 4M1, 4M2,
1
1'-3 2" 7"
4M3 & 5Y BARS 3C1 & 3C2
Bars 3C
6"
(Typ.)
5K
5Z
1'
-3 Ø=90° for Bars 3D3
2"
" Bars 3D (Pairs
-8"
R Bar 3C
Additional Bar(s) A=(812"/Sin Ø)
2"
Typ.) Rotate as
-2
5'
3D1 or 3D2 for
6'
1
required to clear B=(15"/Sin Ø)
4
734"
Anchor Studs 1'-0" Min.
2" Cover
712"
Lap
(Typ.)
314"
1Ƅ" Cover 6"
A+B 3D1 & 3D2
3
1 Min. 1 3D3
4" (Nominal) 1'-11 2"
7"
(See Notes BARS 5K & 5Z BARS 3D1, 3D2 & 3D3

5 & 6)

NOTES:
6 ~ Bars 3C1 or 6" 13 ~ Bars 3C1 or 3C2 1'-6" Max. Bars 3D3 A. Work this Index with Index 450-010 - Typical
3 Florida-I Beam Details and Notes and the
4" Chamfer (Typ. 3C2 & 3D1 or 3D2 & 3D1 or 3D2 (Pairs) (Pairs) @ 1'-6"
bottom of bottom (Pairs) sp. with Max. sp. Florida-I Beam - Table of Beam Variables in
3'-2" @ 6" sp. (See Note 9)
flange only) Structures Plans.
Bars 5K (See Note 9)*
End of as ( ) Typ.)
(End 1 Shown, End 2 Similar) Beam - Table of Beam Variables in Structures
Beam Plans.
Bar 5Z
1
2 2"* 5 sp. @
Cover
26 sp. @ 3" S1 sp. @ V1 S2 sp. @ 9" S3 sp. @ 1'-0" S4 sp. @ 1'-6" Spacing Bars 5K (Symmetrical
4"
1
7"

1
1'-6" Max.
2
56 AM
Bar 5K
� Beam
28:
8:
Bar 5Z

10/1/2021
END 1 END 2
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
REVISION

17 ~ D16's @ 6" sp. = 8'-0" D16's @ 1'-0" sp.
End of
1"
Optional W6.4 W6.4
W6.4
6"
D16
7"
-8"
Optional W6.4
3'
D16
6"
W6.4 2
1
1"
(Typ.) SECTION A-A

PLAN VIEW PLAN VIEW
5
1
2" ± FOR WELDED WIRE REINFORCEMENT
Piece M-1 ties Match spacing of
to Piece K-2
1
2 2"
13 ~ D25's (FF) @ 6" = 6'-0"
4"
4"
Pieces M-3
3
End of Beam 1
5
6 ~ D31's @ 3 2"
3
3" 13 ~ D25's (BF) @ 6" = 6'-0" S2 ~ D25's @ 9" sp. (Piece S-2)
1
sp. = 1'-5 2" S3 ~ D25's @ 1'-0" sp. (Piece S-3)
3"
6"
6" 6" 3" Offset
(Typ.) 258" Cover
4"

3
7
Pieces K (Pairs)
W12.4 (Piece K-1)
534"
Pieces M-1
4 or W 10)
4"
4"
D31 (Piece K-1)
3
3
-2

6'
2" Cover
214" Cover
(Typ.)
W 12.
(2" Min.)
� Beam (WWR
4" Piece K & S

W12.4 (Piece K-1)
Cross W ires (
2"
Pieces D
5"
Cover
2" Cover
(Pairs)
1"
1" extension (Typ.)
END VIEW (Aligned EF) (FF Shown Solid, BF Shown Dashed) (2 Required ~ Each Piece) PARTIAL BEAM END VIEW
Piece D-1 ties
1 1
82" 1'-3" 6 ~ D11's @ 3 2" 13 ~ D11's @ 6" sp. = 6'-0" D11's @ 1'-6" spaces
NOTES:
1
1 4" sp. = 1'-5 2" 6" a. See Sheet 1 for placement details & Table of Beam Variables
2 Varies 1'-6" Max. Varies 9" Max.
D11
2"

1
4"

4
W4.4
3
7

00 AM
4"
D11 (Typ. Pieces
29:

3

8:
1'-11 2" D-1, D-2 & D-3)

EF = Each Face
BF = Back Face
10/1/2021
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
REVISION
1 1
Spacing Bars 5K 2 2"* 5 sp. @ 3 2"* 28 sp. @ 3" S1 sp.@ V1
CONVENTIONAL REINFORCING
4'-0"
Spacing Bars 4M1
1
3 2"* 2 sp. @ 7"* 15 sp. @ 6" 1'-0" Bars 4M3 BAR BENDING DETAILS
Spacing Strands N 412" 1'-6" 3" 1'-6" 412" or 4M2 Max. sp. @ 1'-0" BILL OF REINFORCING STEEL
Spacing Bars 5Z
1
38"* 5 sp. @ 312"*
4 Bars 6A &
NOTE NUMBER LENGTH
2" Bars 5K Strands N MARK SIZE
Strands N
Bars 4M1 or
Cover (Typ.)
Bars 5Z * These dimensions 4M2 (Typ.) Bars 4M3
16"
A 6 8 28'-0"
are measured
Cover
Bars 5K C1 7, 8 & 9 3 20 (End 1) Varies
7
4"
1
perpendicular to
Bars 4M
3
C2 7, 8 & 9 3 20 (End 2) Varies
the end of beam
2"
D1 7, 8, 9 & 10 3 40 (End 1) Varies

1
3
D2 7, 8, 9 & 10 3 40 (End 2) Varies

2"
Strand N Bars 5Y D3 9 & 10 3 See Table 4'-3"

Additional Bar
1
Bar 6A (Bundled with

1
K 5, 6, 8, 9 & 10 5 See Table 7'-8"

4M1 or 4M2 for
Bars 5K & 5Z)
2"
Strand N Skewed Ends M1 7 & 9 4 18 (End 1) Varies

1
3
M2 7 & 9 4 18 (End 2) Varies

1'-5" M3 9 4 See Table 3'-8"
3
1 Safety Line Anchorage N 4 & 12 8" Ø Strand 4 Dim. L
32"
Device (See Note 11) Y 8 & 9 5 16 6'-0"
Epoxy Coating Z 5, 6, 8, 9 & 10 5 12 7'-2"

(See Note 12)
1
2 4" Cover
A A 6A 28'-0"
5Y 6'-0" C=(1712"/Sin Ø)
-7"
C/2
-6"
Bars 5Y 4M1 & 4M2 3'-8"/Sin Ø

4'
6'
4M3 3'-8"
9"
634"
BARS 6A, 4M1, 4M2,
1'-3
1
2" 7" 4M3 & 5Y BARS 3C1 & 3C2
Bars 3C
6"
(Typ.)
5K
5Z
1'
-3 Ø=90° for Bars 3D3
2"
" Bars 3D (Pairs
-2"
R Bar 3C
1
Additional Bar(s) A=(812"/Sin Ø)
412"
Typ.) Rotate as
-8
6'
6'
required to clear 3D1 or 3D2 for
B=(15"/Sin Ø)
734"
Anchor Studs 1'-0" Min.
2" Cover
712"
Lap
(Typ.)
4"
1Ƅ" Cover 6"
A+B 3D1 & 3D2
1
3
1
Min. 1
3 4" (Nominal) 1'-11 2"
3D3
7"
(See Notes BARS 5K & 5Z BARS 3D1, 3D2 & 3D3

5 & 6)

NOTES:
6 ~ Bars 3C1 or 6" 14 ~ Bars 3C1 or 1'-6" Max. Bars 3D3 A. Work this Index with Index 450-010 - Typical
4" Chamfer (Typ. 3C2 & 3D1 or 3D2 3C2 & 3D1 or 3D2 (Pairs) @ 1'-6"
bottom of bottom Max. sp. Florida-I Beam - Table of Beam Variables in
3'-2" (Pairs) sp. with (Pairs) @ 6" sp. (See Note 9)
flange only) Structures Plans.
Bars 5K (See
ELEVATION AT END OF BEAM B. For referenced notes, see Index 450-010.
END VIEW Note 9)*
(Flanges Not Shown For Clarity) C. For Dimensions A, B, C, D, L, R & V1 and number
of spaces S1 thru S4, see Florida-I Beam -
Bars 5Y (shown (End 1 Shown, End 2 Similar)
End of as ( ) Typ.) Table of Beam Variables in Structures Plans.
Beam
Bar 5Z
1
Cover
1
4"
1'-6" Max.
7"
1
2
� Beam
05 AM
Bar 5K
29:
8:
Bar 5Z

END 1 END 2
10/1/2021

REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
REVISION

18 ~ D16's @ 6" sp. = 8'-6" D16's @ 1'-0" sp.
End of
1"
Optional W6.4 W6.4
W6.4
6"
D16
7"
-8"
Optional W6.4
3'
D16
6"
W6.4 2
1
1"
(Typ.) SECTION A-A

PLAN VIEW PLAN VIEW
5
1
Piece M-1 tied Match spacing of
to Piece K-2
1
2 2"
14 ~ D25's (FF) @ 6" = 6'-6"
4"
4"
Pieces M-3
3
End of Beam 1
5
6 ~ D31's @ 3 2"
3
1
sp. = 1'-5 2" S3 ~ D25's @ 1'-0" sp. (Piece S-3)
3"
6"
6" 6" 3" Offset
(Typ.) 258" Cover
4"

3
7
Pieces K (Pairs)
W12.4 (Piece K-1)
534"
Pieces M-1
4 or W 10)
4"
4"
D31 (Piece K-1)
3
3
-8

6'
2" Cover
214" Cover
(Typ.)
W 12.
(2" Min.)
� Beam (WWR
4" Piece K & S

W12.4 (Piece K-1)
Cross W ires (
2"
Pieces D
5"
Cover
2" Cover
(Pairs)
1"
1" extension (Typ.)
Piece D-1 ties
to Piece K-1 ~ 2 Pairs) and Strands N not Shown for Clarity)
1 1
8 2" 1'-3" 6 ~ D11's @ 3 2" 14 ~ D11's @ 6" sp. = 6'-6" D11's @ 1'-6" spaces
NOTES:
1
1 4" sp. = 1'-5 2" 6" Varies 1'-6" Max. a. See Sheet 1 for placement details & Table of Beam Variables
Varies 9" Max.
2 D11
2"

1
4"

4
W4.4
3
7

09 AM
4"
D11 (Typ. Pieces
29:

3

8:
1'-112" D-1, D-2 & D-3)

EF = Each Face
BF = Back Face
10/1/2021
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
REVISION
1 1
Spacing Bars 5K 2 2" 5 sp. @ 3 2" 30 sp. @ 3" S1 sp.@ V1
4'-0"
Spacing Bars 4M1
1
3 2" 2 sp. @ 7" 16 sp. @ 6" 1'-0" Bars 4M3 BAR BENDING DETAILS
1 1
Spacing Bars 5Z 3 8" 5 sp. @ 3 2" 4 ~ Bars 6A & NOTE NUMBER LENGTH
Bars 5K Strands N MARK SIZE
2" NUMBERS REQUIRED (NOTE 2)
Strands N
Cover Bars 4M1 or (Typ.)
16"
Bars 4M3 A 6 8 29'-0"
Bars 5Z 4M2 (Typ.)
Bars 5K
Cover
C1 7, 8 & 9 3 21 (End 1) Varies
7
4"
1
C2 7, 8 & 9 3 21 (End 2) Varies
Bars 4M
3
D1 7, 8, 9 & 10 3 42 (End 1) Varies
2"
D2 7, 8, 9 & 10 3 42 (End 2) Varies

1
3
Bars 5Y D3 9 & 10 3 See Table 4'-3"

2"
(Bundled with K 5, 6, 8, 9 & 10 5 See Table 8'-2"

Bar 6A Strand N Additional Bar
1
Bars 5K & 5Z) M1 7 & 9 4 19 (End 1) Varies

1
4M1 or 4M2 for

M2 7 & 9 4 19 (End 2) Varies
2"
Skewed Ends
M3 9 4 See Table 3'-8"
1
3
1'-5" Safety Line Anchorage N 4 & 12 ƀ " Ø Strand 4 Dim. L

1 Device (See Note 11) Y 8 & 9 5 16 6'-6"
32"
Z 5, 6, 8, 9 & 10 5 12 7'-8"
C=(1712"/Sin Ø)
1 6A 29'-0"
24" Cover C/2
A A 5Y 6'-6"
9"
4M1 & 4M2 3'-8"/Sin Ø
-1"
4M3 3'-8"
4"
-0"
Bars 5Y
5'
3
Epoxy Coating
6
7'
(See Note 12)

BARS 6A, 4M1, BARS 3C1 & 3C2
4M2, 4M3 & 5Y
1
1'-3 2" 7" 6"
Bars 3C
5K
5Z
(Typ.)
1'
- Ø=90° for Bars 3D3
3"
-212"
R
-8"
1
Bars 3D (Pairs
2"
A=(8 2"/Sin Ø)
6'
Bar 3C
Additional Bar(s)
7'
1
Typ.) Rotate as B=(15"/Sin Ø)
4
3D1 or 3D2 for
4"
required to clear 1'-0" Min.
Bars 3D (Pairs)
3
Anchor Studs Skewed Ends
7
2" Cover Lap
712"
314"
(Typ.) 6"
A+B 3D1 & 3D2
1Ƅ" Cover Min.
1'-1112" 3D3
1
(End)
3 4" (Nominal)
7"

(See Notes
5 & 6)
1
12" Chamfer Bars 5Z (Typ.) NOTES:
6 ~ Bars 3C1 or 6" 15 ~ Bars 3C1 or 1'-6" Max. Bars 3D3 A. Work this Index with Index 450-010 - Typical
4" Chamfer (Typ. 3C2 & 3D1 or 3D2 3C2 & 3D1 or 3D2 (Pairs) (Pairs) @ 1'-6"
Max. sp. Florida-I Beam - Table of Beam Variables in
bottom of bottom 3'-2" (Pairs) sp. with @ 6" sp. (See Note 9)
Structures Plans.
flange only) Bars 5K (See
ELEVATION AT END OF BEAM B. For referenced notes, see Index 450-010.
END VIEW Note 9)
(Flanges Not Shown For Clarity) C. For Dimensions A, B, C, D, L, R & V1 and number
of spaces S1 thru S4, see Florida-I Beam -
End of Table of Beam Variables in Structures Plans.
as ( ) Typ.)
Beam Dim. L = Beam Casting Length
Bar 5Z Direction of Stationing
on grade and Dim. R to compensate for elastic and time dependent shortening effects)
1
22" 5 sp. @ 30 sp. @ 3" S1 sp. @ V1 S2 sp. @ 9" S3 sp. @ 1'-0" S4 sp. @ 1'-6" Spacing Bars 5K (Symmetrical
Cover
1
32"
(6" Max.) about � @ top of Beam)
2 4"
1'-6" Max.
7"
1
13 AM
Bar 5K
� Beam
29:
8:
Bar 5Z

10/1/2021
(Showing Bars 5K, 5Y & 5Z Only) END 1 END 2

ELEVATION
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
REVISION

19 ~ D16's @ 6" sp. = 9'-0" D16's 1'-0" sp.
End of
1"
W6.4 Optional W6.4
W6.4
6"
D16
7"
-8"
Optional W6.4
3'
D16
6"
1
W6.4 24" Cover Pieces K-1 Pieces K-2
1"
(Typ.) SECTION A-A

PLAN VIEW PLAN VIEW
5
1
to Piece K-2
1
2 2"
15 ~ D25's (FF) @ 6" = 7'-0"
4"
4"
Pieces M-3
3
End of Beam 1
5
6 ~ D31's @ 3 2"
3
1
sp. = 1'-5 2" S3 ~ D25's @ 1'-0" sp. (Piece S-3)
3"
6"
6" 6" 3" Offset
(Typ.) 258" Cover
4"

3
7
Pieces K (Pairs)
W12.4 (Piece K-1)
534"
Pieces M-1
4 or W 10)
-1134"
4"
D31 (Piece K-1)
3
7'
2" Cover
214" Cover
(Typ.)
W 12.
(2" Min.)
� Beam (WWR
4" Piece K & S

W12.4 (Piece K-1)
Cross W ires (
2"
Pieces D
5"
Cover
2" Cover
(Pairs)
1"
1" extension (Typ.)
(4 Required ~ (4 Required) (Conventional Reinforcing Bars A, C, Y
Piece D-1 ties
to Piece K-1 2 Pairs) and Strands N not Shown for Clarity)
1 1
82" 1'-3" 6 ~ D11's @ 3 2" 15 ~ D11's @ 6" sp. = 7'-0" D11's @ 1'-6" spaces
NOTES:
1
1 4" sp. = 1'-5 2" 6" a. See Sheet 1 for placement details & Table of Beam Variables
Varies 1'-6" Max. Varies 9" Max.
2 D11
2"

1
4"

4
W4.4
3
7

17 AM
4"
D11 (Typ. Pieces
29:

3

8:
1'-112" D-1, D-2 & D-3)

EF = Each Face
BF = Back Face
10/1/2021
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
REVISION
1 1
Spacing Bars 5K 2 2" 5 sp. @ 3 2" 34 sp. @ 3" S1 sp.@ V1
4'-0"
Spacing Bars 4M
1
3 2" 2 sp. @ 7" 18 sp. @ 6" 1'-0" Bars 4M3 BAR BENDING DETAILS
Spacing Bars 5Z 3
1
8" 5 sp. @ 312"
4 ~ Bars 6A &
NOTE NUMBER LENGTH
2" Bars 5K Strands N MARK SIZE
Strands N
Cover Bars 4M1 or (Typ.)
16"
Bars 5Z 4M2 (Typ.) Bars 4M3 A 6 8 30'-0"
Bars 5K
Cover
7
C1 7, 8 & 9 3 23 (End 1) Varies
4"
1
C2 7, 8 & 9 3 23 (End 2) Varies
Bars 4M
3
D1 7, 8, 9 & 10 3 46 (End 1) Varies
2"
D2 7, 8, 9 & 10 3 46 (End 2) Varies

1
3
Bars 5Y D3 9 & 10 3 See Table 4'-3"

2"
(Bundled with K 5, 6, 8, 9 & 10 5 See Table 9'-2"

Strand N Additional Bar
1
Bar 6A Bars 5K & 5Z) M1 7 & 9 4 21 (End 1) Varies

1
4M1 or 4M2 for

M2 7 & 9 4 21 (End 2) Varies
2"
Skewed Ends
M3 9 4 See Table 3'-8"
1
3
Safety Line Anchorage N 4 & 12 ƀ " Ø Strand 4 Dim. L

1'-5"
Device (See Note 11) Y 8 & 9 5 16 7'-6"
312" Z 5, 6, 8, 9 & 10 5 12 8'-8"
1
C=(17 2"/Sin Ø)
1
6A 30'-0"
24" Cover C/2
A A 5Y 7'-6"
9"
4M1 & 4M2 3'-8"/Sin Ø
-1"
4M3 3'-8"
-0"
4"
Bars 5Y
6'
3
8'
6
Epoxy Coating
(See Note 12)
BARS 6A, 4M1, BARS 3C1 & 3C2
4M2, 4M3 & 5Y
1
1'-3 2" 7"
Bars 3C 6"
5K
5Z
(Typ.)
2"
1'
-8"
-3 1
412"
" Bars 3D (Pairs A=(8 2"/Sin Ø)
1
Bar 3C
-2
R
7'
Typ.) Rotate as Additional Bar(s)
B=(15"/Sin Ø)
8'
4"
required to clear 3D1 or 3D2 for
1'-0" Min.
3
7
Anchor Studs Lap
2" Cover
712"
314"
(Typ.) 6" A+B 3D1 & 3D2
1Ƅ" Cover
Min. 1'-1112" 3D3
1
(End)
3 4" (Nominal) BARS 5K & 5Z BARS 3D1, 3D2 & 3D3
7"
(See Notes
5 & 6)
1 NOTES:
6 ~ Bars 3C1 or 6" 17 ~ Bars 3C1 or 1'-6" Max. Bars 3D3 Florida-I Beam Details and Notes and the
3 Florida-I Beam - Table of Beam Variables in
4" Chamfer (Typ. 3C2 & 3D1 or 3D2 3C2 & 3D1 or 3D2 (Pairs) (Pairs) @ 1'-6"
bottom of bottom (Pairs) sp. with Max. sp. Structures Plans.
3'-2" @ 6" sp. (See Note 9)
flange only) B. For referenced notes, see Index 450-010.
Bars 5K (See
ELEVATION AT END OF BEAM C. For Dimensions A, B, C, D, L, R & V1 and number
END VIEW Note 9)
(Flanges Not Shown For Clarity) of spaces S1 thru S4, see Florida-I Beam -
Table of Beam Variables in Structures Plans.
End of as ( ) Typ.)
Beam
Bar 5Z on grade and Dim. R to compensate for elastic and time dependent shortening effects)
1
2 2" 5 sp. @ 34 sp. @ 3" S1 sp. @ V1 S2 sp. @ 9" S3 sp. @ 1'-0" S4 sp. @ 1'-6" Spacing Bars 5K (Symmetrical
1
Cover
3 2"
(6" Max.) about � @ top of Beam)
1'-6" Max.
2 4"
7"
1
21 AM
Bar 5K
� Beam
29:
8:
Bar 5Z

10/1/2021
(Showing Bars 5K, 5Y & 5Z Only)

END 1 ELEVATION END 2
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
REVISION

21 ~ D16's @ 6" sp. = 10'-0" D16's @ 1'-0" sp.
End of
1"
W6.4 Optional W6.4
W6.4
6"
D16
7"
-8"
Optional W6.4
3'
D16
6"
1
W6.4 2 4" Cover Pieces K-1 Pieces K-2
1"
(Typ.) SECTION A-A

PLAN VIEW PLAN VIEW
5
1
to Piece K-2
1
2 2"
17 ~ D25's (FF) @ 6" = 8'-0"
4"
4"
Pieces M-3
3
End of Beam 1
5
6 ~ D31's @ 3 2"
3
1
sp. = 1'-5 2" S3 ~ D25's @ 1'-0" sp. (Piece S-3)
3"
6"
6" 6" 3" Offset
(Typ.) 258" Cover
4"

3
7
Pieces K (Pairs)
W12.4 (Piece K-1)
534"
Pieces M-1
4 or W 10)
4"
4"
D31 (Piece K-1)
3
3
-2

8'
2" Cover
214" Cover
(Typ.)
W 12.
(2" Min.)
� Beam (WWR
4" Piece K & S

W12.4 (Piece K-1)
Cross W ires (
2"
Pieces D
5"
Cover
2" Cover
(Pairs)
1"
1" extension (Typ.)
(4 Required ~ (4 Required) (Conventional Reinforcing Bars A, C, Y
Piece D-1 ties
to Piece K-1 2 Pairs) and Strands N not Shown for Clarity)
1 1
8 2" 1'-3" 6 ~ D11's @ 3 2" 17 ~ D11's @ 6" sp. = 8'-0" D11's @ 1'-6" spaces
NOTES:
1
1 4" sp. = 1'-5 2" 6" Varies 1'-6" Max. a. See Sheet 1 for placement details & Table of Beam Variables
Varies 9" Max.
2 D11
2"

1
4"

4
W4.4
3
7

25 AM
4"
D11 (Typ. Pieces
29:

3

8:
1'-112" D-1, D-2 & D-3)

EF = Each Face
BF = Back Face
10/1/2021
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
REVISION
BEAM NOTES
K1 K2 Dim. L 1. Work this Index with the Table of Beam Variables in Structures Plans.
Front Face of
2. All bar bend dimensions are out to out.
Backwall or
� Bearing � Bearing Front Face of
3. Concrete cover: 2 inches minimum.
� Pier or Bent J J
Backwall or
4. Strands N: Ƅ" Ø minimum, stressed to 10,000 lbs. each.
� Pier or Bent
5. Place one (1) Bar 4K or 5Z at each location. Alternate the direction of the ends for each
°
0
9
bar.
Ø=90° Ø=90° 6. Tie Bars 4K and 5Z to the fully bonded strands in the bottom or center row (see “STRAND
PATTERN” on the Table of Beam Variables sheet in Structures Plans).
7. Place Bars 3D1 in beam END 1, and Bars 3D2 in beam END 2.
� Beam
8. For Beams with vertically beveled end conditions:
°
A. Place first row of Bars 3D1, 3D2, 4K, 4Y and 5Z parallel to the end of the beam.
0
9
Progressively rotate remaining bars within the limits of Bars 5Z until vertical by
Edge of Flange
adjusting the spacing at the top of beam up to a maximum of 1".
B. For deformed WWR, cut top cross wire and rotate bars as required or reduce end
Dim. L cover at top of the beam to minimum 1".
END 1 END 2
9. For beams with skewed end conditions:
A. WWR is not permitted for end reinforcement Bars 3D1, and 3D2 on skewed ends;
CASE 1
CONDITION 1 use bar reinforcement.
(Standard Orientation for New Construction) (Dim P = 0.0) B. Place end reinforcement parallel to the skewed end of the beam. End
reinforcement is defined as Bars 3D1, 3D2, 4K, 4Y and 5Z placed within the limits
of the spacing for Bars 3D in “ELEVATION AT END OF BEAM”.
� Bearing
C. Beyond the limits of the spacing for Bars 3D, place Bars 4K perpendicular
Chamfer Acute Corners of Top & Bottom m.L
Di
m.P to the longitudinal axis of the beam. For placement see “SKEWED BEAM END DETAILS
1 Di
K
J Flange for Ø < 75° (Typ.) FOR WIDENING EXISTING BRIDGES” (Sheet 2).
Edge of Flange 10. Contractor Options:

Front Face of
A. Deformed WWR may be used in lieu of Bars 3D, 4K, and 5Z as shown on Sheet 4;
3"
Backwall or
except at skewed ends (See Note 9).
� Pier or Bent
B. Bars 3D1 and 3D2 may be fabricated as a two-piece bar with a 1'-0" minimum lap
Ø < 90°
splice of the bottom legs.
C. For deformed WWR, supplemental transverse #4 bars are permitted to support Pieces K
� Beam Ø < 90°
& S under the cross wires on the bottom row of strands or above Strands N.
Front Face of 11. Embedment of Safety Line Anchorage Devices are permitted in the top flange to accommodate
Backwall or J fall protection systems. See shop drawings for details and spacing of required anchorage devices.
2
� Pier or Bent Direction of Stationing K 12. For beams with ends that will not to be encased in concrete diaphragms, cut wedges and recess
Prestressing Strands at the end of the beam without damaging the surrounding concrete. See “STRAND
� Bearing
m.P
Di CUTTING AND PROTECTING DETAIL” on Sheet 2.
m.L
Di
END 1 END 2 13. Holes in the beam web for temporary bracing or shipping devices must be formed prior to casting.
Fill holes not meeting all the following criteria in accordance with Specification Section 450.
A. The superstructure environmental classification is slightly or moderately aggressive
CASE 2
CONDITION 2 B. Clear cover to adjacent steel reinforcing is 1”or greater
(Special Orientation for Widenings) C. Hole inside diameter is 2” maximum
D. Non-metallic, non-water absorbing forming materials such as PVC,
may be left in place permanently.
Front Face of
K
K
Di
m.L
� Bearing
2
1
Backwall or Di
m.P
J
� Bearing
� Pier or Bent
J
� Beam Ø < 90°
Ø < 90°
Front Face of
3"
Backwall or
Edge of Flange � Pier or Bent
Chamfer Acute Corners of Top & Bottom
Flange for Ø < 75° (Typ.)

Di
m.P
Direction of Stationing Di
m.L
END 1 END 2
CASE 3
CONDITION 3
29 AM
SCHEMATIC PLAN VIEWS AT BEAM ENDS SCHEMATIC END ELEVATIONS OF BEAMS

29:
8:

10/1/2021
DETAILS AND NOTES

REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
REVISION
AASHTO TYPE II BEAM
Bars 4K spaced along
Bars 4K spaced perpendicular � Beam @ 3"
to end of beam @ 3". Skewed

Bars 5Z, placed with Bars 4K * Begin WWR Option when
applicable, Piece S-1, see
Sheet 4.
"
2
Bars 4K (Typ.)
3" Chamfer
Bars 5Z (shown
� Beam
dotted, Typ.)
PARTIAL PLAN VIEW (SHOWING TOP FLANGE)

(Bars 5A, 4Y & Strands N not shown for clarity)
* For number of Bars, spacing and

placement details see Sheet 3. See
Sheet 3 for Conventional Reinforcement,
Sheet 4 for WWR.
Bars 4K spaced along � Beam @

3". Bars 3D1 or 3D2, placed with
Bars 4K spaced perpendicular
alternate Bars 4K *
to end of beam @ 3". Skewed
Bars 5Z, 3D1 or 3D2 placed
with Bars 4K *
Epoxy Coating
(Ƈ" minimum thickness)
(See Beam Note 12,
"
End of
2
End of Sheet 1)
Bars 4K (Typ.) Beam Beam
3" Chamfer AASHTO AASHTO

± Type II Type II
30°
Bars 5Z (shown ƃ" Min.
� Beam
dotted, Typ.) Strand Recess
(formed by cutting
or grinding)
Bars 3D1 or 3D2 (Pairs)

Begin WWR Option when
ƃ" Min.
WWR not permitted for Bars applicable, Piece S-1,
Recessed
see Sheet 4. Prestressing
3D1 or 3D2 in this area, for skewed beam ends Strand
Strand
(size varies)
PARTIAL SECTION THRU WEB (SHOWING BOTTOM FLANGE) TYPICAL SECTION TYPICAL SECTION
(End 1 Shown, End 2 Similar) SHOWING CUT STRAND RECESS LIMITS AFTER PROTECTING
(Bars 4Y & Strands not shown for clarity)
33 AM
29:
8:
SKEWED BEAM END DETAILS FOR WIDENING EXISTING BRIDGES STRAND CUTTING AND PROTECTING DETAIL
10/1/2021
DETAILS AND NOTES

REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
REVISION
AASHTO TYPE II BEAM
FOR ONE BEAM ONLY
Spacing Bars 4K 2" 12 sp. @ 3" S1 sp. @ V1 NOTE NUMBER LENGTH
MARK SIZE
1'-0" NUMBERS REQUIRED (NOTE 1)
2ƀ"
Spacing Bars 5Z 2ƅ" 3 sp.
A 5 4 12'-0"
4Ƃ" 4Ƃ" D1 8, 9 & 10 3 12 See Table
Spacing Strands N @ 3"
Bars 4K
D2 8, 9 & 10 3 12 See Table
Bars 4K (Typ.)
Strands N
Safety Line Anchorage 1ƀ" Clear to End
K 5, 6, 8, 9 & 10 4 See Table 4'-4"
2Ɓ" Bars 5A
Device (See Note 11) of Bars 5A
Ƅ" Ø Strand
2Ɗ "
Bars 5A & Strands N N 4 & 12 2 DIM L+5"
Bars 5Z Y 8 & 9 4 8 2'-6"
Z 5, 6, 8, 9 & 10 5 8 3'-7"
6"
Bars 4Y
Bar 5A (Bundled with
3"

Bars 4K & 5Z)
of bar bend
To outside
B
Strand N
Epoxy Coating (See Table) 6" 4K
-3"
3" 6"
4K
5Z
(See Note 12) 5" 5Z
-0"
B/2 B/2
1'
3'
"
"
4
6" 2" Clear
-2ƀ "
-7"
A A
Bars 3D1 or 3D2
7"
2'
Optional Splice
3'
Bars 3D (Typ.)
6"
(See Note 10)

Bars 4Y
1Ɓ" Clear (Min.)
3"
7"
6"
BARS 3D1 & 3D2 BARS 4K & 5Z

1ƀ" Chamfer
Bars 5Z (Typ.)
1'-6" 3Ɓ" (Nominal) 6" 7 ~ Bars 3D1 or 3D2 @ 6" max.

Ƃ" Chamfer (Typ. bottom sp. with Bars 4K as shown
(See Notes 5 & 9)
of bottom flange only) (See Note 9) 5A 12'-0"
5 ~ Bars 3D1 or 3D2
sp. with Bars 4K 4Y 2'-5ƀ"
(See Note 9)
END VIEW BARS 5A & 4Y

ELEVATION AT END OF BEAM
(Flanges Not Shown For Clarity) NOTES:
Work this Index with the AASHTO Type II Beam -
Table of Beam Variables in Structures Plans.
For referenced notes, see Sheet 1.
For Dimensions L, R, V1 thru V4 and number

of spaces S1 thru S4, see AASHTO Type II
Beam - Table of Beam Variables.
Bars 4Y (shown
as ( )) DIM L = Beam Casting Length
(Overall Length of Beam along ¡ Beam including length increase as required for Beam placed
End of on grade and DIM R to compensate for elastic and time dependent shortening effects)
Beam
2" 12 sp. @ 3" S1 sp. @ V1 (6" max.) S2 sp. @ V2 S3 sp. @ V3 S4 sp. Spacing Bars 4K (Symmetrical
@ V4 about ¡ @ top of Beam)
2Ɓ"
Bars 5Z
6"
1ƀ "
2Ɓ"
Bars 4K ¡ Beam
Bar 5Z
39 AM
29:
8:
END 1 END 2
ELEVATION
SECTION A-A
10/1/2021
(Showing Bars 4K, 4Y & 5Z Only)
STANDARD DETAILS
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
REVISION
AASHTO TYPE II BEAM
ALTERNATE REINFORCING STEEL WWR DETAILS

End of
Beam
1ƀ "
6"
1
(Offset)
SECTION A-A
Match spacing FOR WELDED WIRE REINFORCEMENT

of adjacent
Piece S-1, S-2, Pieces S (Single Mat) Tied
5 ~ D16's (FF)
2"
S-3 or S-4 to Strands at � Beam)
@ 6" = 2'-0"
4"
End of Beam
3
4 ~ D31's 3" 5 ~ D16's (BF) S2 ~ D16's @ 9" sp. (Piece S-2)
5
@ 6" = 2'-0" Support Wire
@ 3" sp. S3 ~ D16's @ 1'-0" sp. (Piece S-3)
3"
6" Permitted
= 9" S4 ~ D16's @ 1'-6" sp. (Piece S-4)
6" 6" 3" Offset
Strands N
Varies 9" Max.
2Ɓ" Cover
3Ɓ" ±
4"
3
7

W12.4 (Piece K-1)
534"
Pieces K (Pairs)
4"
3
-2
D31 (Piece K-1

3'
2Ɗ "
2"
4 or W 10)
4" Piece K & S
1
Strands N 2 4" Cover
Cross W ires
W12.4 (Piece K-1) (2" Min.)
2"
2" Cover
5"
W 12.
Cover
(
1"
1" extension (Typ.)
END VIEW (Aligned EF) (FF Shown Solid, (2 Required Each Piece)
PARTIAL BEAM END VIEW
Piece D-1 ties (4 Required ~ BF Shown Dashed)
(Conventional Reinforcing Bars A, Y and
to Piece K-1 2 Pairs) (4 Required)
Bottom Strands not Shown for Clarity)
7" 8 ~ D11's @ 6" sp. = 3'-6" � Beam (WWR
W4.4 4 NOTES:
"
4 ~ D11's @ Symmetrical)
3" a. See Sheet 3 for placement details & Table of Beam
3" sp. = 9" Variables in Structures Plans for variables S1, S2, S3,
7"
W4.4 W4.4
" S4 & V1.
3
" D11 b. Place Conventional Reinforcement Bars 5A as shown on
4
Sheet 3. Place additional Bars 4Y as shown in Section A-A
42 AM
3"

29:
1'-1ƀ" D11 (Typ. Pieces d. For beams with skewed end conditions, Pieces D-1 & D-2
8:
1" extension (Typ.) LEGEND:

D-1 & D-2) shall not be used; Conventional Reinforcement Bars D1 &
EF = Each Face
D2 shall be used. See Sheet 2 Skew Details and Sheet 1
PIECES D PIECE D-1 PIECE D-2 FF = Front Face
Note 9 for placement details. Shift Pieces K & Bars 4Y to
10/1/2021
BF = Back Face
END VIEW (4 Required ~ 2 Pairs) (4 Required ~ 2 Pairs) accommodate skewed end conditions and align with Bars D.
STANDARD DETAILS
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
REVISION
AASHTO TYPE II BEAM
Dim. "C"
D"
B"
Dim . "
Dim . "
A BEAM CAMBER AND BUILD-UP NOTES:
Tangent Grade Bottom of Deck
The build-up values given in the Data Table* are based on theoretical beam cambers.
The Contractor shall monitor beam cambers for the purpose of predicting
camber values at the time of the deck pour. If the predicted cambers based
� Span on field measurements differ more than +/- 1" from the theoretical "Net Beam
Top of Beam Camber @ 120 Days" shown in the Data Table*, obtain approval from the Engineer
to modify the build-up dimensions as required. When the measured beam cambers
A create a conflict with the bottom mat of deck steel, notify the Engineer a minimum
Begin Span End Span of 21 days prior to casting.
Dim. "A" includes the weight of the Stay-In-Place Formwork.

BUILD-UP DIAGRAM FOR TANGENT SPANS
(ALONG � BEAM) (CASE 1)
Begin Span
� Bearing
End Span
� Bearing
Dim. "A"
D"
B"
Dim. "C" Bottom of Deck

Dim . "
Dim . "
� Span
� Span
Top of Beam
DEAD LOAD DEFLECTION DIAGRAM
A
Begin Span End Span
BUILD-UP DIAGRAM FOR SAG VERTICAL CURVE & HORIZONTAL CURVE SPANS
(ALONG � BEAM) (CASE 2) Top Flange Width (Varies)
Sl
ope = Vari
es
Dim. "C"
D"
B"
Bottom of Deck
A
Dim . "
Dim . "
Bridge Deck
(Varies)
� Span
Top of Beam 1
2" Design Min.
� Beam (Beam
Type Varies)
A
Begin Span End Span
For Cases 1, 2 & 3 = DIM "C"
For Case 4 = DIM "B" or DIM "D"
BUILD-UP DIAGRAM FOR CREST VERTICAL CURVE SPANS
SECTION A-A
- CONTROL AT � SPAN
BUILD-UP OVER BEAMS
(Florida-I Beam Shown
AASHTO Type II Similar)

B"
D"
Dim . "
DIM "
� Span
Top of Beam
Begin Span
46 AM
* NOTE:
End Span
29:
A Work this Index with the Build-up and Deflection

8:
Data Table for Florida-I and AASHTO Type II Beams

BUILD-UP DIAGRAM FOR CREST VERTICAL CURVE SPANS in Structures Plans.
- CONTROL AT BEGIN OR END SPAN
10/1/2021

REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
FY 2022-23 PRESTRESSED I-BEAMS
INDEX SHEET
REVISION
11/01/21 STANDARD PLANS BUILD-UP & DEFLECTION DATA 450-199 1of 1

Front Face of BEAM NOTES
K1 K2
Backwall or
� Pier or Bent � Bearing � Bearing Front Face of 1. Work this Index with the Florida-U Beam Standard Details (Index 450-248, 450-254,
J J 450-263 and 450-272) and the Table of Beam Variables in Structures Plans.
Backwall or
Outside Edge of Top Flange
� Pier or Bent 2. All bar bend dimensions are out-to-out.
3. Concrete cover: 2 inches minimum. Maximum aggregate size is a No. 67.
4. Concrete face may be sloped with a maximum 1:24 draft to facilitate formwork removal.
5. Strands N: Ƅ" Ø minimum, stressed to 10,000 lbs. each.
� Beam
6. Tie Bars 5K to the fully bonded strands in the bottom row (see “STRAND PATTERN” on the
Table of Beam Variables sheet in Structures Plans).
� Beam 7. For beams without skewed ends or vertically beveled end conditions (see Note 8) the
Ø=90°
Ø=90° Engineer may approve the use of deformed WWR in lieu of Bars 6A1, 4A2, 5B, 4C, 3D,
5E, 4F, 4G, 4H, 5K, 5L and 4M. The spacing and sizes of deformed WWR must match the
reinforcing sizes shown on the Florida-U Beam Standard Details sheets.
Outside Edge of Bottom Flange 8. For Beams with vertically beveled end conditions, where “Dim. P” exceeds 1”, place Bars
END 1 END 2 5E, and the first Bars 4F and 5K parallel to the end of the beam. Fan the remaining
Bars 4F and 5K within the limits of “Dim. B” (End Diaphragm) at equal spaces until vertical.
9. Embedment of Safety Line Anchorage Devices are permitted in the top flange to
accommodate fall protection systems. See shop drawings for details and spacing of any
anchorage devices or other required embedded hardware.
CASE 1 10. Intermediate diaphragms must be cast and concrete release strength obtained prior to
removing the beam from casting bed.
K1 11. Place drains pipes adjacent to each web at each beam end (four drains per beam).
Front Face of J � Bearing A. Drain Pipe: 2” NPS Schedule 80 PVC.
� Bearing
Backwall or B. Cover, wrap and secure wire screen around the end of the pipe prior to casting.
Outside Edge of Top Flange Front Face of Extend screen a minimum of 1” down the pipe sides.
� Pier or Bent
Backwall or C. Provide removable pipe plugs during casting. Remove plugs from the inside of
� Pier or Bent pipes after casting.
75°≤ Ø ≤ 90° � Beam 12. Protection of Strands:

A. Provide a 2” deep recess around all strands (including dormant) or strand groups.
Extend the recessed blockout to the web face and bottom of the flange for the
� Beam 75°≤ Ø ≤ 90° bottom row of strands.
B. After detensioning, cut strands ½” from recessed surface and fill the blockout to
protect strands with Type F-2 or Q Epoxy Compound in accordance with
Specification Section 926.
Outside Edge of Bottom Flange 13. Use Stay-In-Place metal deck forms inside the beams.
14. Prior to deck placement, provide temporary blocking under each web at both ends of
END 1 END 2
Direction of Stationing J every beam. Ensure the temporary blocking is adequate to resist movements and
rotations during deck placement. Leave temporary blocking and bracing in place for a
K2
minimum of four days after the deck is placed.
15. Based on the deck forming system and deck placement sequence, evaluate and provide
CASE 2 any required temporary bracing between the U Beams.
K1 K2
� Bearing
J
J Outside Edge
Front Face of of Bottom Flange
Backwall or
� Pier or Bent
� Beam 75°≤ Ø ≤ 90°
75°≤ Ø ≤ 90° � Beam
� Bearing Outside Edge of Top Flange Front Face of

Backwall or
� Pier or Bent
END 1 Direction of Stationing END 2
CASE 3
51 AM
SCHEMATIC PLAN VIEWS AT BEAM ENDS

29:
8:
10/1/2021
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
FY 2022-23 FLORIDA-U BEAM
INDEX SHEET
REVISION

Dim. L Dim. L Dim. L
* Dim. B * Dim. B Dim. P * Dim. B Bars 4F @ Bars 4F @ * Dim. B Dim. P

equal spaces equal spaces
Bars 5E Bars 5K Bars 5E Bars 5K
Bars 4F Bars 4F Bars 5K Bars 4F
(Typ.) (Typ.) Bars 5E (Typ.) (Typ.)
@ 3" (Typ.) @ 3" (Typ.) @ 3"
(Typ.)
Bars 5B (Typ.) Bars 5B (Typ.) Bars 5B (Typ.)
Bars 4F Bars 4F
Bars 4F
(Typ.) (Typ.)
(Typ.)
°
0
9
Bars 5L
Bars 4C Bars 4C
(Typ.)
(Typ.) Bars 4C (Typ.)
(Typ.) Bars 5L
Bars 5L
2" Cl. 2" Cl. 2"Cl
. 2" Cl.
(Typ.) (Typ.)
(Typ.) (Typ.) (
Typ.
) (Typ.)
** 90° ** 90° ** 90°

2" Cl.
2 .
"Cl
(Typ.)
Ty
( p)
.
90°
10"
10"
10"
Bars 5K Bars 5K (Typ.) Bars 5K (Typ.) Bars 5K Bars 5K Bars 5K (Typ.)
@ 3" (Typ.) @ 3" @ 3"
* Dim. B is 1'-6" for Florida-U 48 ** Note 4, Sheet 1. Bars 5K @ * Dim. B Dim. P Dim. P * Dim. B Bars 5K @
and 54 Beams and 2'-0" for equal spaces equal spaces
Florida-U 63 and 72 Beams.
CONDITION 1
(P = 0.0) CONDITION 2 CONDITION 3
SCHEMATIC END ELEVATIONS OF BEAMS

See Note 12)
1" M in. ~ 3" M ax.
End of Beam
All Sides
2" Florida-U Beam

Bottom Flange, Web
& Dormant Strands
Temporary Blocking (See
Composite Neoprene
(
Note 14) (Typ.)

Bearing Pad
1"
� Strands
Pedestal
1"
Pier/Bent Cap
1
55 AM
2" Trim Strands after

Detensioning
29:
8:
TYPICAL STRAND BLOCKOUT DETAIL TEMPORARY BLOCKING OF BEAM ENDS

10/1/2021
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
FY 2022-23 FLORIDA-U BEAM
INDEX SHEET
REVISION
11/01/16 STANDARD PLANS - TYPICAL DETAILS & NOTES 450-210 2 of 2

7'-10" Spacing Bars 5K (In Pairs) 3" 21 sp. @ 3" 14 sp. @ 6"
1'-4" 2'-7" 2'-7" 1'-4" Spacing Bars 4M (in Pairs) 1'-6ƅ " 16 sp. @ 3" 14 sp. @ 6"
1Ǝ " 3ƀ " 4'-3ƃ " 3ƀ " 1Ǝ " Spacing Bars 4F 2Ƅ " 4 sp. @ 3"
Bars 6A1, 4A2
* Bars 5K (Typ.)
(In Pairs)
� Beam 2ƅ " and Strand N
Strand N
Strand N 6ƅ " Spacing Bars A 3Ɓ" 5Ɔ " 4Ɓ"
Strand N Blockout Bars 4M (Typ.) Bars 6A1 Bars 5L
Bars 4C
Bars 5L
Spacing
Spacing
Clear
±
Safety Line (See Note 12)
2"
Bars 4M lap with
Anchorage Device
1
1
Bars 5K as shown (Typ.)
(Typ.) (See Note 9) Bars 4F (Typ.)
7ƅ "
8Ɓ"
7"
Ƃ " Chamfer
2ƈ "
-0"
1"
(Typ. bottom of
1'
top flange only) Bars 4A2
-9"
(Typ.)
1'
Bars 6A1 (Typ.)
ƀ" 8ƀ " Strand N
8"
8"
(Typ.)
9"
11"
3 sp. @
4 sp. @
Bars 4A2 ~
2"
Cl. (
Typ.
) Strand
-6"
Bars 5K (Typ.) 5ƀ"
-0"
2 sp. @
Blockout
2'
(
4'
Typ.
Bars 4A2 (Typ.) ) (See
6" Bars 3"
Bars 5L Note 12)
-2"
3D1
Bars 4C place (Typ.)
Omit these Bars 4A2 only
1'
with Bars 5L Drain
as required when strands
as shown (Typ.) Pipe
are provided at or above
4"
3"
their locations (Typ.).
Bars 3D1 lap with Bars 3D2

and 5K as shown (Typ.)
10"
Note: Bars A are
10" (Typ.)
shown as ( )
1ƀ " Chamfer (Typ. bottom
of bottom flange only)
Bars 3D2 Bars 5E Bars 3D1 Bars 3D2 Bars 4A2
* Reinforcing steel is symmetrical Bars 4C
4'-8" NOTES:
Bars 5B (Typ.) (Typ.)
about � Beam for Half Work this Index with Index 450-210 - Typical
Sections A-A and B-B. * Half Section A-A * Half Section B-B Florida-U Beam Details and Notes and the Bars 3D1 and 3D2 ~ 12 sp. @ 6" sp. with
Florida-U Beam - Table of Beam Variables Bars 5K as shown
** Intermediate Diaphragms shall be provided:
in Structures Plans. 1ƀ " x 3ƀ " Chamfer
(1) - At midspan.
(2) - At 20'-0" Max. from midspan when TYPICAL SECTION ELEVATION AT END OF BEAM
For referenced notes see Index 450-210.
beam length (L) exceeds 60 Ft.
Dim. L = Casting Length (Overall Length of Beam along � Beam including length increase as required for
beam placed on grade and Dim. R to compensate for elastic and time dependent shortening effects)
� Beam
A
Spacing Bars 5K
B
3" 21 sp. @ 3" 14 sp. @ 6" S1 sp. @ V1 S2 sp. @ V2 S3 sp. (Bars 4M tied to Bars 5K, not shown)
Bars 5K (Typ.) Direction of Stationing
@ V3 (Symmetrical about � @ top of Beam)
***
End Face
(Typ.)
1'-6" End Diaphragm (Typ.) 1'-0" (Typ.) Intermediate Diaphragm Void Face (Typ.)
END 1 END 2
Intermediate Diaphragm Intermediate Diaphragm

(when required) ** (when required) **
00 AM
30:
Varies 15'-0" Min. ~ 20'-0" Max. Spacing Intermediate Diaphragms **

8:
A B (Symmetrical about � @ top of Beam) *** Begin or end Bars 4M (see "ELEVATION
AT END OF BEAM" above)
10/1/2021
ELEVATION
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
REVISION
FLORIDA-U 48 BEAM - STANDARD DETAILS
Fan 5 Bars 5K and 4M @
� Beam
Transition to V1 spacing
Void Face Void Face
V1
FS)
NS)
C 1'-8" Min. Lap Bars 5L Bars 5E (NS) and
Bars 4C (
Bars 5L (
S1 sp. @
1'-4" Min. Lap Bars 4C Bars 5B (FS)
Spacing
Spacing
Void Face
Bars 4F Bars 5K
Void Face
758"
814"
Bars 5E
5 equal
Bars 4F (Typ.)
spaces
along � of Beam )
Stirrup Transition Z one

Bars 5B
8"
Bars 5L
Bars A
8"
-0"
Strand N
-8"
(Shown
3 sp. @
= 2'
4 sp. @
= 2'
as ( ) Bars 4C (Typ.)
Bars 5L (NS) and
Typ.)
1 Bars 4C (FS)
3 2" End of Beam Drain Pipe (Note 11)
90° (Note 4)
Galv. Screen Wire
6" (
3" Chamfer
Drain Pipe (Typ.) Drain Cover with
4"
1 Bars 5K
3
(See Note 11) 4" Mesh

-3
5 sp. @
8"
1'
(Typ.)
Bars 4M
3
8
Bars 5L (NS) (Typ.)
1 1
4" 4" 1 2" x 3 2" Chamfer Bars 5K (Typ.) Bars 3D1
C
(Typ.)
Bars 5L
� Beam 3" 6" 6" 3" Spacing
(Typ.)
6"
Spacing Bars 5E (NS) 8" 5 sp. @ 8" = 3'-4" 8" Bars 5B and 5E
and Bars 5B (FS)

1'-6"
9 sp. @
4'-8"
END VIEW AT END DIAPHRAGM SECTION C-C
2"
Bars 4C
Cle
ar
Bars 5K
� Beam Bars 4M Void Face
-6"
(Typ.) Bars 5B
Void Face
3"
(Typ.)
1'
(Typ.)
16 sp. @
NOTES:
3"

3" Chamfer (Typ.)
16 sp. @
Bars 5L
2"
2" Clear
Bars 5B
Cle
3"
(Typ.) Bars 4C End of Beam
ar
3" 4 sp.
3"
Bars 5E
3"
@
(Typ.)
75°≤ Ø ≤ 90°
3" 4 sp.
3"
-6"
1'
@
Bars 4F 2 sp. @ 8" 4" 4" 2 sp. @ 8" Spacing Bars 5B and 5E
3
Spacing Bars 5K (Along � of Beam) 4" Chamfer along the Vertical Face
2" Cl.
End of (Bars 4F and 4M are Paired with of the Top Flange and Web and Underside
Bars 5E Bars 4F 3
Beam 4" Chamfer along the
Bars 5K as shown) of the Top Flange (Typ.)
Bars 5L Vertical Face of the Top
2 sp. @ 8" 4" 4" 2 sp. @ 8" Spacing Bars
Flange and Web and
5B and 5E TOP VIEW OF SKEWED END DIAPHRAGM
04 AM
Spacing Bars 5K (Along � of Beam) Underside of the Top

Flange (Typ.) AND STIRRUP TRANSITION ZONE
30:
(Bars 4F and 4M are Paired with

8:
Bars 5K as shown)
(Bars 3D2 Not Shown For Clarity)
TOP VIEW OF END DIAPHRAGM

10/1/2021
(Bars 3D1 And 3D2 Not Shown For Clarity)

REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
REVISION
CONVENTIONAL REINFORCING STEEL BENDING DIAGRAMS
� Beam Bars 4G
(Typ.) BILL OF REINFORCING STEEL
6"
3" Chamfer FOR ONE BEAM ONLY
(Typ.)
MARK SIZE NO. REQD. LENGTH

6"
Spacing Varies
A1 6 4 Dim. L - 4"
-7"
3'
A2 4 10 Dim. L - 4"
6"
B 5 12 4'-1"
-3"
4'
Bars 4H C 4 16 5'-1"
2" Clear
6"
Bars 5K and 4M
(Typ.) D1 3 156 1'-6"
Bars 3D1
D2 3 26 4'-6" 6"
Spacing Bars 4G 6 sp. @ 6" = 3'-0"
E 5 24 5'-3"
Bars 5B
Bars 5K (Typ.) Bars 4M (Typ.)
F 4 20 6'-2"
6"
TOP VIEW OF
G 4 See Table 4'-0"
6A1 L - 4" (Min. Lap Splice = 2'-0")
INTERMEDIATE DIAPHRAGM Bars 5E
H 4 See Table 4'-7" 4A2 L - 4" (Min. Lap Splice = 1'-4")
3D2 4'-6"
K 5 See Table 8'-0"
1'-0" L 5 20 14'-0"
� Diaphragm
� Beam
(See Note 10) M 4 See Table 3'-11"
Top of
Bars 6A1, 4A2 and 3D2
D Bars 5K 6" 6" Top Flange
Bars 5K
1'-4" N Ƅ " Ø Strand 2 Dim. L - 3"
(Typ.) of Beam
Min. Lap 4"
Bars 4G
Strand N Field Bend
-6"
as Required
8"
Top of
1'
for Skew
Intermediate
5'-2" 1'-0"
Bars 4G Diaphragm
Bars 4M
8"
Bars 4H
(Typ.)
-0"
3" Ø Pin 3'-7"

(Typ.)
3 sp. @
-4"
= 2'
Bars A Bars 4H
5"
3'
(Shown Top of Bars 4C
as ( ) Bottom 90° (Note 4) 90° (Note 4)
Typ.) Flange 10ƀ"
of Beam
-4"
Bars 4F
-0"
1'
3" Chamfer
1'
Pipe Drain 8" 3'-7"
(Typ.)
-0"
Spacing Bars 4H
Drain Pipe 6"

D Bars 5K
Bars 4G Bars 4H
10'
(Note 11)
(Typ.)
Spacing Bars 4G 10" 6 sp. @ 6" = 3'-0" 10" SECTION D-D
1'-0" 1'-0"
4'-8"
3" Ø
Pin
-3ƀ "
5"
SECTION AT INTERMEDIATE DIAPHRAGM
-4ƀ "
4'
NOTES:
1'
For referenced notes see Index 450-210. 10ƀ"
Field Bend
as Required
for Skew
6"
09 AM
30:
1'-0Ɔ " 3'-0" 4'-0" 1ƀ "

8:
Bars 5K Bars 5L Bars 4M

10/1/2021
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
REVISION
1'-4" 2'-8ƀ " 2'-8ƀ " 1'-4" Spacing Bars 4M (in Pairs) 1'-6ƅ " 18 sp. @ 3" 16 sp. @ 6"
1Ǝ " 5" 4'-3ƃ " 5" 1Ǝ " Spacing Bars 4F 2Ƅ " 4 sp. @ 3"
Bars 6A1, 4A2
Bars 5K (Typ.)
* (In Pairs) and Strand N
2ƅ "
¡ Beam
Strand N
Bars 4C
Bars 5L
Spacing
Spacing
Safety Line
Clear
1ƀ " ±
(See Note 12)
Anchorage Device Bars 4M lap with
(Typ.) (See Note 9) Bars 5K as shown (Typ.)
Bars 4F (Typ.)
7ƅ "
8Ɓ"
7"
2ƈ "
Ƃ " Chamfer
-0"
1"
(Typ. bottom of
1'
Bars 4A2
top flange only)
-9"
(Typ.)
1'
Bars 6A1 (Typ.)
ƀ" 8ƀ " Strand N
8"
Bars 4A2
(Typ.)
7ƀ "
7ƀ "
2 sp. @
9"
2"
4 sp. @
Cl. (
4 sp. @
Typ.
5ƀ" )
-0"
-8"
(
Ty
-6"
p.) Strand
3'
1'
4'
Bars 5K (Typ.) Blockout
Note: Bars A are
Bars 4A2
(See
-0"
6" Bars 3" shown as ( )
Bars 4A2 (Typ.) Bars 5L Note 12)
1'
3D1
(Typ.) Omit these Bars 4A2 only
Bars 4C place
as required when strands Drain
with Bars 5L
are provided at or above Pipe
8"
as shown (Typ.)
4"
3"

10"
10" (Typ.)

Bars 3D2 Bars 5E Bars 3D1 Bars 3D2 Bars 4A2
Bars 4C
* Reinforcing steel is symmetrical 4'-8" NOTES:
Bars 5B (Typ.) (Typ.)
about � Beam for Half Work this Index with Index 450-210 - Typical
Sections A-A and B-B. * Half Section A-A * Half Section B-B Bars 3D1 and 3D2 ~ 14 sp. @ 6" sp. with Bars 5K as shown
Florida-U Beam Details and Notes and the
Florida-U Beam - Table of Beam Variables
** Intermediate Diaphragms shall be provided: in Structures Plans. 1ƀ " x 3ƀ " Chamfer
TYPICAL SECTION ELEVATION AT END OF BEAM
(1) - At midspan.
(2) - At 20'-0" Max. from midspan when For referenced notes see Index 450-210.
beam length (L) exceeds 60 Ft.
Dim. L = Casting Length (Overall Length of Beam along � Beam including length increase as required for beam placed on grade and DIM R to compensate for elastic and time dependent shortening effects)
¡ Beam
A Spacing Bars 5K
B
Bars 5K (Typ.) Direction of Stationing
***
End Face
(Typ.)
Void Face (Typ.) Intermediate Diaphragm 1'-0" Intermediate Diaphragm Intermediate Diaphragm
1'-6" End Diaphragm (Typ.) (when required) ** (Typ.) (when required) **
END 1 END 2
13 AM
30:

*** Begin or end Bars 4M (see "ELEVATION
8:
A B (Symmetrical about � @ top of Beam) AT END OF BEAM" above)
ELEVATION
10/1/2021
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
REVISION
� Beam
FS)
NS)
Void Face Void Face
C 1'-8" Min. Lap Bars 5L Bars 5E (NS) and
Bars 4C (
Bars 5L (
V1
1'-4" Min. Lap Bars 4C Bars 5B (FS)
8Ɓ " Spacing
Spacing
Void Face
Bars 5K
S1 sp. @
7ƅ " Bars 4F
Void Face
Bars 5E
Bars 4F (Typ.)
Bars 5B
Bars 5L
5 equal
spaces
7ƀ "
Bars A (Typ.)
7ƀ "
along � of Beam )
Strand N
(Shown

-6"
-6"
Bars 4C (Typ.)
as ( )
= 2'
4 sp. @
= 2'
4 sp. @
Typ.)
Bars 5L (NS) and
Bars 4C (FS)
3ƀ " End of Beam Drain Pipe (Note 11)

90° (Note 4)
Galv. Screen Wire 3" Chamfer
6" (
8"
Drain Pipe (Typ.)

-3Ƃ "
Drain Cover with

(See Note 11) Bars 5K
Ɓ" Mesh
8Ƅ "
1'
(Typ.)
5 sp. @
Bars 4M
Bars 5L (NS) (Typ.)
1ƀ " x 3ƀ " Chamfer Bars 5K (Typ.) Bars 3D1

C 4" 4"
(Typ.)
Bars 5L
� Beam 3" 6" 6" 3" Spacing
(Typ.)
6"
Spacing Bars 5E (NS) and 8" 5 sp. @ 8" = 3'-4" 8" Bars 5B and 5E
Bars 5B (FS)
11 sp. @
1'-6"
4'-8"
2"
Bars 4C
Cle
ar
Bars 5K � Beam Bars 4M
-6"
Void Face
3"
(Typ.) Void Face (Typ.) Bars 5B
1'
(Typ.)
NOTES:
18 sp. @
3"
3" Chamfer (Typ.)

18 sp. @
Bars 5L
2"
2" Clear
Bars 5B
Cle
3"
(Typ.) Bars 4C End of Beam
ar
3" 4 sp.
3"
Bars 5E
3"
@
(Typ.)
75° ≤ Ø ≤ 90°
3" 4 sp.
3"
-6"
1'
@
Spacing Bars 5K (Along � of Beam)

Ƃ " Chamfer along the Vertical Face
Bars 5K as shown)
2" Cl.
of the Top Flange and Web and Underside

End of Bars 5E
Bars 5L Bars 4F of the Top Flange (Typ.)
Beam Ƃ " Chamfer along the
Vertical Face of the Top
2 sp. @ 8" 4" 4" 2 sp. @ 8" Spacing Bars 5B and 5E
Flange and Web and
TOP VIEW OF SKEWED END DIAPHRAGM
17 AM
Spacing Bars 5K (Along � of Beam) Underside of the Top

Flange (Typ.) AND STIRRUP TRANSITION ZONE
30:

8:
Bars 5K as shown)

10/1/2021

REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
REVISION

6"
FOR ONE BEAM ONLY
� Beam
3" Chamfer
Bars 4G MARK SIZE NO. REQD. LENGTH
(Typ.) 6"
(Typ.)
A1 6 4 Dim. L - 4"
-1"
Spacing Varies
A2 4 12 Dim. L - 4"
4'
6"
B 5 12 4'-7"
-9"
4'
C 4 20 5'-3"
6"
D1 3 180 1'-6"
Bars 4H 2" Clear
Bars 3D1
D2 3 30 4'-6" 6"
(Typ.)
Bars 5K and 4M
E 5 24 5'-9"
Bars 5B
Spacing Bars 4G 6 sp. @ 6" = 3'-0"
F 4 20 6'-4"
6"
Bars 5K (Typ.) Bars 4M (Typ.) G 4 See Table 4'-6"

6A1 L - 4" (Min. Lap Splice = 2'-0")
Bars 5E
TOP VIEW OF
INTERMEDIATE DIAPHRAGM 3D2 4'-6"
K 5 See Table 8'-6"
L 5 24 16'-2"
1'-0" M 4 See Table 3'-11"

� Diaphragm
� Beam Bars 6A1, 4A2 and 3D2
(See Note 10)
Top of N Ƅ " Ø Strand 2 Dim. L - 3"
1'-4"
Bars 5K of Beam
(Typ.)
Min. Lap Field Bend
4"
-6"
Bars 4G as Required
Strand N
1'
for Skew
8"
Top of 5'-4" 1'-0"

Intermediate
Bars 4G Diaphragm
Bars 4M 3" Ø Pin 3'-9"
-10"
Bars 4H
7ƀ "
(Typ.)
5"
(Typ.)
3'
Bars 4C
-6"
= 2'
4 sp. @
Bars A Bars 4H
10ƀ"
(Shown
Top of
as ( )
Bottom 90° (Note 4) 90° (Note 4)
Typ.) Bars 4F
-0"
Flange
of Beam
1'
8" 3'-9"
-4"
-8"
6"
1'
3" Chamfer Bars 4G Bars 4H
11'
Pipe Drain
(Typ.)
Spacing Bars 4H
Drain Pipe
D Bars 5K
(Note 11) 1'-0" 1'-0"
(Typ.)
Spacing Bars 4G 10" 6 sp. @ 6" = 3'-0" 10" SECTION D-D 3" Ø
Pin
-9ƀ "
5"
NOTES:
-4ƀ "
4'-8" For referenced note see Index 450-210.
4'
1'
10ƀ"
SECTION AT INTERMEDIATE DIAPHRAGM Field Bend
as Required
for Skew
6"
22 AM
30:
1'-2Ƅ " 3'-0" 4'-6" 1ƀ "

8:

10/1/2021
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
REVISION
8'-5ƀ " Spacing Bars 5K (In Pairs) 3" 29 sp. @ 3" 17 sp. @ 6"
1'-4" 2'-10Ƃ " 2'-10Ƃ " 1'-4" Spacing Bars 4M (in Pairs) 2'-0ƅ " 22 sp. @ 3" 17 sp. @ 6"
1Ǝ " 7Ɓ" 4'-3ƃ " 7Ɓ" 1Ǝ " Spacing Bars 4F 2Ƅ " 6 sp. @ 3"
Bars 6A1, 4A2
Bars 5K (Typ.)
* (In Pairs) and Strand N
2ƅ"
� Beam
Strand N
Bars 4C
Bars 5L
Spacing
Spacing
Clear
1ƀ " ±
Safety Line (Note 12)
Bars 4M lap with
Anchorage Device
8ƅ "
9Ɓ "
7"
Ƃ " Chamfer
2ƈ "
11ƀ "
1"
(Typ. bottom of
-9"
(Typ.)
1'
Bars 6A1 (Typ.)
ƀ" 8ƀ " Strand N
(Typ.)
Bars 4C place
9"
9ƀ "
with Bars 5L
Bars 4A2
as shown (Typ.)
3 sp. @
2"
Cl
-3"
8"
8"
-9"
. (
Typ.
)
5'
3'
5 sp. @
5 sp. @
Bars 5K (Typ.)
-5"
5ƀ"
2'
(
Typ.
) Note: Bars A are
Bars 4A2 (Typ.) Strand
shown as ( )
6" Bars Blockout
3"
Bars 5L
10"
3D1 (Note 12)
* Reinforcing steel is symmetrical (Typ.) Omit these Bars 4A2 only
Drain
about � Beam for Half as required when strands
Pipe
Sections A-A and B-B.
6"
are provided at or above
3"
10"
10" (Typ.)

Bars 3D2 NOTES: Bars 5E Bars 5B Bars 3D1 Bars 3D2 Bars 4A2
Bars 4C
4'-8" (Typ.) (Typ.)
** Intermediate Diaphragms shall be Work this Index with Index 450-210 - Typical
provided: Florida-U Beam Details and Notes and the
* Half Section A-A * Half Section B-B Bars 3D1 and 3D2 ~ 16 sp. @ 6" sp. with Bars 5K as shown
(1) - At midspan. Florida-U Beam - Table of Beam Variables
(2) - At 25'-0" Max. from midspan in Structures Plans.
TYPICAL SECTION 1ƀ " x 3ƀ " Chamfer ELEVATION AT END OF BEAM
when beam length (L) exceeds 70 Ft.
Dim. L = Casting Length (Overall Length of Beam along � Beam including length increase as required for beam placed on grade and DIM R to compensate for elastic and time dependent shortening effects)
� Beam
Spacing Bars 5K
A B
Bars 5K (Typ.)
@ V3 (Symmetrical about � @ top of Beam) Direction of Stationing
***
End Face
(Typ.)
Void Face (Typ.)

Intermediate Diaphragm 1'-0" Intermediate Diaphragm Intermediate Diaphragm
2'-0" End Diaphragm (Typ.) (when required) ** (when required) **
(Typ.)
27 AM
30:
END 1 END 2
8:


10/1/2021
ELEVATION
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
REVISION
FS)
NS)
� Beam
C Bars 5E (NS) and
1'-8" Min. Lap Bars 5L
Bars 4C (
Bars 5L (
Void Face Void Face
Bars 5B (FS)
1'-4" Min. Lap Bars 4C
Spacing
Spacing
Void Face
Bars 5K
Bars 4F
V1
Void Face
4"
S1 sp. @
8 8"
1
Bars 5E
9
Bars 4F (Typ.)
Strand N Bars 5B
-4"
-4"
spaces
5 equal
Bars A
8" = 3'
8" = 3'
Bars 5L
along � of Beam )
(Shown

(Typ.)
as ( )
Typ.)
Bars 4C (Typ.)
5 sp. @
5 sp. @
Bars 5L (NS) and

Bars 4C (FS)
1 End of Beam Drain Pipe (Note 11)
6" (
3 2"
90° (Note 4)
Bars 5K
Galv. Screen Wire 3" Chamfer
Bars 4M (Typ.)
5 sp. @
6"
-134"
Drain Cover with

Drain Pipe (Typ.) (Typ.)
Ɓ" Mesh
8 8"
1'
(Note 11)
3
Bars 5L (NS) Bars 3D1

(Typ.)
1ƀ " x 3ƀ " Chamfer Bars 5K (Typ.) Bars 5L
C 4" 4"
(Typ.)
6"
� Beam 3" 6" 1'-0" 3" Spacing
12 sp. @
Spacing Bars 5E (NS) and 8" 5 sp. @ 8" = 3'-4" 8" Bars 5B and 5E
Bars 5B (FS) 2'-0"

4'-8"
2"
Cle
Bars 4C
ar
Void Face
-0"
� Beam
3"
Bars 5K Bars 5B
2'
(Typ.) Bars 4M (Typ.)
22 sp. @
Void Face (Typ.)
3"
3" Chamfer (Typ.)

22 sp. @
2" Clear
Bars 5L
2"
3" 3"
Bars 5B
Cle
(Typ.) Bars 4C
Bars 5E End of Beam
ar
(Typ.)
3" 6 sp. @
3" 3"
75° ≤ Ø ≤ 90°
-0"
3" 6 sp. @
2'
(Bars 4F and 4M are Paired with Ƃ " Chamfer along the Vertical Face
Bars 5K as shown) of the Top Flange and Web and Underside
2" Cl.
End of
Bars 5E Ƃ " Chamfer along the of the Top Flange (Typ.)
Bars 5L Bars 4F
Beam Vertical Face of the Top
2 sp. @ 8" 4" 4" 2 sp. @ 8" Spacing Bars 5B and 5E Flange and Web and
31 AM
Underside of the Top

Spacing Bars 5K (Along � of Beam) Flange (Typ.) AND STIRRUP TRANSITION ZONE
30:
NOTES: (Bars 3D2 Not Shown For Clarity)

8:

For referenced note see Index 450-210.
Bars 5K as shown)
10/1/2021

REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
REVISION
� Beam Bars 4G BILL OF REINFORCING STEEL

3" Chamfer
6"
(Typ.) (Typ.) FOR ONE BEAM ONLY
Spacing Varies
6"
-10"
A1 6 4 Dim. L - 4"
4'
A2 4 12 Dim. L - 4"
6"
B 5 12 5'-4"
-6"
Bars 4H 2" Clear
5'
C 4 24 5'-5"
Bars 5K and 4M
(Typ.) 6"
D1 3 204 1'-6"
Spacing Bars 4G 6 sp. @ 6" = 3'-0" Bars 3D1

D2 3 34 4'-6" 6"
E 5 24 6'-6"
Bars 4M (Typ.)
Bars 5K (Typ.) Bars 5B
F 4 28 6'-6"
TOP VIEW OF 6"
INTERMEDIATE DIAPHRAGM G 4 See Table 5'-3"

6A1 L - 4" (Min. Lap Splice = 2'-0")
Bars 5E
3D2 4'-6"
K 5 See Table 9'-2ƀ "
1'-0"
� Diaphragm L 5 28 17'-8"
� Beam
(Note 10) Top of
Top Flange M 4 See Table 3'-11"
D Bars 5K 6" 6" Bars 6A1, 4A2 and 3D2
1'-4"
Bars 5K of Beam
Min. Lap
(Typ.) N Ƅ " Ø Strand 2 Dim. L - 3"
4" Strand N
Bars 4G Field Bend
7Ɓ "
Top of
-6"
as Required
Intermediate
1'
for Skew
Bars 4G Diaphragm 5'-6" 1'-0"
Bars 4M
Bars 4H
-4"
(Typ.)
(Typ.)
8" = 3'
3" Ø Pin 3'-11"
-7"
5"
Bars A
Bars 4H
4'
(Shown Bars 4C
as ( )
5 sp. @
Typ.) ƀ"
10
Top of
90° (Note 4) 90° (Note 4) Bars 4F
Bottom
-0"
Flange
1'
of Beam 8" 3'-11"
-3Ƃ "
-2"
6"
3" Chamfer
Bars 4G Bars 4H
13'
1'
Pipe Drain
(Typ.)
Spacing Bars 4H
Drain Pipe
D Bars 5K 1'-0" 1'-0"
(Note 11)
(Typ.)
3" Ø
Pin
-6ƀ "
5"
NOTES:
-4ƀ "
5'
4'-8" For referenced notes see Index 450-210.
1'
10ƀ"
Field Bend
as Required
for Skew
6"
35 AM
30:
1'-4ƅ " 3'-0" 4'-6" 1ƀ "

8:

10/1/2021
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
REVISION
1'-4" 3'-1" 3'-1" 1'-4" Spacing Bars 4M (in Pairs) 2'-0ƅ " 24 sp. @ 3" 19 sp. @ 6"
1Ǝ " 9ƀ " 4'-3ƃ " 9ƀ " 1Ǝ " Spacing Bars 4F 2Ƅ " 6 sp. @ 3"
Bars 6A1, 4A2
Bars 5K (Typ.)
(In Pairs) and Strand N
2ƅ "
*
� Beam
Strand N
Bars 4C
Bars 5L
Spacing
Spacing
Clear
1ƀ " ±
Safety Line (See Note 12)
Bars 4M lap with
Anchorage Device
7ƅ "
8Ɓ"
7"
Ƃ " Chamfer
2ƈ "
11ƀ "
1"
(Typ. bottom of
-9"
(Typ.)
1'
Bars 6A1 (Typ.)
ƀ" 8ƀ " Strand N
(Typ.)
Bars 4C place
9"
with Bars 5L
11ƀ "
as shown (Typ.)
8"
8"
Bars 4A2 ~ 4 sp. @

6 sp. @
7 sp. @
Bars 5K (Typ.) 2"
Cl
. (
Ty
-6"
p.
)
-0"
4'
6'
-2"
5ƀ"
(
Ty
3'
p.
)
Bars 4A2 (Typ.)
Strand
Note: Bars A are
Blockout
shown as ( )
(See
6" Bars 3D1 3"
Bars 5L Note 12)
* Reinforcing steel is symmetrical (Typ.) Omit these Bars 4A2 only
about � Beam for Half as required when strands Drain
Sections A-A and B-B. are provided at or above Pipe
4ƀ "
3"

10"
10" (Typ.)

Bars 3D2 NOTES: Bars 5E Bars 5B Bars 3D1 Bars 3D2 Bars 4A2
Bars 4C
4'-8" (Typ.) (Typ.)
** Intermediate Diaphragms shall be Work this Index with Index 450-210 - Typical
provided: Florida-U Beam Details and Notes and the
* Half Section A-A * Half Section B-B Bars 3D1 and 3D2 ~ 18 sp. @ 6" sp. with Bars 5K as shown
(1) - At midspan. Florida-U Beam - Table of Beam Variables
(2) - At 30'-0" Max. from midspan in Structures Plans.
TYPICAL SECTION 1ƀ " x 3ƀ " Chamfer ELEVATION AT END OF BEAM
when beam length (L) exceeds 80 Ft. For referenced notes see Index 450-210.
Dim. L = Casting Length (Overall Length of Beam along ¡ Beam including length increase as required for beam placed on grade and Dim. R to compensate for elastic and time dependent shortening effects)
� Beam
Spacing Bars 5K
A B
3" 31 sp. @ 3" 19 sp. @ 6" S1 sp. @ V1 S2 sp. @ V2 S3 sp. (Bars 4M tied to Bars 5K, not shown) Bars 5K (Typ.) Direction of Stationing
***
End Face
(Typ.)
Void Face (Typ.)

Intermediate Diaphragm Intermediate Diaphragm
1'-0" Intermediate Diaphragm
2'-0" End Diaphragm (Typ.) (when required) ** (when required) **
(Typ.)
40 AM
30:
END 1 END 2
8:


10/1/2021
ELEVATION
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
REVISION
FS)
NS)
Bars 4C (
Bars 5L (
C 1'-8" Min. Lap Bars 5L
Bars 5E (NS) and
Spacing
Spacing
Void Face 1'-4" Min. Lap Bars 4C Bars 5B (FS) � Beam
Bars 5K
Void Face Void Face
8Ɓ" Bars 4F
V1
7ƅ "
Void Face
Bars 5E
S1 sp. @
Bars 4F (Typ.)
Strand N Bars 5B
Bars A
-0"
-8"
(Shown
Bars 5L
8" = 4'
8" = 4'
as ( )
(Typ.)
5 equal
spaces
Typ.)
Bars 4C (Typ.)
along � of Beam )

Bars 5L (NS) and
6 sp. @
7 sp. @
Bars 4C (FS)
3ƀ " End of Beam Drain Pipe (Note 11)
6" (
90° (Note 4) Bars 5K
Galv. Screen Wire 3" Chamfer (Typ.)
Drain Pipe (Typ.) Bars 4M
-3Ƃ "
Drain Cover with
5 sp. @
(See Note 10) (Typ.)
Ɓ" Mesh
8Ƅ "
1'
Bars 5L (NS) Bars 3D1

(Typ.)
1ƀ " x 3ƀ " Chamfer Bars 5K (Typ.) Bars 5L
C 4" 4"
6"
(Typ.)
� Beam 3" 6" 1'-0" 3" Spacing
14 sp. @
8" 5 sp. @ 8" = 3'-4" 8" Bars 5B and 5E
Spacing Bars 5E (NS)
and Bars 5B (FS) 2'-0"
4'-8"
2"
Cle
Bars 4C
ar
Void Face
-0"
Bars 5K � Beam
3"
Bars 5B
2'
(Typ.) Bars 4M
(Typ.)
(Typ.)
24 sp. @
Void Face
NOTES:
3"

3" Chamfer (Typ.)
24 sp. @
Bars 5L
2" Clear
2"
3" 3"
Bars 5B
Cle
(Typ.) Bars 4C
Bars 5E End of Beam
ar
(Typ.)
3" 6 sp. @
3" 3"
75° ≤ Ø ≤ 90°
-0"
3" 6 sp. @
2'
Ƃ " Chamfer along the Vertical Face

of the Top Flange and Web and Underside
2" Cl.
End of (Bars 4F and 4M are Paired with

Bars 5E of the Top Flange (Typ.)
Bars 5L Bars 4F
Beam Bars 5K as shown)
2 sp. @ 8" 4" 4" 2 sp. @ 8" Spacing Bars 5B and 5E Ƃ " Chamfer along the
31 AM
Vertical Face of the Top

Spacing Bars 5K (Along � of Beam) AND STIRRUP TRANSITION ZONE
32:
Flange and Web and

8:
(Bars 4F and 4M are Paired with Underside of the Top

Bars 5K as shown) Flange (Typ.)
10/1/2021

REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
REVISION
� Beam Bars 4G BILL OF REINFORCING STEEL

3" Chamfer
(Typ.) (Typ.) FOR ONE BEAM ONLY 6"
Spacing Varies
6"
A1 6 4 Dim. L - 4"
-7"
A2 4 14 Dim. L - 4"
5'
6"
B 5 12 6'-1"
-3"
Bars 4H 2" Clear
C 4 28 5'-7"
6'
Bars 5K and 4M
(Typ.)
D1 3 228 1'-6" 6"
Spacing Bars 4G 6 sp. @ 6" = 3'-0" D2 3 38 4'-6" Bars 3D1

6"
E 5 24 7'-3"
Bars 5K (Typ.) Bars 4M (Typ.)
Bars 5B
TOP VIEW OF F 4 28 6'-9"
INTERMEDIATE DIAPHRAGM 6"

G 4 See Table 6'-0"
1'-0" 6A1 L - 4" (Min. Lap Splice = 2'-0")
� Diaphragm Bars 5E
� Beam H 4 See Table 5'-1"
4A2 L - 4" (Min. Lap Splice = 1'-4")
(See Note 10)
Top of
K 5 See Table 10'-0" 3D2 4'-6"
1'-4"
Bars 5K
(Typ.) of Beam
Min. Lap L 5 32 19'-6"
4"
Strand N
M 4 See Table 3'-11"
Bars 4G
8"
Top of Bars 6A1, 4A2 and 3D2

N Ƅ " Ø Strand 2 Dim. L - 3"
Intermediate
Diaphragm
Bars 4M
(Typ.) Field Bend
-6"
Bars 4G as Required
-0"
1'
Bars 4H for Skew
8" = 4'
(Typ.) 5'-9" 1'-0"

Bars A
(Shown Bars 4H 3" Ø Pin 4'-1"
as ( )
-4"
6 sp. @
5"
Typ.)
5'
Bars 4C
Top of 10±"
90° (Note 4) 90° (Note 4)
Bottom
Flange Bars 4F
-0"
of Beam
1'
-4"
8" 4'-1"
1'
3" Chamfer
-0"
6"
Pipe Drain Bars 4G Bars 4H
15'
(Typ.)
Spacing Bars 4H
D Drain Pipe
Bars 5K
(Note 11)
(Typ.)
1'-0" 1'-0"
3" Ø
Pin
-3ƀ "
5"
4'-8" NOTES:
-4ƀ "
6'
1'
10ƀ"
Field Bend
as Required
for Skew
6"
35 AM
32:
1'-6Ɔ " 3'-0" 4'-6" 1ƀ "

8:

10/1/2021
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
REVISION
Dim. "C"
D"
B"
Dim . "
Dim . "
BEAM CAMBER AND BUILD-UP NOTES:
Tangent Grade
A
Bottom of Deck
The build-up values given in the Data Table* are based on theoretical beam cambers.
The Contractor shall monitor beam cambers for the purpose of predicting
camber values at the time of the deck pour. If the predicted cambers based
� Span on field measurements differ more than +/- ƀ" from the theoretical "Net Beam
Top of Beam Camber @ 120 Days" shown in the Data Table*, obtain approval from the Engineer
to modify the build-up dimensions as required. When the measured beam cambers
A create a conflict with the bottom mat of deck steel, notify the Engineer a minimum
Begin Span End Span of 21 days prior to casting.
BUILD-UP DIAGRAM FOR TANGENT SPANS

Dim. "A" includes the weight of the Stay-In-Place Formwork.
(ALONG � FLANGE) (CASE 1)
D"
B"

Dim . "
Dim . "
A
Begin Span
� Bearing
End Span
� Bearing
Dim. "A"
� Span
Top of Beam
� Span
A
Begin Span End Span
BUILD-UP DIAGRAM FOR SAG VERTICAL CURVE & HORIZONTAL CURVE SPANS
DEAD LOAD DEFLECTION DIAGRAM

(ALONG � BEAM)
Dim. "C"
D"
B"
Bottom of Deck
A
Dim . "
Dim . "
* Dimensions are along slope.

Vari
es
Vari
es
� Span
Top of Beam (
See Beam
� Left Top Flange (
See Beam
Sheets)
Sheets) � Right Top Flange
A *
1'
-4"
*
Begin Span End Span � Beam 1'
-
* * 4"
8 " 8"
BUILD-UP DIAGRAM FOR CREST VERTICAL CURVE SPANS * *
8 " 8"
- CONTROL AT � SPAN Sl
ope = Vari
es

Bridge Deck
(Varies)

1
2" Design Min. (Typ.)
B"
D"
Dim . "
Dim . "
For Cases 1, 2 & 3 = Dim. "C"
A For Case 4 = Dim. "B" or Dim. "D" For Cases 1, 2 & 3 = Dim. "C"
For Case 4 = Dim. "B" or Dim. "D"
� Span
Top of Beam
Fl
ori
da-U Beam
39 AM
Begin Span
End Span
32:
A SECTION A-A
8:
* NOTE:
BUILD-UP OVER BEAMS
BUILD-UP DIAGRAM FOR CREST VERTICAL CURVE SPANS
Work this Index with the Build-up and Deflection (LOOKING AHEAD STATION)
- CONTROL AT BEGIN OR END SPAN
Data Table for Florida-U Beams in Structures Plans.
10/1/2021

REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
FY 2022-23 FLORIDA-U BEAMS
INDEX SHEET
REVISION
07/01/15 STANDARD PLANS - BUILD-UP & DEFLECTION DATA 450-299 1of 1

FABRICATION NOTES
1. The abbreviated FSB designation for depth and width is FSB "depth" x
"width", e.g. FSB 12 x 48. m.L
Di
2. All bar dimensions are out-to-out.
3. Strands N shall be ASTM A416, Grade 250 or 270, Ƅ" Ø or larger strands,
stressed to 10,000 lbs. each.
°
0
4. Unless otherwise noted, the minimum concrete cover for reinforcing steel
9
°
shall be 2".
0
9
5. For referenced Dimensions, Angles and Case Numbers, see Florida Slab
Beam - Table of Variables in Structures Plans.
6. Bars 4D1 & 6Y1 correspond to END 1, and 4D2 & 6Y2 correspond to END 2. m.L
Di
7. Bars 5E1 correspond to interior FSBs, and 5E2 correspond to exterior FSBs.
8. Rake the top surface of the Slab Beams transversely to provide a roughened
surface with Ɓ" amplitude.
9. Embedment of Safety Line Anchorage Devices are permitted to accommodate
full protection systems. See shop drawings for details and spacings.
SCHEMATIC SIDE ELEVATION OF BEAM
(Beam on a Positive Grade shown; Beam on a
Negative Grade or Horizontal Grade similar.)
6" 6"
60° ≤ Ø < 90° 60° ≤ Ø < 90°

� Beam � Beam
� Beam 60° ≤ Ø < 90°

60° ≤ Ø < 90°
Ø = 90° Ø = 90°
6" 6"
END 1 END 2 END 1 END 2

END 1 END 2
Direction of Stationing Direction of Stationing Direction of Stationing
CASE 1 CASE 2 CASE 3
SCHEMATIC PLAN VIEWS AT BEAM ENDS

8: 43 AM
32:
10/1/2021
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
FY 2022-23 FLORIDA SLAB BEAM TYPICAL
INDEX SHEET
REVISION
11/01/20 STANDARD PLANS DETAILS AND NOTES 450-450 1of 3

¡ Span
Bar 5E Spacing 4" Min. 6" Spacing
10" Max.
Bar 3C Spacing 312"± 1'-0" Max. Spacing
Bar 4D3 Pairs

Field Cut Bar 4D1 or 4D2 Pairs Bars 5E (Typ.) (Typ. except as noted) Strands N (Typ.)
Bar 5E**
‫٭‬
6"
¡ Bar 4K
Spacing
W /2‫٭‬
Bar 5Z
Pairs
, Shown)
W /5±
-0" M ax.
3 Bars 5Z (Shift as
required to clear
prestress strands)
; 5'
-0" M in.
¡ Beam Ø = 90°
W /5±
4'
W‫( ٭‬
)
Typ.
6"
(
W /2‫٭‬
¡ Bar 4K
)
Typ.
2"
6"
Pairs
Cover
(
¡ Strands N (Typ.)
‫٭‬
6"
Bars 6Y Bars 3C (Typ.) Bar 4K Pairs (Typ.)
1
Bar 4D Pairs 2 2" 3 Spaces 2'-0"± Spacing 1'-0"
* Measured to Working Points.
Spacing @ 3" (Shift Bar 4D Pairs longitudinally as required to clear Bars 5E) Max.
** At Beam ends, use number of field cut and
rotated Bars 5E as required to clear Bar 4D
1
Pairs and Bar 4K Pairs. Bar 4K Pairs 6 2" S1 Spaces @ V1± S2 Spaces @ V2± V2/2 Max.
‫ ٭٭٭‬Shift Bar 4K Pairs longitudinally as required Spacing Shift as required‫٭٭٭‬ Shift as required‫٭٭٭‬
to clear Bar 4D Pairs and Bars 3C and 5E.
CROSS REFERENCE: PARTIAL PLAN VIEW Ø = 90°

47 AM
For Dimensions V1, V2 & W and number of

(END 1 SHOWN, END 2 SIMILAR)
spaces S1 & S2, see Florida Slab Beam -
(INTERIOR BEAM SHOWN, EXTERIOR BEAM SIMILAR, SEE BARS 5E DETAILS)
32:
Table of Variables in Structures Plans.

8:
See Indexes 450-451, 450-452 and 450-453

for Bars 5E Details.
10/1/2021
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
INDEX SHEET
REVISION
11/01/20 STANDARD PLANS DETAILS AND NOTES 450-450 2 of 3

1
Bar 4K Pairs Spacing 6 2" 2 Spaces or 3 Spaces
Measured along Min. @ V1 Max.
¡ Bar 4K Pairs
¡ Span
Bar 5E Spacing 4" Min. 6" Spacing
Measured along 10" Max.
top of side forms
Bar 3C Spacing 312"± 1'-0" Max. Spacing

Measured along
top of side forms
Field Cut Field Cut Bar 4D1 or Bar 4D3 Pairs
Field Bend Field Cut Bars 3C** Bars 5E** 4D2 Pairs (Typ. except as noted) Bars 5E (Typ.) Strands N (Typ.)
Bar 3C to provide cover
‫٭‬
6"
W /2‫٭‬
¡ Bar 4K Pairs
, Shown)
2"
r
ve
Co
W /5±
-0" M ax.
¡ Beam Ø
; 5'
3 Bars 5Z (Shift as
-0" M in.
required to clear
W /5±
prestress strands)
4'
W‫( ٭‬
)
Typ.
¡ Strand N
6"
Spacing
(
Bar 5Z
W /2‫٭‬
)
Typ.
¡ Bar 4K Pairs
6"
¡ Strand N
‫٭‬
6"
Field Cut Bar 3C** Field Cut Bars 6Y Bars 3C (Typ.) Bar 4K Pairs (Typ.)
Bars 5E**
Bar 4D Pairs Spacing 3 Spaces 2'-0"± 2'-0"± Spacing 1'-0"

Measured along ¡ Beam @ 3" (Shift Bar 4D Pairs longitudinally as required to clear Bars 5E) Max.
1
Bar 4K Pairs Spacing 6 2" V1± S1 Spaces @ V1± S2 Spaces V2/2 Max.
Measured along ¡ Bar 4K Pairs Min. Shift as required‫٭٭٭‬ @ V2±
Shift as required‫٭٭٭‬
PARTIAL PLAN VIEW 60° ≤ Ø < 90°

CROSS REFERENCE:
51 AM
(END 1 SHOWN, END 2 SIMILAR)

* Measured to Working Points. For Dimensions V1, V2 & W, Angle Ø and number of spaces S1 & S2,
(INTERIOR BEAM SHOWN, EXTERIOR BEAM SIMILAR, SEE BARS 5E DETAILS)
32:
** At Beam ends, use number of field cut and rotated Bars 3C see Florida Slab Beam - Table of Variables in Structures Plans.
8:
and 5E as required to clear Bar 4D Pairs and Bar 4K Pairs.

‫ ٭٭٭‬Shift Bar 4K Pairs longitudinally as required to clear Bar 4D See Indexes 450-451, 450-452 and 450-453 for Bars 5E Details.
Pairs and Bars 3C and 5E.
10/1/2021
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
INDEX SHEET
REVISION
11/01/20 STANDARD PLANS DETAILS AND NOTES 450-450 3 of 3

BILL OF REINFORCING BARS
NOTES:
¡ Beam FOR ONE BEAM ONLY
Work this Index with Index 450-450 and Florida Slab Beams -
W Table of Variables in Structures Plans. NOTE NUMBER LENGTH
MARK SIZE
¡ Strand N & NUMBERS REQUIRED (NOTE 1)
W/2 W/2
For Dimensions C, D, E, L, R, W & Y and Angle Ø, see Florida Slab
¡ outermost C 3 See Table Varies
¡ Strand N &
¡ Strands N Beam - Table of Variables in Structures Plans.
strand position* 1'-0" 1'-0" 6" D1 4 6 10 (End 1) Varies
¡ outermost
6" strand position* D2 4 6 10 (End 2) Varies
Bar 4K Pairs For referenced notes, see Index 450-450, Sheet 1.
2" Chamfer 2" Chamfer D3 4 See Table Varies
Bars 5E, See Details * For ¡ of outermost strand positions, see corresponding Strand E1 5 7 See Table Varies
Pattern on Florida Slab Beams - Table of Variables in
3"
E2 5 7 See Table Varies
Structures Plans.
K 4 See Table 2'-5"
8"
-0"
¡ Strands N See
** At the Contractor's option, the Detail as shown for Interior
N 3 4 Varies
1'
3
Beams may be used for Exterior Beams and the Bars 5E field Note 3
4" Fillet
bent on the exterior side of the Beam to provide the specified Y1 6 6 2 (End 1) Varies
4"
cover to the coping line. Y2 6 6 2 (End 2) Varies
Z 5 6 4'-612"
Bottom )
2" Cover
*** At the Contractor's option, the Optional Exterior

138" Bars 3C 2"
Beam Section may be used. BENDING DIAGRAMS (See Note 1)
Bar 4D1, 4D2
Cover Cover
or 4D3 Pairs See Flange Detail
(Sides) C = W - 412"
(
Bars 3C
TYPICAL SECTION
(INTERIOR BEAM SHOWN; EXTERIOR BEAM SIMILAR, SEE BARS 5E DETAILS) C/2 C/2 Field Cut
Bars 3C
Location of
Field Cut
Exterior Side 3½" 5" Interior Side BARS 3C

¡ Beam
Interior Side 5" 3½" Exterior Side
W D = (W/2) / sin Ø Bars 4D1 or 4D2

Bars 5E2
D = W/2 Bars 4D3
¡ Strand N & W/2 W/2
112"
¡ outermost
¡ Strand N &
¡ Strands N 2" �
strand position*
8"
1'-0" 1'-0" 6" ¡ outermost (Typ.)
strand position*
Bar 4K Pairs
ƀ" Chamfer 2" Chamfer
Bars 5E, See Details STIRRUP BARS 4D1, 4D2 & 4D3
3"
2'-0" 8"
EXTERIOR BEAMS**
8"
BARS 5E DETAIL
-0"
¡ Strands N
1'
2" �
4"
(Typ.)
W Ø (see Table)
3
4"
-0
1'
1
2"
Bottom )
2" Cover
) / sin Ø
Bars 3C 2"
Bar 4D1, 4D2 1
2" Cover Cover 2" Chamfer
STIRRUP
(
(Min.)
-4ƀ "
OPTIONAL EXTERIOR BEAM SECTION*** FSB Flange BARS 4K
W - 1'
2'-0"
3
4" Chamfer Working Point
Y = (
2"
FLANGE DETAIL
1
(TYPICAL BOTH SIDES OF FSB)
6
2" � (Typ.)
1
2
L = Beam Casting Length
(Overall Length of Beam along ¡ Beam including length increase as required for Beam placed on grade STIRRUP BARS 5Z
180° - Ø
Bar 4D and Dim R to compensate for elastic and time dependent shortening effects)
Pairs
(Typ.) Direction of Stationing
Bars 5Z Bars 6Y Bar 4K Pairs (Typ.) Bars 5E
(Typ.) BARS 6Y1 & 6Y2
Spacing
Bar 6Y
E = W - 2" Bars 5E1

E = W - 3½" Bars 5E2
55 AM
E/2 E/2 Field Cut

4"
32:
8:
Bars 5E
4"
Location of
6"
Field Cut
212" � (Typ.)
10/1/2021
1
1 2" Chamfer Bars 3C (Typ.)
END 1 END 2 STIRRUP BARS 5E1 & 5E2
(Typ.) ELEVATION
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
REVISION
12" FLORIDA SLAB BEAM
NOTES:
¡ Beam FOR ONE BEAM ONLY
Work this Index with Index 450-450 and Florida
W Slab Beams - Table of Variables in Structures NOTE NUMBER LENGTH
Plans. MARK SIZE
¡ Strand N & NUMBERS REQUIRED (NOTE 1)
W/2 W/2
¡ outermost C 3 See Table Varies
¡ Strand N & For Dimensions C, D, E, L, R, W & Y and Angle Ø,
strand position* 1'-0" ¡ Strands N 1'-0" 6" ¡ outermost see Florida Slab Beam - Table of Variables in D1 4 6 10 (End 1) Varies
6" strand position* Structures Plans. D2 4 6 10 (End 2) Varies
Bar 4K Pairs
2" Chamfer 2" Chamfer D3 4 See Table Varies

For referenced notes, see Index 450-450, Sheet 1.
Bars 5E, See Details E1 5 7 See Table Varies
2"
* For ¡ of outermost strand positions, see
corresponding Strand Pattern on Florida Slab K 4 See Table 2'-8"
¡ Strands N
11"
Beams - Table of Variables in Structures Plans. See
N 3 4 Varies
-3"
Note 3
1'
** At the Contractor's option, the Detail as shown
Y1 6 6 3 (End 1) Varies
3 for Interior Beams may be used for Exterior
4" Fillet
Beams and the Bars 5E field bent on the exterior
Z 5 6 4'-1012"
4"
side of the Beam to provide the specified cover
to the coping line. BENDING DIAGRAMS (See Note 1)
Bottom )
2" Cover
3 1
1 8" Bars 3C 2" 3½" 5" C = W - 4 2" Bars 3C
Exterior Side Interior Side
Bar 4D1, 4D2
Cover Cover Interior Side 5" 3½" Exterior Side
or 4D3 Pairs See Flange Detail C/2 C/2
(Sides) (Side of Field Cut
(
Bottom Bars 3C
TYPICAL SECTION Location of
Flange)
(INTERIOR BEAM SHOWN; EXTERIOR BEAM SIMILAR, SEE BARS 5E DETAILS) Field Cut
Bars 5E2
¡ Beam
BARS 3C
2"
1
W
1
D = (W/2) / sin Ø Bars 4D1 or 4D2
¡ Strand N & W/2 W/2 D = W/2 Bars 4D3
¡ outermost
¡ Strand N &
strand position* 1'-0" ¡ Strands N 1'-0" 6" ¡ outermost 2" �
-0"
(Typ.)
strand position*
Bar 4K Pairs
1'
ƀ" Chamfer 2" Chamfer EXTERIOR BEAMS**
Bars 5E, See Details BARS 5E DETAIL
2"
8"
STIRRUP BARS 4D1, 4D2 & 4D3
¡ Strands N W
11"
2'-0"
1 2" �
-3"
2"
(Typ.)
1'
-334"
1
2" Chamfer
1'
Ø (see Table)
4"
Bottom )
) / sin Ø
2" Cover
Bars 3C 2" FSB Flange

Bar 4D1, 4D2 STIRRUP
Cover
2" Cover or 4D3 Pairs See Flange Detail
(Min.) (Side of BARS 4K
(
-4ƀ "
3
Bottom 4" Chamfer Working Point
OPTIONAL EXTERIOR BEAM SECTION*** 2'-0"
Flange)
W - 1'
*** At the Contractor's option, the Optional Exterior Beam Section may be used. FLANGE DETAIL
(TYPICAL BOTH SIDES OF FSB)
2"
Y = (
1
10
(Overall Length of Beam along ¡ Beam including length increase as required for Beam placed on grade
Bar 4D
2" � (Typ.)
and Dim R to compensate for elastic and time dependent shortening effects) 1
2
Pairs Direction of Stationing
(Typ.) Bars 5Z Bars 6Y Bar 4K Pairs (Typ.) Bars 5E
(Typ.) 180° - Ø STIRRUP BARS 5Z
Spacing
Bar 6Y
BARS 6Y1 & 6Y2

4"
E = W - 2" Bars 5E1

E = W - 3½" Bars 5E2
59 AM
4"
E/2 E/2 Field Cut

32:
8:
Bars 5E
4"
Location of
6"
Field Cut
212" � (Typ.)
10/1/2021
1
END 1 END 2
(Typ.) ELEVATION STIRRUP BARS 5E1 & 5E2
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
REVISION
¡ Beam BILL OF REINFORCING STEEL
NOTES:
W FOR ONE BEAM ONLY
Work this Index with Index 450-450 and Florida
¡ Strand N & W/2 W/2 Slab Beams - Table of Variables in Structures NOTE NUMBER LENGTH
Plans. MARK SIZE
¡ outermost NUMBERS REQUIRED (NOTE 1)
¡ Strand N &
strand position* ¡ Strands N For Dimensions C, D, E, L, R, W & Y and Angle Ø,
1'-0" 1'-0" 6" ¡ outermost C 3 See Table Varies
see Florida Slab Beam - Table of Variables in
6" strand position*
Bar 4K Pairs Structures Plans. D1 4 6 10 (End 1) Varies
2" Chamfer 2" Chamfer For referenced notes, see Index 450-450, Sheet 1. D2 4 6 10 (End 2) Varies
Bars 5E, See Details D3 4 See Table Varies
* For ¡ of outermost strand positions, see
3"
corresponding Strand Pattern on Florida Slab
Beams - Table of Variables in Structures Plans.
¡ Strands N
K 4 See Table 2'-11"
-2"
** At the Contractor's option, the Detail as shown See
1'
-6"
N 3 4 Varies
for Interior Beams may be used for Exterior Note 3
1'
Beams and the Bars 5E field bent on the exterior
side of the Beam to provide the specified cover
3 Y2 6 6 3 (End 2) Varies
4" Fillet
to the coping line.
Z 5 6 5'-012"
4"
Exterior Side 3½" 5" Interior Side
Interior Side 5" 3½" Exterior Side
1
Bottom )
C = W - 4 2"
2" Cover
3
Bars 3C
18" Bars 3C 2"
Bar 4D1, 4D2
Cover Cover C/2 C/2 Field Cut
(Sides) (Side of
(
Bars 3C
Location of
Bottom
TYPICAL SECTION Field Cut
Flange)
(INTERIOR BEAM SHOWN; EXTERIOR BEAM SIMILAR, SEE BARS 5E DETAILS) Bars 5E2
¡ Beam
BARS 3C
2"
W
D = (W/2) / sin Ø Bars 4D1 or 4D2
1
1
¡ Strand N & W/2 W/2 Bars 4D3
D = W/2
¡ outermost
¡ Strand N &
strand position* ¡ Strands N
1'-0" 1'-0" 6" ¡ outermost 2" �
strand position* (Typ.)
-2"
Bar 4K Pairs
ƀ" Chamfer 2" Chamfer
1'
Bars 5E, See Details EXTERIOR BEAMS**
8"
3"
W
6"
1
2" STIRRUP BARS 4D1, 4D2 & 4D3 2" �
¡ Strands N
-2"
(Typ.)
2'-0"
1'
Bars 4L
-6"
-634"
1'
1
2" Chamfer
1'
FSB Flange Ø (see Table)
-6"
1'
4"
) / sin Ø
3
4" Chamfer Working Point
Bottom )
2" Cover
STIRRUP
Bars 3C 2"
2" Cover Bar 4D1, 4D2 BARS 4K
Cover FLANGE DETAIL
(Min.)
or 4D3 Pairs See Flange Detail (TYPICAL BOTH SIDES OF FSB)
-4ƀ "
(Side of Bottom 2'-0"
(
Flange)
OPTIONAL EXTERIOR BEAM SECTION*** *** At the Contractor's option, the Optional
W - 1'
BARS 4L
Exterior Beam Section may be used.
2"
Y = (
(Overall Length of Beam along ¡ Beam including length increase as required for Beam placed on grade
1
-0
Bar 4D
1'
and Dim R to compensate for elastic and time dependent shortening effects)
Pairs
(Typ.) Bar 4K Pairs (Typ.) Bars 5E Direction of Stationing
Bars 5Z
2" � (Typ.)
Bars 6Y 1
2
(Typ.)
Spacing
Bar 6Y
180° - Ø STIRRUP BARS 5Z
BARS 6Y1 & 6Y2

5"
E = W - 2" Bars 5E1

E = W - 3½" Bars 5E2
03 AM
5"
E/2 E/2 Field Cut

33:
8:
Bars 5E
4"
Location of
6"
Field Cut
212" � (Typ.)
10/1/2021
1
END 1 END 2
(Typ.) STIRRUP BARS 5E1 & 5E2
ELEVATION
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
REVISION
Edge of Bottom Flange (Typ.) Florida U-Beam (Typ.) Direction of Stationing Varies ~ 1" Min. C
NOTES:
(See Plans)
2" Equal Spacing
1. Work this sheet with the 'BEVELED BEARING PLATE DATA TABLE'
Composite Composite in the plans.
See Plans)
Elastomeric D Face of Pier or Bent Cap Elastomeric
2ƀ "
C +
Varies
Bearing Pad tan Ø Bearing Pad
5"
2. Beveled Bearing Plates B with Embedded Bearing Plates A are
(Typ.) required for beams only as scheduled in the 'TABLE OF BEAM
� Holes for
2ƀ "
2 Equal sp. 2" VARIABLES' on Beam Sheets.
Ƃ" Dia. Screws,
(
Front Face of
(See Note No. 3) 90°
� ƀ" Dia. � Plate Backwall or � 3. Bearing plate material shall conform to ASTM A36 or ASTM A709
5"
x 2ƃ" Anchor Pier or Bent (Grade 36 or 50). Headed Concrete Anchor Studs shall conform to
D
2ƀ
"
Studs (Typ.) Specification Section 502. Hot-dip galvanized Bearing Plates A &
Ø B after fabrication except Galvanized Caps may be welded in place
1"
J End of Beam after hot-dip galvanizing. Drill Bearing Plates A and B as an
2"
(Typ.) assembled unit, thread Bearing Plate A only. Drill and thread holes
5"
Front Face of
perpendicular to bottom of Plate B and prior to plates being
2ƀ "
Backwall or � Pier Skew 15°
galvanized (ASTM A 123).
or Bent K1 or less
2 Equal spaces
3 Equal spaces
C + D/tan Ø 4. Provide Electroplated, Flat Countersunk Head Cap Screws in
� Beam & � Plate 90°
� Beam Ø J accordance with ASTM F 835. Electroplating shall be ASTM B
K2 633, SC 2, Type 1. Provide screws long enough to maintain a Ƃ"
E
D
Skew 15° minimum embedment into Embedded Bearing Plate A and
90°
Ø or less Galvanized Cap. Provide steel Galvanized Caps with ƀ" Min. to 1ƀ"
� Bearing Pad C
Max. height and nominal 1" inside diameter.
2ƀ "
2ƀ
"
1"
� Bearing
5"
5. Include the cost of Beveled Bearing Plates in the pay item for
Pad (Typ.)
Prestressed Beams (Florida U-Beams).
� Bearing 2"
� Holes for Face of Pier 90° 6. For Dimensions C and D, see 'BEVELED BEARING PLATE DATA
� Plate
Ƃ" Dia. or Bent Cap TABLE' in the Structures Plans. For Dimensions J, K1 and K2, see
5"
D
2ƀ
Screws " 'TABLE OF BEAM VARIABLES' on Beam Sheets.
(Typ.)
Ø
1" 7. All details and dimensions shown are along � Beam for single
See Plans)
� Bearing
2ƀ "
Bearing Plates A & B
2" bearings or � Plate parallel to � Beam for double bearings, except
2 Equal sp. 2"
Varies
~ Embedded Plate A
for dimensions to Ƃ" Dia. Screws and ƀ" Dia. x 2ƃ" Anchor Studs,
5"
(D x Varies x ƀ ") &
2ƀ "
which are along � Screws or � Anchor Studs. Positive Slope shown,
Beveled Plate B C
Negative Slope similar.
(D x Varies x ƀ " Min.)
(
(Typ.) (See Note 8)
8. When Skew = 0°, dimensions for Embedded Bearing Plate A are
2" Equal Spacing
D x C x ƀ" and for Beveled Plate B are D x C x ƀ" Min.
� ƀ" Dia. x 2ƃ" Varies ~ 1" Min.
Anchor Studs, (See Plans) C + D/tan Ø
See Detail "A"
PLAN VIEW OF TYPICAL SINGLE BEARING PLAN VIEW OF TYPICAL DOUBLE BEARING
PLAN Cros o
s Slpe
(O° < Skew ≤ 15° shown, Skew = 0° Similar)

� Beam
Front Face of Backwall Front Face of Backwall
or � Pier or Bent or � Pier or Bent
Ƃ " dia. Electro-plated, Countersunk
Flat Headed Machine Screws
with Galvanized Caps (16 Ga. Min.);
� Ƃ" Dia. Screws
Seal weld Cap to top of plate "A" (Typ.)
and � ƀ" Dia. x 2ƃ" D
C + (See Note 4)
D Anchor Studs a
2t nØ
C +
a
2t nØ 2"
5" 5"
2 Eq.sp. snØ
i Anchor Stud 5" 3 Equal spaces
2" Embedded 2"
.sp. 2" spacing
ƀ" Dia. End Welded, snØ
i 2 Eq See Detail "A" 2ƀ "
Bearing Plate A 2ƀ "
2ƀ "
Headed Concrete D x Varies x ƀ " (Typ.)
Anchor Stud
Level Bearing Bottom of Beam
Seat (Top of
welding)
after
Substructure) Bottom of Beam

ƀ"
2" (
Varies D/2 D
2ƀ " 1" 1" 2ƀ "
Beveled Bearing Plate B (See Plans)
snØ
i snØ
i snØ
i snØ
i Composite Varies ~ 1" Min.
08 AM
Level Bearing Seat D (See Plans)

J J Elastomeric
(Top of Substructure)
33:
snØ
i Composite Elastomeric Bearing Pad snØ
i Bearing Pad
8:
Embedded
Half Elevation Half Elevation
Bearing Plate A K1 K2
Showing Single Bearing Showing Double Bearing
D x Varies x ƀ " snØ
i � Bearing SIDE ELEVATION � Bearing snØ
i
END ELEVATION
10/1/2021
DETAIL "A" (See Note 7)

(Positive Cross Slope shown, Negative Cross Slope similar)
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
FY 2022-23 BEVELED BEARING PLATE DETAILS -
INDEX SHEET
REVISION
01/01/10 STANDARD PLANS PRESTRESSED FLORIDA-U BEAMS 450-502 1of 1

NOTES:
Direction of Stationing 1. Work this sheet with Index 400-510 - Composite Elastomeric
Bearing Pads, and the 'BEARING PLATE DATA TABLE' in the
Structures Plans.
Face of Pier or Bent Cap Composite Elastomeric

Composite Elastomeric Front Face of 2. Embedded Bearing Plates A are required for all Florida-I beams.
Bearing Pad Edge of Beam Bearing Pad
Backwall or � Beveled Bearing Plates B with Embedded Bearing Plates A are
2" Type II
Bottom Flange (Typ.)
* ƀ" for Pad Type K required for beams as scheduled in the 'BEARING PLATE DATA
s
Pier or Bent
5" FIB'
1"
� Bearing TABLE' in the Structures Plans.
Bearing Plates
A & B (See 3. Bearing plate material shall conform to ASTM A36 or ASTM A709
2ƀ "
Note 8)
5"
(Grade 36 or 50). Headed Concrete Anchor Studs shall conform
Clip acute corner of to Specification Section 502. Hot-dip galvanize Bearing Plates A
& B after fabrication except that Galvanized Caps may be welded
2ƀ "
Embedded Plate A (Typ.)
212"
in place after hot-dip galvanizing. Drill Bearing Plates A and B
Front Face of Backwall " as an assembled unit, thread Bearing Plate A only. Holes are not
1ƀ ud � Bearing
AASH TO Type II)

St
-2ƀ "
or � Pier or Bent hor required in Plate A when Plate B is not required. Drill and thread
Anc Pad
)
g
Varies for skew > 0°
n
i
ac holes perpendicular to Embedded Plate A and prior to plates
C Sp
(
"
s)
3ƀ
AASH TO Type II
being galvanized (ASTM A 123).
@
FIB'
Florida I-Beam
K1 p.
corners
3s
F
90°
F
� Beam & � Plates J
1 " Ø 4. Provide Electroplated, Flat Head Cap Screws in accordance with
-0" (
12
Skew > 0° ASTM F 835. Electroplating shall be ASTM B633, SC 2, Type 1.
Provide screws long enough to maintain a Ƃ" minimum embedment
D = 3'
Skew > 0°
n. at
-4" (
E � Bearing Pad Ø 1 " 90° into Embedded Bearing Plate A and Galvanized Cap. Provide steel
12
K2
Galvanized Caps with ƀ" Min. to 1ƀ" Max. height and nominal 1"
2" M i
C
"
D = 1'
3ƀ
)
@
-2ƀ "
p.
o
Slpe 9 inside diameter.
3s
0
"
1ƀ
°
(
"
1
2ƀ
re
is
ew
Va
r
Sc
(
n g
2"
a.
ci 5. Include the cost of Bearing Plates in the pay item for
Di
a
Sp
Ƃ"
1
ud
2ƀ "
° St g Prestressed Beams.
2
0 in
9 chor 4" Sp
ac
An p.
p. 2s
2 sp. @ 2s " 6. For Pad Type and Dimensions C, D, E, F and G, see the
" " 3ƀ
2ƀ
2ƀ "
3ƀ 4"
5"
2ƀ" 3ƀ" 2ƀ" @ @
n
ig 'BEARING PLATE DATA TABLE' in the Structures Plans.
pac
sin Ø sin Ø sin Ø S For Dimensions J, K1 and K2, see 'TABLE OF BEAM
rew
Sc
a.
Di
VARIABLES' in the Structures Plans.
Ƃ"
1"
� Bearing
" " 7. All details and dimensions shown are along � Beam, except for
-1ƀ -1ƀ
� ƍ " Dia. Holes for 1' 1' dimensions to Ƃ" Dia. Screws and ƀ" Dia. x 2ƃ" Anchor Studs,
� Holes for Ƃ " Dia.
Ƃ " Dia. Screws End of which are along � Screws or � Anchor Studs. Positive Slope
Screws, (See Note No. 3)
Beam shown, Negative Slope similar.
E (Beveled E (Beveled
BEVELED BEARING PLATE B FOR
� ƀ " Dia. x 2ƃ " Anchor (Typ.)
Plate B) Plate B)
ELASTOMERIC BEARING PAD Studs, (See Detail "A") 8. When Skew = 0°, F = D = 3'-0" (Florida-I Beams) or 1'-4" (AASHTO
Type II Beams) E = C, and G = 1'-1ƀ".
TYPES AA, AB, D, E, F, G, H, & J G G
(Embedded Plate A)
(Along � Beam) (Embedded Plate A)
PLAN 9. Slope is determined along � Beam at � Bearing. See 'BEARING
(Positive Slope shown;
(0° < Skew ≤ 45° FIB Shown, Skew = 0° and AASHTO Type II Similar) PLATE DATA TABLE' in the Structures Plans for Slope and Angle Ø.
)
Negative Slope similar)

Varies for skew > 0°
CROSS REFERENCE:
Front Face of Backwall See Sheet 2 for Detail "A".
Direction of Stationing Front Face of Backwall
corners

Ƃ " Dia. Electro-plated, Countersunk
Flat Headed Machine Screws with
Direction of Stationing � Beam &
Galvanized Caps (16 Ga. Min.); See Detail "A"
� Plates
n. at
� Ƃ " Dia. Screws

Seal weld Cap to top of Plate A (Typ.)
E
� ƀ " Dia. x 2ƃ " G (Typ.) (See Note 4)
2" M i
1ƀ"
G Anchor Studs 1ƀ"
o
Slpe 9 1ƀ" .sp. Anchor
0
° 1ƀ" snØ
i
3 Eq snØ
i FIB's 7ƀ " 1'-9" 7ƀ " FIB's
(
. u d Spacn
ig
1
Vare
is 3 Eq.sp snØ
i St
Anchor snØ
i 2ƀ" Type II 5" 6" 5" Type II
4"
Embedded .
u
St d Spacn
ig 4" p. a
Ƃ"Di
° 2ƀ" snØ
i 2 Eq.s snØ
i 5" 5" 1'-4" 5" 5" FIB's
0 Bearing Plate A n
ig
9 2 Eq.sp. snØ
i Screw Spac
a
Ƃ"Di. snØ
i
ƀ" x G x F
Composite 2ƀ" 0" 11" 0" 2ƀ" Type II
2ƀ" 2 sp. @ 4"
Screw Spacn
ig 1ƀ" Elastomeric
sin Ø 3ƀ" sin Ø Bearing Pad
Bottom of Beam snØ
i
End 1 1ƀ"
sin Ø Level Bearing
nØ o
Slpe
si
End 2 Seat (Top of Bottom of Beam
Se
( e Note9)
4" 2ƀ" Substructure)
sin Ø sin Ø L Level Bearing Seat
L
� ƍ " Dia. Holes for E (Top of Substructure) 1" 1'-6" (FIB's) 1'-6" (FIB's) 1"
13 AM
Beveled Bearing Plate B

E
Ƃ " Dia. Screws (ƀ" Min. x E x F) 8" (Type II) 8" (Type II)
1ƀ" * 1" 1ƀ"
33:
1" * snØ
i 3'-0" (FIB's)
8:
BEVELED BEARING PLATE B FOR snØ

i snØ
i
J snØ
i Composite Elastomeric Bearing Pad J
1'-4" (AASHTO Type II)
ELASTOMERIC BEARING PAD snØ
i snØ
i
� Bearing � Bearing
TYPE K SIDE ELEVATION END ELEVATION
10/1/2021
K1 K2
(Along � Beam) snØ
i WITH BEVELED BEARING PLATES snØ
i WITH BEVELED BEARING PLATE
End 1 (Slopes > 2% along � Beam) (See Note 7) End 2
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
FY 2022-23 BEARING PLATES (TYPE 1) - PRESTRESSED
INDEX SHEET
REVISION
07/01/14 STANDARD PLANS FLORIDA-I AND AASHTO TYPE II BEAMS 450-511 1of 2
Front Face of Backwall Direction of Stationing Front Face of Backwall
� Beam &
�
1 1
2" Dia. x 28"
� Plates
Anchor Studs
G See Detail
1 1ƀ"
G 1
1 2" "A" (Typ.)
1ƀ" 1 2" 3 Eq.sp. snØ
i
Embedded snØ
i
3 Eq.sp. snØ
i Composite 5" 5" 1'-4" 5" 5" Florida-I Beams
snØ
i Bearing Plate A
1
Elastomeric
2" x G x F
Bearing Pad
Seat (Top of
o
Slpe
Substructure)
) Bottom of Beam
Se
( e Note9
1" * Level Bearing Seat

1ƀ" 1" * 1ƀ" 1" 1'-6" 1'-6" 1" Florida-I Beams
snØ
i (Top of Substructure)
snØ
i snØ
i snØ
i
J J 3'-0" (Florida-I Beams)

snØ
i Composite Elastomeric Bearing Pad snØ
i
� Bearing
K1 � Bearing K2
SIDE ELEVATION
snØ
i snØ
i END ELEVATION
WITHOUT BEVELED BEARING PLATES
WITHOUT BEVELED BEARING PLATE
(Slopes ≤ 0.5% along � Beam) (See Note 7)
* ƀ" Pad Type K

� 12" Dia. x 218"

ƀ " Dia. End Welded,
Anchor Studs
G Headed Concrete
G 1 1ƀ"
1 1 2"
Anchor Stud
1ƀ" 1 2"
Embedded 3 Eq.sp. snØ
i
snØ
i
3 Eq.sp. snØ
i
snØ
i Bearing Plate A
1
2" x G x F
welding)
after
Sloped Bearing Seat
Bottom of Beam ƀ"
2" (
See Structures Plans o
Slpe
Se
( e Note9)
Sloped Bearing Seat

1ƀ" 1" * 1" *
1ƀ" (Top of Substructure) Embedded
snØ
i snØ
i snØ
i
snØ
i See Structures Plans Bearing Plate A
J
J ƀ" x G x F
snØ
i Composite Elastomeric Bearing Pad
snØ
i
� Bearing
K1 � Bearing SIDE ELEVATION K2 DETAIL "A"
snØ
i WITHOUT BEVELED BEARING PLATES snØ
i
(0.5% < Slopes ≤ 2% along � Beam) (See Note 7)

18 AM
33:
CROSS REFERENCE:
8:
See Sheet 1 for Notes.

10/1/2021
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
INDEX SHEET
REVISION
11/01/20 STANDARD PLANS FLORIDA-I AND AASHTO TYPE II BEAMS 450-511 2 of 2

1ƀ" 1ƀ" NOTES:

1'-1ƀ" (Embedded 1'-1ƀ" (Embedded
Edge of FIB
Bearing Plates A & B ~ Plate A) Plate A)
Bottom Flange (Typ.) 1. Work this sheet with Index 400-510 - Composite Elastomeric
Embedded Plate A (½" x 1'-1ƀ" x D) (Typ.)
C (Beveled C (Beveled Bearing Pads, and 'BEARING PLATE DATA TABLE' in the Structures
& Beveled Plate B (½" Min. x C x D) (Typ.)
Plate B) Face of Pier Plate B) Plans.
or Bent Cap Front Face of
1"
� Bearing Backwall or 2. Embedded Bearing Plates A are required for all Florida-I beams.
� Pier or Bent Beveled Bearing Plates B with Embedded Bearing Plates A are
required for beams as scheduled in the 'BEARING PLATE DATA
2ƀ "
ans
5"
Front Face of l TABLE' in the Structures Plans.
eP
AASH TO Type II)

Florida-I Beam )
Se
Backwall or
� Pier or Bent
2 2"
3. Bearing plate material shall conform to ASTM A36 or ASTM A709
2"
1
(Grade 36 or 50). Headed Concrete Anchor Studs shall conform
1
2
to Specification Section 502. Hot-dip galvanize Bearing Plates A
& B after fabrication except that Galvanized Caps may be welded
)
-2ƀ "
1ƀ" Anchor Stud Spacing
1
K1 1 2" 3 sp. @ 3ƀ" in place after hot-dip galvanizing. Drill Bearing Plates A and B
as an assembled unit, thread Bearing Plate A only. Holes are not
AASH TO Type II
Florida-I Beam s
-0" (
(
2ƀ"
-4" (
J 2 sp. 4" Ƃ" Dia. Screw Spacing
� Beam, � Plates required in Plate A when Plate B is not required. Drill and thread
90°
@ 3ƀ" holes perpendicular to Embedded Plate A and prior to plates
D = 3'
D = 1'
& ¡ Bearing Pad
Skew 90° Skew being galvanized (ASTM A 123).
> 0° 90° > 0°
Ƃ" Dia. Screw Spacing 4" 2 sp. 2ƀ" J
4. Provide Electroplated, Flat Head Cap Screws in accordance
)
-2ƀ "
@ 3ƀ" 90° with ASTM F 835. Electroplating shall be ASTM B633,
K2
½ " M in. at corners
1ƀ"
1
Anchor Stud Spacing 3 sp. @ 3ƀ" 1 2" SC 2, Type 1. Provide screws long enough to maintain a ¾"
(
minimum embedment into Embedded Bearing Plate A and
212"
Direction of Stationing Galvanized Cap. Provide steel Galvanized Caps with ½" Min. to
2ƀ " 21 "
1½" Max. height and nominal 1" inside diameter.
2
C
5. Include the cost of Bearing Plates in the pay item for

ans
5"
l
o
Slpe 90° eP Prestressed Beams.
Se End of
Vare
is Beam (Typ.)
6. For Pad Type and Dimension C, see the 'BEARING PLATE DATA
1"
90° � Bearing TABLE' in the Structures Plans. For Dimensions J, K1 and K2,
see 'TABLE OF BEAM VARIABLES' in the Structures Plans.
2½" ** 2 sp. 2½" ***
Composite Composite Elastomeric
@ 3ƀ" � Holes for ¾" Dia. 7. All details and dimensions shown are along � Beam. Positive Slope
Elastomeric Bearing Pad
Screws, (See Note No. 3) shown, Negative Slope similar.
Bearing Pad
� ƍ " Dia. Holes for � ½" Dia. x 2ƃ" Anchor 8. Slope is determined along � Beam at � Bearing. See 'BEARING
Studs, See Detail "A"
Ƃ " Dia. Screws PLATE DATA TABLE' in the Structures Plans for Slope.
BEVELED BEARING PLATE B PLAN

CROSS REFERENCE:
(Along � Beam) (FIB Skewed Alignment Shown, Skew = 0° and AASHTO Type II Similar) See Sheet 2 for Detail "A"
(Positive Slope shown;

Negative Slope similar)

or � Pier or Bent Ƃ " Dia. Electro-plated, Countersunk
or � Pier or Bent
LEGEND: Flat Headed Machine Screws with
Galvanized Caps (16 Ga. Min.);
* ƀ" for Pad Type K � Ƃ " Dia. Screws Seal weld Cap to top of Plate A
** 4" for Pad Type K at End 1
� ƀ " Dia. x 2ƃ " (Typ.) (See Note 4)
� Beam &
*** 4" for Pad Type K at End 2 1-
'1ƀ" 1ƀ"
Anchor Studs
� Plates
1-
'1ƀ"
1ƀ" (See Detail "A")
p.@ 3ƀ" Ancho u
r St d Spacn
ig
1½" 3s 1 1
7 2" 7 2"
cn
ig 3sp.@ 3ƀ" 1½" See Detail (FIB's)
Ancho u
r St d Spa
a
Ƃ"Di.Screw Spacn
ig "A" (Typ.)
Embedded 2½" 2sp. 4" 5" 5" (Type II)
. 2½"
a
Ƃ"Di.Screw Spacn
ig 4" 2sp Bearing Plate A @ 3ƀ" 5" 5" 1'-4" 5" 5" (FIB's)
Composite
@ 3ƀ"
Elastomeric 2ƀ" 0" 11" 0" 2ƀ" (Type II)
Bearing Pad
Bottom of Beam
Level Bearing
o
Slpe
Seat (Top of
te8) Bottom of Beam
Se
( e No
Substructure)
L
L Level Bearing Seat 1" 1'-6" (FIB's) 1'-6" (FIB's) 1"
23 AM
Beveled Bearing Plate B

C C 8" (Type II) 8" (Type II)
33:
3'-0" (FIB's)
8:
1ƀ" 2ƀ"* Composite Elastomeric Bearing Pad 2ƀ"* 1ƀ" 1'-4" (AASHTO Type II)
J SIDE ELEVATION J
� Bearing � Bearing
END ELEVATION
10/1/2021
K1 WITH BEVELED BEARING PLATES K2

WITH BEVELED BEARING PLATE
End 1 (Slopes > 2% along � Beam) (See Note 7) End 2
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
INDEX SHEET
REVISION
07/01/14 STANDARD PLANS FLORIDA-I AND AASHTO TYPE II BEAMS 450-512 1of 2
� Beam &
� 12" Dia. x 218"
� Plates
Anchor Studs
1-
'1ƀ" See Detail
1-
'1ƀ"
3sp.@ 3ƀ" 1ƀ" "A" (Typ.)
Embedded 1½"
1ƀ" 3sp.@ 3ƀ" 1½" 5" 5" 1'-4" 5" 5" Florida-I Beam
Bearing Plate A Composite
½" x 1'-1ƀ" x 3'-0" Elastomeric

Bearing Pad
Seat (Top of
o
Slpe
Substructure)
) Bottom of Beam
Se
( e Note8
Level Bearing Seat

1" 1'-6" 1'-6" 1" Florida-I Beam
1½" 2½" * 2½ " * 1½ "
3'-0" (Florida-I Beam)

J Composite Elastomeric Bearing Pad J
� Bearing
� Bearing
SIDE ELEVATION
K1 K2 END ELEVATION
WITHOUT BEVELED BEARING PLATES
WITHOUT BEVELED BEARING PLATE
(Slopes ≤ 0.5% along � Beam) (See Note 7)
* ƀ" for Pad Type K

ƀ " Dia. End Welded,

Headed Concrete
�
1 1
2" Dia. x 28" Anchor Stud
Anchor Studs
1-
'1ƀ"
1-
'1ƀ"
welding)
after
3sp.@ 3ƀ" 1ƀ"
Embedded 1½"
1ƀ" 3sp.@ 3ƀ" 1½"
ƀ"
Bearing Plate A
2" (
½" x 1'-1ƀ" x 3'-0"
Sloped Bearing Seat
Bottom of Beam
See Structures Plans o
Slpe
Se
( e Note8) Embedded
Bearing Plate A
Sloped Bearing Seat
1½" 2½" * 2½ " * 1½ " See Structures Plans
DETAIL "A"
Composite Elastomeric Bearing Pad
J J
� Bearing
� Bearing SIDE ELEVATION
K1 WITHOUT BEVELED BEARING PLATES K2
(0.5% < Slopes ≤ 2% along � Beam) (See Note 7)

28 AM
33:
8:
CROSS REFERENCE:
See Sheet 1 for Notes.

10/1/2021
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
INDEX SHEET
REVISION
07/01/14 STANDARD PLANS FLORIDA-I AND AASHTO TYPE II BEAMS 450-512 2 of 2

PRESTRESSED CONCRETE PILE NOTES:
1. Work this Index with the Square Prestressed Concrete Pile Splices (Index 455-002), the
Prestressed Concrete Pile Standards (Index 455-012 thru 455-030), the High Moment
Capacity Square Prestressed Concrete Pile (Index 455-031) and the Pile Data Table in
0.7L 0.3L L the Structures Plans.
2. Concrete:
A. Piles: Class V (Special), except use Class VI for High Moment Capacity Pile
Pick-up Point
(Index 455-031).
L Tie Down and B. High Capacity Splice Collar: Class V (Special).

0.21L 0.58L 0.21L
C. See “GENERAL NOTES” in the Structures Plans for locations where
Support Points
1-POINT PICK-UP 2-POINT SUPPORT the use of Highly Reactive Pozzolans is required.
3. Concrete strength at time of prestress transfer:
A. Piles: 4,000 psi minimum.
B. High Moment Capacity Piles: 6,500 psi minimum.
0.21L 0.58L 0.21L L 4. Carbon-Steel Reinforcing:
A. Bars: Meet the requirements of Specification Section 415.
B. Prestressing Strands: Meet the requirements of Specification Section 933.
Pick-up Points
C. Protect all strands permanently exposed to the environment and not embedded
L 0.145L 0.355L 0.355L 0.145L Tie Down and under final conditions in accordance with Specification Section 450.
Support Points 5. Spiral Ties:

A. Tie each wrap of the spiral strand to a minimum of two corner strands.
2-POINT PICK-UP 3-POINT SUPPORT
B. One full turn required for spiral splices.
6. Pile Splices: Fill dowel holes and form the joint between pile sections with a Type AB
Epoxy Compound in accordance with Specification Section 962. Use an Epoxy Bonding
0.145L 0.355L 0.355L 0.145L L
Compound or an Epoxy Mortar as recommended by the Manufacturer.
Pick-up Points
L 0.107L 0.262L 0.262L 0.262L 0.107L Tie Down and

Support Points
PILE PICK-UP DETAILS STORAGE AND TRANSPORTATION SUPPORT DETAILS
TABLE OF MAXIMUM PILE PICK-UP AND SUPPORT LENGTHS
D = Square Pile Size (inches) Required Storage and

Pick-Up Detail
12 14 18 24 30 Transportation Detail
Maximum 48 52 59 68 87 2, 3, or 4 point 1 Point
Pile
69 75 85 98 124 2, 3, or 4 point 2 Point
Length
(Feet) 99 107 121 140 178 3 or 4 point 3 Point
D
1 1
4" Max. 4" Max.
Cover
3"
D
3
1" Rad. or 4"
Chamfer (Typ.)
3"
1 1 Spiral Ties -
4" Max. 4" Max. Cover
W4.0 (30" Piles)
D W3.4 (All others)
32 AM
DETAIL SHOWING
33:
TYPICAL PILE SHAPE

8:
FOR MOLD FORMS TYPICAL COVER

10/1/2021
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
FY 2022-23 SQUARE PRESTRESSED CONCRETE PILES
INDEX SHEET
REVISION

NOTES:
final thickness)
1. For Sections D-D, E-E, & F-F see Index 455-012 thru 455-030 for applicable concrete pile size and Pile Splice Reinforcement Details.
2. Prestressing strands, spiral ties and/or reinforcement are not shown for clarity.
,
applied)
3. In cases where pile splices are desired due to length limitations in shipping and/or handling, the "Drivable Preplanned Prestressed Precast Splice Detail" shall be used.
Mechanical Pile Splices contained on the Approved Products List (APL) may also be used.
ƅ"(
ƀ"(
4. When preformed dowel holes are utilized, the 1" spiral tie pitch shall be continued to 4'-0" below the head of the pile, See Index 455-018, 455-020 & 455-024. Preformed
holes shall utilize either removable preforming material or stay-in-place corrugated galvanized steel ducts. Stay-in-place ducts shall be fabricated from galvanized sheet
Form to retain
steel meeting the requirements of ASTM A653, Coating Designation G90, 26 gauge. Ducts shall be 2" diameter with a minimum corrugation (rib) height of 0.12 in. Ducts shall
epoxy compound
be fabricated with either welded or interlocked seams. Galvanizing of welded seams will not be required.
Full epoxy compound joint
5. For tension piles where top of Prestressed Pile is less than 3 feet below Pile Cut-off Elevation, extend No. 10 Dowels into cap beyond Pile Cut-off Elevation to achieve Gasket
development as approved by the Engineer.
1" Cover DETAIL A

at End
-0" M axim um Pile Build-up
Build-up section
-0" M inim um Splice Section
Splice or
C-I-P Concrete
Bent Cap, Pile Cap
or Footing No. 10 Dowels
Full length of
Build-up
Pile Cut-off
-0" M inim um , 21'
Dowel extension
Elevation
No chamfer,
No. 10 No. 10
flat surface
Dowels Dowels
21'
required
21'
-6"
5-0" M ax.
-6"
No. 10
Splice section
Pile Build-up
10'
10'
Dowels
Splice section
4'
C-I-P Pile
Build-up D D E E E E
ƅ"
Full epoxy
D D
compound joint
Dowel Extension
)
Driven prestressed pile

Typ.
Top of
Prestressed Pile Epoxy compound
Plus 2"
-6" (

to fill hole with

)
)
Typ.
Typ.
See
dowels in place
2'
See See Detail A

No. 10 Dowels
-6" (
-6" (
Detail A Detail A
Extended into
-0"
Dowel Em bedm ent
Cap/ Footing to
2'
2'
F F 1Ƃ " Ø Drilled or
4'
-6"
Pile cut-off
preformed holes
Elevation;
10'
(see Splice Details)
Dowel extension
Dowel extension
See Note 5.
Preformed holes,
4'-2" long, in driven
pile (see Note No. 4)
Dowel extension
Auxiliary reinforcing
steel cast with pile.
See Section F-F.
36 AM
TYPICAL SPLICE
33:
8:
BEFORE BONDING
UNFORESEEN NON-DRIVABLE UNFORESEEN DRIVABLE UNFORESEEN DRIVABLE PREPLANNED
REINFORCED C-I-P REINFORCED PRECAST PRESTRESSED PRECAST PRESTRESSED PRECAST
10/1/2021
PILE BUILD-UP DETAIL PILE BUILD-UP DETAIL PILE SPLICE DETAIL PILE SPLICE DETAIL
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
REVISION
SQUARE PRESTRESSED CONCRETE PILE SPLICES
Antenna (centered
over Top Gauge)
Prestressing Strands
(Strand pattern varies) B A
Tip of Head
Pile of Pile
Tip Gauge Void (Typical for 30"

B Top Gauge A
(As Required in Plans) and larger piles)
3'-0" 2D (Min.) 2D (Min.) 2D
D ELEVATION
D/2
Antenna
10"
Tip Gauge extension cable
(See Note 2)
D
3"
3" Cover
D/2
(Typ.)
Void ANTENNA TOP VIEW

Tip Gauge Top Gauge
Face of
SECTION A-A Concrete
(Strand Pattern with odd number of strands per face)
Ƃ"
D
D/2 Dataport Interface

Antenna
Cable (to radio Bottom surfaces of enclosure to
module assembly) be epoxy coated just prior to
SECTION B-B
concrete casting per manufacturer's
Tip Gauge extension cable (Showing Voided Pile,
installation procedures.
(See Note 2) Solid Pile Similar)
ANTENNA SIDE VIEW ANTENNA END VIEW
D
NOTES:
3" Cover 1. For piles 18" and larger installed for bridge foundations,
D/2
(Typ.) provide EDC Instrumentation in accordance with

2. Attach Tip Gauge extension cable to the underside of the

41 AM
strand shown in Section A-A. Secure cable to strand with

Tip Gauge Top Gauge
nylon wire ties spaced a maximum of 6ft. along cable.
33:
8:
SECTION A-A
(Strand Pattern with even number of strands per face)
10/1/2021
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
FY 2022-23 SQUARE PRESTRESSED CONCRETE PILES -
INDEX SHEET
REVISION
11/01/20 STANDARD PLANS EDC INSTRUMENTATION 455-003 1of 1

12" W3.4 Spiral Ties @
114" 1
1
4"
6" pitch, full length
A
5 Turns @ 1" Pitch 5 Turns @ 1" Pitch
4"
Spiral Tie 1" 16 Turns @ 3" Pitch 6" Pitch 16 Turns @ 3" Pitch 1"
1
� Pile
1
Spacing
12"
3"
4"
3" Cover
1
1
(Typ.)
4 ~ No. 10 4 ~ No. 6 Bars
3"
Dowels (Full Length)
� Pile
3
W3.4 Spiral Ties 4" x 3" Chamfer (Typ.)
SECTION D-D
A (See Non-Drivable Unforeseen Reinforced Precast Pile Splice Detail)
12" W3.4
ELEVATION 1 1
1 4" 1 4"
Spiral Ties
4"
1
� Pile
1
12"
114"
3" Cover
(Typ.)
4 ~ No. 10 Prestressing
Dowels Strands
� Pile
ALTERNATE STRAND PATTERNS SECTION E-E

(See Drivable Unforeseen Prestressed Precast Pile Splice Detail)
4 ~ 0.6" Ø, Grade 270 LRS, at 44 kips
8 ~ ƀ" Ø (Special), Grade 270 LRS, at 25 kips
12" 8 ~ ƀ" Ø, Grade 270 LRS, at 24 kips
8 ~ Ɗ" Ø, Grade 270 LRS, at 23 kips
12 ~ Ƅ" Ø, Grade 270 LRS, at 16 kips
PILE SPLICE REINFORCEMENT DETAILS
3" Cover
NOTES:
12"
(Typ.)
1. Work this Index with Index 450-001 - Typical Details and Notes for
W3.4
Square Prestressed Concrete Piles and Index 455-002 -
Spiral Ties
Square Prestressed Concrete Pile Splices.
2. Any of the given Alternate Strand Patterns may be utilized.
See Alternate The strands shall be located as follows:
Strand Patterns Place one strand at each corner and place the remaining
strands equally spaced between the corner strands.
SECTION A-A The total strand pattern shall be concentric with the nominal
concrete section of the pile.
8: 45 AM
33:
10/1/2021
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
REVISION
12" SQUARE PRESTRESSED CONCRETE PILE
1
3 3 6" pitch, full length
4" 14"
5 Turns @ 1" Pitch

A 5 Turns @ 1" Pitch
4"
16 Turns @ 3" Pitch 6" Pitch 16 Turns @ 3" Pitch
3
Spiral Tie 1" 1"
1
Spacing � Pile
14"
3"
4"
3" Cover
3
1
(Typ.)
4 ~ No. 10 4 ~ No. 8 Bars

3"
� Pile
W3.4 Spiral Ties 3

4" x 3" Chamfer (Typ.)
SECTION D-D
A (See Non-Drivable Unforeseen Reinforced Precast Splice Detail)
14" W3.4
ELEVATION 3 3 Spiral Ties
1 4" 14"
4"
3
1
� Pile
14"
4"
3" Cover
3
1
(Typ.)
Dowels Strands
� Pile

(See Drivable Unforeseen Prestressed Precast Splice Detail)
14"
8 ~ 12" Ø (Special), Grade 270 LRS, at 31 kips
8 ~ 12" Ø, Grade 270 LRS, at 31 kips
12 ~
7
16" Ø, Grade 270 LRS, at 21 kips PILE SPLICE REINFORCEMENT DETAILS
3" Cover 3
14"
(Typ.) NOTES:
W3.4
Square Prestressed Concrete Piles and Index 455-002 - Square
Spiral Ties
Prestressed Concrete Pile Splices.
Strand Patterns Place one strand at each corner and place the remaining
8: 49 AM
33:
10/1/2021
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
REVISION
1
32"
1 1
5 2" 5 2" W3.4 Spiral Ties @
5 Turns @ 1" Pitch 5 Turns @ 1" Pitch **
2"
Spacing 3" Cover
A
1
5
2"
(Typ.)
1
3
� Pile
3"
2"
1
5
8 ~ No. 10 4 ~ No. 8 Bars
3"
� Pile
W3.4 Spiral Ties 3
A SECTION D-D
(See Non-Drivable Unforeseen Reinforced Precast Splice Detail)
ELEVATION 1
32"
1 1
5 2" 5 2" W3.4
Spiral Ties
** See Note 4 on Index 455-002
2"
3" Cover
1
5
312"
(Typ.)
� Pile
512"
ALTERNATE STRAND PATTERNS Dowels Strands
� Pile
18"
1
12 ~ 2" Ø (Special), Grade 270 LRS, at 34 kips
SECTION E-E
16 ~ 12" Ø, Grade 270 LRS, at 26 kips (See Drivable Prestressed Precast Splice Detail)
20 ~ 716" Ø, Grade 270 LRS, at 21 kips 2"

3" Cover 3
(Typ.)
7" 7"
18"
W3.4
W3.4
Spiral Ties Spiral Ties
3" Cover
7"
(Typ.)
2"
See Alternate
� Pile
Strand Patterns
SECTION A-A 8 ~ No. 9 Bars
7"
(10'-6" long)
(shift as required
to clear strands)
8 ~ No. 10
Prestressing
NOTES: Dowels
Strands
1. Work this Index with Index 455-001 - Typical Details and Notes for � Pile
Square Prestressed Concrete Piles and Index 455-002 - Square
Prestressed Concrete Pile Splices. SECTION F-F
53 AM
2. Any of the given Alternate Strand Patterns may be utilized. (See Drivable Preplanned Splice Detail)
33:
The strands shall be located as follows:

8:
Place one strand at each corner and place the remaining PILE SPLICE REINFORCEMENT DETAILS
The total strand pattern shall be concentric with the nominal
10/1/2021

REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
REVISION
2"
1 1 1 1
5 2" 42" 4 2" 5 2"
W3.4 Spiral Ties @
2"
1
5
Spiral Tie 16 Turns @ 3" Pitch 6" Pitch 16 Turns @ 3" Pitch 1"
2"
1"
2"
1
Spacing
4
A
� Pile
3"
3" Cover
2"
1
(Typ.)
4
2"
1
5
12 ~ No. 10 4 ~ No. 8 Bars
Dowels (Full length)
� Pile
SECTION D-D
3"
(See Non-Drivable Unforeseen Reinforced Precast Pile Splice Detail)
W3.4 Spiral Ties
3 2"
A 1 1 1 1
5 2" 42" 4 2" 5 2"
W3.4
ELEVATION
Spiral Ties
2"
1
5
412"
2"
� Pile
512" 412"
3" Cover
(Typ.)
ALTERNATE STRAND PATTERNS
Dowels Strands
24"
16 ~ 0.6" Ø, Grade 270 LRS, at 44 kips � Pile
20 ~ 12" Ø (Special), Grade 270 LRS, at 34 kips SECTION E-E

24 ~ 12" Ø, Grade 270 LRS, at 31 kips (See Drivable Prestressed Precast Pile Splice Detail)
W3.4
3" Cover
8" 4" 4" 8"
Spiral Ties
(Typ.)
24"
12 ~ No. 10 Bars
(10'-6" long)
W3.4
8"
(Shift as required
Spiral Ties
to clear strands)
4"
� Pile
4"
See Alternate
Strand Patterns 3" Cover
SECTION A-A (Typ.)
8"
NOTES:
Dowels Strands
Square Prestressed Concrete Piles and Index 455-002 - Square � Pile
Prestressed Concrete Pile Splices.
57 AM
SECTION F-F
(See Drivable Preplanned Pile Splice Detail)
33:

8:
Place one strand at each corner and place the remaining

10/1/2021

REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
REVISION
1
512" 4" 512" 512" 4" 512"
4 Turns @ 112" Pitch 4 Turns @ 1 2" Pitch
2"
W4.0 Spiral Ties
1
Spacing
5
@ 6" pitch, full
4 ~ No. 8 Bars 6'-0" long
4"
Conical End Fitting (Typ.) length
(see Section C-C)
B C
2"
� Pile
3"
1
5
2"
1
5
3" Cover
(Typ.)
4"
Tip Head
2"
1
5
4 ~ No. 8 Bars
12 ~ No. 10 � Pile
(Full length)
Dowels
3"
SECTION D-D
(See Non-Drivable Unforeseen Reinforced Precast Pile Splice Detail)
B C 5
1 1 1 1
1" x 1" Chamfer or 3 2" 4" 5 2" 5 2" 4" 5 2"
4" x 3"
3
4" x 34" Chamfer W4.0 Spiral Ties 10 Diagonal Ties @ 6" 3" Chamfer
2"
(Ties not shown in Elevation) W4.0
1
5
11'-0" Solid Section 8" ± 8" ± 11'-0" Solid Section Spiral Ties
4"
3" Cover
(Typ.)
ELEVATION
2"
� Pile
1
5
30"
512"
30" 8" 8"
4"
18" Ø ** W4.0 Diagonal Ties
512"
Void 6" ctrs. (See Detail)
W4.0
� Pile &
W4.0 Prestressing
� Void
Spiral Ties 135° 12 ~ No. 10 � Pile

Spiral Ties Strands
8"
Dowels
� Pile
SECTION E-E
30"
30"
"
4
4
"
(See Drivable Prestressed Precast Pile Splice Detail)
3
** 9 4" 1 1
8" No. 8 Bars 7
4 678" 3 4" 3 4" 678" 478"
8"
3" Cover (6'-0" long)
(Typ.) W4.0 DIAGONAL TIE
8"
3" Cover W4.0
7
DETAIL
4
(Typ.) Spiral Ties
8"
3" Cover
7
6
(Typ.)
Prestressing Strands, see � Pile & Prestressing Strands, see � Pile
� Pile
4"3 4"
Alternate Strand Patterns � Void
Alternate Strand Patterns ** Omit 4 ~ No. 8 Bars and Diagonal Ties
1
in pre-planned mechanical splice.
SECTION B-B SECTION C-C
1
3
(See Pile Splice Reinforcement Details) (See Pile Splice Reinforcement Details)
8"
7
6
12 ~ No. 10 Bars
NOTES:
(10'-6" long)
ALTERNATE STRAND PATTERNS 1. Any of the given Alternate Strand Patterns may be utilized. The strands shall be located as follows:
8"
(shift as required
7
Place one strand at each corner and place the remaining strands equally spaced between the corner
4
to clear strands)
strands. The total strand pattern shall be concentric with the nominal concrete section of the pile.
1
24 ~ 2" Ø (Special), Grade 270 LRS, at 34 kips 2. CONTRACTOR OPTION: The 30" pile may be cast SOLID by omitting the 18" Ø void. In this event, the Prestressing
12 ~ No. 10 � Pile
28 ~
1 Contractor shall submit calculations for approval and a proposed strand configuration that provide Strands
2" Ø, Grade 270 LRS, at 29 kips
Dowels
net prestressing after losses equal to 1000 psi. Alternate configurations for the Diagonal Ties, to
maintain the position of the 4 ~ #8 Bars, may be approved by the Engineer. SECTION F-F
01 AM
3. Work this Index with Index 455-001 - Typical Details and Notes for Square Prestressed Concrete Piles (See Drivable Preplanned Pile Splice Detail)
34:
and Index 455-002 - Square Prestressed Concrete Pile Splices.

8:
PILE SPLICE DETAILS

10/1/2021
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
REVISION
4 Turns @ 1ƀ " Pitch 8 Turns @ 1" Pitch 8" 30" 8"
1" 16 Turns @ 2" Pitch 4" Pitch 20 Turns @ 1ƀ " Pitch 1" Spiral Tie
Spacing
4 ~ No. 8 Bars 6'-0" 5ƀ " 4" 11" 4" 5ƀ " Dowel Spacing (Typ.)
18" Ø Void
Conical End Fitting (Typ.) long (see Section C-C) 1" x 1" Chamfer or
3Ƃ "
A B C **
Ƃ " x Ƃ " Chamfer No. 8 Bars (Typ.)
W4.0 Spiral Ties

at 3" pitch
)
Typ.
Pile Collar
10 ~ No. 8 Bars
equally spaced (
36 ~ No. 8 Bars
Tip Head
� Pile
1ƀ Turns 18" Ø Void

at Head
3" Cover (Typ.)
30" Sq. Pile

1" x 1" Chamfer or A B C
3Ƃ "
Ƃ " x Ƃ " Chamfer
10 Diagonal Ties @ 6" (Ties not shown in Elevation) 3" Prestressing Strands
8 ~ No. 10
W4.0 Spiral Ties
Dowels � Pile
11'-0" Solid Section 8" ±
SECTION D-D
** Omit 4 ~ No. 8 Bars and SECTION THRU PILE COLLAR
30" ELEVATION
Diagonal Ties in pre-planned Pile Extension
3"
mechanical splice. Per This Index
30"
Pile Cut Off Elevation

18" Ø
W4.0 Full epoxy compound
Void
Spiral Ties joint
Pile Em bedm ent
)
-0" M in.
� Pile W4.0
-6"
30"
Spiral Ties
10'
Pile Collar
Form to retain
Splice section
� Pile &
-0"
4'
30"
epoxy compound W4.0 Spiral
(
� Void Gasket
8'
Ties (3" Pitch)
-0"
3" Cover
3" Cover 36 ~ No. 8 Bars
4'
(Typ.) DETAIL A
(Typ.)
Bottom of ƅ " Full epoxy
Pile Cap compound joint

Prestressing
� Pile (See Detail A)
Strands (Typ.) 135°
-0"
Bottom of Seal
D D
4'
SECTION A-A Prestressing (as required)
� Pile & � Void
Strands (Typ.)
"
30"
4
Concrete
4
8 ~ No. 10 Dowels
"
-6"
SECTION B-B (See Note 2) 9Ƃ " (Drill & Epoxy)
8" 8"
10'
** Plug Form
W4.0 Diagonal Ties
18" Ø Void
6" ctrs. (See Detail) SECTION THROUGH PILE AT PILE CAP W4.0 DIAGONAL TIE
STRAND PATTERN
DETAIL
28 ~ 0.6" Ø, Grade 270 LRS, at 29.5 kips
W4.0 30" Sq. Prestressed
Spiral Ties Concrete Pile Roughen
-0"
NOTES: surface to Ɓ" amplitude
8"
1'
7"
1. After the pile is driven and cut to grade, the top 8'-0" of the 18" Ø Void shall be filled with concrete.
� Pile & within limits of collar.
30"
Prior to filling the top 8'-0" of the 18" Ø Void with concrete, strip the cardboard form material from
� Void
the void and sand/water blast all interface surfaces. Seal void and fill with potable water for 4-5
** 1ƀ " (Typ.) Pile per
No. 8 Bars
8"
hours. Remove water to a surface-saturated-dry condition prior to making the concrete pour. In lieu
(6'-0" long) 18" Ø Void this Index
of the cardboard form material and the surface preparation requirements described above, a
8" 30" 8"
stay-in-place corrugated thin wall galvanized pipe may be used. The concrete fill material shall be
3" Cover
06 AM
of the same type and strength as called for in the pile cap and paid for as substructure concrete.
(Typ.)
2. Collar concrete shall reach a strength of 6,000 psi before pile driving is resumed.
34:
3. Work this Index with Index 455-001 - Typical Details and Notes for Square Prestressed Concrete Piles.
8:
DETAIL OF PILE COLLAR FOR HIGH MOMENT

Prestressing CAPACITY 30" SQUARE PRESTRESSED PILE
� Pile & � Void
Strands (Typ.)
-PILE SPLICE DETAIL-
10/1/2021
SECTION C-C
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
FY 2022-23 30" SQUARE PRESTRESSED CONCRETE PILE -
INDEX SHEET
REVISION
07/01/15 STANDARD PLANS HIGH MOMENT CAPACITY 455-031 1of 1

1" 1"
Spiral Tie 1" 2" Pitch 2" Pitch 2" Pitch 1"
Spacing
Epoxy Grout @ Provide one (1) 3Ƃ " Ø vent hole (@ � Pile) on two (2)
Joints (Typ.) opposite faces of pile (Typ. each Pile Section)
Tip Head
3'-0" (Typ.)
4'-0" Minimum Bottom Section 16'-0" Minimum Intermediate Sections as required 16'-0" Minimum Top Section
ELEVATION
L NOTES
1. Work this Index with the Pile Data Table in the Structures Plans.
2. Concrete:
A. Piles: Class V (Special).
0.21L 0.58L 0.21L Tie Down and B. Splice: Class IV.
Support Points C. See “GENERAL NOTES” in Structures Plans for locations where the use of
2-POINT SUPPORT Highly Reactive Pozzolans is required.
3. Concrete Strength at time of prestress transfer:
0.7L 0.3L L A. Piles: 6,000 psi minimum.
4. Carbon-Steel Reinforcing:
A. Bars: Meet the requirements of Specification Section 415.
Pick-up B. Prestressing Strands: Meet the requirements of Specification Section 933.
Point C. Tendons: Two seven-wire ½” dia. (Special) Grade 270, low-relaxation strands tensioned to
L 0.145L 0.355L 0.355L 0.145L Tie Down and
33.8 kips.
Support Points
D. Protect all carbon-steel strands permanently exposed to the environment and not
1-POINT PICK-UP 3-POINT SUPPORT embedded under final conditions in accordance with Specification Section 450.
E. Spiral Ties:
0.21L 0.58L 0.21L L
a. One half turn is required for carbon-steel spiral splice.
b. One full turn is required at the pile head and tip.
Pick-up 5. Pile Splices:
Points A. Epoxy: Type AB Epoxy Compound or Mortar must meet the requirements of Specification
L 0.107L 0.262L 0.262L 0.262L 0.107L Tie Down and Section 926.
Support Points a. Use a Type AB Epoxy Bonding Compound or Epoxy Mortar, as recommended by the
2-POINT PICK-UP 4-POINT SUPPORT Manufacturer, to form the joint between pile sections
b. Use a Type AB Epoxy Bonding Compound as a bonding agent on internal pile surfaces.
PILE PICK-UP DETAILS STORAGE AND TRANSPORTATION SUPPORT DETAILS B. Driving: Resume pile driving after splice concrete reaches a minimum strength of 5,500 psi.
6. Mark piles at the pick-up points to indicate the proper points for attaching handling lines.
TABLE OF MAXIMUM PILE PICK-UP AND

SUPPORT LENGTHS
Maximum Pile Length Required Storage and Pick-Up

(Feet) Transportation Detail Detail
09 AM
119 2, 3, or 4 point 1 Point

34:
8:

10/1/2021
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
FY 2022-23 54" PRECAST/POST-TENSIONED CONCRETE
INDEX SHEET
REVISION
11/01/20 STANDARD PLANS CYLINDER PILE 455-054 1of 2

A A
-0"
1'
1'-0" Ø Void, open top and bottom
to allow through venting of sections
Spliced Precast/Post-Tensioned Pile Section

54" Ø 54" Ø
4 ~ Longitudinal Spacers 4 ~ Longitudinal Spacer Bars

(No. 3 Bars or W11 wire) for (No. 3 Bars or W11 wire) for
Spiral Ties @ Equal Spaces Spiral Ties @ Equal Spaces
W11 Wire Spiral Ties

Roughen inside surface
of 54" Ø Pile to Ɓ"
-6"
amplitude for Spliced 24 ~ No. 11 Bars

1'-0" Min.
10'
Pile Section @ Equal Spaces

Lap Splice
d
i 1'-0" Ø Void
B B 37Ƃ"Ø Vo W11 Spiral
Wire Ties
3" Min. *
Cast in
Cover (Typ.) Place Plug No. 4 Bars or
Closed No. 4 Bars or W20
Wire Ties @ 1'-0" ± (Typ.) W20 Wire Ties
1ƀ " Min.
3" Min. * 3" Min. *
Cover (Typ.) Cover (Typ.) Cover (Typ.)

Full Epoxy Compound
Joint around cylinder pile
wall only (See Detail "A")
24 ~ 1Ƅ " Ø Formed Holes 24 ~ 1Ƅ " Ø Formed Holes

for Tendons @ Equal Spaces for Tendons @ Equal Spaces
1Ƅ" Ø Formed Hole (1 tendon per hole;

2 ~ ƀ" Ø (Special) strands per tendon
24 ~ No. 11 Bars shown as ( ); Grout per Specification 938)

Driven Precast/Post-Tensioned Pile
final thickness)
-6"
B B
10'
Inside Pile Wall
applied)
Full epoxy
compound joint
ƅ"(
ƀ"(
Clean inside surface of 54" Ø Pile
with a high pressure water blast
3" M in. Cover
(3000 psi Min.) and apply bonding Temporary Blocking
agent for Driven Prestressed Pile Form to retain

epoxy compound
Gasket Form to retain

epoxy compound
Outside Pile Wall
Concrete Seal
-0"
2'
DETAIL "A"
14 AM
* For Spun Cast Cylinder Piles, the following requirements for concrete cover apply:
A A 1. Slightly or Moderately Aggressive Environments: The concrete cover may be reduced to 2 inches.
34:
2. Extremely Aggressive Environments: The concrete cover may be reduced to 2 inches as long as
8:
the concrete has a documented chloride ion penetration apparent diffusion coefficient with a
2
mean value of 0.005 in per year or less; otherwise, a 3-inch concrete cover is required.
DRIVABLE UNFORESEEN FIELD SPLICE DETAIL
10/1/2021
(Cast-In-Place Plug)
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
FY 2022-23 54" PRECAST/POST-TENSIONED CONCRETE
INDEX SHEET
REVISION
07/01/13 STANDARD PLANS CYLINDER PILE 455-054 2 of 2

Spiral Tie 1" 24 Turns 42 Turns @ 2" Pitch 4" Pitch 42 Turns @ 2" Pitch 24 Turns 1"
Spacing @ 1.5" Pitch * Provide one (1) 3ƀ " Ø vent @ 1.5" Pitch
*
Provide one (1) 3ƀ " Ø vent hole
hole (@ � Pile) on two (2)
(@ � Pile) on one (1) face of pile
opposite faces of pile (Typ.)
Head or
Tip Head
or Tip
*The 45" Ø Void in the pile shall be positively vented to water 3ƀ " Ø Vent Holes at 14'-10" 10'-2"
or air after the final pile installation. If the 3ƀ " Ø vents Head and Tip of Pile
are included in the pile cut-off section, then venting shall
be provided by the use of a 1" Ø PVC conduit through the ELEVATION
substructure cap or column.
NOTES
0.21L 0.58L 0.21L Tie Down and 2. Concrete:
Support Points A. Piles: Class V (Special)
2-POINT SUPPORT B. Splice Collar: Class IV
C. See “GENERAL NOTES” in the Structures Plans for locations where the use
0.7L 0.3L L of Highly Reactive Pozzolans is required.
Pick-up
4. Carbon-Steel Reinforcing:
Point
L 0.145L 0.355L 0.355L 0.145L Tie Down and A. Bars: Meet the requirements of Specification Section 415
Support Points B. Prestressing Strands: Use 0.6 dia. carbon-steel, Grade 270, low-relaxation strand
stressed to 44.0 kips that meets the requirements of Specification Section 933.
C. Protect all carbon-steel strands permanently exposed to the environment and not
0.21L 0.58L 0.21L L embedded under final conditions in accordance with Specification Section 450.
5. Spiral Ties:
A. One half turn is required for carbon-steel spiral splices
Pick-up B. One full turn is required at the head and tip of each pile
Points 6. Pile Splices:
A. Epoxy: Type AB Epoxy Compound or Epoxy Mortar must meet the requirements of
Support Points
2-POINT PICK-UP 4-POINT SUPPORT a. Use a Type AB Epoxy Bonding Compound or Epoxy Mortar, as recommended by
the Manufacturer, to form the joint between pile sections.
b. Use a Type AB Epoxy Bonding Compound as a bonding agent on internal pile
surfaces.
B. Splices: Resume pile driving after the splice concrete reaches a minimum strength of
5,500 psi.

SUPPORT LENGTHS

18 AM

34:

8:
10/1/2021
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
REVISION
60" PRESTRESSED CONCRETE CYLINDER PILE
-0"
A A
60" Ø 60" Ø
1'
W11 Wire W11 Wire

Spliced Prestressed Pile Section
24 ~ No. 11 Bars
@ Equal Spaces 1'-0" Min.
Lap Splice
d 1'-0" Ø Void
-6"
amplitude for Spliced Voi

45"Ø
10'
Pile Section
B B No. 4 Bars or
2" Min.
W20 Wire Ties
Cover (Typ.)
Closed No. 4 Bars or W20 Wire

3" Min. 3" Min.
Ties @ 1'-0" ± (Typ.) Cast in
Cover (Typ.) Place Plug Cover (Typ.)
36 ~ 0.6" Ø Strands 36 ~ 0.6" Ø Strands

Full Epoxy Compound @ Equal Spaces @ Equal Spaces
24 ~ No. 11 Bars
final thickness)
Inside Pile Wall
applied)
Full epoxy
Driven Prestressed Pile
compound joint
-6"
B B
10'
ƅ"(
ƀ"(
Temporary Blocking
Form to retain
epoxy compound
Gasket
Clean inside surface of 60" Ø Pile Form to retain
with a high pressure water blast epoxy compound
3" M in. Cover
(3000 psi Min.) and apply bonding

agent for Driven Prestressed Pile Outside Pile Wall
DETAIL "A"
Concrete Seal
-0"
2'
22 AM
A A
34:
8:

10/1/2021
(Cast in Place Plug)

REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
REVISION
60" PRESTRESSED CONCRETE CYLINDER PILE
PRESTRESSED CONCRETE PILE NOTES:
1. Work this Index with the Square Prestressed Concrete Pile Splices (Index 455-102), the
Prestressed Concrete Pile Standards (Index 455-112, 455-114, 455-118, 455-124, 455-130,
and the Pile Data Table in the Structures Plans.
0.7L 0.3L L 2. Concrete:
A. Piles: Class V (Special)
B. See “GENERAL NOTES” in the Structures Plans for locations where the use of
Pick-up Point
Highly Reactive Pozzolans is required for options using stainless steel
L 0.21L 0.58L 0.21L Tie Down and strand and reinforcing.
Support Points 3. Concrete strength at time of prestress transfer:
1-POINT PICK-UP 2-POINT SUPPORT A. Piles: 4,000 psi minimum.
4. Reinforcing:
A. Bars:
a. Stainless Steel: Meet the requirements of Specification Section 931 for Type
0.21L 0.58L 0.21L L
304, Grade 75.
b. Carbon FRP: Meet the requirements of Specification Section 932.
Pick-up Points B. Prestressing Strands:

a. Stainless Steel: Seven-wire HSSS, Grade 240
L 0.145L 0.355L 0.355L 0.145L Tie Down and strand, meeting the requirements of Specification Section 933.
Support Points b. Carbon FRP: Meet the requirements of Specification Section 933.
2-POINT PICK-UP 3-POINT SUPPORT 5. Spiral Ties:
A. Tie each wrap of the spiral strand to a minimum of two corner strands.
B. One full turn required for spiral splices.
L 6. Pile Splices: Fill dowel holes and form the joint between pile sections with a Type AB Epoxy
0.145L 0.355L 0.355L 0.145L
Compound in accordance with Specification Section 926. Use an Epoxy Bonding Compound or
an Epoxy Mortar as recommended by the Manufacturer.
Pick-up Points

Support Points
TABLE OF MAXIMUM PILE PICK-UP AND SUPPORT LENGTHS
D = Square Pile Size (inches) Required Storage and

Pick-Up Detail
12 14 18 24 30 Transportation Detail
Maximum 48 52 59 68 87 2, 3, or 4 point 1 Point
Pile
69 75 85 98 124 2, 3, or 4 point 2 Point
Length
(Feet) 99 107 121 140 178 3 or 4 point 3 Point
D
1 1
4" Max. 4" Max.
Cover
3"
D
3
1" Rad. or 4"
Chamfer (Typ.)
3"
1 1 Spiral Ties -
4" Max. 4" Max. Cover
0.2" Ø CFRP Strand
D or W4.0 SS Wire
26 AM
DETAIL SHOWING
34:
TYPICAL PILE SHAPE

8:
FOR MOLD FORMS TYPICAL COVER

10/1/2021
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
FY 2022-23 SQUARE CFRP & SS PRESTRESSED CONCRETE PILES
INDEX SHEET
REVISION

NOTES:
final thickness)
1. For Sections D-D, & E-E, see Index 455-112, 455-114, 455-118, 455-124 or 455-130 for applicable concrete pile size and Pile Splice Reinforcement Details.
2. Prestressing strands, spiral ties and/or reinforcement are not shown for clarity.
,
applied)
3. In cases where pile splices are desired due to length limitations in shipping and/or handling, the "Drivable Preplanned Prestressed Precast Splice Detail" shall be used.
4. When preformed dowel holes are utilized, the 1" spiral tie pitch shall be continued to 4'-0" below the head of the pile, See Index 455-118, 455-124. Preformed holes shall
ƅ"(
ƀ"(
utilize either removable preforming material or stay-in-place corrugated galvanized steel ducts. Stay-in-place ducts shall be fabricated from galvanized sheet steel
meeting the requirements of ASTM A653, Coating Designation G90, 26 gauge. Ducts shall be 1ƀ" diameter for CFRP Bars, and 2" diameter for SS Bars with a minimum
Form to retain
corrugation (rib) height of 0.12 in. Ducts shall be fabricated with either welded or interlocked seams. Galvanizing of welded seams will not be required.
epoxy compound
5. For tension piles where top of Prestressed Pile is less than 3 feet below Pile Cut-off Elevation, extend No. 6 CFRP Bars or No. 10 SS into cap beyond Pile Cut-off Full epoxy compound joint
Elevation to achieve development as approved by the Engineer. Gasket
1" Cover DETAIL A

at End
-0" M axim um Pile Build-up
Build-up section
Splice or
C-I-P Concrete
Bent Cap, Pile Cap
or Footing No. 6 CFRP Bars
or No. 10 SS Bars
Full length of
Pile Cut-off Build-up
-6" M inim um , 21'
Elevation No. 6 CFRP Bars
Bar extension
or No. 10 SS Bars No chamfer,
No. 6 CFRP Bars
CFRP Bars)
CFRP Bars)
flat surface
SS Bars)
SS Bars)
or No. 10 SS Bars
21'
required
21'
5-0" M ax.
No. 6 CFRP Bars
Splice section
Pile Build-up
or No. 10 SS Bars
-6" (
-6" (
Splice section
4'
-6" (
-6" (
C-I-P Pile
10'
10'
Build-up D D E E E E
4'
4'
ƅ"
Full epoxy
D D
compound joint
)

Typ.
Bar Extension
Top of
Prestressed Pile Epoxy compound
Plus 2"
-6" (

SS Bars Only)
to fill hole with
)
)
Typ.
Typ.
See
CFRP Bars)
Bars in place
2'
SS Bars)
See See Detail A
No. 6 CFRP Bars
-6" (
-6" (
Detail A Detail A
or No. 10 SS Bars
Extended into
2'
2'
1Ɓ" Ø Drilled or
Bar Em bedm ent
F F
Cap/ Footing to
-0" (
preformed holes
-6" (
-6" (
Pile cut-off
for CFRP Bars, or
4'
Elevation;
Bar extension
Bar extension
Preformed holes, 4'-2" 1Ƃ" Ø Drilled or
4'
10'
See Note 5.
(SS Option) or 4'-8" preformed holes
(CFRP Option) long, for SS Bars
in driven pile (see (see Splice Details)
Bar extension
Note No. 4)
Auxiliary SS reinforcing
Bars cast with pile. See
Section F-F; Not Required
34 AM
for CFRP Prestressed

Pile Option. TYPICAL SPLICE
34:
8:
BEFORE BONDING
UNFORESEEN NONDRIVABLE UNFORESEEN DRIVABLE UNFORESEEN DRIVABLE PREPLANNED
REINFORCED C-I-P REINFORCED PRECAST PRESTRESSED PRECAST PRESTRESSED PRECAST
10/1/2021
PILE BUILD-UP DETAIL PILE BUILD-UP DETAIL PILE SPLICE DETAIL PILE SPLICE DETAIL
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
FY 2022-23 SQUARE CFRP & SS PRESTRESSED
INDEX SHEET
REVISION
01/01/16 STANDARD PLANS CONCRETE PILE SPLICES 455-102 1of 1

12" Spiral Ties @
114" 1
1
4"
5 Turns @ 1" Pitch A 5 Turns @ 1" Pitch
4"
1
� Pile
1
Spacing
12"
3"
4"
3" Cover
1
1
(Typ.)
4 ~ No. 6 4 ~ No. 6 Bars
3"
Bars (Full Length)
� Pile
3
Spiral Ties 4" x 3" Chamfer (Typ.)
A SECTION D-D
(See Non-Drivable Unforeseen Reinforced Precast Pile Build-Up Detail)
12" Spiral Ties

ELEVATION 1 1
1 4" 1 4"
4"
1
� Pile
1
12"
114"
3" Cover
(Typ.)
Bars Strands
� Pile

4 ~ 0.6" Ø, CFRP 7-Strand, at 42 kips
4 ~ ƀ" Ø, CFRP Single-Strand, at 41 kips
12"
CFRP PILE SPLICE REINFORCEMENT DETAILS

3" Cover
NOTES:
12"
(Typ.)
0.2" Ø CFRP Strand
Square CFRP & SS Prestressed Concrete Piles and Index
Spiral Ties
455-102 - Square CFRP & SS Prestressed Concrete Pile Splices.
See Alternate
Strand Patterns
SECTION A-A
8: 38 AM
34:
10/1/2021
CFRP PRESTRESSED PILE DETAILS

REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
FY 2022-23 12" SQUARE CFRP & SS PRESTRESSED
INDEX SHEET
REVISION
11/01/16 STANDARD PLANS CONCRETE PILE 455-112 1of 2

114" 1
1
4"
5 Turns @ 1" Pitch A 5 Turns @ 1" Pitch
4"
1
� Pile
1
Spacing
12"
3"
4"
3" Cover
1
1
(Typ.)
4 ~ No. 10 4 ~ No. 6 SS Bars
3"
SS Dowels (Full Length)
� Pile
3
W4.0 Spiral Ties 4" x 3" Chamfer (Typ.)
A SECTION D-D
12" W4.0
ELEVATION 1 1
1 4" 1 4"
Spiral Ties
4"
1
� Pile
1
12"
114"
3" Cover
(Typ.)
SS Dowels Strands
� Pile
STRAND PATTERN SECTION E-E

8 ~ ƀ" Ø, HSSS at 24 kips
8 ~ 0.6" Ø, HSSS at 26 kips

12"
SS PILE SPLICE REINFORCEMENT DETAILS

3" Cover
NOTES:
12"
(Typ.)
W4.0 SS
Spiral Ties
2. Any of the given Strand Patterns may be utilized.
See Strand The strands shall be located as follows:
Pattern Place one strand at each corner and place the remaining
8: 42 AM
34:
10/1/2021
SS PRESTRESSED PILE DETAILS

REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
INDEX SHEET
REVISION
11/01/20 STANDARD PLANS CONCRETE PILE 455-112 2 of 2

14" Spiral Ties @
1
4" 14"
A
4"
3
Spiral Tie 1" 1"
1
Spacing � Pile
14"
3"
1 4"
3" Cover
3
(Typ.)
4 ~ No. 6 4 ~ No. 6 CFRP Bars

CFRP Bars (Full Length)
3"
� Pile
0.2" Ø CFRP Strand Spiral Ties 3

A SECTION D-D
14" Spiral Ties

ELEVATION 3 3
1 4" 14"
1 4"
3
� Pile
14"
1 4"
3" Cover
3
(Typ.)
4 ~ No. 6 CFRP Prestressing

CFRP Bars Strands
� Pile

8 ~ 0.6" Ø, CFRP 7-Strand, at 31.5 kips
14"
8 ~ ƀ" Ø, CFRP Single-Strand, at 30.5 kips

3" Cover
14"
(Typ.) NOTES:
0.2" Ø CFRP Strand
Square CFRP & SS Prestressed Concrete Piles and Index 455-102 -
Spiral Ties
Square CFRP & SS Prestressed Concrete Pile Splices.
Strand Patterns Place one strand at each corner and equally space the
remaining strands between the corner strands.
8: 46 AM
34:
10/1/2021

REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
INDEX SHEET
REVISION

14" Spiral Ties @
1
4" 14"
A
4"
3
Spiral Tie 1" 1"
1
Spacing � Pile
14"
3"
4"
3" Cover
3
1
(Typ.)
4 ~ No. 10 4 ~ No. 8 SS Bars

3"
� Pile
W4.0 Spiral Ties 3

A SECTION D-D
14" Spiral Ties

ELEVATION 3 3
1 4" 14"
4"
3
1
� Pile
14"
4"
3" Cover
3
1
(Typ.)
SS Dowels Strands
� Pile
STRAND PATTERN SECTION E-E

(See Drivable Unforeseen Prestressed Precast Splice Detail)
14"
8 ~ 0.6" Ø, HSSS at 35 kips

3" Cover
14"
(Typ.) NOTES:
W4.0 SS
Spiral Ties
See Strand The strands shall be located as follows:
Pattern Place one strand at each corner and place the remaining
8: 50 AM
34:
10/1/2021

REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
INDEX SHEET
REVISION

1
3 2"
1 1
5 2" 5 2" Spiral Ties @ 6" pitch,
full length
512"
Spacing 3" Cover
2"
A (Typ.)
1
3
� Pile
3"
2"
1
5
3"
CFRP Bars (Full Length)
� Pile
0.2" Ø CFRP Strand Spiral Ties A 3
SECTION D-D
ELEVATION 1
3 2"
1 1
5 2" 5 2" Spiral Ties
512"
3" Cover
312"
(Typ.)
� Pile
2"
1
5
12 ~ 0.6" Ø, CFRP 7-Strand, at 34 kips 9 ~ No. 6 Prestressing
12 ~ ƀ" Ø, CFRP Single-Strand, at 33 kips CFRP Bars Strands
� Pile
18"
SECTION E-E
(See Drivable Prestressed Precast Splice Detail)
2ƀ"
3" Cover
(Typ.) 6ƀ" 6ƀ"
18"
0.2" Ø CFRP Strand Spiral Ties

Spiral Ties
6ƀ "
3" Cover
(Typ.)
2ƀ "
See Alternate
� Pile
Strand Patterns
SECTION A-A 8 ~ No. 6 CFRP Bars
6ƀ "
(7'-6" long)
(shift as required
NOTES: to clear strands)
9 ~ No. 6
Square CFRP & SS Prestressed Concrete Piles and Index 455-102 - Prestressing
CFRP Bars
Square CFRP & SS Prestressed Concrete Pile Splices. Strands
� Pile
SECTION F-F
54 AM

strands equally spaced between the corner strands. (See Drivable Preplanned Prestressed Precast Splice Detail)
34:

8:
concrete section of the pile. CFRP PILE SPLICE REINFORCEMENT DETAILS

10/1/2021

REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
INDEX SHEET
REVISION

1
3 2"
1 1
5 2" 5 2" Spiral Ties @
2"
Spacing 3" Cover
1
5
2"
A (Typ.)
1
3
� Pile
3"
2"
1
5
8 ~ No. 10 4 ~ No. 8 SS Bars
3"
� Pile
W4.0 Spiral Ties A 3
SECTION D-D
ELEVATION 1
3 2"
1 1
5 2" 5 2" Spiral Ties
2"
3" Cover
1
5
312"
(Typ.)
� Pile
512"
STRAND PATTERN SS Dowels Strands
� Pile
16 ~ ƀ" Ø, HSSS, at 26 kips
18"
12 ~ 0.6" Ø, HSSS, at 35 kips
SECTION E-E
(See Drivable Prestressed Precast Splice Detail)
2"
3" Cover
(Typ.)
7" 7"
18"
W4.0 SS Spiral Ties

Spiral Ties
3" Cover
7"
(Typ.)
2"
See Strand
� Pile
Pattern
SECTION A-A 8 ~ No. 9 Bars
7"
(10'-6" long)
(shift as required
to clear strands)
8 ~ No. 10
Prestressing
NOTES: Dowels
Strands
1. Work this Index with Index 455-101 - Typical Details and Notes for � Pile
455-102 - Square CFRP & SS Prestressed Concrete Pile Splices. SECTION F-F
58 AM
2. Any of the given Strand Patterns may be utilized. (See Drivable Preplanned Prestressed Precast Splice Detail)
34:

8:
Place one strand at each corner and place the remaining SS PILE SPLICE REINFORCEMENT DETAILS
10/1/2021

REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
INDEX SHEET
REVISION

3
1 4"
3 1 1 3
6 4" 3 2" 3 2" 6 4"
Spiral Ties
6" Pitch,
Full Length
634"
2"
6" Pitch
4"
Spiral Tie 1" 16 Turns @ 3" Pitch 16 Turns @ 3" Pitch 1"
1
3
3
Spacing � Pile
1
A
3"
2"
3" Cover
1
3
(Typ.)
4"
3
6
CFRP Bars (Full length)
� Pile
SECTION D-D
3"
(See Non-Drivable Unforeseen
Reinforced Precast Pile Build-Up Detail)
0.2" Ø CFRP Strand Spiral Ties
A 3
4" x 3" Chamfer (Typ.) 3
1 4"
3 1 1 3
6 4" 3 2" 3 2" 6 4"
SPIRAL TIE ELEVATION Spiral Ties
312" 634"
4"
3
� Pile
634" 312"
3" Cover
(Typ.)
ALTERNATE STRAND PATTERNS 16 ~ No. 6 Prestressing
CFRP Bars Strands

16 ~ 0.6" Ø, CFRP 7-Strand, at 42 kips
24" � Pile
20 ~ ƀ" Ø, CFRP Single-Strand, at 35 kips
SECTION E-E
(See Drivable Prestressed
Precast Pile Splice Detail)
3" Cover 134"

3 1 1 3
(Typ.) 6 4" 3 2" 3 2" 6 4"
Spiral Ties
24"
634"
12 ~ No. 6 CFRP
0.2" Ø CFRP Strand
Bars (8'-6" long)
Spiral Ties
(Shift as required
2"
4"
1
to clear strands)
3
3
� Pile
1
See Alternate
2"
Strand Patterns
1
3" Cover
3
(Typ.)
SECTION A-A
4"
3
6
NOTES:
1. Work this Index with Index 455-101 - Typical Details and Notes for 16 ~ No. 6 Prestressing
Square CFRP & SS Prestressed Concrete Piles and Index CFRP Bars Strands
� Pile
03 AM

SECTION F-F
35:

8:
(See Drivable Preplanned Prestressed Precast Pile Splice Detail)

10/1/2021

REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
INDEX SHEET
REVISION

2"
1 1 1 1
5 2" 42" 4 2" 5 2"
Spiral Ties @
2"
1
5
Spiral Tie 16 Turns @ 3" Pitch 6" Pitch 16 Turns @ 3" Pitch 1"
2"
1"
2"
1
Spacing
4
� Pile
A
3"
3" Cover
2"
1
(Typ.)
4
2"
1
5
12 ~ No. 10 4 ~ No. 8 SS Bars
SS Dowels (Full length)
� Pile
SECTION D-D
3"
W4.0 Spiral Ties
A 3
4" x 3" Chamfer (Typ.) 2"
1 1 1 1
5 2" 42" 4 2" 5 2"
Spiral Ties
ELEVATION
2"
1
5
412"
2"
� Pile
512" 412"
3" Cover
(Typ.)
STRAND PATTERN
SS Dowels Strands
24"
28 ~ ƀ" Ø, HSSS at 26 kips � Pile
20 ~ 0.6" Ø, HSSS at 35 kips SECTION E-E

3" Cover Spiral Ties

8" 4" 4" 8"
(Typ.)
24"
12 ~ No. 10 SS
Bars (10'-6" long)
W4.0 SS
8"
(Shift as required
Spiral Ties
to clear strands)
4"
� Pile
4"
See Strand
Pattern 3" Cover
SECTION A-A (Typ.)
8"
NOTES:
SS Dowels Strands
Square CFRP & SS Prestressed Concrete Piles and Index � Pile
07 AM
SECTION F-F
(See Drivable Preplanned Pile Splice Detail)
35:

8:

10/1/2021

REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
INDEX SHEET
REVISION

1
512" 4" 512" 512" 4" 512"
2"
Spiral Ties
1
Spacing
5
@ 6" pitch, full
4"
(see Section C-C)
B C
2"
� Pile
3"
1
5
2"
1
5
3" Cover
(Typ.)
4"
Tip Head
2"
1
5
4 ~ No. 8 CFRP Bars
16 ~ No. 6 � Pile
(Full length)
CFRP Bars
3"
SECTION D-D
B C 5
1 1 1 1
1" x 1" Chamfer or 3 2" 4" 5 2" 5 2" 4" 5 2"
0.2" Ø CFRP Strand 4" x 3"
3
4" x 34" Chamfer Spiral Ties
10 Diagonal Ties @ 6" 3" Chamfer
2"
(Ties not shown in Elevation) Spiral Ties
1
5
11'-0" Solid Section 8" ± 8" ± 11'-0" Solid Section
4"
3" Cover
(Typ.)
ELEVATION
2"
� Pile
1
5
30"
512"
30" 8" 8"
4"
18" Ø ** 0.2" Ø CFRP Diagonal Ties
512"
0.2" Ø CFRP Strand

� Pile &
0.2" Ø CFRP Strand Prestressing

� Void

Spiral Ties Strands
8"
CFRP Bars
� Pile
SECTION E-E
30"
30"
"
4
4
"
3
** 9 4"
8" No. 6 Bars 4ƀ" 7Ɓ" 314" 314" 7Ɓ" 4ƀ"
(Typ.) 0.2" Ø DIAGONAL TIE
4ƀ "
(Typ.) DETAIL
3" Cover
7Ɓ"
(Typ.)
See Alternate � Pile & See Alternate � Pile
� Pile
3 4"
Strand Patterns � Void
Strand Patterns ** Omit 4 ~ No. 6 Bars and Diagonal Ties
1
4"
1
3
7Ɓ"
12 ~ No. 6 CFRP
NOTES:
Bars (8'-6" long)
ALTERNATE STRAND PATTERNS 1. Any of the given Strand Patterns may be utilized. The strands shall be located as follows:
4ƀ "
(shift as required
to clear strands)
20 ~ 0.6" Ø, CFRP 7-Strand at 38 kips
20 ~ ƀ" Ø, CFRP Single-Strand at 37 kips 2. CONTRACTOR OPTION: The 30" pile may be cast SOLID by omitting the 18" Ø void. In this event, the Prestressing
16 ~ No. 6 � Pile
Contractor shall submit calculations for approval and a proposed strand configuration that provide Strands
CFRP Bars
11 AM
3. Work this Index with Index 455-101 - Typical Details and Notes for Square CFRP & SS Prestressed (See Drivable Preplanned Prestressed Precast Pile Splice Detail)
35:
Concrete Piles and Index 455-102 - Square CFRP & SS Prestressed Concrete Pile Splices.
8:
CFRP PILE SPLICE DETAILS

10/1/2021

REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
INDEX SHEET
REVISION

1
512" 4" 512" 512" 4" 512"
2"
Spiral Ties
1
Spacing
5
@ 6" pitch, full
4"
(see Section C-C)
B C
2"
� Pile
3"
1
5
2"
1
5
3" Cover
(Typ.)
4"
Tip Head
2"
1
5
4 ~ No. 8 Bars
12 ~ No. 10 � Pile
(Full length)
Dowels
3"
SECTION D-D
B C 5
1 1 1 1
1" x 1" Chamfer or 3 2" 4" 5 2" 5 2" 4" 5 2"
4" x 3"
3
4" x 34" Chamfer W4.0 Spiral Ties 10 Diagonal Ties @ 6" 3" Chamfer
2"
(Ties not shown in Elevation) Spiral Ties
1
5
11'-0" Solid Section 8" ± 8" ± 11'-0" Solid Section
4"
3" Cover
(Typ.)
ELEVATION
2"
� Pile
1
5
30"
512"
30" 8" 8"
4"
18" Ø ** W4.0 SS Diagonal Ties
512"
W4.0 SS
� Pile &
W4.0 SS Prestressing
� Void

Spiral Ties Strands
8"
Dowels
� Pile
SECTION E-E
30"
30"
"
4
4
"
3
** 9 4" 1 1
8" No. 8 Bars 4
7
678" 3 4" 3 4" 678" 478"
8"
(Typ.) W4.0 DIAGONAL TIE
8"
7
DETAIL
4
(Typ.)
8"
3" Cover
7
6
(Typ.)
See Strand � Pile & See Strand � Pile
� Pile
4"3 4"
Pattern � Void
Pattern ** Omit 4 ~ No. 8 Bars and Diagonal Ties
1
1
3
8"
7
6
12 ~ No. 10 Bars
NOTES:
(10'-6" long)
STRAND PATTERN 1. Any of the given Strand Patterns may be utilized. The strands shall be located as follows:
8"
(shift as required
7
4
to clear strands)
24 ~ 0.6" Ø, HSSS at 35 kips 2. CONTRACTOR OPTION: The 30" pile may be cast SOLID by omitting the 18" Ø void. In this event, the Prestressing
12 ~ No. 10 � Pile
Contractor shall submit calculations for approval and a proposed strand configuration that provide Strands
Dowels
16 AM
3. Work this Index with Index 455-101 - Typical Details and Notes for Square CFRP & SS Prestressed (See Drivable Preplanned Prestressed Precast Pile Splice Detail)
35:
Concrete Piles and Index 455-102 - Square CFRP & SS Prestressed Concrete Pile Splices.
8:
SS PILE SPLICE DETAILS

10/1/2021

REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
INDEX SHEET
REVISION

1" 1"
Spiral Tie 1" 2" Pitch 2" Pitch 2" Pitch 1"
Spacing
Epoxy Grout @ Provide one (1) 3Ƃ " Ø vent hole (@ � Pile) on two (2)
Joints (Typ.) opposite faces of pile (Typ. each Pile Section)
Tip Head
3'-0" (Typ.)
4'-0" Minimum Bottom Section 16'-0" Minimum Intermediate Sections as required 16'-0" Minimum Top Section
ELEVATION
L NOTES
2. Concrete:
A. Piles: Class V (Special)
0.21L 0.58L 0.21L Tie Down and B. Splice: Class IV
Support Points C. See “GENERAL NOTES” in Structures Plans for locations where the use of
2-POINT SUPPORT Highly Reactive Pozzolans is required for options using stainless steel
strand and reinforcing.
0.7L 0.3L L 3. Concrete Strength at time of prestress transfer:
4. Reinforcing:
Pick-up A. Bars:
Point a. Stainless Steel: Meet the requirements of Specification Section 931 for Type
L 0.145L 0.355L 0.355L 0.145L Tie Down and
304, Grade 75.
Support Points
1-POINT PICK-UP 3-POINT SUPPORT B. Prestressing Strands:
a. Stainless Steel: Seven-wire HSSS, UNS S32205 (Type 2205) or UNS S31803
0.21L 0.58L 0.21L L
strand, meeting the requirements of Specification Section 933.
Pick-up C. Spiral Ties:
Points a. One half turn is required for carbon steel spiral splice.
L 0.107L 0.262L 0.262L 0.262L 0.107L Tie Down and b. One full turn is required at the pile head and tip.
Support Points 5. Pile Splices:
2-POINT PICK-UP 4-POINT SUPPORT A. Epoxy: Type AB Epoxy Compound or Mortar must meet the requirements of
PILE PICK-UP DETAILS STORAGE AND TRANSPORTATION SUPPORT DETAILS a. Use a Type AB Epoxy Bonding Compound or Epoxy Mortar, as recommended by
the Manufacturer, to form the joint between pile sections.
b. Use a Type AB Epoxy Bonding Compound as a bonding agent on internal pile surfaces.
B. Driving: Resume pile driving after splice concrete reaches a minimum strength of 5,500 psi.
SUPPORT LENGTHS

20 AM

35:
8:

10/1/2021
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
FY 2022-23 54" PRECAST/POST-TENSIONED CFRP & SS
INDEX SHEET
REVISION
11/01/20 STANDARD PLANS CONCRETE CYLINDER PILE 455-154 1of 3

A A
-0"
1'

54" Ø 54" Ø

(No. 3 CFRP Bars) for (No. 3 CFRP Bars) for Spiral
Spiral Ties @ Equal Spaces Ties @ Equal Spaces
0.3" Ø CFRP Strand

Spiral Ties
-6"
amplitude for Spliced 24 ~ No. 6 CFRP Bars

1'-0" Min.
10'

Lap Splice
d
i 1'-0" Ø Void
B B 37Ƃ"Ø Vo
0.3" Ø CFRP Strand
Spiral Ties
3" Min. *
Cast in
Cover (Typ.) Place Plug No. 3 CFRP Bars or
Closed No. 4 CFRP Bars or
0.3" Ø CFRP Strand Spiral 0.3" Ø CFRP Strand
Ties @ 1'-0" ± (Typ.) Spiral Ties

1ƀ " Min.
3" Min. * 3" Min. *

Full Epoxy Compound
24 ~ 1Ƅ " Ø Formed Holes 24 ~ 1Ƅ " Ø Formed Holes


2 ~ CFRP Strands per tendon shown as
24 ~ No. 6 CFRP Bars ( ); Grout per Specification 938)

final thickness)
-6"
B B
10'
Inside Pile Wall
applied)
Full epoxy
compound joint
ƅ"(
48 ~ 0.5" Ø, Single-Strand, at 28 kips
ƀ"(
48 ~ 0.6" Ø, 7-Strand, at 29 kips
3" M in. Cover

epoxy compound

epoxy compound
Outside Pile Wall
Concrete Seal
-0"
2'
DETAIL "A"
25 AM
35:
8:
2
10/1/2021
CFRP POST-TENSIONED PILE DETAILS

REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
INDEX SHEET
REVISION
01/01/16 STANDARD PLANS CONCRETE CYLINDER PILE 455-154 2 of 3

A A
-0"
1'

54" Ø 54" Ø

(No. 3 Bars or W11 wire) for (No. 3 Bars or W11 wire) for
Spiral Ties @ Equal Spaces Spiral Ties @ Equal Spaces
W11 Spiral Wire Ties

-6"
amplitude for Spliced 24 ~ No. 10 Bars

1'-0" Min.
10'

Lap Splice
d
i 1'-0" Ø Void
B B 37Ƃ"Ø Vo W11 Spiral
Wire Ties
3" Min. *
Cast in
Cover (Typ.) Place Plug No. 4 Bars or
Closed No. 4 Bars or W20
Wire Ties @ 1'-0" ± (Typ.) W20 Wire Ties
1ƀ " Min.
3" Min. * 3" Min. *

Full Epoxy Compound
1Ƅ" Ø Formed Holes 1Ƅ" Ø Formed Holes


2 or 3 Strands per tendon shown as ( )
24 ~ No. 10 Bars See Alternate Strand Patterns; Grout per
Specification 938)

final thickness)
-6"
B B
10'
Inside Pile Wall
applied)
Full epoxy
compound joint
72 ~ ƀ" Ø, HSSS Strands, at 21 kips (24~3 strand tendons)
ƅ"(
ƀ"(
58 ~ ƀ" Ø, HSSS Strands, at 24 kips (29~2 strand tendons)
48 ~ 0.6" Ø, HSSS Strands, at 32 kips (24~2 strand tendons)
3" M in. Cover

epoxy compound

epoxy compound
Outside Pile Wall
Concrete Seal
-0"
2'
DETAIL "A"
30 AM
35:
8:
2
10/1/2021
SS POST-TENSIONED PILE DETAILS

REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
INDEX SHEET
REVISION
01/01/16 STANDARD PLANS CONCRETE CYLINDER PILE 455-154 3 of 3

Spiral Tie 1" 24 Turns 42 Turns @ 2" Pitch 4" Pitch 42 Turns @ 2" Pitch 24 Turns 1"
Spacing @ 1.5" Pitch * Provide one (1) 3ƀ " Ø vent @ 1.5" Pitch
*
Provide one (1) 3ƀ " Ø vent hole
hole (@ � Pile) on two (2)
(@ � Pile) on one (1) face of pile
opposite faces of pile (Typ.)
Head or
Tip Head
or Tip
*The 45" Ø Void in the pile shall be positively vented to water 3ƀ " Ø Vent Holes at 14'-10" 10'-2"
or air after the final pile installation. If the 3ƀ " Ø vents Head and Tip of Pile
are included in the pile cut-off section, then venting shall
be provided by the use of a 1" Ø PVC conduit through the ELEVATION
substructure cap or column.
NOTES
0.21L 0.58L 0.21L Tie Down and 2. Concrete:
Support Points A. Piles: Class V (Special)
2-POINT SUPPORT B. Splice Collar: Class IV
C. See “GENERAL NOTES” in the Structures Plans for locations where the use
0.7L 0.3L L of Highly Reactive Pozzolans is required.
Pick-up
4. Reinforcing:
Point
L 0.145L 0.355L 0.355L 0.145L Tie Down and A. Bars:
Support Points a. Stainless Steel: Meet the requirements of Specification Section 931 for Type
304, Grade 75.
0.21L 0.58L 0.21L L B. Prestressing Strands:

a. Stainless Steel: Seven-wire HSSS, UNS S32205 (Type 2205) or UNS S31803
strand, meeting the requirements of Specification Section 933.
Pick-up b. Carbon FRP: Meet the requirements of Specification Section 933.
Points C. Spiral Ties:
a. One half turn is required for carbon steel spiral splice.
Support Points
b. One full turn is required at the pile head and tip.
2-POINT PICK-UP 4-POINT SUPPORT 5. Pile Splices:
A. Epoxy: Type AB Epoxy Compound or Epoxy Mortar must meet the requirements of
a. Use a Type AB Epoxy Bonding Compound or Epoxy Mortar, as recommended by
the Manufacturer, to form the joint between pile sections
b. Use a Type AB Epoxy Bonding Compound as a bonding agent on internal pile
surfaces.
B. Splices: Resume pile driving after the splice concrete reaches a minimum strength of
TABLE OF MAXIMUM PILE PICK-UP AND 5,500 psi.
SUPPORT LENGTHS 6. Mark piles at the pick-up points to indicate the proper points for attaching handling lines.

34 AM

35:

8:
10/1/2021
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
FY 2022-23 60" PRESTRESSED CFRP & SS CONCRETE
INDEX SHEET
REVISION
11/01/20 STANDARD PLANS CYLINDER PILE 455-160 1of 3

-0"
A A
60" Ø 60" Ø
1'
to allow through venting of sections No. 3 Bars or 0.3" Ø CFRP No. 3 Bars or 0.3" Ø CFRP
Strand Spiral Ties Strand Spiral Ties
24 ~ No. 6 CFRP Bars

Lap Splice
d 1'-0" Ø Void
-6"
amplitude for Spliced Voi

45"Ø
10'
Pile Section
B B No. 4 Bars or 0.3" Ø

2" Min.
CFRP Strand Spiral
Cover (Typ.)
Ties
Closed No. 4 CFRP Bars or 0.3" Ø

3" Min. 3" Min.
CFRP Strand Ties @ 1'-0" ± (Typ.) Cast in
36 ~ CFRP Strands 36 ~ CFRP Strands

24 ~ No. 6 CFRP Bars
final thickness)
Inside Pile Wall
applied)
ALTERNATE STRAND PATTERNS Full epoxy
compound joint
-6"
0.5" Ø, CFRP Single-Strand, at 39 kips

B B
10'
ƅ"(
ƀ"(
0.6" Ø, CFRP 7-Strand, at 40 kips
Temporary Blocking
Form to retain
epoxy compound
Gasket
3" M in. Cover

DETAIL "A"
Concrete Seal
-0"
2'
38 AM
A A
35:
8:

10/1/2021

REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
INDEX SHEET
REVISION

-0"
A A
60" Ø 60" Ø
1'
W11 SS Wire W11 SS Wire

24 ~ No. 10 SS Bars
Lap Splice
1'-0" Ø Void
-6"
ands)
amplitude for Spliced r
d(
i 44 St
Vo s)
10'
Pile Section 45"Ø trand

36 S
Void(
48"Ø
B B 2" Min. No. 4 SS Bars or

2" Min.
Cover (inside)
W20 SS Wire Ties
Cover (Typ.)
Closed No. 4 SS Bars or W20 SS Wire

3" Min. 3" Min.
Ties @ 1'-0" ± (Typ.) Cast in
0.6" Ø HSSS Strands 0.6" Ø HSSS Strands

24 ~ No. 10 SS Bars
final thickness)
Inside Pile Wall
applied)
Full epoxy
compound joint
-6"
B B
10'
ƅ"(
ƀ"(
44 ~ 0.6" Ø, HSSS Strand, at 36 kips
Temporary Blocking
36 ~ 0.6" Ø, HSSS Strand, at 36 kips
Form to retain
epoxy compound
Gasket
3" M in. Cover

DETAIL "A"
Concrete Seal
-0"
2'
43 AM
A A
35:
8:

10/1/2021

REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
INDEX SHEET
REVISION

Dimension A @ 70° F
Strip Seal
Top of Bridge See Note 3
Deck or Sidewalk
1
4" R Tooled Edge (Typ. as required)
5
8" Ø x 8" Long
)
M in.
diagonal Anchor Studs
spaced @ 1'-0" centers (Typ.)
8" (
3
Bridge Deck 8"
Min.
5
Right Side Skew
5 Angle (Varies)
8" Ø x 10" Long horizontal
3" ±
Anchor Studs spaced @ Left Side Direction of
Dim . A
90° (Typ.)
D
1'-0" centers (Typ.) Rail top offset Skew Angle Movement
im
to face of rail (Varies)
.
B
9
(
+)
0
°
°
α 0
° 9
0 � Expansion
9
Joint
Face of Traffic Railing,
of
Dimension B (Dimension A plus or minus Parapet or Post
Face of Edge Rails Line NOTE:
g
ction
adjustment for temperature plus 2 times
ionin
Face of Traffic Perpendicular Skew Angle and α measured
rail top offset to face of rail)
Railing, Parapet to � Joint positive in clockwise direction
D ire
Stat
� Expansion Joint or Post from a line perpendicular to the
Front Face of Backwall Joint. See Structures Plans,
Expansion Joint Data Table.
Thickened Slab End Approach Slab

TYPICAL SECTION THRU STRIP SEAL EXPANSION JOINT MOVEMENT SCHEMATIC
(Begin or End Concrete Girder Bridge shown,

Intermediate Supports and Steel Girder Bridge similar.
Reinforcing Steel and Girder details not shown for clarity.)
5 5
16( 16)
60°
Grind Flush
GENERAL NOTES:
1. Furnish Strip Seal Expansion Joint Systems in accordance with Specification Section 458.
2. Shape of Edge Rail shown is representative, minor variations depending on manufacturer
are permitted.
3. Recess the Edge Rail below the concrete surface in accordance with Specification Section 458.
Seal 4. Refer to the Expansion Joint Data Table in the Structures Plans for joint movement and Dimension A.
Weld 5. Refer to Specification Section 458 for installation and fabrication requirements.
47 AM
5 5
16( 16)
60°
35:
8:
SHOP SPLICE DETAIL

10/1/2021
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
FY 2022-23 EXPANSION JOINT SYSTEM -
INDEX SHEET
REVISION
11/01/19 STANDARD PLANS STRIP SEAL 458-100 1of 3

Match Slope of Deck
Strip Seal
� Expansion )
n. x.
Face of Mi Ma
Joint 1 " "(
Face of Edge Rail
2
)
.,4
n. Edge Rail n
Mi (Mi Slope Break Line or
1 "
2 1"
Dim . B
Phase Construction Line
Dim . A
Di
m.
Dim . B
Dim . A
3 Strip Seal
4" Chamfer
B
(Typ.) Sl
Di o
Slpe Vare
is ope Vari
es
Strip Seal
m.
B
3
4" Chamfer (Typ.)
,
i
lng
, ai t
i
lng ficR Pos
i af r
Ra os
t Turn Angle = Tr to
ic P e
af
f r rap
Tr eto Skew Angle/2 Pa Expansion Joint Assembly Field Butt Joint (Seal with Caulk)
rap ur
n
Pa Skew Angle Skew Angle Up
t
Match Slope of Deck PARTIAL SECTION ALONG � JOINT AT

Anchor Stud (Typ.) � Expansion Joint
FIELD BUTT JOINT LOCATION
PARTIAL PLAN VIEW OF JOINTS SKEWED (CROWNED DECK OR SLAB SHOWN)

PARTIAL PLAN VIEW OF SKEWED JOINTS
GREATER THAN 6°
Match Slope of Deck
Strip Seal Match Slope of Deck Upturn
Face of Edge Rail � Expansion Skew Angle

3 Face of
4" Chamfer (Typ.) Joint
D im . B
Edge Rail
Dim . B
Dim . B
Dim . A
Dim . A
3
4" Chamfer (Typ.)
Traffic Separator (Type varies)

Construction Joint
Provide Blockout (shaded) Strip Seal
to allow unobstructed
1 movement of adjacent
2" Min.
Edge Rail
1 n
"Mi.
2
Traffic Railing, ,
l
iing
Strip Traffc Ra
i
Parapet or Post st
tor Po
Parape
Seal
Anchor Stud (Typ.) � Expansion Joint Anchor Stud (Typ.)
Expansion Joint Assembly

PARTIAL PLAN VIEW OF NONSKEWED JOINTS PARTIAL PLAN VIEW OF NONSKEWED
JOINTS & JOINTS SKEWED 6° OR LESS
PARTIAL SECTION ALONG � JOINT THRU TRAFFIC SEPARATOR
Front Face of Traffic
Railing, Parapet or Post
Front Face of Traffic
Railing, Parapet or Post
Provide Blockout (shaded)
1
2" Min. to allow unobstructed
1
2" Min.
movement of adjacent
Construction Edge Rail
Strip Seal
Joint Construction
Strip Seal 4" (Trim flange
Sl
ope Vari
es
5"
Joint
of Edge Rail)
Sl
ope Var Strip Seal 120°
i
es
(Typ.)
Upturn (See Upturn Shop Splice

Detail this Sheet) Expansion Joint
Assembly
3"Max. Expansion Joint Assembly

6" 6" Expansion
Joint Assembly 6" 6" 3"Max.
51 AM
UPTURN DETAIL
PARTIAL SECTION ALONG � JOINT PARTIAL SECTION ALONG � JOINT
35:
(TYPICAL AT TRAFFIC BARRIERS AND PARAPETS)

8:
JOINT TREATMENT AT HIGH SIDE OF DECK JOINT TREATMENT AT LOW SIDE OF DECK &
WITH SLOPE ≥ 1% HIGH SIDE OF DECK WITH SLOPE < 1%
10/1/2021
(Sidewalk Cover Plate where applicable not shown for clarity) (Sidewalk Cover Plate where applicable not shown for clarity)
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
INDEX SHEET
REVISION
11/01/19 STANDARD PLANS STRIP SEAL 458-100 2 of 3

Match Slope of Sidewalk Upturn Match Slope of Deck Sleeve Anchors (Typ.)
Down Grade
Front Face Ƃ " Corner Clip (Typ.)
of Railing Match Slope of Deck Upturn
Sidewalk Cover Plate Sidewalk Cover Plate
Sleeve
Anchors (Typ.) � Expansion Joint
i
lng n. Face of Edge Rail (Typ.)
i Mi
Ra
fc
i ƀ"
af n. Ƃ " Chamfer
Tr Mi
Dim . A
ƀ"
A"
Shop Splice (Typ.)
Dim . B
Dim . "
Di
m.
B
Do
ƀ " Min.
wn
Gr
Face of Gutter
Field Butt Joint
ad
Edge Rail Line � Expansion ƀ " Min.

e
Joint
Skew Angle
Anchor Studs (Typ.)
Strip Seal Match skew angle of
PARTIAL PLAN VIEW OF SKEWED JOINTS Joint as required (Typ.)
Ƃ " Corner Clip

PARTIAL PLAN VIEW
(Typ. all corners) Match Slope of Sidewalk Upturn Match Slope of Deck
Back Face of Traffic
Railing or Post Front Face
Sleeve of Parapet
Sidewalk � Expansion
Anchors (Typ.)
Cover Plate Joint Gutter
Line ƀ " Min. ƀ " Min.
ƀ " Max. ƀ " Max.

Dim . B
Field Blockout
Dim . A
Down Grade
A Blockout
Butt Joint Construction 3" Sleeve Anchor spacing - 6" centers Max. 3"
Joint Max. Max.
d
Siewak Co
l ver Strip
a
Plte Seal Sl
ope Vari
es
Shop Splice
Traffic Railing
ƀ " Min. Face of ƀ " Min.
Edge Rail A
Expansion Joint Assembly Construction Joint
Anchor Studs (Typ.)

Front Face of PARTIAL SECTION ALONG � JOINT
Traffic Railing
PARTIAL PLAN VIEW OF NONSKEWED JOINTS
FLUSH SIDEWALK DETAIL

ƀ " Min.
A Blockout
ƀ " Max. Gutter Line
3" Sleeve Anchor spacing - 6" centers Max. * 1'-3"
Max. Down Grade
Up
Sidewalk Cover Plate Beveltopedge@ 8ƀ" m.
Di re
is
Sl
ope Va Va
V
ri
es ƀ"
tu s
ar
12 Sl
: ope& round
rn
A
ie
Min. m edge 1ƀ" 3"
overboto
t Ɓ"Si
dewak
l
Ƈ "radu
i T
s(yp)
. Topo d
f Siewak
l
Cove a
r Plte
Strip
120° Seal
o
Slpe Vare
is Ƅ"Ø x 2Ɔ"Long
e
Sleve Anchors
Field Butt Joint

Sleeve Anchor (Typ.) A (Seal with Caulk)
Construction Joints
56 AM
Shop Splice Expansion Joint

35:
Assembly
8:
PARTIAL SECTION ALONG � JOINT

Sidewalk Expansion Joint Assemblies Sidewalk
RAISED SIDEWALK DETAIL
10/1/2021
SECTION A-A
* Distance from ¡ Sleeve Anchor to edge of concrete is 2 inches minimum, 3 inches maximum.
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
INDEX SHEET
REVISION
11/01/19 STANDARD PLANS STRIP SEAL 458-100 3 of 3

6"

Post or Parapet
Post or Parapet
Traffic Separator (Type and width 1"
1" Approximate shape of Traffic
vary, see Structures Plans)
Poured Joint Material Separator with Poured Joint
Poured Joint
6"
Construction Poured Joint Material
Material
Joint
Sl
ope Vari
es Sl
ope Vari
es Upturn
Angle Varies
Construction Joint
Foam Backer Construction
Foam Backer Rod
Rod Foam Backer Rod Joint
Bridge Deck, Approach Bridge Deck, Approach

Bridge Deck or
Slab or Raised Sidewalk Slab or Raised Sidewalk
Approach Slab
PARTIAL SECTION ALONG � JOINT PARTIAL SECTION ALONG � JOINT

JOINT TREATMENT AT HIGH SIDE OF PARTIAL SECTION ALONG � JOINT, JOINT TREATMENT AT LOW SIDE OF DECK OR
DECK WITH SLOPES 1% OR GREATER JOINT TREATMENT AT TRAFFIC SEPARATOR HIGH SIDE OF DECK WITH SLOPES < 1%
Dim. A @ 70° F
1
4" R ƀ" or per manufacturer's
Poured Joint Material
(Typ.) recommendations, whichever
is greater.
GENERAL NOTES:
Foam Backer Rod (To be sized 1. Furnish and install Poured Joint With Backer Rod Expansion Joint Systems in accordance with
for opening per Manufacturer's Specification Sections 458 and 932 using Type D silicone sealant material.
recommendations) 2. Refer to the Structures Plans, Poured Expansion Joint Data Table for Dim. A @ 70° F.
Bridge Deck, Approach

Slab, Raised Sidewalk
or Traffic Separator
Bridge Deck, Approach Form Material (if present) removed

Slab, Raised Sidewalk to accommodate joint installation
or Traffic Separator
TYPICAL SECTION THRU JOINT

8: 01 AM
36:
10/1/2021
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
INDEX SHEET
REVISION
07/01/14 STANDARD PLANS POURED JOINT WITH BACKER ROD 458-110 1of 2
Front Face of Traffic Railing
Down Grade
3
4" Corner Clip (Typ. all corners)
Sleeve Outside Corner
Sidewalk Cover Plate Anchors (Typ.) Anchor (Typ.)
i
lng
i
c Ra
fi n.
af Mi
70° F
A"
70° F
Tr 2" Bridge Deck or
Dim . A
Di
x.
Dim . "
Ma
-3"
Approach Slab
@ 3"
m.
-3"
Outside Corner
1'
70
A
Anchor (Typ.)
1'
@
@
Sleeve Anchors (Typ.)
°F
3
4" Corner Clip
Do
(Typ. all corners)

x.
wn
1 "
Ma Match skew angle of Sidewalk Cover Plate
2 Gutter
Raised Sidewalk
Joint as required (Typ.)
Gr
Line
ad
e
Skew Angle
Bridge Deck or Approach Slab
PARTIAL PLAN VIEW OF SKEWED JOINTS

PARTIAL PLAN VIEW
Front Face of Traffic Railing

Back Face of Traffic Back Face of Traffic
Railing or Post or Front Railing or Post or Front
3
Sleeve Anchors (Typ.) 4" Corner Clip (Typ. all corners) Face of Parapet Face of Parapet
Sidewalk Cover Plate Length Varies - See
70° F
Bridge Deck or Structures Plans for Sidewalk Width and Skew
Traffic Railing
Dim . A
Down Grade
Approach Slab 1 1
-3"
2" Max. 3" Sleeve Anchor spacing - 6" centers Max. (See Note) 3" 2" Max.
1'
Max. Max.
@
d
Siewak Co
l ve a
r Plte
PouredJon
itMatera
il
A Sl
ope Vari
es
Gutter
1 Sidewalk Line
2" Max.
2" Min.
Cover Plate Construction A
Raised Sidewalk Foam Backer Rod Construction Joint
3" Max. Joint
Bridge Deck or Approach Slab
Front Face of PARTIAL PLAN VIEW OF NON-SKEWED JOINTS

Traffic Railing PARTIAL SECTION ALONG � JOINT
Sidewalk Cover Plate Length Varies - See

Structures Plans for Sidewalk Width and Skew
FLUSH SIDEWALK DETAIL
1ƀ" Min. Sleeve Anchor spacing - 6" centers Max. (See Note) 1ƀ" Min.
3" Max. 3" Max.
1"
A Sidewalk Cover Plate 1'-3"
Sl
ope Vari
es
Gutter Line
Down Grade
Bevel top edge @ 1
8 2" Vare
is
PouredJon
itMatera
il 1:2 slope & round
1
over bottom edge 1 2" 3" 1
4 d
"Siewak
l
Dim. A
1 Topo d
f Siewak
l
Approxma
i teshapeofcurb 16" radius Cove a
r Plte
Construction Joints Sleeve Anchor (Typ.)
th PouredJon
it o
Slpe Vare
is
face wi
8" � x 2
3 7
8" Long
Sleeve Anchors
Raised Sidewalk A
Foam Backer Rod
See Note
06 AM
Bridge Deck (shown)

36:
Approach Slab (similar) NOTE:

8:
PARTIAL SECTION ALONG � JOINT Sleeve Anchors are required at the two Bridge Deck, Approach
outside corners of the Sidewalk Cover Slab or Raised Sidewalk

RAISED SIDEWALK DETAIL Plate. Space Sleeve Anchors uniformly
10/1/2021
between the corner anchors. SECTION A-A

REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
INDEX SHEET
REVISION
07/01/13 STANDARD PLANS POURED JOINT WITH BACKER ROD 458-110 2 of 2

7"
3'-2" Ø Access Hatch
Bottom Flange
4Ɓ" 4Ɓ"
¡ Hatch Lock Bar 1ƀ" 5ƀ"
1" 3'-0" Ø Access Opening 1" Bottom
& Slot � ƀ " Ø Lock Bolt, Nut & Washer
Flange
1'-6" 1'-6" Typ.
Typ. ƀ " Ø (Hatch ƃ Edge of Access Hatch
9
5 16" Ø Hole
1Ɖ " 1ƀ "
Access 16 Handle Bar) Lock
Opening Pivot Bar Typ.
3ƍ "
1
ƀ" Slot 4
1
1 2" Ø Pipe Grab Rail for Hatch
3"
� Access Opening
Ɓ"
Lock Bar
ƈ" ℅ & Lock Pivot Bar
Access Hatch
2"
1"
See Hinge
Top of Access
1
1"
Ɓ"
ƀ"
-4
Detail
8" ℅
3
Hatch ℅
-0"
3"
1'
� Access Opening ¡ Hatch Lock
1'
2 ~ Box Lock Bars HATCH HINGE BAR DETAIL
)
2"
Typ.
Bar & Slot
5Ƃ "
(Longitudinal)
ƃ Tack Weld 1Ɓ" 3"
Hatch
(
Access Lock Bar Edge of
Hatch Access Opening
Stop Bar
378" 4"
ƃ VIEW A-A
� 3" X 3" X Ƅ" X 4"
-0"
ƀ " Ø (Hatch
2 Hinge
2"
1'
Stop Angle Box Lock Bar
Handle Bar)
Bars
6ƀ "
2" ℅
Bottom 1
-4
Hatch Hinge Bar
Typ. 5ƀ" Access
1'
1 Flange
4 Hatch
1" Ø Ladder
Brace Typ.
1
1
� 2" Ø �
1
2" Ø Lock Bolt
4
Hinge Bolts
ƃ
Ɓ"
� Hinge
� Access Opening Top of Bottom
234" 4Ɓ"
1'-5" Flange
(Transverse)
Ɓ"
1'-8" 1'-8" STOP BAR DETAIL
Hatch Hinge Bar
6Ɓ"
Ɓ" Weld Termination (Typ.)
1" 4Ɓ" 1"

PLAN VIEW OF ACCESS HATCH ASSEMBLY
Hinge Bars
7" 1'-0"
Edge of Access Hatch
� ƀ" Ø Hinge Bolts, Ƌ " Ø Hole
1" 1"
Nuts & Washers
2"
HINGE NOTE:
HINGE DETAIL
Orient the Access Hatch so
that the hinges are located 9 1" Radius
16" Ø Hole
down-grade. 3" 2ƀ" 1Ɓ" Radius 3
8" ℅
2" ℅
1 (Typ.)
1Ɓ" 1Ɓ"
LOCK PIVOT BAR DETAIL
5ƈ" plus Bottom Flange 2ƀ"
1ƀ "
Bottom Flange ¡ Access Opening,
thickness plus ƈ"
thickness Box Lock Bar &
4"
Lock Pivot Bar
1Ɓ"
Box Lock
1Ɓ" 1Ɓ"
9 3"
-0"
16" Ø Hole
2ƀ "
Bar
Min.
3'
Access Hatch in upright 1
1 2" Ø Pipe
position (shown dotted) 9
Grab Rail 16" Ø Hole
1ƀ" Top of Bottom ƀ" Ø
1Ɓ" 2" ℅
1
25° Flange 1Ɓ" Ƅ" ℅ Hitch Pin
Ƌ " Ø Holes
1 ƈ" ℅
2" Ø Hinge Box Lock Bar with Clip
Access Hatch
Stop Bar Bolts HINGE BAR DETAIL HATCH LOCK BAR DETAIL BOX LOCK BAR DETAIL
2 ~ Hinge Hatch Hinge Bar B NOTES:

2"
Lock Lock
Bars 1. All Structural Steel material in Access Hatch Assemblies shall conform to ASTM A709 Grade 36.
1
Pivot Bar
2. 1ƀ" Ø Pipe Grab Rail shall be in accordance with ASTM A53 Grade B for standard weight Pivot Bar
9
Hatch
� 3" X 3" X Ƅ " X 4" Lock Bar
pipe (Schedule 40).
Stop Angle
3. ƀ" Ø Hatch Handle Bar, Hitch Pin and 1" Ø Ladder Brace shall be in accordance with ASTM A36.
3"
4. All bolts shall conform to ASTM A307 or A449. All nuts shall conform to ASTM A563 and all
2 ~ Box
Top of Bottom Flange washers shall conform to ASTM F-436.
Lock Bars
8"
10 AM
ƀ " Ø (Hatch 5. All exposed edges of plates and openings shall be ground smooth.
A A
Handle Bar) 6. Place Ladder Brace near the End Bents exclusively and only when the height is reasonable for
36:
B
access by a Ladder.
8:
Hatch
7. See Framing Plan sheets for locations of Access Hatch Openings. VIEW B-B
Lock Bar
1" Ø Ladder 8. Coat structural steel in accordance with Specification Section 560. HATCH LOCK
ASSEMBLY DETAIL
SECTION THRU ACCESS OPENING Brace (See Note 6) 9. Include the cost of the Access Hatch Assembly and incidental items in the cost of the Steel Box
10/1/2021
Girders. No separate payment will be made for coating structural steel.

REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
FY 2022-23 ACCESS HATCH ASSEMBLY
INDEX SHEET
REVISION
07/01/15 STANDARD PLANS FOR STEEL BOX SECTIONS 460-250 1of 1

6" 1ƀ" 1" 1" ƀ" 2" 1" 1" 1ƀ" ƀ" ¢ Box Lock
3'-2" Ø Access Hatch 1 3

Bar with Ƌ" Ø Hole
4 4" 1 4" Typ.
1
4
ƀ " Ø Hatch
1
1" 3'-0" Ø Access Opening 1" 5 2" Handle Bar
Typ.
3" 1
1"
4 2" R
1 1
Hatch
1'-6" 1'-6" 1 2" 1 2" Hinge Bar ƀ" Ø Slide Bolt
4"
1"
ƀ" Øx8" Bonded C
1
Access (See Slide Bolt Detail)
1
1"
Adhesive Anchors Opening
1"
(Typ) Ƅ" ¢ Hatch
ƃ 1
2"
6"
Ɓ"
ƈ" ℅ Slide Bolt 4" R
2" 2"
6"
3"
3" 3" See Access Hatch Plate 6" Ɓ"
Hinge
� Access Opening
5"
Detail � Hinge
Ɓ"
1
6"
(Longitudinal) 1 2" Ø Pipe
4"
Grab Rail Field Drill ƅ " Ø
1"
3
-0"
1 1
4" Weld Termination (Typ.)
2
Box 4
ƀ " ℅ Hatch Lock Bar X 3ƀ " Hole
1'
)
Lock Bar ¢ ƀ" Base
Typ.
3"
2"
4"
ƃ Plate with
3
5
(
2 ~ ƅ" Ø Bolt
-6"
Edge of Access Hatch

℅
1
2"
1'
Holes (Typ)
Stop Bar 2 ~ Hinge Bars
7 1
38" 4" 1 2" Ø Sch 40 Pipe
�
-0"
�3" X 3" X Ƅ " X 4" 2" Ø Hinge Bolts
Sleeve Hinge
C
1'
Stop Angle 1
1 3 3
4" 1 4" 1 4" Cope Base Plate to 1
1
2"
1
6" 1 2" 1"
1" 3"
1
Typ. clear Access Hatch ƃ "
Hatch 4 1 Embedment
9 2"
Hinge Bar ƀ" Ø Hatch HINGE DETAIL
1
1 4" 3"
Handle Bar
℅
1 7"
2 ~ 2"
1
ƀ" ¢ SLIDE BOLT PLATE DETAIL
1 2" (Typ.)
(Hinge Bar) Base Plate 112" 512" 3"
9 Ƅ" ℅
16" Ø Hole
ƀ" ℅
1ƀ " 34" 112"

� ƀ" Ø x 8"
� Access Opening
3ƍ "
2"
2"
1 Adhesive Bonded
� 2" Ø
1
(Transverse) Anchors
6
6" 2" 6"
1
2"
Hinge Bolts
1'-8" 1'-5ƀ"
1
1'-7"
3
2" ℅
1
9
16" Ø Hole 1
4"
PLAN VIEW OF ACCESS HATCH ASSEMBLY 2" R
3
4
4" 3" Top of 1 1
Top of Base 1 2" 1 2" R
2" R
1
7" 1'-0" Access Hatch 4 4" Plate
HATCH HINGE BAR DETAIL HINGE BAR DETAIL

SLIDE BOLT DETAIL
STOP BAR DETAIL
ƀ" Ø Hatch Typ.
Handle Bar ƃ 6" 2" 2" 6"
¡ Access Opening, Slide ƀ" ¢ Box

HINGE NOTE: Bolt & Box Lock Bar Lock Bar
Edge of
1. Orient the Access Hatch
6"
ƀ" Slot for Access
so that the hinges are
Hatch Slide Hatch
located down-grade. Typ.
3"
Bolt Plate Edge of ƃ ƀ" Ø Hitch Pin
Access with Clip
2"
ƅ"
2"
Opening
1
2"
-0"
� Access
2"
1 3'
1 2" Ø Pipe
3"
Opening 1Ɓ" 1Ɓ"
1
Access Hatch in upright ¡ Hatch Slide
Grab Rail
)
& Slide Bolt
6"
position (shown dotted) Bolt Plate &
25° Typ.
5"
1"
Slot
Ƅ" ℅
6"
2"
1
6" Em bedm ent (
2" Ø Hinge Bolts ƈ" ℅ Access Hatch

Hatch Slide
1"
Stop Bar
Bolt Plate Ƅ" ℅
Hatch Box Lock Bar
2 ~ Hinge
1"
Hatch Slide
2"
Hinge Bar
Bars 1 1 Bolt Plate
4" 3" ƀ" Ø Hatch
1
2 2" 2 2"
9
1"
�3" X 3" X Ƅ " X 4"
Handle Bar � Pipe Sleeve Hinge
Stop Angle
2" ℅ (Hatch Lock Bar)

1
VIEW B-B
ƀ" Ø Handle Bar for
ƀ " Ø Hatch 1
Ƌ" Ø Hole (for Pad Lock)
Hatch Slide Bolt Plate VIEW C-C 4
Handle Bar NOTES:
1. All Structural Steel material in Access Hatch Assemblies shall conform to ASTM A709 Grade 36.
B B
2. 1ƀ" Ø Pipe Grab Rail shall be in accordance with ASTM A53 Grade B for standard weight pipe (Schedule 40).
15 AM
3. ƀ" Ø Hatch Handle Bar and Hitch Pin shall be in accordance with ASTM A36.
36:
Hatch Slide 4. All bolts shall conform to ASTM A307 or A449. All nuts shall conform to ASTM A563 and all washers shall conform to ASTM F-436.
8:
Bolt Plate 5. All exposed edges of plates and openings shall be ground smooth.
6. See Framing Plan sheets for locations of Access Hatch Openings.
SECTION THRU ACCESS OPENING 7. Coat structural steel in accordance with Specification Section 560.
10/1/2021
8. Include the cost of the Access Hatch Assembly and incidental items in the cost of the Concrete Box Section.
No separate payment will be made for coating structural steel.
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
FY 2022-23 ACCESS HATCH ASSEMBLY
INDEX SHEET
REVISION
07/01/15 STANDARD PLANS FOR CONCRETE BOX SECTIONS 460-251 1of 1

Expanded Metal Mesh Bearing or
ACCESS DOOR NOTES:
Diaphragm* Jacking
D Typ. Stiffener* STRUCTURAL STEEL:
1" M in.
Fabricate Door Assemblies using structural steel in accordance with
)
Typ.
Specification 962, any grade. Grind all exposed edges and burs smooth.
Top Plate**
Non-destructive testing of welds is not required. See Plans for details of
(
Stiffener Hinge 3"± Centers Typ. Diaphragm, Stiffeners and Top and Bottom Plates.
3"
A A Bar (See Detail) See Coating Note
Dim . H /4
EXPANDED METAL MESH:
Expanded metal mesh shall be ½" No. 16 expanded carbon steel metal mesh
Door Hinge Bar
in accordance with ASTM F1267, Type I or II, Class 2, Grade A.
(See Detail)
Expanded Metal Mesh
Limits of
Dim . H /2
Access BOLTS, NUTS AND STEEL WASHERS:

Bolts shall be stainless steel hex head bolts meeting the requirements of
Opening* � 3" x 3" x
1
1 4" Door Frame
2" Ø Hinge Bolt,
ASTM F593, Type 316. Nuts shall be ASTM F594, Type 316. Steel washers
Nut & Washers shall be stainless steel compatible with the bolts and nuts.
)
¡ H inge
Typ.
158" Ø Hole cut in Door 1

D 4" Weld Termination (Typ.)
Frame for Latch Bar Typ. PTFE WASHERS:
(
SECTION B-B PTFE washers shall be ¾" or 1" O.D. (nominal), 1/16" or 1/8" thick, sized
Typ. for use with Ƅ" or ½" diameter bolts as shown.
Dim . H ‫*٭‬
Typ.
3
One
1 8" Ø Latch Bolt & Nut
8" Thick PTFE Washer or Two E COATING:
1 (Extend Bolt through
16" Thick PTFE Washers, Stacked Coat Access Door Assemblies after complete fabrication, including the
C C
¡ M iddle Brace & 158" Ø H ole
Stiffener and Nut and

expanded metal mesh, using an Interior Box Girder Coating System in
� 3" x 3" x 14" tack weld to prevent
5 accordance with Specification 975. Weld expanded metal mesh to the door
1 8" Ø Hole cut in 3 removal of Bolt. Install
Middle Brace 8" Ø Stop Pin tack frame after the door frame has been abrasive blast cleaned and prior to
Door Frame for Bolt to allow for free
weld to Stiffener coating. Install Bolts and PTFE Washers after coating. Touch-up tack weld
B B padlock installation movement of Latch Bar.
� 3" x 3" x
1
Dim . H /2
4" on Latch Bolt after welding.

See also Coating Note.)
Door Frame
Latch Bar
DOOR HINGE LOCATION:
(See Detail)
Bearing or Place door hinges on the transverse downward side of the access opening.
Dim . H /4
Jacking Stiffener*
PADLOCKS:
� 3" x 3" x
1
� 3" x 3" x 14" 4"
Provide a suitable keyed commercial grade, weather resistant padlock with
Typ. Middle Brace Door Frame a 2" shackle for each Access Door Assembly located at Bridge Abutments.
Key all padlocks for Access Door Assemblies and Access Hatches (if
E
present) on an individual bridge alike.
Bearing or
Jacking Bottom Plate** 5
SECTION C-C 1 8" Ø Hole cut in Door
Stiffeners*
� 3" x 3" x 14" Frame for Latch Bar
� 3" x 3" x
1
� 3" x 3" x
1 Bearing or
Bearing or 4" 4"
5
Middle Brace ¡ 1 8" Ø Hole
Jacking Stiffener* Door Frame Jacking Stiffener* Door Frame
Dim. W‫*٭‬
1
ELEVATION VIEW OF ACCESS DOOR ASSEMBLY 2" Ø Hinge Bolt, Nut F Varies;
3
(At Access Opening in End Internal Diaphragm as seen from inside the 8" Ø Latch Bolt, Align
& Steel Washer 3 ¡ 158" Ø Hole
Nut & Washers 1 8"
Box Girder. Right Hand Door shown; Left Hand Door opposite hand) vertical
One 18" Thick PTFE Washer or Two center of
112"
1
16" Thick PTFE Washers, Stacked 334" Hole with
� 3" x 3" x 14" Latch Bar
Exterior Face of Diaphragm at
8"
Middle Brace
7
End of Span or Continuous Unit*
2"
8"
1
1
5
1 8" Ø Hole cut in
7
Horizontal
Door Frame for
Latch Bar
Bearing or Jacking � Hinge ¡ of
3 padlock installation
Diaphragm* 8" Ø Stop Pin (See Detail) 5
Stiffeners* (Typ.) 1 8" Ø
Stiffener Hinge Bar
F Holes
(See Detail)
� 3" x 3" x
1
Door Hinge Bar Latch Bar 4"
VIEW D-D (See Detail) VIEW E-E (See Detail) VIEW F-F Door Frame
6" 7
16" Ø Hole for Padlock
1 1
2" 2"
1" 5"
8"
3"
2"
2" ℅ or Bar
1
9 1
16" Ø Hole 2" ¢ or Bar
1
2" ℅ or Bar
1
4"
1" 1" 1"
4"
� 3" x 3" x 4"
1
Top & Bottom Plates** Expanded Metal Mesh
4"
1
20 AM
9
3"
3"
16" Ø Hole
1
3
Door Frame
3"
7
16" Ø Hole for
36:
1 8"
3 3 1
4 4" 4" 2"
8:
Latch Bolt
1
SECTION A-A Edge Adjacent
1 1
Edge Adjacent
3 2" 22"
1" to Door Frame 6"
* See Plans for dimensions and details. to Stiffener
10/1/2021
** See Access Door Assembly for Steel Box Girders

STIFFENER HINGE BAR DETAIL DOOR HINGE BAR DETAIL LATCH BAR DETAIL
Data Table in the Plans for Dim. H & Dim. W.
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
FY 2022-23 ACCESS DOOR ASSEMBLY
INDEX SHEET
REVISION
07/01/15 STANDARD PLANS FOR STEEL BOX SECTIONS 460-252 1of 1

TRAFFIC RAILING NOTES
This Traffic Railing Retrofit has been structurally evaluated to be equivalent or greater in strength to a THRIE-BEAM EXPANSION SECTION: Thrie-Beam Expansion Sections shall be installed at locations shown
design which has been successfully crash tested in accordance with NCHRP Report 350 TL-4 criteria. in the Plans. Install nuts for splice bolts finger-tight at 2ƀ" slots in thrie beam expansion sections. Nuts
shall fully engage bolts with a minimum of one bolt thread extending beyond the nuts. Distort the first thread
on the outside of the nut to prevent loosening. Tighten guardrail bolts in 3Ƃ" slots at guardrail post(s) that
CONCRETE: Concrete for Transition Blocks and Curbs shall be Class II (Bridge Deck). lie between the slotted expansion splice and bridge deck joint so that the bolt heads are in full contact with
thrie-beam elements, but not so tight as to impede movement due to expansion.
REINFORCING STEEL: Reinforcing steel shall be ASTM A615, Grade 60.
BEARING PADS: Provide plain Neoprene pads with a durometer hardness of 60 or 70 and meeting the
THRIE-BEAM GUARDRAIL: Steel Thrie-Beam Elements shall meet the requirements for Class B (10 Gauge) requirements of Specification Section 932, for ancillary structures.
Guardrail of AASHTO M 180, Type II (Zinc coated). The minimum panel length for Thrie-Beam Elements
shall be 12'-6". Field drilled holes for Post connections shall be Ƃ" by 2ƀ" slotted holes. ELEVATION MARKERS: Elevation Markers need not be replaced when portions of the existing traffic railing
carrying existing elevation markers are removed.
GUARDRAIL BOLTS: Guardrail bolts, nuts and washers shall be in accordance with AASHTO M180.
BARRIER DELINEATORS: Install Barrier Delineators at the top of the guardrail offset blocks in accordance with
GUARDRAIL POSTS AND BASE PLATES: Posts and Base Plates shall be in accordance with ASTM A36 Specification Section 705. Match the Barrier Delineators color (white or yellow) to the near edgeline.
or ASTM A709 Grade 36.
PEDESTRIAN SAFETY TREATMENTS: Pedestrian Safety Treatment is required when called for in the Plans. See
ANCHOR BOLTS, NUTS AND WASHERS: Adhesive-Bonded Anchors and Anchor Bolts shall be fully Index 536-001 for details.
threaded rods in accordance with ASTM F1554 Grade 105 or ASTM A193 Grade B7. At the Contractor's
option, Anchor Bolts for through bolting may be in accordance with ASTM A449. All Nuts shall be single BRIDGE NAME PLATE: If a portion of the existing Traffic Railing is to be removed that carries the bridge name, number
self-locking hex nuts and in accordance with ASTM A563 or ASTM A194. Flat Washers shall be in and or date, or if the installation of the Traffic Railing (Thrie Beam Retrofit) will obscure the bridge name, number and or
accordance with ASTM F436 and Plate Washers (for long slotted holes only) shall be in accordance with date, then replace the information that has been removed or obscured, with 3" tall black lettering on white nonreflective
ASTM A36 or ASTM A709 Grade 36. After the nuts have been snug tightened, the anchor bolt threads sheeting applied to the top of the adjacent guardrail. The information must be clearly visible from the right side of the
shall be distorted to prevent removal of the nuts. Distorted threads and the exposed trimmed ends of approaching travel lane. The sheeting and adhesive backing shall comply with Specification Section 994 and may comprise
anchors shall be coated with a galvanizing compound in accordance with the Specifications. of individual decals of letters and numbers.
COATINGS: All Nuts, Bolts, Anchors, Washers, Guardrail Posts, Anchor Plates and Base Plates shall PAYMENT: Payment will be made under Metal Traffic Railing (Thrie-Beam Retrofit) which shall include all materials
be hot-dip galvanized in accordance with the Specifications. Guardrail Post Assemblies shall be hot-dip and labor required to fabricate and install the barrier and lapped guardrail where necessary to maintain post spacing.
galvanized after fabrication. Transition Blocks and Curbs, Bridge Name Plate and Barrier Delineators and installation of Elevation Markers, where
required, will not be paid for directly but shall be considered as incidental work.
ADHESIVE-BONDED ANCHORS AND DOWELS: Adhesive Bonding Material Systems for Anchors
and Dowels shall comply with Specification Section 937 and be installed in accordance with Specification
Section 416. The field testing proof loads required by Specification Section 416 shall be 15,000 lbs.
for Ɔ" Ø anchor bolts; 55,000 lbs. for the 1Ɓ" anchor bolts with 13" embedment; and 30,500 lbs.
for the 1Ɓ" Ø anchor bolts with 5" embedment.
BRIDGES ON CURVED ALIGNMENTS: The details presented in these Indexes are shown for
bridges on tangent alignments. Details for bridges on horizontally curved alignments are similar.
POST SPACING: Posts shall be located along the length of the bridge at typical 6'-3" or 3'-1ƀ" spaces.
Utilize the Modified Post Spacing at Intermediate Deck Joints Details as required to clear deck joints.
Establish post spacing along the bridge and Roadway Guardrail Transition beginning with the Key Post.
The variable post spacings located near begin and end bridge may be utilized to optimize the typical post
spacing. Variable lengths of guardrail overlap are also permitted to optimize the typical post spacing.
Symmetry of post spacing is not necessary.
8: 24 AM
36:
10/1/2021
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
FY 2022-23 TRAFFIC RAILING - (THRIE-BEAM RETROFIT)
INDEX SHEET
REVISION
11/01/19 STANDARD PLANS TYPICAL DETAILS & NOTES 460-470 1of 3

1 1 1 1
3'-1 2" 3'-12" 6'-3" 3'-12" 3'-1 2" Post Spacing as
measured to
11" Min. Index 460-471 & 460-476; 1'-2" Min. Index
1 � Post Bolts
1 8" 460-475 for non skewed joints. See Skew Detail
Existing Curb Intermediate Deck Joint Existing Bridge Coping
for treatment at skewed joints.
� Guardrail Varies
Post Assembly 1'-6
3 � Post Bolts Guardrail Post
Guardrail Post Intermediate 4" Min. Skew Angle
(Typ.) Assembly With
Assembly (Offset (Varies)
Deck Joint Offset Block
Blocks Required 3 1
Thrie-Beam Field Drill 4" x 2 2" slots
on Index 460-475)
Guardrail
7
7" Min. 8" Ø Adhesive-Bonded Anchors Thrie-Beam
� Anchor Bolts Guardrail
1
1'-1" Min. 1 4" Ø Adhesive-Bonded Anchors
1
7" Min. 1 4" Ø Thru-Bolts with Anchor Plate
Asphalt Overlay
Existing Curb Shift Guardrail Post Assembly to clear Deck Joint
when present (Varies)
PARTIAL PLAN
INTERMEDIATE JOINT SKEW DETAIL
PARTIAL ELEVATION OF INSIDE FACE OF RAILING

MODIFIED POST SPACING AT INTERMEDIATE DECK JOINTS DETAIL
13'-714"
FOR INDEX 460-471, 460-475 & 460-476
7" 7 sp. @ 1'-634" = 10'-514" ~ Spacing 34" x 334" 1'-634" 614"
Post Bolt Expansion Slots

3
4" x 334" Post Bolt
Slotted Expansion Splice
Expansion Slots (Typ.)
3
4" x 212"
6'-3" 3'-1 12" 6'-3" 3'-1 12" 6'-3" Post Spacing as Post
measured to Bolt Slots
118" 1'-6" Min. for non skewed joints. See Skew � Post Bolts � Post Bolts 29 1
29 32" x 1 8" Splice
Detail for treatment at skewed joints. (Typ.) 32" x 212" Splice Bolt
� Guardrail Bolt Slots (Typ.)
Intermediate 234" Expansion Slots (Typ.) 2"
Post Assembly
Guardrail Post Thrie-Beam
Deck Joint
Assembly Guardrail 414" 414"
Offset Blocks required on
Index 460-472 & 460-474
THRIE-BEAM EXPANSION SECTION
Asphalt Overlay
Existing Curb
when present (Varies)

MODIFIED POST SPACING AT INTERMEDIATE DECK JOINTS DETAIL
FOR INDEX 460-472, 460-473 & 460-474
8: 29 AM
36:
10/1/2021
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
INDEX SHEET
REVISION
01/01/08 STANDARD PLANS TYPICAL DETAILS & NOTES 460-470 2 of 3

1 1
1 8" 1 8" 1'-2" Lap
W 6 X 15 Post (1'-012" Min.)
238"
� Guardrail
8"
8"
1 1
Post Assembly 7" 7" 29 2" 44" 4 4" Varies
32" x 118" Slots (12 Per Splice) with
1
2
2
5 1
8" Ø x 1 2" Long Button Head Bolts
6316"
1
3 1 1 3 and Recessed Nuts (12 Required) (Typ.)
4" 5 4" 5 4" 1 4"
4"
4"
1
3
1
7
4" Ø Holes 1" Ø Holes for 78" Ø 3 1
3
4" x 2 2" Slots (2 Per
(Typ.) NeutralAxs&
i
Anchor Bolts Post) with Post Bolts and
4" ℅
3
�
29 1
32" x 1 8"
Recessed Nuts (2 Required).
Front
8"
Slots
4"
Not required when splice
Face
8"
1
3
is located between posts.
Dim . Y
2"
1
2
5
7
1
5
234"
Approach Thrie-Beam
10"
W 6 x 15 Post Trailing
314"
Panel
Thrie-Beam Panel
4"
ots
)
4"
412"
3
Dim . X
2" Sl
15
2
B B 16" R
1
8"
4"
4" ℅
±
3 (Typ.)
-8" (
5
3
1
7
1
2
Base Plate Direction of Traffic
Front Face
1'
4" x
4"
1
3
8" Ø Holes for 1
1
4" Ø Anchor Bolts E-
THRI L SPL
BEAM GUARDRAI CE
I
3
3
Post to Base Plate
55
1
4"
(T
FRONT VIEW SIDE VIEW
°
yp
Note: All Thrie Beam Panels shall be lapped in the direction
.)
SECTION B-B
118"
of adjacent traffic. At the Contractor's option, laps may
POST DIMENSION TABLE be extended. Field drill holes in Trailing Thrie Beam
1'-5"
Guardrail Panel as required. 15
POST CURB HEIGHT (DIM. A) DIM. X DIM. Y 16" R (Typ.)
4"
Post "A" 5" to 7" 11
1
4" 2'-0" 812" 812"
1
°
3
)
6316"
55
.
1 Note: The Anchor Plate and Plate Washer are applicable only
p. (Typ
Post "B" > 7" to 10" 9 4" 1'-10"
1
1 1 1 1 to 1 4" Ø Anchor Bolts that are to be thru-bolted for
3 4" 5 4" 54" 3 4" 2
1
4"
Post "C" > 10" to 1'-0" 714" 1'-8" Index 460-471 & 460-476.
8"
y
°
2" ℅
1
(T
55
3
Note: Dim. A is equal to the exposed curb height. For location 4"
2
3
of Dim. A see Index 460-471 thru 460-476, Sheet 1. 8" R
2"
GUARDRAIL POST ASSEMBLY DETAIL
4"
°
25
111 "
2"
5 6
1 16" Ø Hole
10° (± 1°)
512" Min. Special 712" Max. Special (centered) 21
1 32"
4"
Offset Block 4" Min. Offset Block
5 1
Tolerance
1 16" x 3 8" Long Slotted Holes for
16" ℅
5 1
7
1
2" Standard 5
1
2" Standard (-0, + 16")
Anchor Bolts with Plate Washers (Typ.) 0.135" (nominal) 3316"
Offset Block Offset Block Sheet Thickness

ANCHOR PLATE DETAIL PLATE WASHER DETAIL
1
3 4"
5
OFFSET BLOCK NOTES: 16" L
4"
E-
ON THRU THRI
CAL SECTI
TYPI BEAM
1
3 1. Offset blocks shall be timber or Approved 3

1 8"
7
4" Ø
MILAR)
7
32" L(
GUARDRAI EXPANSI ON SI
ON SECTI
Holes Alternate. Uniformity of block size and
alignment of guardrail shall be maintained
along length of retrofit. 1 11
1 4" 16"
-10"
2. Post bolt holes in offset blocks to be

8"
32"
16"
8"
1
5
centered ( ± 4").
3
1'
1 8" R
7
3
5
15
1
3. Timber offset blocks shall be dressed on
all four sides (S4S).
4. Block assemblies for Special Offset Blocks
can be made up of 2 or 3 Special or
8"
Standard Offset Blocks, field dressed as 5

8" OVAL SHOULDER BUTTON HEAD BOLT
1
7
required.
1
1"Ø x 16" Deep
THREAD
8" x 6" x 1'-10" (Nominal) Timber Pare corner of offset L APPLICATION Recess (Both Sides)
LENGTH
34 AM
1 1 block as required to
Offset Block (7 2" x 52" x 1'-10"
Rail Splice Bolt, Post Bolt for 5
1 FI
8"MODI ED HEAVY
36:
Dressed Dimensions) clear anchor bolt 1 2" Full Length

Index 460-471, 460-473 & 460-476
8:
RECESSED NUT)
HEX NUT (
FRONT VIEW SIDE VIEW Varies Post Bolt for Index 460-472,
4" Min.
(8" Min.) 460-473, 460-474, 460-475 & 460-476
OFFSET BLOCK DETAIL
10/1/2021
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
INDEX SHEET
REVISION
01/01/08 STANDARD PLANS TYPICAL DETAILS & NOTES 460-470 3 of 3

Intermediate Deck
Joint (See Note 2)
Guardrail Post NOTES:

Existing Bridge
Existing Curb Assembly (Typ.) A
Coping
1. On approach end provide Index 536-002 (as shown) or other site
specific treatment, see Roadway Plans. For treatment of trailing end
see Roadway Plans.
2. Actual joint dimension and orientation vary. For Intermediate Deck Joints use the
Modified Post Spacing at Intermediate Deck Joints Detail, Index 460-470, Sheet 2,
Gutter Line
as required.
3. Areas where existing structure has been removed shall match adjoining areas and
Front Face of Thrie-Beam shall be finished flat by grouting or grinding as required. Exposed existing
A reinforcing steel shall be burned off 1" below existing concrete and grouted over.
Guardrail Existing Bridge Deck
PARTIAL PLAN OF RAILING
� Post Bolts and Match � Post Bolts and Match

Line (Trailing End) (See Line (Approach End) (See
Sheets 3 and 4) Sheets 3 and 4)
1
3'-12" spacing (Typ. except as noted along bridge, see Note 2)
11" Min. Intermediate Deck
(Typ.) Joint (See Note 2)

� Post Bolts
Thrie-Beam Guardrail Post 1

1 Asphalt Overlay
8"
Guardrail Assembly (Typ.) when present
� Post
(Varies)
Final Riding Surface

Existing Curb
Existing Bridge Deck
Top of Existing Curb
CROSS REFERENCES:
38 AM
For Section A-A see Sheet 2.

TYPICAL TREATMENT OF RAILING ALONG BRIDGE
36:
For Traffic Railing Notes and Details

8:
see Index 460-470.

10/1/2021
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
INDEX SHEET
REVISION
01/01/08 STANDARD PLANS NARROW CURB 460-471 1of 4

Control Line Control Line (Scheme 2), Control Line
1 1 Projected from Bridge (Scheme 3)
6 2" ** 6 2" **
Thrie-Beam
Guardrail *
1 1 1 1
4" ± 2" Out 4" ± 2" Out
1"
1"
of Plumb (Max.) of Plumb (Max.) *
� Guardrail � Guardrail Post
11"
11"
10"
10"
Post
5 1
8" Ø x 1 2" Post Bolts
5
8" Ø x 112" Post Bolts and Recessed Nuts
and Recessed Nuts
-0"
-0"
Guardrail Post Assembly "A", "B"
-9" to 2'
-9" to 2'
� Thrie-Beam Guardrail Post Assembly "A", "B" � Thrie-Beam
or "C" (See Roadway Plans)
Guardrail or "C" (See Roadway Plans) Guardrail
1 1
1'-2"x 10"x 8" 1'-2"x 10"x 8"
Varies 1'
Varies 1'
Asphalt Overlay when Asphalt Overlay when
Thick Neoprene Pad Thick Neoprene Pad
Em bed.
Em bed.
5" M in.
5" M in.
present (Varies)
-1" M in. Em bed.

present (Varies)
Dim . A
Dim . A
Final Riding Final Riding
Surface Surface
7 7
2 ~ 8" Ø x 8" Adhesive-Bonded 2 ~ 8" Ø x 8" Adhesive-Bonded
Approach
Bridge
Varies
See
Deck
Anchors with Heavy Hex Nuts and See Anchors with Heavy Hex Nuts and
Varies
Slab
Detail "A" Washers set in drilled holes (5
1 Detail "A" Washers set in drilled holes (512"
2"
1'
Max. Depth) Max. Depth)
Existing Curb Existing Wing Wall

2" ** Existing Approach Slab
1 d HS Anchor 1
1 ~ Anchor Plate with 2~ 1 4"Ø Hex Hea 2 ~ 1 4" Ø x 1'-4" Adhesive-Bonded
x 2" **
2 ~ Plate Washers Bot
l t
s wihsef
l-o
lckn
ig Heavy He Anchors with Heavy Hex Nuts and
2" Cover Min.
(See Index 460-470) 1
Nutsand Washersse n 1 2" Ø
ti Washers set in drilled holes (1'-112"
2" Cover Min.
coredrl
iledhoe
ls. Max. Depth)

TYPICAL SECTION THRU RAILING ON BRIDGE DECK TYPICAL SECTION THRU RAILING ALONG APPROACH SLAB
(SCHEME 2 SHOWN, SCHEME 3 SIMILAR)
*
Shim with washers around Anchors as required to
Existing Traffic Railing

maintain tolerance.
Type Varies) to be
shown
**
Offset may vary ± 1" for Adhesive-Bonded Anchors
shaded)
BILL OF REINFORCING STEEL BAR BENDING DIAGRAMS to clear existing curb reinforcing and provide
rem oved (
minimum edge clearance. Offset shall be consistent
MARK SIZE LENGTH 4" along length of bridge.
See Note 2)
A 4 AS REQUIRED
-2"
(
D 4 1'-11"
2"
1'
1
4
L 4 4'-1"
& W ing W all

Existing Curb
(
to rem ain
Control Line
Length as Required Top of Curb
Dowel Bar 4D
(Standard 180° Hook)
Front of Curb
along Bridge
BAR 4A
3'-8"
2"
NOTES:
TYPICAL SECTION THRU EXISTING TRAFFIC
1
4
1. All bar dimensions are out to out. RAILING SHOWING LIMITS OF REMOVAL
2. The 1'-2" vertical dimension shown for (BRIDGE DECK SHOWN, WING WALL SIMILAR)
Bar 4D is based on a curb height of 9". DETAIL "A"
43 AM
If curb height is less or more than 9",

decrease or increase this dimension by DOWEL BAR 4L
36:
CROSS REFERENCES:
an amount equal to the difference in curb
8:
For location of Section A-A see Sheets 1, 3 & 4.

height.
For location of Section B-B see Sheets 3 & 4.
For application of Dim. A see Post Dimension Table
10/1/2021
on Index 460-470, Sheet 3.

REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
INDEX SHEET
REVISION
01/01/08 STANDARD PLANS NARROW CURB 460-471 2 of 4

End Deck Joint (See Note 2,
Sheet 1)
Front Face of Backwall &
Intermediate Deck Joint
Begin or End Bridge
(See Note 2, Sheet 1)
Existing Perpendicular Wing Wall shown,
Existing Angled Wing Wall similar Front Face of Backwall &
Begin or End Bridge Dowel Bars 4L (10" Embedment)
Dowel Bars 4L (10" Embedment)
� Key Post � Key Post
A (See Note 2)
(See Note 2) Existing Bridge
Existing Bridge Existing Parallel
Coping
Guardrail Post Transition Block Wing Wall Guardrail Post Transition Block (See Note 1)
Coping Existing
A Assembly (Typ.) (See Note 1) Assembly (Typ.)
Curb B
2"
2"
1
1
7" 9
7" 9
Front Face of
Thrie-Beam
Guardrail Existing Curb Edge of Existing Edge of Existing
Gutter Line
Approach Slab Existing Approach Slab
Approach Slab
Gutter Line
(Location Varies) (Location Varies)
Existing Approach Slab Roadway Guardrail Existing Bridge Deck Roadway Guardrail Transition
A Existing Bridge Deck
Transition (See Note 1, B
� Post Bolts (Last Front Face of (See Note 1, Sheet 1)
3'-0" Transition Sheet 1) � Post Bolts 3'-0" Transition
Index 460-471 Post) � Post Bolts Thrie-Beam Guardrail
Block (See Note 1) Direction of Traffic
Direction of Traffic Block (See Note 1)
A
Traffic Railing (Thrie-Beam Retrofit) Limits of Payment Roadway Guardrail Transition Traffic Railing (Thrie-Beam Retrofit) Roadway Guardrail Transition
(See Note 1, Sheet 1) Limits of Payment (See Note 1, Sheet 1)
� Post Bolts (Last
� Post Bolts and
Index 460-471 Post)
Match Line (Approach
PARTIAL PLAN OF RAILING PARTIAL PLAN OF RAILING
or Trailing End)
(See Sheet 1)
2 ~ Variable Spaces (3'-112" Max., 2 ~ Variable Spaces (3'-112" Max.,
11" Post Spacing as measured 11" Post Spacing as measured
� Post Bolts and Match
1'-634" Min.) to � Post Bolts 3 to � Post Bolts
Line (Approach or Trailing 1'-6 4" Min.)
� Post End Deck Joint (See Note 2, End) (See Sheet 1)

� Key Post End of Existing Wing Wall
Sheet 1 of 4)
1 3
118" 1'-634" 138" 18" 1'-6 4"
Thrie-Beam
Guardrail
Thrie-Beam Guardrail Post � Key Post Guardrail Post
Roadway Guardrail Transition � Post Bolts Roadway Guardrail Transition
Guardrail Assembly (Typ.) � Post Bolts Asphalt Overlay when Assembly (Typ.)
(See Note 1, Sheet 1) (See Note 1, Sheet 1)
present (Varies)
Asphalt Overlay Transition Block Transition Block
when present (See Note 1) (See Note 1)
(Varies)
-0"
-0"
Final Riding
Existing Curb Final Riding Surface Existing Curb
1'
1'
Surface
Match Existing Match Existing

Curb Height Curb Height
Existing Bridge Deck Front Face of Backwall & Existing Bridge Deck
Dowel Bars 4L (10" Embedment) Existing Approach Slab
Begin or End Bridge Dowel Bars 4L (10" Embedment)
(See Note 2) Front Face of (See Note 2)
Backwall & Begin
Existing Approach Slab
or End Bridge
PARTIAL ELEVATION OF INSIDE FACE OF RAILING PARTIAL ELEVATION OF INSIDE FACE OF RAILING
SCHEME 1 SCHEME 2
RAILING END TREATMENT FOR PERPENDICULAR OR ANGLED WING WALLS RAILING END TREATMENT FOR PARALLEL WING WALLS
SCHEME 2 NOTES:
SCHEME 1 NOTES:
1. Provide Transition Block (as shown) or Curb if existing Approach Slab does not have a curb, see Roadway
48 AM
1. Provide Transition Block (as shown) or Curb if existing Approach Slab does not have a curb, see Roadway
Plans. Shape and height of Transition Block or Curb shall match existing bridge curb. Transition Block may
36:
Plans. Shape and height of Transition Block or Curb shall match existing bridge curb. Transition Block may
be omitted on trailing ends with no opposing traffic.
8:
be omitted on trailing ends with no opposing traffic.
2. Field bend Dowel Bars 4L within Transition Block as required to maintain 2" top and side clearance and 3"
2. Field bend Dowel Bars 4L within Transition Block as required to maintain 2" top and side clearance and 3"
bottom clearance.
10/1/2021
bottom clearance.
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
INDEX SHEET
REVISION

Existing Flared Wing Wall shown,
Existing Wing Wall with combined
Intermediate Deck Joint Parallel and Flared portion similar C
Existing Wing Wall
Construction Joint with
Front Face of Organic Felt bond breaker Limit for Cast-In-Place Curb when Transition Block
Backwall & Begin
Cast-In-Place Curb with is not required on trailing end. Provide 6" Min.
or End Bridge
Transition Block (See Detail) clearance to Adhesive-Bonded Anchors.
Guardrail Post
Assembly (Typ.) A Bars 4A @ 9" Max. (See Note 2) (Typ.)
Existing Bridge B Depth of shaded portion
Coping extending off Approach
Existing Curb
Roadway Guardrail Transition Slab shall be 1'-0" Min.
See Note 3 (See Note 1, Sheet 1)
Organic Felt bond
breaker along joint
2"
1
9
Edge of Existing
Provide 2"
Approach Slab
chamfer
projection
(Location Varies)
7"
45°
Existing Bridge Deck Existing
A B � Post Bolts
)
Approach Slab
Typ.
Front Face of
C
2" Cover
Thrie-Beam Guardrail Edge of Existing Approach
� Key Post Direction of Traffic Dowel Bars 4D @ 9" ± centers
M in. (
Slab (Location Varies)
each way (See Note 2) (Typ.)
Traffic Railing (Thrie-Beam Retrofit) Limits of Payment Roadway Guardrail Transition
(See Note 1, Sheet 1) Match Bridge curb alignment 3'-0" Taper

Index 460-471 Post) Existing Approach Slab
Cast-In-Place Curb Transition Block (See Note 1)
Varies (3'-112" Max., Varies (4'-814" Max., Post Spacing as measured
� Post Bolts and Match 1'-634" Min.) 1'-634" Min.) to � Post Bolts
Line (Approach or Trailing PLAN OF CAST-IN-PLACE CURB & TRANSITION BLOCK DETAIL
End) (See Sheet 1)
� Key Post
(Approach End with Transition Block Shown, Trailing End without Transition Block Similar)
1 3 � Post Bolts
1 8" 1'-6 4"
Thrie-Beam
Guardrail
Guardrail Post
Roadway Guardrail Transition
� Post Bolts
M atch Existing
Asphalt Overlay when Assembly (Typ.)
)
Curb H eight
present (Varies)
Typ.
1" Varies
Organic Felt bond
Cover (
2" M in.
breaker along joint
Bars 4A @ 9"
Max. (Typ.)
Final Riding Match Existing Dowel
Surface Curb Height 1'-0" Min. Bars 4D

@ 9" ±
Existing Curb
Existing Cast-In-Place Curb with
Bridge Deck Existing Approach Transition Block (See Detail) Asphalt Overlay when
Slab present (remove to the
Begin or End Bridge
top of concrete within
7" Embed. (Typ.)
limits of Cast-In-Place Curb) Existing Wing Wall
Existing
3" Cover Approach Slab 2" Cover
SCHEME 3
RAILING END TREATMENT FOR FLARED WING WALLS
SECTION C-C
SCHEME 3 NOTES:
1. Provide Cast-In-Place Curb as shown. Shape and height of Transition Block and Curb shall match existing bridge curb.
Transition Block may be omitted on trailing ends with no opposing traffic.
54 AM
36:
2. Field cut and bend Bars 4A and rotate Dowel Bars 4B within Curb and Transition Block as required to maintain
8:
2" top and side clearance and 3" bottom clearance.
7
3. A single 8" Ø x 8" Adhesive-Bonded Anchor may be omitted as shown when 2" clear cover cannot be provided.
10/1/2021
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
INDEX SHEET
REVISION

Existing Traffic Railing (See Note 2)

Existing Curb Existing Bridge NOTES:
A (Type Varies)
Coping
1. On approach end provide Index 536-002 (as shown) or other site specific
treatment, see Roadway Plans. For treatment of trailing end see Roadway
Plans.
Guardrail Post
2. Actual joint dimension and orientation vary. For Intermediate Deck Joints
Assembly with
use the Modified Post Spacing at Intermediate Deck Joints Detail, Index
Offset Block
460-470, Sheet 2, as required.
(Typ.)
3. Areas where existing structure has been removed shall match adjoining
areas and shall be finished flat by grouting or grinding as required. Exposed
existing reinforcing steel shall be burned off 1" below existing concrete and
Gutter Line
grouted over.
Front Face of
Thrie-Beam Guardrail A Existing Bridge Deck
� Post Bolts and Match Line

� Post Bolts and Match (Approach End) (See Sheets 3
Line (Trailing End) (See and 4)
Sheets 3 and 4)
6'-3" spacing (Typ. except as noted along Bridge, see Note 2)
1'-6" Min. for non skewed joints. For treatment

of skewed Intermediate Deck Joints see Skew
Detail Index 460-470, Sheet 2 (Typ.)

� Post Bolts (See Note 2)
Guardrail Post
118"
Assembly with Asphalt Overlay
Thrie-Beam
Offset Block (Typ.) when present
� Post Guardrail
(Varies)
Final Riding
Existing Curb
Surface
Top of
Existing Curb

(Existing Traffic Railing not shown for clarity)
58 AM
CROSS REFERENCES:
TYPICAL TREATMENT OF RAILING ALONG BRIDGE For Section A-A see Sheet 2.
36:
8:

see Index 460-470.
10/1/2021
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
INDEX SHEET
REVISION
01/01/08 STANDARD PLANS WIDE STRONG CURB TYPE 1 460-472 1of 4

** Varies
Match Front Face of
1'-0" ± ** (1'-0" ± Min.)
Standard Offset Block 1 1
along Bridge 1 1
6" 4" ± 2" Out of 4" ± 2" Out of
Thrie-Beam Guardrail Existing Traffic Railing Offset Block(s) as required Existing Wing Post
Nominal Plumb (Max.) * Plumb (Max.) *
1"
1"
(Type Varies) (Type Varies)
� Guardrail Post � Guardrail Post
11"
11"
5 5
10"
10"
8" Ø x 8" Post Bolts 8" Ø Post Bolts (length varies)
Thrie-Beam
and Recessed Nuts and Recessed Nuts
Guardrail
-0"
-0"
� Thrie-Beam Guardrail Post Assembly "A", "B" � Thrie-Beam Guardrail Post Assembly "A", "B"
-9" to 2'
-9" to 2'
Guardrail or "C" (See Roadway Plans) Guardrail or "C" (See Roadway Plans)
Existing Curb Overhang
Asphalt Overlay Asphalt Overlay
1 Existing Curb
Varies 1'
Varies 1'
1
1'-2" x 10" x 8" o
Slpe: 1'-2" x 10" x 8" o
Slpe:
when present when present
Thick Neoprene Pad Vare
is Overhang Vare
is
(Varies) (Varies) Thick Neoprene Pad
Dim . A
Dim . A
Varies
Varies
Final Riding 5" Min. Final Riding See 5" Min.
Surface See Detail "A" Embedment Surface Detail "A" Embedment
Varies
7
Bridge
2 ~ 8" Ø x 8" Adhesive-Bonded Anchors

Deck
Approach Existing Existing Wing

with Heavy Hex Nuts and Washers set in Slab Varies Wall
Approach
1
drilled holes (5 2" Max. Depth) Slab 7
1'-1" Min. Embedment
Existing Bridge Deck 2" Nominal Schemes 3 & 4 - Overhang Varies with Heavy Hex Nuts and Washers set in
1
Overhang Schemes 5 & 6 - 2" Nominal Overhang drilled holes (5 2" Max. Depth)
3" Cover Min. 1 3" Cover Min.
1 ** Varies 5 2"
** 5 2"
1 1
2 ~ 1 4" Ø x 1'-4" Adhesive-Bonded Anchors with 2 ~ 1 4" Ø x 1'-4" (1'-1" Min. Embedment Schemes 3 & 5)
Control Line Control Line (Schemes 5 & 6)
Heavy Hex Nuts and Washers set in drilled holes or 2 ~ 114" Ø x 8" (5" Min. Embedment Schemes 4 & 6)
1 Control Line (Projected from
(1'-12" Max. Depth) Adhesive-Bonded Anchors with Heavy Hex Nuts and
Bridge) (Schemes 3 & 4)
1 1
Washers set in drilled holes (1'-1 2" or 5 2" Max.
SECTION A-A
depth respectively)
TYPICAL SECTION THRU RAILING ON BRIDGE DECK
SECTION B-B
TYPICAL SECTION THRU RAILING ALONG APPROACH SLAB
(SCHEMES 5 AND 6 SHOWN, SCHEMES 3 AND 4 SIMILAR)
Match shape of
* 1 Varies (Match
existing curb 9 2"
Shim with washers around Anchors as required to curb height)
BILL OF REINFORCING STEEL BAR BENDING DIAGRAMS
maintain tolerance. Asphalt Overlay when
present (Varies)
MARK SIZE LENGTH **
4"
1
Offset may vary ± 1" for Adhesive-Bonded Anchors Bars
Varies
1'-7 2" 5"
3
2
D 4 3'-7" to clear existing curb reinforcing and provide 4M
3"
9"
9"
L 4 4'-1" along length of bridge.
4"
M 4 2'-8"
1
3
1 Existing
2'-0 2" 1
1'-4 2" Approach Slab
Control Line Dowel Bars 4D (10" Embedment)
DOWEL BAR 4D Top of Curb Edge of Existing
(See Note 2, Sheet3, Scheme 2)
Approach Slab
3'-8" 2'-8"
2"
Front of Curb
1
along Bridge
4
VIEW C-C
CROSS REFERENCES:
02 AM
For location of Section A-A see Sheets 1, 3 & 4.

DOWEL BAR 4L BAR 4M
37:
For location of Section B-B see Sheet 4.

8:
For location of View C-C see Sheet 3.

NOTE: All bar dimensions are out to out.
DETAIL "A" For application of Dim. A see Post Dimension Table
10/1/2021
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
INDEX SHEET
REVISION
07/01/08 STANDARD PLANS WIDE STRONG CURB TYPE 1 460-472 2 of 4

Existing Detached Sidewalk or Integral Sidewalk
Front Face of Backwall & Front Face of Backwall &
less than 6" thick to be removed. See Roadway
Begin or End Bridge Begin or End Bridge
Plans for Details of Sidewalk replacement.
Sheet 1) Existing Wing Post (Type Varies) Direction of Traffic Existing Wing Post (Type Varies)
End Deck Joint (See
Existing Flared Wing Wall
Note 2, Sheet 1)
Existing Bridge Existing Curb Existing Perpendicular Wing Wall shown, shown, Existing Parallel
Coping Existing Angled Wing Wall similar Existing Bridge Wing Wall similar
Existing Traffic Railing
Existing Traffic Railing Coping
A A (Type Varies)
(Type Varies) Dowel Bars 4L (10" Embedment) Approach Slab Curb to
� Key
(See Note 2) remain (Parallel Curb
Post shown, Flared Curb
Edge of Existing Approach similar) C
Slab (Location Varies) 5 Bars 4M
Guardrail Post Assembly
912"
2"
Guardrail Post Assembly with Offset Block (Typ.)
1
7" 9
with Offset Block (Typ.)
Existing Curb
7"
Transition Block Double Dowel Bars 4D (10"
Front Face of Thrie-Beam Edge of
Gutter Line
(See Note 1) Embedment) (See Note 2)
Guardrail Existing
Front Face of Gutter Line
Approach
Thrie-Beam Guardrail Slab
A Existing Approach
(Location
A Existing Bridge Deck Roadway Guardrail Transition Existing Slab
(See Note 1, Sheet 1) Existing Approach Slab 3" 2 sp. @ 1'-3" 3" Varies)
Bridge Deck
� Post Bolts
� Post Bolts (Last � Key C
3'-0" Transition Roadway Guardrail Transition
� Post Bolts � Post Bolts (Last
Index 460-472 Post) Post 3'-0"
Block (See Note 1) Index 460-472 Post) (See Note 1, Sheet 1)
Transition Block
Traffic Railing (Thrie-Beam Roadway Guardrail Transition Traffic Railing (Thrie-Beam Roadway Guardrail Transition
(See Note 1)
Retrofit) Limits of Payment (See Note 1, Sheet 1) Retrofit) Limits of Payment (See Note 1, Sheet 1)
� Post Bolts and Match � Post Bolts and Match Line

Line (Approach or Trailing (Approach or Trailing End)
PARTIAL PLAN OF RAILING PARTIAL PLAN OF RAILING CROSS REFERENCES:
End) (See Sheet 1) (See Sheet 1)
For Section A-A and View C-C
Varies (6'-3" Max., 3'-112" Min.) 11" Post Spacing as measured Varies (6'-3" Max., 3'-112" Min.) 11" Post Spacing as measured
see Sheet 2.
to � Post Bolts to � Post Bolts
Thrie-Beam
� Post
End Deck Joint (See Note 2, � Post End Deck Joint (See Note 2,
Asphalt Overlay Guardrail
Thrie-Beam
when present Sheet 1) Sheet 1 of 3)
Guardrail
(Varies) Guardrail Post
118" 1'-634" 138" 118" 1'-634" Roadway Guardrail Transition
Assembly with
Guardrail Post (See Note 1, Sheet 1)
� Key Post
Offset Block (Typ.) � Key Post
Assembly with Roadway Guardrail Transition � Post
Offset Block (Typ.) Transition Block
� Post Bolts (See Note 1, Sheet 1) Asphalt Overlay when Bolts
(See Note 1)
present (Varies)
Varies (Match
Transition Block
curb height)
(See Note 1)
-0" Bars 4M
Final Riding Surface Final Riding Surface Double Dowel Bars 4D (10"
Existing Curb
Varies
Existing Curb
1'
Embedment) (See Note 2)
9"
Match Existing
Curb Height
Existing Front Face of Backwall & Existing Existing Approach Slab
Bridge Deck Begin or End Bridge Bridge Deck Front Face of Backwall &
Dowel Bars 4L (10" Embedment) (See Note 2) Begin or End Bridge
(Existing Wing Post and Traffic Railing not shown for clarity) (Existing Wing Post and Traffic Railing not shown for clarity)
SCHEME 1 SCHEME 2
RAILING END TREATMENT FOR PERPENDICULAR OR ANGLED WING WALLS RAILING END TREATMENT FOR PARALLEL OR FLARED CURBS WITH DETACHED SIDEWALKS
OR INTEGRAL SIDEWALKS LESS THAN 6" THICK
SCHEME 1 NOTES: SCHEME 2 NOTES:
07 AM
1. Provide Transition Block (as shown) or Curb if existing Approach Slab does not have a curb, see Roadway 1. Provide Transition Block (as shown) or Curb if existing Approach Slab Curb does not extend to end of Approach Slab.
37:
Plans. Shape and height of Transition Block or Curb shall match existing bridge curb. Transition Block may be Shape and height of Transition Block or Curb shall match existing bridge curb. Transition Block may be omitted on trailing
8:
omitted on trailing ends with no opposing traffic. ends with no opposing traffic and on bridges with flared Approach Slab Curbs.
2. Field bend Dowel Bars 4L within Transition Block as required to maintain 2" top and side clearance and 3" 2. Field bend or tilt Dowel Bars 4D and Bars 4M within Transition Block as required to maintain 2" top and side clearance
10/1/2021
bottom clearance. and 3" bottom clearance.

REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
INDEX SHEET
REVISION

Front Face of Backwall & Existing Flared Wing Wall Front Face of Backwall &
Begin or End Bridge Existing Parallel Wing Wall shown,
Existing Curb integrally reinforced Begin or End Bridge
Existing Wing Post Existing Flared Wing Wall similar
with Approach Slab or Wing Wall Existing Curb integrally reinforced
(Type Varies)
with Approach Slab or Wing Wall Existing Wing Post
Intermediate Deck Joint Intermediate Deck Joint
Edge of Existing (Type Varies)
(See Note 2, Sheet 1) B (See Note 2, Sheet 1)
Approach Slab
Existing Transition Block
Existing (Location
Existing Traffic Railing Existing Bridge Bridge Coping Existing Traffic Railing (See Note 1)
Curb A Varies) A B
(Type Varies) Coping (Type Varies)
Dowel Bars 4L (10"
Embedment) (Place 3 Bars
Min. Top and 1 Bar Min.
Bottom), shift to clear Post
Existing
Guardrail Post Assembly Anchor Bolts (See Note 2)
Guardrail Post Assembly Curb
2"
1
7" 9
B Front Face of
Gutter Line
� Key
Edge of Existing
Front Face of Gutter � Key
B Approach Slab
Thrie-Beam Guardrail Post Post
Line
(Location Varies)
A Existing Existing Approach Slab Roadway Guardrail

A Existing Roadway Guardrail
Transition (See Transition (See Note 1,
Bridge Deck Bridge Deck
� Post Bolts (Last 3'-0" Transition
� Post Bolts Note 1, Sheet 1) � Post Bolts (Last � Post Bolts
Sheet 1)
Index 460-472 Post) Block (See Note 1)
Index 460-472 Post)
� Post Bolts and Match Line (See Note 1, Sheet 1)
� Post Bolts and Match Line (Approach
(Approach or Trailing End) Direction of Traffic or Trailing End) (See Sheet 1)
(See Sheet 1) Direction of Traffic
Varies (6'-3" Max., Varies (6'-3" Max. spacing) Post Spacing Scheme 5 as
11"
3'-112" Min.) (Typ. along Approach Slab) measured to � Post Bolts
Varies (6'-3" Max., Varies (2'-1" Max. spacing) 11" Post Spacing Scheme 6 as
measured to � Post Bolts
1
3'-1 2" Min.) (Typ. along Approach Slab)
� Post � Key
Thrie-Beam � Post Bolts
Guardrail Post 118" 1'-634" � Key Post Additional Posts required for Scheme 6 Post
Guardrail
Assembly with (shown dashed, number reqd. varies)
Asphalt Overlay Additional Posts required 118"
Offset Block (Typ.) � Post Roadway Guardrail
when present for Scheme 4 (shown Asphalt Overlay End of Existing
Bolts Transition (See
(Varies) Thrie-Beam dashed, number reqd. when present Guardrail Post Assembly Wing Wall and Curb
Note 1, Sheet 1)
Guardrail varies) (Varies) with Offset Block (Typ.)
Roadway Guardrail
Transition (See Note 1,
Sheet 1)
Transition Block
(See Note 1)
-0"
Final Riding Surface Existing Curb Final Riding Surface Existing Curb
1'
Match Existing
Existing Curb Height

Existing
Front Face of Backwall & Existing Approach Slab Bridge Deck Existing Approach Slab Dowel Bars 4L (10" Embedment)
Bridge Deck Front Face of Backwall &
Begin or End Bridge (Place 3 Bars Min. Top and 1 Bar
Begin or End Bridge
Min. Bottom)
SCHEMES 3 AND 4 SCHEMES 5 AND 6

12 AM
RAILING END TREATMENT FOR FLARED INTEGRAL CURBS RAILING END TREATMENT FOR PARALLEL INTEGRAL CURBS
SCHEMES 5 AND 6 NOTES:
37:
1. Provide Transition Block (as shown) or Curb if existing Approach Slab Curb does not extend to end of Approach Slab.
8:
Shape and height of Transition Block or Curb shall match existing bridge curb. Transition Block may be omitted on trailing
ends with no opposing traffic.
10/1/2021
2. Field bend Dowel Bars 4L within Transition Block as required to maintain 2" top and side clearance and 3" bottom clearance.
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
INDEX SHEET
REVISION

Existing
Existing Traffic Railing (See Note 2) Existing Bridge NOTES:
Curb
A (Type Varies) Coping
1. On approach end provide Index 536-002 (as shown) or other site specific treatment,
see Roadway Plans. For treatment of trailing end see Roadway Plans.
2. Actual joint dimension and orientation vary. For Intermediate Deck Joints use the Modified
Post Spacing at Intermediate Deck Joints Detail, Index 460-470, Sheet 2, as required.
Guardrail Post
Assembly (Typ.) 3. Areas where existing structure has been removed shall match adjoining areas and shall be
finished flat by grouting or grinding as required. Exposed existing reinforcing steel shall
be burned off 1" below existing concrete and grouted over.
Gutter Line
Front Face of

Line (Trailing End) (See Line (Approach End)
Sheets 3 and 4) (See Sheets 3 and 4)
1'-6" Min. for non skewed joints. For treatment

of skewed Intermediate Deck Joints see Skew
Detail Index 460-470, Sheet 2 (Typ.)

Guardrail Post
118" Asphalt Overlay
Assembly (Typ.)
when present Thrie-Beam
� Post (Varies) Guardrail
Final
Existing Curb Riding
Surface
Top of
Existing Curb Existing Bridge Deck

(Existing Traffic Railing not shown for clarity)
CROSS REFERENCES:
16 AM

37:

8:
see Index 460-470.

10/1/2021
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
INDEX SHEET
REVISION
01/01/08 STANDARD PLANS WIDE STRONG CURB TYPE 2 460-473 1of 4

Match Front Face of
Thrie-Beam Guardrail along Bridge Varies
Control Line 6
1
2" ± ** 1
Offset Block(s) as required 4" ± 12" Out of
Thrie-Beam Guardrail 1 1 (Schemes 3 and 4 only)
4" ± 2" (Out Existing Traffic Railing Existing Wing Post
Plumb (Max.) *
1"
1"
of Plumb) (Max.) *
� Guardrail
� Guardrail Post Post
10"
11"
11"
5
10"
8" Ø x 8" Post
5 Thrie-Beam
8" Ø x 112" Post Bolts Bolts and Recessed Nuts
Guardrail
and Recessed Nuts
-0"
-0"
� Thrie-Beam
-9" to 2'
-9" to 2'
� Thrie-Beam Guardrail Post Assembly "A", "B" or "C" (See Roadway Plans)
Guardrail
Guardrail or "C" (See Roadway Plans)
Asphalt Overlay 1 Existing Curb Asphalt Overlay
Varies 1' 1'-2" x 10" x 8" e:
Varies 1'
ope: 1 o
Slp
Sl 1'-2" x 10" x 8"
when present Overhang when present 5" Min.
is Vare
is
(Varies) (Varies) Thick Neoprene Pad Embedment
Varies
Varies
Dim .
Dim .
Final Riding See 5" Min. Final Riding
A
A
Surface Detail "A" Embedment Surface
Varies
Bridge
7 Existing
Deck

Approach Existing Wing
Approach
3" Cover with Heavy Hex Nuts and Washers set in
Slab Varies Wall
1 Slab
Min. ** drilled holes (5 2" Max. Depth) 7
Schemes 3 & 4 - Overhang Varies
Existing Bridge Deck with Heavy Hex Nuts and Washers set in
114" Schemes 5 & 6 - Nominal Overhang drilled holes (5

1
2 ~ Ø x 1'-4" Adhesive-Bonded Anchors with 2" Max. Depth)
2" ** Varies
Heavy Hex Nuts and Washers set in drilled holes Varies 512" ** 3" Cover Min.
(1'-112" Max. Depth)
Control Line (Schemes 5 & 6)
1
2 ~ 1 4" Ø x 1'-4" (1'-1" Min. Embed. Schemes 3 & 5)
Control Line (Projected from or 2 ~ 114" Ø x 8" (5" Min. Embed. Schemes 4 & 6)
SECTION A-A Bridge) (Schemes 3 & 4)
Adhesive-Bonded Anchors with Heavy Hex Nuts and
1 1
TYPICAL SECTION THRU RAILING ON BRIDGE DECK Washers set in drilled holes (1'-1 2" or 5 2" Max.
Depth respectively).
SECTION B-B
* Shim with washers around Anchor Bolts and Anchors as

required to maintain tolerance. Match shape of
1 Varies (Match
existing curb 9 2"
BILL OF REINFORCING STEEL BAR BENDING DIAGRAMS curb height)

** Offset may vary ± 1" for Adhesive-Bonded Anchors and Asphalt Overlay when
Anchor Bolts to clear existing curb reinforcing and present (Varies)
MARK SIZE LENGTH
4"
1
provide minimum edge clearance. Offset shall be consistent Bars
Varies
1'-7 2" 5"
3
along length of bridge.
2
D 4 3'-7" 4M
3"
9"
9"
L 4 4'-1"
4"
M 4 2'-8"
1
3
1 Existing
2'-0 2" 1
1'-4 2" Approach Slab
Dowel Bars 4D (10"
Control Line
Embedment) (See
Note 2, Sheet 4) Approach Slab
3'-8" 2'-8"
2"
Front of Curb
1
along Bridge
4
VIEW C-C
CROSS REFERENCES:
21 AM
For location of Section A-A see Sheet 1, 3 and 4.

DOWEL BAR 4L BAR 4M For location of Section B-B see Sheet 4.
37:
8:
For location of View C-C see Sheet 3.

DETAIL "A" For Traffic Railing Notes and Details see Index 460-470.
10/1/2021
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
INDEX SHEET
REVISION

Front Face of Backwall & Front Face of Backwall & less than 6" thick to be removed. See Roadway
Begin or End Bridge Begin or End Bridge Plans for Details of Sidewalk replacement.
Existing Perpendicular Wing Wall shown, Existing Flared Wing
Sheet 1)
Existing Angled Wing Wall similar End Deck Joint (See Wall shown, Existing
Note 2, Sheet 1) Parallel Wing Wall similar
Existing Bridge Existing Wing Post
Coping Existing Bridge
(Type Varies) Existing Traffic Railing Existing Wing Post Approach Slab Curb to
A Dowel Bars 4L (10" Embedment) A (Type Varies) (Type Varies) remain (Parallel Curb
(Type Varies)
� Key Post (See Note 2) shown, Flared Curb similar)
Edge of Existing
Approach Slab C
(Location Varies) 5 Bars 4M
Existing Curb Existing Curb
912"
2"
1
Guardrail Post Guardrail Post
7" 9
Assembly (Typ.) Assembly (Typ.)
7"
Gutter Line Front Face of Transition Block Double Dowel Bars 4D (10"
Thrie-Beam Guardrail (See Note 1) Gutter Line Embedment) (See Note 2) C
A Front Face of Thrie-Beam Existing Approach

Roadway Guardrail Transition Existing
A Guardrail Slab
(See Note 1, Sheet 1) Existing Approach Slab 3" 2 sp. @ 1'-3" 3"
Bridge Deck
� Post Bolts � Key Roadway Guardrail Transition
3'-0" Transition � Post Bolts (Last
� Post Bolts Post (See Note 1, Sheet 1) 3'-0"
� Post Bolts (Last Index 460-473 Post) Index 460-473 Post)
Block (See Note 1)
Transition Block
Traffic Railing (Thrie-Beam Roadway Guardrail Transition Traffic Railing (Thrie-Beam Roadway Guardrail Transition (See Note 1)
Edge of Existing Approach
� Post Bolts and Match Line
� Post Bolts and Match Line Slab (Location Varies)
(Approach or Trailing End) Direction of Traffic
(Approach or Trailing End)
(See Sheet 1) PARTIAL PLAN OF RAILING PARTIAL PLAN OF RAILING
(See Sheet 1)
Varies (6'-3" Max., 3'-112" Min.) 11" Post Spacing as measured Varies (6'-3" Max., 3'-112" Min.) 11" Post Spacing as measured Direction of Traffic
to � Post Bolts to � Post Bolts

� Post Thrie-Beam
Asphalt Overlay End Deck Joint (See Note 2, � Post End Deck Joint (See Note 2,
Guardrail
when present Thrie-Beam Sheet 1) Sheet 1)
(Varies) Guardrail Guardrail Post
118" 1'-634" 138" 118" 1'-634" 138"
Assembly (Typ.)
Guardrail Post � Post � Key Post � Key Post

Roadway Guardrail Transition Asphalt Overlay � Post
Assembly (Typ.) Bolts Roadway Guardrail Transition
(See Note 1, Sheet 1) when present Bolts
(Varies) (See Note 1, Sheet 1)
Transition Block
(See Note 1)
Varies (Match
Transition Block Curb Height)
(See Note 1)
Bars 4M
Existing Curb
Varies
Existing Curb 1'-0"
9"
Match Existing
Curb Height
Existing Existing Approach Slab
Existing Front Face of Backwall &
Existing Approach Slab Bridge Deck
Bridge Deck Begin or End Bridge Front Face of Backwall &
SCHEME 1 SCHEME 2
RAILING END TREATMENT FOR PERPENDICULAR OR ANGLED WING WALLS RAILING END TREATMENT FOR PARALLEL OR FLARED CURBS WITH DETACHED
SIDEWALKS OR INTEGRAL SIDEWALK LESS THAN 6" THICK
SCHEME 1 NOTES:
25 AM
SCHEME 2 NOTES:
37:
Plans. Shape and height of Transition Block or Curb shall match existing bridge curb. Transition Block may Shape and height of Transition Block or Curb shall match existing bridge curb. Transition Block may be omitted on trailing
8:
be omitted on trailing ends with no opposing traffic. ends with no opposing traffic and on bridges with flared Approach Slab Curbs.
2. Field bend Dowel Bars 4L within Transition Block as required to maintain 2" top and side clearance and 2. Field bend or tilt Dowel Bars 4D and Bars 4M within Transition Block as required to maintain 2" top and side clearance
10/1/2021
3" bottom clearance. and 3" bottom clearance.

REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
INDEX SHEET
REVISION

Existing Curb integrally reinforced
with Approach Slab or Wing Wall Existing Parallel Wing Wall Shown,
Existing Curb integrally reinforced Existing Wing Post Existing Flared Wing Wall Similar
with Approach Slab or Wing Wall (Type Varies)
Existing Wing Post
Edge of (Type Varies)
(See Note 2, Sheet 1) Existing (See Note 2, Sheet 1)
Dowel Bars 4L (10" Embedment)
B Approach Existing
Existing Existing Traffic Railing Existing Bridge Existing Traffic Railing (Place 3 Bars Min. Top and 1 Bar
Slab Bridge Coping
Curb A (Type Varies) Coping A (Type Varies)
B Min. Bottom), shift to clear Post
(Location
Anchor Bolts (See Note 2)
Varies)
Transition Block
Existing
(See Note 1)
Curb
2"
Assembly (Typ.)
1
Assembly (Typ.)
7" 9
Gutter
Front Face of Thrie-Beam � Key Edge of Existing
Gutter Line Front Face of Thrie-Beam � Key Line
Guardrail
Guardrail B Post Approach Slab
B Post
(Location Varies)
A Existing Roadway Guardrail A Existing Roadway Guardrail

Existing Approach Slab Existing Approach Slab
Bridge Deck Transition (See Bridge Deck Transition (See Note 1,
3'-0" Transition
� Post Bolts (Last Index 460-473 Post) � Post Bolts Note 1, Sheet 1) Sheet 1)
� Post Bolts (Last Index 460-473 Post)
� Post Bolts Block (See Note 1)
Traffic Railing (Thrie-Beam Retrofit) Limits of Payment Roadway Guardrail Transition Roadway Guardrail Transition
Traffic Railing (Thrie-Beam Retrofit) Limits of Payment
� Post Bolts and Match Line (Approach � Post Bolts and Match Line (Approach
or Trailing End) (See Sheet 1) or Trailing End) (See Sheet 1)

Varies (6'-3" Max., 3'-112" Min.) Varies (6'-3" Max. spacing) 11" Post Spacing Scheme 5 as
1
Varies (6'-3" Max., 3'-1 2" Min.) Post Spacing Scheme 3 as
Varies (6'-3" Max. spacing) (Typ. along Approach Slab) measured to � Post Bolts
(Typ. along Approach Slab) measured to � Post Bolts
1
Varies (6'-3" Max., 3'-1 2" Min.) Varies (2'-1" Max. spacing) 11" Post Spacing Scheme 6 as
1
Varies (6'-3" Max., 3'-1 2" Min.) Varies (2'-1" Max. spacing) Post Spacing Scheme 4 as
� Key Post End of Existing
� Post
3 Additional Posts required for Scheme 6 Wing Wall and Curb
118" 1'-634" 1 8" 1
Additional Posts required for Scheme 4 1 8" 1'-6
3
(shown dashed, number Reqd. varies) 4"
Asphalt Overlay (shown dashed, number Reqd. varies)
� Post Bolts
when present � Key Post Asphalt Overlay
(Varies) when present Thrie-Beam Roadway Guardrail
Thrie-Beam Assembly (Typ.) Assembly (Typ.)
Guardrail � Post Bolts (Varies) Guardrail Transition (See Note 1,
Sheet 1)
Transition Block
(See Note 1)
- 0"
1'
Match Existing

Existing
Roadway Guardrail Transition Bridge Deck Front Face of Backwall & Existing Approach Slab Dowel Bars 4L (10" Embedment)
Bridge Deck Front Face of Backwall & Existing Approach Slab
(See Note 1, Sheet 1) Begin or End Bridge (Place 3 Bars Min. Top and 1 Bar
Begin or End Bridge
Min. Bottom) (See Note 2)

30 AM

37:
1. Provide Transition Block (as shown) or Curb if existing Approach Slab Curb does not extend to end of Approach Slab.
8:
Shape and height of Transition Block or Curb shall match existing bridge curb. Transition Block may be omitted on trailing
ends with no opposing traffic.
10/1/2021
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
INDEX SHEET
REVISION

(See Note 2) Existing Bridge

Existing Curb
A Coping
NOTES:
1. On approach end provide Index 536-002 (as shown) or other site specific treatment, see
Roadway Plans. For treatment of trailing end see Roadway Plans.
2. Actual joint dimension and orientation vary. For Intermediate Deck Joints use the Modified
Post Spacing at Intermediate Deck Joints Detail, Index 460-470, Sheet 2, as required.
Gutter Line 3. Areas where existing structure has been removed shall match adjoining areas and shall be
finished flat by grouting or grinding as required. Exposed existing reinforcing steel shall be
burned off 1" below existing concrete and grouted over.
Front Face of
A Existing Bridge Deck

1'-6" Min. for non skewed joints. For treatment of

skewed Intermediate Deck Joints see Skew Detail
Index 460-470, Sheet 2 (Typ.)

Guardrail Post � Post Bolts
(See Note 2)
Assembly with
118"
Offset Block (Typ.) Asphalt Overlay
Thrie-Beam
when present
� Post Guardrail
(Varies)
Final Riding
Top of Existing Curb Surface
Existing Curb
PARTIAL ELEVATION OF INSIDE FACE OF RAILING CROSS REFERENCES:

For Match Line see Sheets 3 & 4.
34 AM

For Traffic Railing Notes and Details see
37:
Index 460-470.
8:

10/1/2021
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
INDEX SHEET
REVISION
01/01/08 STANDARD PLANS INTERMEDIATE CURB 460-474 1of 4

1'-0" ± ** Varies **
Offset Block(s) as required (1'-0" ± Min.)

Standard Offset Block 1 1 1 1
6" 4" ± 2" Out of 4" ± 2" Out of
Thrie-Beam Guardrail Thrie-Beam Guardrail
1"
1"
11"
11"
5 5
10"
10"
8" Ø x 8" Post Bolts 8" Ø Post Bolts (length varies)
Guardrail Post Assembly "A", "B" Guardrail Post Assembly "A", "B"
-0"
-0"
or "C" (See Roadway Plans) or "C" (See Roadway Plans)
� Thrie-Beam � Thrie-Beam
-9" to 2'
-9" to 2'
Guardrail Guardrail
Existing Curb Overhang Existing Wing Wall
Varies 1'
Varies 1'
1 1
1'-2" x 10" x 8" o
Slpe: 1'-2" x 10" x 8" o
Slpe:
is Thick Neoprene Pad Vare
is
Dim . A
Dim . A
Varies
See Final Riding Surface See 5" Min.
Final Riding Surface 5" Min.
Detail "A" Embedment Detail "A" Embedment
Asphalt Overlay when Asphalt Overlay when
present (Varies) present (Varies) 2" Cover Min.

Varies
7
Bridge

Deck
2" Cover
with Heavy Hex Nuts and Washers set in Approach
Min. 1
drilled holes (5 2" Max. Depth) Slab Varies 2 ~
7
8" Ø x 8" Adhesive-Bonded
1'-1" Min. Embed. Anchors with Heavy Hex Nuts and
2" Nominal
Existing Approach Slab Washers set in drilled holes
Existing Bridge Deck 3" Cover Min. 2" Nominal Varies
Overhang 1
(52" Max. Depth)
Control Line Overhang
2 ~ 114" Ø x 1'-4" Adhesive-Bonded Anchors with 1'-1" Min. Embedment
512" ** Control Line
Heavy Hex Nuts and Washers set in drilled holes 3" Cover
(1'-112" Max. Depth) Min. 2 ~ 1
1
4" Ø x 1'-4" Adhesive-Bonded Anchors
with Heavy Hex Nuts and Washers set in
drilled holes (1'-112" Max. Depth)
SECTION A-A SECTION B-B (SCHEME 2)

*
Shim with washers around Anchor Bolts and
Anchors as required to maintain tolerance.
**
Offset may vary ± 1" for Adhesive-Bonded
Anchors to clear existing curb reinforcing
Existing Curb Existing Traffic Railing
and provide minimum edge clearance. Offset

Control Line
shown shaded)
Type Varies) to
shall be consistent along length of bridge. Top of Curb

be rem oved

Front of Curb
MARK SIZE LENGTH along Bridge
L 4 4'-1"
(
(
BAR BENDING DIAGRAM

& W ing W all
3'-8" DETAIL "A"

to rem ain
2"
1
4
DOWEL BAR 4L
CROSS REFERENCES:
NOTE: All bar dimensions are out to out. For location of Section A-A see Sheet 1 and 3.
39 AM
TYPICAL SECTION THRU EXISTING TRAFFIC For location of Section B-B see Sheet 3
37:
RAILING SHOWING LIMITS OF REMOVAL (BRIDGE For application of Dim. A see Post Dimension Table
8:

DECK SHOWN, WING WALL SIMILAR)
10/1/2021
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
INDEX SHEET
REVISION
07/01/08 STANDARD PLANS INTERMEDIATE CURB 460-474 2 of 4

End Deck Joint (See Note 2, Sheet 1)
Front Face of Back wall & Begin or End Bridge

Front Face of Back wall 3'-0" Transition
Existing Perpendicular Wing Wall Shown, & Begin or End Bridge
Existing Angled Wing Wall Similar Intermediate Deck Joint (See Block (See Note 1)
Dowel Bars 4L
Guardrail Post Assembly Existing Parallel Wing Wall
Dowel Bars 4L (10" Embedment) Note 2, Sheet 1) (10" Embedment)
(See Note 2) (See Note 2)
Existing Bridge Coping
Existing Bridge Existing Curb � Key End of Existing Wing Wall
Post Transition Block (See Note 1) Existing Curb Transition Block
Coping A B (See Note 1)
Slab (Location Varies)
2"
2"
1
1
9
� Key
7" 9
7"
Post

Front Face of Roadway Guardrail Transition Front Face of Thrie Guardrail Post Assembly
Gutter Line Slab (Location Varies) Roadway Guardrail Transition
Thrie-Beam Guardrail (See Note 1, Sheet 1) -Beam Guardrail with Offset Block (Typ.)
A 3'-0" Transition Existing Bridge Deck B

Existing Bridge Deck Existing Approach � Post Bolts Existing Approach Slab
Block (See Note 1) Slab
Traffic Railing (Thrie-Beam Retrofit) Limits of Payment Roadway Guardrail Transition (See Note 1, Sheet 1)
� Post Bolts and Match Line � Post Bolts � Post Bolts (Last
(Approach End or Trailing End) Index 460-474 Post)
� Post Bolts (See Sheet 1) PARTIAL PLAN OF RAILING
(Last Index
460-474 Post) PARTIAL PLAN OF RAILING � Post Bolts
and Match Line
1
2 ~ Variable Spaces (6'-3" Max., 11" Post Spacing as measured Varies (6'-3" Max., Varies (3'-12" Spacing Max.) 11" Post Spacing as measured
(Approach End or
3'-112" Min.) to � Post Bolts Trailing End) 3'-112" Min.) (Typ. Along Wing Wall) to � Post Bolts
(See Sheet 1)
End Deck Joint (See Note 2, Sheet 1) � Key End of Existing Wing Wall
� Post
Guardrail Post Post
Guardrail Post
Assembly with Thrie-Beam
1 3 3 Assembly with 118" 1'-634"
Offset Block (Typ.) Guardrail 18" 1'-6 4" 1 8"
Roadway Guardrail Transition Asphalt Overlay Offset Block (Typ.) Roadway Guardrail Transition
(See Note 1, Sheet 1) when present Thrie-Beam (See Note 1, Sheet 1)
Asphalt Overlay � Key Post
(Varies) Guardrail � Post Bolts
when present � Post Bolts
Transition Block
(Varies) (See Note 1)
-0"
-0"
Final Riding Surface Match Existing Final Riding Surface
Existing Curb
1'
1'
Curb Height
Existing Bridge Front Face of Back wall & Transition Block (See Note 1) Existing Bridge Deck Match Existing
Deck Existing Approach Slab
Begin or End Bridge Existing Approach Slab Curb Height
Front Face of Back wall &
Existing Curb
Dowel Bars 4L (10" Embedment) Begin or End Bridge Dowel Bars 4L (10"
SCHEME 1 SCHEME 2
RAILING END TREATMENT FOR PERPENDICULAR OR ANGLED WING WALLS RAILING END TREATMENT FOR PARALLEL WING WALLS

1. Provide Transition Block (as shown) or Curb if existing Approach Slab does not have a curb, see Roadway Plans. Shape and 1. Provide Transition Block (as shown) or Curb if existing Approach Slab Curb does not extend to end of
43 AM
height of Transition Block or Curb shall match existing bridge curb. Transition Block may be omitted on trailing ends with Approach Slab. Shape and height of Transition Block or Curb shall match existing bridge curb. Transition
37:
no opposing traffic. Block may be omitted on trailing ends with no opposing traffic.
8:
2. Field bend Dowel Bars 4L within Transition Block as required to maintain 2" top and side clearance and 3" bottom clearance. 2. Field bend Dowel Bars 4L within Transition Block as required to maintain 2" top and side clearance and
3" bottom clearance.
10/1/2021
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
INDEX SHEET
REVISION

Existing Integral Approach Slab Curb. Seal exposed joint with low
Remove portion of Curb as required
modulus silicone sealant.
for post placement. Area of Curb
removal to be finished smooth and
Begin or End Bridge
even with Approach Slab.
Match Front Face of Thrie
Guardrail Post Assembly Intermediate Deck Joint (See Existing Flared Slab (Location Varies) Varies
See Beam Guardrail along Bridge
with Offset Block (Typ.) Wing Wall
Note 2, Sheet 1) Note 1 (1'-0" ± Min.)
Offset Block(s) as required
Existing Bridge Coping C
1"
1 1
4" ± 2" Out of
Plumb (Max.) *
Existing Curb
11"
� Guardrail Post
10"
5
8" Ø Post Bolts (Length
Varies) and Recessed Nuts
-0"
Front Face of � Thrie-Beam
� Key Post
-9" to 2'
Gutter Line Roadway Guardrail Transition
C
(See Note 1, Sheet 1) Guardrail Guardrail Post Assembly "A", "B"
or "C" (See Roadway Plans)
Varies 1'
Existing Approach Slab 1 o
Slpe:
Existing Bridge Deck � Post Bolts 1'-2" x 10" x 8"
Asphalt Overlay when Vare
is
Thick Neoprene Pad
Dim . A
present (Varies)
Traffic Railing (Thrie-Beam Retrofit) Limits of Payment Roadway Guardrail Transition 5" Min. Embedment
Direction of Traffic with Heavy Hex Nuts and Washers set in
Index 460-474 Post) 1
drilled holes (52" Max. Depth)
PARTIAL PLAN OF RAILING Approach
1'-1" Min. Embedment
Slab Varies
� Post Bolts and Varies (6'-3" Max., 3'-112" Min.) Varies (3'-112" sp. Post Spacing as measured
Overhang Varies 2" Cover Min.
Match Line (Approach
Max., 1'-634" Min.) to � Post Bolts Existing Approach Slab
End or Trailing End) Varies 3" Cover
Existing Wing Wall
(See Sheet 1) Min.
2" Nominal
118" 1'-634" 138" 2 ~ 114" Ø x 1'-4" Adhesive-Bonded
Anchors with Heavy Hex Nuts and Washers
Asphalt Overlay Guardrail Post Assembly Control Line (Projected from Bridge)
� Post Bolts � Key Post set in drilled holes (1'-112" Max. Depth)
when present with Offset Block (Typ.)
(Varies) Thrie-Beam Roadway Guardrail Transition

� Post SECTION C-C (SCHEME 3)
Guardrail (See Note 1, Sheet 1)
SCHEME 3 NOTE:
7
1. A single 8" Ø x 8" Adhesive-Bonded Anchor may be omitted as shown when 2"
clear cover cannot be provided (see Section C-C).
Begin or End Bridge Existing Curb
SCHEME 3 CROSS REFERENCE:

48 AM

RAILING END TREATMENT FOR FLARED WING WALLS
37:

8:
10/1/2021
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
INDEX SHEET
REVISION

Existing Traffic Railing (See Note 2) Existing Bridge

Existing Curb
NOTES:
1. On approach end provide Index 536-002 (as shown) or other site specific treatment, see Roadway Plans.
For treatment of trailing end see Roadway Plans.
with Offset Block (Typ.) 2. Actual joint dimension and orientation vary. For Intermediate Deck Joints use the Modified Post Spacing at
Intermediate Deck Joints Detail, Index 460-470, Sheet 2, as required.
3. Areas where existing structure has been removed shall match adjoining areas and shall be finished flat by
grouting or grinding as required. Exposed existing reinforcing steel shall be burned off 1" below existing
concrete and grouted over.
Gutter Line
Front Face of
� Post Bolts and Match ¡ Post Bolts and Match

3'-1ƀ " spacing (Typ. except as noted along Bridge, see Note 2)
1'-2" Min. for non skewed joints. For treatment of

skewed Intermediate Deck Joints (see Skew Detail
Index 460-470, Sheet 2) (Typ.)
Guardrail Post � Post Bolts (See Note 2)

Assembly with 1ƃ " Asphalt Overlay
Offset Block (Typ.) when present Thrie-Beam
Final
Surface
Top of
Existing Curb
CROSS REFERENCES:
(Existing Traffic Railing not shown for clarity) see Index 460-470.
52 AM
37:

8:
10/1/2021
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
INDEX SHEET
REVISION
01/01/08 STANDARD PLANS WIDE CURB TYPE 1 460-475 1of 4

Varies **
1'-0" ± ** Match Front Face of (1'-0" ± Min.)
Thrie-Beam Guardrail along Bridge
Standard Offset Block 1 1 1
6" 4" ± 2" Out of 4" ± 12" Out of
Offset Block(s) as required Existing Wing Post
Thrie-Beam Guardrail Existing Traffic Railing
1"
1"
11"
11"
10"
ƅ " Ø x 8" Post Bolts
10"
ƅ " Ø Post Bolts (length varies)
Thrie-Beam
Guardrail
-0"
-0"
-9" to 2'
� Thrie-Beam Guardrail Post Assembly "A", "B" � Thrie-Beam Guardrail Post Assembly "A", "B"
-9" to 2'
Guardrail or "C" (See Roadway Plans) Guardrail or "C" (See Roadway Plans)
Varies 1'
Varies 1'
when present 1'-2" x 10"
1
x 8" o
Slpe: Existing Curb 1'-2" x 10"
1
x 8" o
Slpe:
when present
(Varies) Vare
is Overhang Vare
is
Thick Neoprene Pad (Varies) Thick Neoprene Pad
Dim . A
Dim . A
Varies
Varies
Final Riding See 5" Min. Final Riding See 5" Min.
Surface Detail "A" Embedment Surface Detail "A" Embedment
Varies
2 ~ Ɔ " Ø x 8" Adhesive-Bonded Anchors

Bridge
Deck
Existing Existing Wing

Approach Wall
drilled holes (5ƀ " Max. Depth) Slab Varies
Slab
2" Nominal 1'-1" Min. Embedment Schemes 3 & 4 - Overhang Varies with Heavy Hex Nuts and Washers set in
Existing Bridge Deck drilled holes (5ƀ " Max. Depth)
Overhang Schemes 5 & 6 - 2" Nominal Overhang
3" Cover Min.
1 3" Cover Min.
Control Line Varies 5 2" **
1 2 ~ 1Ɓ" Ø x 1'-4" Adhesive-Bonded Anchors with
5 2" ** 2 ~ 1Ɓ" Ø x 1'-4" (1'-1" Min. Embed. Schemes 3 & 5)
Heavy Hex Nuts and Washers set in drilled holes Control Line (Schemes 5 & 6)
or 2 ~ 1Ɓ" Ø x 8" (5" Min. Embed. Schemes 4 & 6)
(1'-1ƀ " Max. Depth)
Control Line (Projected from Adhesive-Bonded Anchors with Heavy Hex Nuts and
Bridge) (Schemes 3 & 4) Washers set in drilled holes (1'-1ƀ " or 5ƀ " Max.
Depth respectively)

Match shape of
* 1 Varies (Match
existing curb 9 2"
present (Varies)
MARK SIZE LENGTH **
4"
1
Varies
1'-7 2" 5"
3
2
3"
9"
9"
4"
M 4 2'-8"
1
3
1 Existing
2'-0 2" 1
1'-42" Approach Slab
Approach Slab
3'-8" 2'-8"
2"
Front of Curb
1
along Bridge
4
VIEW C-C
57 AM
CROSS REFERENCES:
DOWEL BAR 4L BAR 4M For location of Section A-A see Sheet 1, 3 & 4.
37:
8:

DETAIL "A" For location of View C-C see Sheet 3.
10/1/2021
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
INDEX SHEET
REVISION
01/01/08 STANDARD PLANS WIDE CURB TYPE 1 460-475 2 of 4

Front Face of Backwall & Front Face of Backwall &
less than 6" thick to be removed. See Roadway
Plans for Details of Sidewalk replacement.
Sheet 1) Existing Wing Post (Type Varies) Existing Wing Post (Type Varies)
End Deck Joint (See
Existing Flared Wing Wall
Note 2, Sheet 1)
Existing Bridge Existing Curb Existing Perpendicular Wing Wall shown, shown, Existing Parallel
Existing Angled Wing Wall similar Existing Bridge Wing Wall similar
Coping Existing Traffic Railing
A A (Type Varies)
Approach Slab Curb to
(Type Varies) Dowel Bars 4L (10" Embedment) remain (Parallel Curb
� Key
(See Note 2) shown, Flared Curb
Post
similar)
Guardrail Post Assembly Guardrail Post Assembly
Edge of Existing Approach C
with Offset Block (Typ.) with Offset Block (Typ.)
Slab (Location Varies) Existing Curb 5 Bars 4M
9ƀ "
9ƀ "
7"
7"
Transition Block Double Dowel Bars 4D (10"
Gutter Line Front Face of Thrie Edge of
-Beam Guardrail Existing
Front Face of Gutter Line
Approach
Thrie-Beam Guardrail Slab
A Existing Approach (Location
A Existing Bridge Deck Roadway Guardrail Transition Existing
Slab
3" 2 sp. @ 1'-3" 3" Varies)
(See Note 1, Sheet 1) Existing Approach Slab Bridge Deck � Key
� Post Bolts
� Post Bolts (Last Post C
� Post Bolts
3'-0" Transition � Post Bolts (Last Roadway Guardrail Transition
Index 460-475 Post) 3'-0"
Block (See Note 1) Index 460-475 Post) (See Note 1, Sheet 1)
Transition Block
Traffic Railing (Thrie-Beam Roadway Guardrail Transition Traffic Railing (Thrie-Beam Roadway Guardrail Transition
(See Note 1)
� Post Bolts and Match Line � Post Bolts and Match Line Direction of Traffic
(Approach or Trailing End) (Approach or Trailing End)
(See Sheet 1) (See Sheet 1)
2 ~ Variable Spaces 11" Post Spacing as measured 2 ~ Variable Spaces 11" Post Spacing as measured
(3'-1ƀ " Max., 1'-6Ƃ " Min.) to � Post Bolts (3'-1ƀ" Max., 1'-6Ƃ" Min.) to � Post Bolts
� Post End Deck Joint (See Note 2, � Post End Deck Joint (See Note 2,
Asphalt Overlay Thrie-Beam
Thrie-Beam
Sheet 1) Sheet 1)
when present Guardrail
Guardrail Post Guardrail
(Varies) 1ƃ " 1'-6Ƃ " 1Ƅ " Assembly with 1ƃ " 1'-6Ƃ"
Guardrail Post
� Post � Key Post
Offset Block (Typ.) � Key Post
Assembly with Roadway Guardrail Transition � Post
Bolts Asphalt Overlay when
Offset Block (Typ.) (See Note 1, Sheet 1) Bolts Roadway Guardrail Transition
present (Varies) (See Note 1, Sheet 1)
Transition Block
(See Note 1)
Varies (Match
(See Note 1)
-0" Bars 4M
Existing Curb
Varies
Existing Curb
1'
9"
Match Existing
Curb Height
Bridge Deck Begin or End Bridge Bridge Deck Front Face of Backwall &
SCHEME 1 SCHEME 2
RAILING END TREATMENT FOR PERPENDICULAR OR ANGLED WING WALLS RAILING END TREATMENT FOR PARALLEL OR FLARED CURBS WITH DETACHED SIDEWALKS
OR INTEGRAL SIDEWALKS LESS THAN 6" THICK
01 AM

38:
Plans. Shape and height of Transition Block or Curb shall match existing bridge curb. Transition Block may Shape and height of Transition Block or Curb shall match existing bridge curb. Transition Block may be omitted on
8:
be omitted on trailing ends with no opposing traffic. trailing ends with no opposing traffic and on bridges with flared Approach Slab Curbs.
2. Field bend Dowel Bars 4L within Transition Block as required to maintain 2" top and side clearance and 2. Field bend or tilt Dowel Bars 4D and Bars 4M within Transition Block as required to maintain 2" top and side
10/1/2021
3" bottom clearance. clearance and 3" bottom clearance.

REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
INDEX SHEET
REVISION

Existing Parallel Wing Wall shown,
Existing Wing Post Existing Flared Wing Wall similar
with Approach Slab or Wing Wall Existing Curb integrally reinforced
(Type Varies)
Edge of Existing (Type Varies)
Existing (See Note 2, Sheet 1) B (See Note 2, Sheet 1)
Approach Slab
Curb Existing Dowel Bars 4L (10" Embedment)
Existing Traffic Railing Existing Bridge (Location Existing Traffic Railing
Bridge Coping (Place 3 Bars Min. Top and 1 Bar
A (Type Varies) Coping Varies) A (Type Varies)
B
Min. Bottom), shift to clear Post
Transition Block
Guardrail Post Assembly Guardrail Post Assembly
Existing (See Note 1)
with Offset Block (Typ.) with Offset Block (Typ.)
Curb
9ƀ "
7"
B Roadway Guardrail Gutter Line Edge of Existing
Front Face of Thrie � Key Front Face of Thrie � Key
Gutter Transition (See B
-Beam Guardrail Approach Slab
-Beam Guardrail Post Post
Line Note 1, Sheet 1) (Location Varies)
A
Existing Roadway Guardrail
Existing Approach Slab A Existing
� Post Bolts (Last Bridge Deck Transition (See Note 1,
� Post Bolts Bridge Deck
3'-0" Transition
Index 460-475 Post) � Post Bolts (Last � Post Bolts
Sheet 1)
Index 460-475 Post) Block (See Note 1)
� Post Bolts and Match Line (Approach � Post Bolts and Match Line
or Trailing End) (See Sheet 1) (Approach or Trailing End)
(See Sheet 1)
1
2 ~ Variable Spaces Varies (3'-1 2" Max. spacing) Post Spacing Scheme 5 as
1 11"
2 ~ Variable Spaces Varies (3'-12" Max. spacing) Post Spacing Scheme 3 as
(3'-1ƀ " Max., 1'-6Ƃ " Min.) (Typ. along Approach Slab) measured to � Post Bolts
(3'-112" Max., 1'-634" Min.) (Typ. along Approach Slab) measured to � Post Bolts
2 ~ Variable Spaces Varies (2'-1" Max. spacing) 11" Post Spacing Scheme 6 as
(3'-112" Max., 1'-634" Min.) (Typ. along Approach Slab) measured to � Post Bolts
� Key Post
� Post
118" � Post Bolts
1'-634"
1ƃ "
Guardrail Post
Asphalt Overlay Guardrail Post End of Existing
� Key Post Asphalt Overlay Assembly with
when present Assembly with Wing Wall and Curb
Thrie-Beam when present Thrie-Beam Offset Block (Typ.)
Offset Block (Typ.)
(Varies) Guardrail � Post Bolts (Varies) Guardrail Roadway Guardrail
Sheet 1)
Transition Block
(See Note 1)
-0"
1'
Match Existing

Roadway Guardrail Transition
Existing
Front Face of Backwall & (See Note 1, Sheet 1) Bridge Deck Existing Approach Slab Dowel Bars 4L (10" Embedment)
Bridge Deck Existing Approach Slab
Begin or End Bridge (Place 3 Bars Min. Top and 1 Bar
Begin or End Bridge
Min. Bottom)

06 AM
38:
1. Provide Transition Block (as shown) or Curb if existing Approach Slab Curb does not extend to end of Approach Slab. Shape
8:
and height of Transition Block or Curb shall match existing bridge curb. Transition Block may be omitted on trailing ends with
no opposing traffic.
10/1/2021
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
INDEX SHEET
REVISION

Existing
Existing Traffic Railing (See Note 2) Existing Bridge NOTES:
Curb
1. On approach end provide Index 536-002 (as shown) or other site specific treatment, see Roadway Plans.
2. Actual joint dimension and orientation vary. For Intermediate Deck Joints use the Modified Post Spacing
Guardrail Post at Intermediate Deck Joints Detail, Index 460-470, Sheet 2, as required.
Assembly (Typ.)
3. Areas where existing structure has been removed shall match adjoining areas and shall be finished flat by
grouting or grinding as required. Exposed existing reinforcing steel shall be burned off 1" below existing
concrete and grouted over.
Gutter Line
Front Face of

3'-1ƀ " spacing (Typ. except as noted along Bridge, see Note 2)
11" Min. for non skewed joints. For treatment of

skewed Intermediate Deck Joints (see Skew Detail
Index 460-470, Sheet 2) (Typ.)

Guardrail Post
1ƃ " Asphalt Overlay
Assembly (Typ.)
when present Thrie-Beam
Final
Surface
Top of
Existing Curb

(Existing Traffic Railing not shown for clarity) CROSS REFERENCES:
10 AM

38:
8:
see Index 460-470.

10/1/2021
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
INDEX SHEET
REVISION
01/01/08 STANDARD PLANS WIDE CURB TYPE 2 460-476 1of 4

Match Front Face of
Varies
Thrie-Beam Guardrail along Bridge
Control Line
6ƀ " ± **
Offset Block(s) as required Ɓ" ± ƀ " Out of
Ɓ" ± ƀ " (Out Existing Traffic Railing (Schemes 3 and 4 only)
Plumb (Max.) *
Existing Wing Post
1"
1"
of Plumb) (Max.) *
� Guardrail
Post
� Guardrail Post
10"
11"
11"
ƅ " Ø x 8" Post
10"
Thrie-Beam
ƅ " Ø x 1ƀ " Post Bolts Bolts and Recessed Nuts
Guardrail
and Recessed Nuts
-0"
-0"
-9" to 2'
� Thrie-Beam Guardrail Post Assembly "A", "B"
� Thrie-Beam
-9" to 2'
Varies 1'
when present
Varies 1'
1'-2" x 10" x ƃ " o
Slpe: Existing Curb when present 1'-2" x 10" x ƃ " o
Slpe: 5" Min.
(Varies) Thick Neoprene Pad Vare
is Overhang (Varies) Thick Neoprene Pad Vare
is Embedment
Dim . A
Dim . A
Varies
Varies
Final Riding See 5" Min. Final Riding
Surface Detail "A" Embedment Surface
Varies
Bridge
2 ~ Ɔ " Ø x 8" Adhesive-Bonded Anchors Existing

Deck
3" Cover Approach Existing Wing

Min. ** Slab Varies Wall
drilled holes (5ƀ " Max. Depth) Slab
Schemes 3 & 4 - Overhang Varies
Existing Bridge Deck 2~1 Ɓ"Ø Hex Head HS Anchor with Heavy Hex Nuts and Washers set in
1 ~ Anchor Plate with Bot

l t
s wihsef
l-lockn
ig Heavy Hex Schemes 5 & 6 - Nominal Overhang drilled holes (5ƀ " Max. Depth)
2 ~ Plate Washers 2" ** Varies Nutsand Washersse n1

ti ƀ" Ø 3" Cover Min.
Varies 5ƀ " **
(See Index 460-470) coredrl
iledhoe
ls.
Control Line (Schemes 5 & 6)
2 ~ 1Ɓ" Ø x 1'-4" (1'-1" Min. Embed. Schemes 3 & 5)
Control Line (Projected from or 2 ~ 1Ɓ" Ø x 8" (5" Min. Embed. Schemes 4 & 6)
Bridge) (Schemes 3 & 4) Adhesive-Bonded Anchors with Heavy Hex Nuts and
Washers set in drilled holes (1'-1ƀ " or 5ƀ " Max.
Depth respectively).

Match shape of
* Varies (Match
existing curb 9ƀ "
present (Varies)
MARK SIZE LENGTH **
2Ƃ "
Varies
1'-7ƀ " 5"
3"
9"
9"
3Ɓ"
M 4 2'-8"
Existing
2'-0ƀ "
1'-4ƀ " Approach Slab
Approach Slab
3'-8" 2'-8"
4ƀ "
Front of Curb
along Bridge
VIEW C-C
DOWEL BAR 4L BAR 4M

15 AM
CROSS REFERENCES:
For location of Section A-A see Sheet 1, 3 & 4.
38:

DETAIL "A"
8:

For location of Section C-C see Sheet 3.
10/1/2021
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
INDEX SHEET
REVISION

Front Face of Backwall & Front Face of Backwall & less than 6" thick to be removed. See Roadway
Begin or End Bridge Begin or End Bridge Plans for Details of Sidewalk replacement.
Existing Perpendicular Wing Wall shown, Existing Flared Wing
Sheet 1)
Existing Angled Wing Wall similar End Deck Joint (See Wall shown, Existing
Note 2, Sheet 1) Parallel Wing Wall similar
Existing Bridge Existing Wing Post
Coping (Type Varies) Existing Bridge Existing Wing Post
Existing Traffic Railing Approach Slab Curb to
A A (Type Varies) (Type Varies) remain (Parallel Curb
(Type Varies) Dowel Bars 4L (10" Embedment)
� Key Post (See Note 2) shown, Flared Curb similar)

Slab (Location Varies) C
5 Bars 4M
Existing Curb Existing Curb
9ƀ "
9ƀ "
7"
7"
Gutter Line Front Face of Thrie-Beam Transition Block Double Dowel Bars 4D (10"
Guardrail (See Note 1) Gutter Line Embedment) (See Note 2) C
A Front Face of Thrie-Beam Existing Approach

Roadway Guardrail Transition Existing
A Existing Approach Slab
Guardrail � Key Slab 3" 2 sp. @ 1'-3" 3"
(See Note 1, Sheet 1) Bridge Deck
� Post Bolts Post Roadway Guardrail Transition
3'-0" Transition � Post Bolts (Last
� Post Bolts 3'-0"
� Post Bolts (Last Index 460-476 Post) Index 460-476 Post)
Block (See Note 1)
Transition Block
Traffic Railing (Thrie-Beam Roadway Guardrail Transition Traffic Railing (Thrie-Beam Roadway Guardrail Transition (See Note 1)
� Post Bolts and Match Line ¡ Post Bolts and Match Line Slab (Location Varies)
(Approach or Trailing End) (Approach or Trailing End)
PARTIAL PLAN OF RAILING PARTIAL PLAN OF RAILING Direction of Traffic
(See Sheet 1) (See Sheet 1)
2 ~ Variable Spaces 11" Post Spacing as measured 2 ~ Variable Spaces 11" Post Spacing as measured
(3'-1ƀ " Max., 1'-6Ƃ " Min.) to � Post Bolts (3'-1ƀ " Max., 1'-6Ƃ " Min.) to � Post Bolts
� Post End Deck Joint (See Note 2, � Post End Deck Joint (See Note 2,
Asphalt Overlay
when present Thrie-Beam Sheet 1) Thrie-Beam Sheet 1)
(Varies) Guardrail Guardrail Post Guardrail

1ƃ " 1'-6Ƃ " 1Ƅ " 1ƃ " 1'-6Ƃ " 1Ƅ "
Assembly (Typ.)
Guardrail Post � Post � Key Post Roadway Guardrail Transition Asphalt Overlay � Post � Key Post
Assembly (Typ.) (See Note 1, Sheet 1) Roadway Guardrail Transition
Bolts when present Bolts
(Varies) (See Note 1, Sheet 1)
Transition Block
(See Note 1)
Varies (Match
(See Note 1)
Bars 4M
Existing Curb
Varies
Existing Curb 1'-0"
9"
Match Existing
Curb Height
Existing Approach Slab Front Face of Backwall &
Bridge Deck Begin or End Bridge Bridge Deck
SCHEME 1 SCHEME 2
RAILING END TREATMENT FOR PERPENDICULAR OR ANGLED WING WALLS RAILING END TREATMENT FOR PARALLEL OR FLARED CURBS WITH DETACHED
SIDEWALKS OR INTEGRAL SIDEWALK LESS THAN 6" THICK
20 AM

38:
Plans. Shape and height of Transition Block or Curb shall match existing bridge curb. Transition Block may be Shape and height of Transition Block or Curb shall match existing bridge curb. Transition Block may be omitted on trailing
8:
omitted on trailing ends with no opposing traffic. ends with no opposing traffic and on bridges with flared Approach Slab Curbs.
2. Field bend Dowel Bars 4L within Transition Block as required to maintain 2" top and side clearance and 3" 2. Field bend or tilt Dowel Bars 4D and Bars 4M within Transition Block as required to maintain 2" top and side clearance
10/1/2021
bottom clearance. and 3" bottom clearance.

REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
INDEX SHEET
REVISION

Front Face of Backwall & Existing Flared Wing Wall Existing Wing Post Front Face of Backwall &
with Approach Slab or Wing Wall Existing Parallel Wing Wall Shown,
Begin or End Bridge (Type Varies) Begin or End Bridge
Existing Flared Wing Wall Similar
Intermediate Deck Joint Edge of Existing Intermediate Deck Joint
Approach Slab (Type Varies)
(Location
B Existing
Existing Existing Traffic Railing Existing Bridge Varies) Existing Traffic Railing Dowel Bars 4L (10" Embedment)
Bridge Coping
Curb A (Type Varies) Coping A (Type Varies)
B (Place 3 Bars Min. Top and 1 Bar
Min. Bottom), shift to clear Post
Transition Block
Existing (See Note 1)
Curb
9ƀ "
7"
Gutter
Front Face of Thrie-Beam Front Face of Thrie-Beam � Key Edge of Existing
Gutter Line � Key Line
Guardrail Guardrail B Post Approach Slab
B Post
(Location Varies)
A Existing Existing Approach Slab Roadway Guardrail A Existing Roadway Guardrail

Bridge Deck Transition (See Bridge Deck Transition (See Note 1,
� Post Bolts 3'-0" Transition Sheet 1)
� Post Bolts (Last Index 460-476 Post) Note 1, Sheet 1)
� Post Bolts (Last Index 460-476 Post) � Post Bolts
Block (See Note 1)
� Post Bolts and Match Line (Approach � Post Bolts and Match Line (Approach or
or Trailing End) (See Sheet 1) Direction of Traffic Trailing End) (See Sheet 1) Direction of Traffic

2 ~ Variable Spaces Varies (3'-1ƀ " Max. spacing) 11" Post Spacing Scheme 5 as
2 ~ Variable Spaces Varies (3'-1ƀ " Max. spacing) Post Spacing Scheme 3 as
2 ~ Variable Spaces Varies (2'-1" Max. spacing) 11" Post Spacing Scheme 6 as
� Key Post End of Existing
� Post
Wing Wall and Curb
1ƃ " 1'-6Ƃ " 1Ƅ "
1ƃ " 1'-6Ƃ "
� Post Bolts
Asphalt Overlay � Key Post Asphalt Overlay
when present when present
Thrie-Beam Assembly (Typ.) Thrie-Beam Assembly (Typ.)
(Varies) � Post Bolts (Varies)
Guardrail Guardrail Roadway Guardrail
Sheet 1)
Transition Block
(See Note 1)
-0"
1'
Match Existing

Existing
Roadway Guardrail Transition Dowel Bars 4L (10" Embedment)
Front Face of Backwall & Existing Approach Slab Bridge Deck Existing Approach Slab
Bridge Deck Front Face of Backwall &
(See Note 1, Sheet 1) (Place 3 Bars Min. Top and 1 Bar
Begin or End Bridge
Begin or End Bridge
Min. Bottom) (See Note 2)

24 AM

38:
1. Provide Transition Block (as shown) or Curb if existing Approach Slab Curb does not extend to end of Approach Slab. Shape
8:
and height of Transition Block or Curb shall match existing bridge curb. Transition Block may be omitted on trailing ends with
no opposing traffic.
10/1/2021
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
INDEX SHEET
REVISION

Lap
TRAFFIC RAILING RETROFIT NOTES
1
(1'-0 2" Min.)
8"
See Index 536-001 for component details, geometric layouts and associated notes not fully detailed herein.
29 1 2" 414" 414" Varies
3
32" x 1 8" Slots (12 Per Splice) with
2
5
CONCRETE: Concrete for Transition Blocks shall be Class II (Bridge Deck). 8" ø x 112" Long Button Head Bolts
and Recessed Nuts (12 Required) (Typ.)
16"
THRIE-BEAM PANEL: Steel Thrie-Beam Elements shall meet the requirements for Class B (10 Gauge) Guardrail of
3
6
4"
AASHTO M 180, Type II (Zinc coated). The minimum panel length for Thrie-Beam Elements shall be 12'-6". Field drilled
3
4" x 212" Slots (2 Per Post) with
1
3 1
holes for Post connections shall be 4" by 2 2" slotted holes.
3
Post Bolts, Recessed Nuts, Round NeutralAxs&
i
Washers and Plate Washers (2 of
�
29 1
BOLTS, NUTS AND WASHERS: Bolts, nuts and round washers shall be in accordance with AASHTO M180. Plate Washers 32" x 1 8"
each required). Not required when
8"
shall be in accordance with ASTM A36 or ASTM A709 Grade 36. Slots
splice is located between posts.
1
1
COATINGS: All Nuts, Bolts, Anchors, and Washers shall be hot-dip galvanized in accordance with the Specifications.
Approach
Trailing
Thrie-Beam
Thrie-Beam Panel
BRIDGES ON CURVED ALIGNMENTS: The details presented herein are shown for bridges on tangent alignments.
4"
Panel
1
Details for bridges on horizontally curved alignments are similar.
ots
3
)
4"
2" Sl
15
16" R
1
THRIE-BEAM EXPANSION SECTION: Thrie-Beam Expansion Sections shall be installed at locations shown in the Plans.
758"
Direction of Adjacent Traffic
±
(Typ.)
-8" (
1
Install nuts for splice bolts finger-tight at 2 2" slots in thrie-beam expansion sections. Nuts shall fully engage bolts
1
2
with a minimum of one bolt thread extending beyond the nuts. Distort the first thread on the outside of the nut to prevent E-
THRI BEAM PANEL SPLCE
I
1'
4" x
3
4"
loosening. Tighten bolts in 3 4" slots at guardrail post(s) that lie between the slotted expansion splice and
NOTE: All Thrie Beam Panels shall be lapped in the direction
3
3
bridge deck joint so that the bolt heads are in full contact with thrie-beam elements, but not so tight as to impede
of adjacent traffic. At the Contractor's option, laps may
55
(T
movement due to expansion.
°
yp
be extended. Field drill holes in Trailing Thrie-Beam
.
Panel as required.
8"
WOOD BLOCKS: All wood blocks, including required wedge shaped blocks shall be Pressure Treated Lumber in
1
1
accordance with Specifications Section 955. Bolt holes in blocks to be centered (± 4").
1
15
16" R (Typ.)
BRIDGE NAME PLATE: If a portion of the existing Traffic Railing is to be removed that carries the bridge name, number
314"
and or date, or if the installation of the Traffic Railing (Thrie-Beam Retrofit) will obscure the bridge name, number and
°
or date, then replace the information that has been removed or obscured, with 3" tall black lettering on white nonreflective
16"
55
.
p. (Typ
sheeting applied to the top of the adjacent guardrail. The information must be clearly visible from the right side of the
3
6
approaching travel lane. The sheeting and adhesive backing shall comply with Specification Section 994 and may comprise 1
2 4"
of individual decals of letters and numbers.
238"
y
°
Wedge Shaped
(T
55
PAYMENT: Payment will be made under Thrie-Beam Panel Retrofit which shall include all materials and labor required Wood Block
to fabricate and install the retrofit railing. Transition Blocks and Curbs, Bridge Name Plate and Barrier Delineators, 3
8" R
M in.
512"
where required, will not be paid for directly but shall be considered incidental work.
M in.
512"
°
25
111 "
6
10° (± 1°)
21
Match taper of 1 32"
3"
existing Wingwall Tolerance
3 PLAN VIEW 0.135" (nominal) 3316" (-0", + 116")
4" ø Hole
Sheet Thickness
(centered)
3"
314"
712" Standard
4" ℅
1
Offset Block
ON THRU CL
CAL SECTI
TYPI ASS B
1
13'-7 4"
1
( E-
0 GAUGE)THRI BEAM PANEL
PLATE WASHER DETAIL
EXPANSI
( MI
ON SI
ON SECTI LAR)
4"
3 1 3 3
7" 7 sp. @ 1'-6 4" = 10'-5 4" ~ Spacing 4" x 3 4" 1'-634" 614"
1
3
7
4" Ø
Post Bolt Expansion Slots Holes 5
3 3 16" L
4" x 3 4" Post Bolt
Slotted Expansion Splice
Expansion Slots (Typ.) 3
1 1 8"
4"
5 2" 7
1 32"
8"
2
5
7
3
4" Ø
3 1
4" x 22" Hole
32"
16"
8"
3
Post 1 8" R
2"
3
5
15
Wedge Shaped
1
Bolt Slots
1
10
Wood Block
8"
29 1
32" x 1 8" Splice
1
29 1
7
32" x 2 2" Splice Bolt
3
Bolt Slots (Typ.)
2 5
4" Expansion Slots (Typ.) 2" 8" OVAL SHOULDER BUTTON HEAD BOLT
29 AM
1
4
1
4"
4 4" L (in) THREAD LENGTH (in) APPLICATION
38:
1
8:
1" WOOD FRONT VIEW 1 2 Full Length Splice Bolt
THRIE-BEAM EXPANSION SECTION BLOCK 14 4 Post Bolt

WEDGE SHAPED BLOCK DETAIL
10/1/2021
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
FY 2022-23 THRIE-BEAM PANEL RETROFIT
INDEX SHEET
REVISION
07/01/14 STANDARD PLANS (CONCRETE HANDRAIL) 460-477 1of 4

Wingwall mounted railing section (if present; length varies) Remove existing and install new guardrail posts and offset
blocks as required to clear Transition Block
1
7 4" Guardrail Post (Typ.)
Varies
Existing Bridge Coping 7'-0" Max. (Typ.) Wedge Shaped
Existing Concrete Traffic Railing See Note 1 Wood Block
Gutter Line Transition Block

Front Face of Thrie-Beam Panel Varies 2'-6"
Begin or End Bridge
Existing Approach Slab (if present)

PARTIAL PLAN - APPROACH TRANSITION Direction of Adjacent Traffic
Limits of Payment for Thrie-Beam Panel Retrofit Limits of Payment for Guardrail
Traffic Railing (Thrie-Beam Panel Retrofit) - Class B (10 Gauge) Panels Guardrail Approach Transition W-Beam Guardrail
See Index 536-001

Begin or End Bridge
Existing Concrete Traffic Railing ¡ Thrie-Beam
Thrie-Beam Panel along bridge

(a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) (g) (h)
-1"
-0"
2'
2'
Existing Curb
Existing Bridge Deck Transition Block

Two 12'-6" Thrie-Beam Panels (Nested) 12'-6" Thrie-Beam Panel 6'-3" W-Beam to 12'-6" W-Beam Panels (Nested)
(if present)
Class A (12 Gauge) Class A (12 Gauge) Thrie-Beam Class A (12 Gauge)
Transition Section
Class B (10 Gauge)
Varies
Guardrail Post (Typ.) 714" Wingwall mounted 7'-0" Max. (Typ.)

Wedge Shaped railing section See Note 1 Existing Bridge Coping
Wood Block (if present;
length varies) Existing Concrete Traffic Railing
Front Face of Thrie-Beam Panel Gutter Line

2'-6" Varies
Begin or End Bridge

PARTIAL PLAN - TRAILING END TRANSITION
Direction of Adjacent Traffic
Limits of Payment for Guardrail Limits of Payment for Thrie-Beam Panel Retrofit
W-Beam Guardrail - See Index 536-001 Guardrail Trailing End Transition Traffic Railing (Thrie-Beam Panel Retrofit) - Class B (10 Gauge) Panels
¡ Thrie-Beam Begin or End Bridge Existing Concrete Traffic Railing

along Bridge
-1"
-0"
2'
2'
Existing Curb
NOTES:
Existing Approach Existing Bridge Deck
1. Dimensions and elevations for existing guardrails to be Slab (if present)
6'-3" W-Beam to 12'-6" Thrie-Beam Panel
verified by the Contractor before beginning construction.
Thrie-Beam Class A (12 Gauge)
Transition Section
2. Provide Transition Block (as shown) or Curb if existing
Class B (10 Gauge)
Approach Slab Curb does not extend to end of Approach
Slab. Shape and height of the traffic face of Transition PARTIAL ELEVATION - TRAILING END TRANSITION
Block or Curb shall match existing bridge curb. See
33 AM
Sheet 4 for Transition Block details. Block may be

38:
omitted on trailing ends with no opposing traffic.

8:
3. Do not bolt nested rails to the blocks and posts at posts

(a), (c) & (e).
10/1/2021
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
INDEX SHEET
REVISION
01/01/14 STANDARD PLANS (CONCRETE HANDRAIL) 460-477 2 of 4

4"* 4"*
Existing Concrete Traffic Railing Existing Reinforcement
� Thrie-Beam
Panel
A
Thrie-Beam Panel
2"
-0"
1'
10"
31316"31316"
5
8" ø Post Bolt, Nut,
5
8" ø Post Bolt, Nut, Round
Round Washer &
Washer & Plate Washer (Typ.) 5
Plate Washer (Typ.) 8" ø Post Bolt, Nut,
Round Washer &
Plate Washer (Typ.)
Thrie-Beam
Panel
-0"
1 1 Existing Concrete
5 2"x10 2"x1"
2'
1 1 1 1 Traffic Railing
5 2"x10 2"x1" 5 2"x10 2"x1" Wood Block (Typ.)
Wood Block (Typ.) Wood Block (Typ.)
Existing Curb Asphalt Overlay

(When present)
(Thickness varies)
Existing Curb
ELEVATION VIEW A-A ELEVATION VIEW A-A
(At Double Posts) (At Single Post)
(View at Intermediate Double Posts shown; Existing Bridge Deck
A
* Measured from edge of existing Post. Bolts
View at Expansion Joints similar) (Thickness varies)
may be installed at either side of any Post.
Open Joint (Varies) TYPICAL SECTION THRU RAILING POST ON BRIDGE DECK
4"* Wingwall mounted railing section Varies 2'-6" End Post
(if present; length varies) 1
7 4"
Thrie-Beam
Begin or End Bridge 4"* Varies 2'-6"
Panel
Existing 1
1" Joint 7 4"
End Post Existing
End Post
Wedge Shaped
Wood Block**
(when required)
Wedge Shaped
Wood Block**
Existing Concrete Front Face of Existing concrete wedge

Traffic Railing Thrie-Beam Panel or existing wedge
shaped wood block
5
8" ø Post Bolt, Nut, Round Washer & Plate Washer (Typ.)
5
8" ø Post Bolt, Nut, PLAN OF END POST ** For End Posts with an existing
Existing 5
1 1
2"x10 2"x1"
Round Washer & wedge shaped wood block, remove
Curb
Wood Block NOTES:
Plate Washer (Typ.) existing wood block and replace
(Typ.) 1. Post Bolts shall be
5 7
Existing 8" ø x 14" long set in 8" ø core with new Wedge Shaped Wood
Wingwall drilled holes, see Sheet No. 1. Block (See Sheet 1 for notes and
2. Shift Post Bolt holes minimally inward toward center of details).
36 AM
posts if existing reinforcement is encountered during

drilling of holes. If reinforcement is still encountered,
38:
notify the Engineer before proceeding with drilling.

8:
3. Post Bolt spacing not to exceed 8'-0" (± 1").

Existing
ELEVATION VIEW A-A
Bridge Deck
(At End Post)
10/1/2021
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
INDEX SHEET
REVISION

7'-0"
Existing Bridge or Approach

Slab Mounted Curb
Top
as required to clear Transition
Block (Typ.) 8" 10"
(
Top of
ear
Existing Curb
& Sides)
Varies
2" Cl
3
4" tooled top edge
10"
4"
1
-0"
Transition Block
1'
8"
Top of Existing
10"
Approach Slab
-6"
or Bridge Deck
1'
8"
Gutter Line
1'-6"
#3 Stirrups (Field
#4 Adhesive-Bonded Bend) (Typ.)
Slab (Location varies)
Dowels (6 Required) END VIEW A-A

or Bridge Deck 1'-3" 2'-3" 2'-3" 1'-3"
)
Typ.
4" (
8"
Transition Block
#4 Adhesive-Bonded 10" Match existing curb height
Dowels (6 Required) and slope at traffic face
#3 Stirrups (Field
Bend) (Typ.)
Varies
4"
Top of A
-0"
Existing Curb
1'
-0"
1'
Bottom )
Top of Existing Approach NOTES:

Slab or Bridge Deck
A
(
ANCHOR RODS: Steel Anchor Rods shall be ASTM A36, ASTM A709
ear
1" ø Anchor Rods 3'-0" long driven Grade 36 or ASTM A615 Grade 60 hot-dip galvanized in accordance
2" Cl
into ground prior to casting concrete with Specification Section 962.
ADHESIVE-BONDED DOWELS: Adhesive Bonding Material Systems

1
2
for Dowels shall comply with Specification Section 937 (Type HV)
and be installed in accordance with Specification Section 416.
ELEVATION OF TRANSITION BLOCK Adhesive Bonded Dowels are shown installed in an existing curb
or sidewalk integrally reinforced with Approach Slab, Wingwall or
Bridge Deck. For installations in existing detached curbs or
SHOWN FOR CLARITY) sidewalks, install dowels in available sound concrete.
Shift bars (as needed) to install six dowels into existing bridge
or approach slab mounted curb.
ESTIMATED QUANTITIES PER TRANSITION BLOCK
ITEM UNIT QUANTITY
Concrete Class II (Bridge Deck) CY 0.4

40 AM
38:
8:
Guardrail (Reset) LF 12.5

10/1/2021
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
INDEX SHEET
REVISION

Existing Light Pole ¡ Intermediate
or Overhead Sign Existing Traffic Railing, Expansion Joint
Intermediate Bent or Pier
Support (to remain) Type Varies (to remain) Splice Tube
Splice Tube
¡ Anchor Rods at
Ƃ"ø Anchor Rods spaced Top of Traffic
3" or 5" Ǝ" thru holes in Ƃ"ø Anchor Rod 1'-0" 1'-0"
Intermediate Face of Railing
(See Section A-A) HSS 8 x 4 x Ƅ Nut and Washer (Typ.) at 1'-0" (min.) , 3'-0" (max.)
Splice Tube
Outer Tube Outer Tube
10'-0" (min.) , 30'-0" (max.)
HSS 8 x 4 x Ƅ
Length of HSS 8 x 4 x Ƅ members
AT INTERMEDIATE (TYPICAL) AT LIGHT POLES AND AT INTERMEDIATE BENTS AT INTERMEDIATE OPEN

AT OUTER TUBE SPLICE LOCATIONS AT BRIDGE DECK EXPANSION JOINTS
LOCATIONS OVERHEAD SIGN SUPPORTS OR PIERS WITH CONTINUOUS DECK JOINTS IN RAILING
PLAN
(Reinforcing Steel in Existing Railing not shown for clarity) ¡ Splice at
¡ Expansion Joint
Existing Light Pole Expansion Joint Width plus 1"
or Overhead Sign ¡ Intermediate
End Cap Expansion Joint
Support (to remain) Bent or Pier Ƃ"ø Anchor Rod Splice Tube
Assemblies
Nut and Washer (Typ.) Intermediate (See Detail)
(See Detail) 1" (min.)
1" (min.) Splice Tube 1
Intermediate 1 2" (max.)
Existing Traffic Railing,
1ƀ" (max.) (See Detail) Outer Tube
Type Varies (to remain) Splice Tube
HSS 8 x 4 x Ƅ
(See Detail)
A
1'-0" (min.) 1'-0" (min.) 1'-0" 2" 1'-0" 1'-0" 1'-0" 9" 1'-0" 1'-0" 1'-0" 1'-0"
3'-0" (max.) 3'-0" (max.) max. (min.) (min.) (min.) (min.) (min.)
2"
max.
Existing Bridge Deck A
(to remain)
AT INTERMEDIATE (TYPICAL) AT LIGHT POLES AND AT INTERMEDIATE BENTS AT INTERMEDIATE OPEN

AT OUTER TUBE SPLICE LOCATIONS AT BRIDGE DECK EXPANSION JOINTS
LOCATIONS OVERHEAD SIGN SUPPORTS OR PIERS WITH CONTINUOUS DECK JOINTS IN RAILING
ELEVATION
(Reinforcing Steel in Existing Railing not shown for clarity)
(Railing on Bridge Deck shown, Railing on Approach Slab and Retaining Wall similar)
GENERAL NOTES
HSS TUBES: HSS Tubes shall be ASTM A500 Grade B. INSTALLATIONS ON CURVED ALIGNMENTS AND GRADES: The details presented in this Standard are shown for installations
on tangent alignments and constant grades except as shown in the Offset Detail for Retrofit Installations on Horizontally
END CAPS AND END TAPER ASSEMBLIES: Steel plate for End Caps and End Taper Assemblies shall be ASTM A709 Grade 36. Curved Alignments. Details for installations on horizontally curved alignments and or vertically curved profiles are similar.
Straight sections of HSS Tube may be installed in a chorded manner within the offset limit shown in the Offset Detail
ANCHOR RODS, NUTS AND WASHERS: Adhesive Bonded anchors shall be fully shall be threaded rods in accordance with ASTM for Retrofit Installations on Horizontally Curved Alignments. Shop bend HSS Tubes for use on horizontally curved
F1554 Grade 36 or ASTM A193 Grade B7. All Nuts shall be single self-locking hex nuts and in accordance with ASTM A563 alignments where the offset limit shown cannot be met using straight sections of HSS Tube. Straight and horizontally
or ASTM A194. Flat Washers shall be in accordance with ASTM F436. After the nuts have been snug tightened, distort the curved sections of HSS Tube may be field bent during installation for use on vertically curved profiles.
anchor rod threads to prevent removal of the nuts. Coat distorted threads and the exposed trimmed ends of anchor rods
with a galvanizing compound in accordance with the Specifications. SHOP DRAWINGS: Submit shop drawings and obtain approval prior to fabrication in accordance with Specification Section 5.
45 AM
Show project specific geometry (line and grade) and bolt hole, expansion joint and splice locations. Include other project
COATINGS: Galvanize all Anchor Rods, Nuts, Bolts, Washers and HSS Tube Assemblies in accordance with the Specifications. specific details as required.
38:
Hot-dip HSS Tubes and Tube Assemblies after fabrication.

8:
PAYMENT: Payment will be made under Metal Traffic Railing (Rectangular Tube Retrofit) which shall include all materials
ADHESIVE-BONDED ANCHORS AND DOWELS: Adhesive Bonding Material Systems for Anchor Rods shall comply with and labor required to fabricate and install the Rectangular Tube Retrofit.
Specification Section 937 and be installed in accordance with Specification Section 416. The field testing proof loads
10/1/2021
required by Specification Section 416 shall be 10,000 lbs.

REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
REVISION
TRAFFIC RAILING - (RECTANGULAR TUBE RETROFIT)
1" 1"
Type Varies (to remain)
3'-0" 4" 1'-0" 1'-0" 1'-0" 1'-9" 1'-0" (min.), 3'-0" (max.) 1'-0" (min.), 3'-0" (max.) 1'-9" 1'-0" 1'-0" 1'-0" 4" 3'-0"
AT BEGIN RETROFIT AT END RETROFIT

Edge of Open Joint
in Existing Traffic PLAN AT BEGIN AND END RECTANGULAR TUBE RETROFIT End Rectangular
Railing (if present) Begin Rectangular Tube Retrofit Edge of Open Joint
(Reinforcing Steel in Existing Railing not shown for clarity)
Tube Retrofit in Existing Traffic
End Taper Railing (if present)
Ƃ"ø Anchor Rod, Ƃ"ø Anchor Rod,
End Taper Assembly Assembly
Nut and Washer Nut and Washer
(See Detail) A (see Detail)
(typ.) (typ.)
HSS 8 x 4 x Ƅ HSS 8 x 4 x Ƅ
A
(to remain) AT BEGIN RETROFIT AT END RETROFIT Edge of Traffic Face
Type Varies (to remain)
of Railing at its Top Traffic Face of HSS
HSS 8 x 4 x Ƅ
3
ELEVATION AT BEGIN AND END RECTANGULAR TUBE RETROFIT 4" (max.)
Outer Tube
(Reinforcing Steel in Existing Railing not shown for clarity) Offset Limit
(Railing on Bridge Deck shown, Railing on Approach Slab and Retaining Wall similar) Existing Traffic
Railing (Type Varies)
1'-6" Wide F-Shape
1'-4" Narrow F-Shape
1034" Wide F-Shape

OFFSET DETAIL FOR INSTALLATIONS
8Ƃ" Narrow F-Shape
ON HORIZONTAL CURVES
3
5" 5 4" Wide F-Shape 1'-5" 10"
1'-3"
3Ƃ" Narrow F-Shape ¡ Anchor Rod at
¡ Anchor Rod at 5" 1'-0" 5" 5"
Ǝ" Ø thru hole in 6"
Ǝ" Ø thru hole in
Outer Tube ¡ Anchor Rod at 5"
¡ Anchor Rod at Outer Tube HSS 8 x 4 x Ƅ
HSS 8 x 4 x Ƅ Ǝ" Ø thru hole in 3"
Ǝ" Ø thru hole in Outer Tube
Outer Tube Outer Tube
Outer Tube
HSS 8 x 4 x Ƅ
4"
Outer Tube
4"
4"
4"
HSS 8 x 4 x Ƅ
m in.
9"
m in.
m in.
m in.
Outer Tube
9"
9"
9"
Existing Reinforcing
Steel
-2"
-0"
-0"
-0"
-10"
Existing Reinforcing Existing Reinforcing
-8"
-8"
-8"
3'
3'
3'
3'
Steel (varies) Steel (varies)
Existing Retrofit Traffic
2'
2'
2'
2'
Steel
Railing (to remain)
Existing Traffic Existing Traffic Existing Traffic

Railing (to remain) Railing (to remain) Railing (to remain)
51 AM

38:
(to remain)
8:
Existing Bridge Deck Existing Bridge Deck Existing Bridge Deck

(to remain) (to remain) (to remain)
SECTION A-A SECTION A-A SECTION A-A SECTION A-A

10/1/2021
F-Shape Traffic Railing Corral Shape Traffic Railing Vertical Face Retrofit Traffic Railing New Jersey Shape Traffic Railing
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
REVISION
10'-0" (min.) , 30'-0" (max.)
Expansion Joint Expansion Joint
Width + 1'-7" Splice Tube

15
1'-0" 1'-0" (min.) , 3'-0" (max.) 1'-0" 16" ø Hole
1'-7" Intermediate
Spacing
Splice Tube
5" 3"
8"
1
Ǝ"ø Thru Hole HSS 7 x 3 x 4
PLAN VIEW - OUTER TUBE DETAIL HSS 8 x 4 x Ƅ
(typ.)
SPLICE TUBE DETAIL
8"
1 1
2" 7" 2"
1 1
1ƀ"ø Thru Hole 1ƀ"ø Thru Hole
2"
4 4
C ¢ Ɓ" x 8" x 2"
1
2'-8" 1'-4" 1'-4" 2'-8"
2"
HSS 8 x 4 x Ƅ HSS 8 x 4 x Ƅ ¢ Ɓ" x 8" x 2"
Ƅ" ¢ Ƅ" ¢
3"
3"
2"
C
HSS 7 x 3 x Ɓ
1
8"
8"
5"
5"
ELEVATION VIEW C-C
Ǝ"Ø Thru Holes Ǝ"Ø Thru Holes

1'-0" 3"
PLAN PLAN ¢ Ɓ" x 8" x 2"
212"
HSS 8 x 4 x Ƅ 4'-0" 4'-0" HSS 8 x 4 x Ƅ
HSS 8 x 4 x Ƅ 2'-8" 1'-4" 1'-4" 2'-8" HSS 8 x 4 x Ƅ
1ƀ"ø
2"
Hole Spacing 4" 2 sp. @ 1'-0" 1'-0" 1'-9" 3" 3" 1'-9" 1'-0" 2 sp. @ 1'-0" 4" Hole Spacing
1
Thru Hole
4
= 2'-0" = 2'-0"
¡ Hole (typ.) ¡ Hole (typ.)

HSS 7 x 3 x Ɓ
90°(
typ.
) 90 t
°(yp)
.
B B
4"
4"
1'-3"
3
3
PLAN
B B
HSS 8 x 4 x Ƅ HSS 8 x 4 x Ƅ
HSS 7 x 3 x Ɓ HSS 7 x 3 x Ɓ
END CAP ASSEMBLY DETAIL
HSS 7 x 3 x Ɓ 1'-4" 1'-4" 1'-4" 1'-4" HSS 7 x 3 x Ɓ
HSS 7 x 3 x Ɓ 2'-8" 2'-8" HSS 7 x 3 x Ɓ
Regular
ELEVATION ELEVATION
Hex Nut
2" m ax.
3
8" ¢ Standard
typ. Washer
-2"
Varies
1'
1
1
HSS 8 x 4 x Ƅ Ƃ" Ø Threaded
Anchor Rod
8"
56 AM
38:
SECTION B-B
8:
ANCHOR RODS
TAPERED END ASSEMBLY DETAIL

10/1/2021
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
REVISION
TYPICAL PROFILES FOR TENDONS WITH FLEXIBLE FILLER
I I I LEGEND:
I I
I
High Point* Strand, Wire or Bar Tendon
Anchorage with Filler Inlet at lower

end of Tendon
Anchorage with Filler Outlet at higher

end of Tendon
Low Point*
-0" M ax.
-0" M ax.
Alternate tendon profile immediately
adjacent to Anchorage
Profile F1
Supplementary Filler Inlet
100'
100'
(2 Span Profile shown; Profiles for 3 or more Spans similar)
Filler Port / Outlet
Drain (See Specifications Section 462 for
-0"
-0"
Typ.
additional Drain location requirements)
1'
1'
I I
(
Direction of Filler Flow
I I
I Inspection Location
* Adjust location to coincide with the

true high or low point(s) of the tendon.
Low Point* Deviator/Diabolo (Typ.)
Low Point*
Vertical/
Profile F2
-0" M ax.
-0" M ax.
Predominantly
Vertical Vertical/
Tendon Predominantly
Vertical
100'
100'
I
Tendon I High Point*
I I I Deviator/Diabolo (Typ.) I
Low Point* Low Point*

Low Point/Inlet
Profile F3
(2 Span Profile shown; Profiles for 3 or more Spans similar) Profile F8 Profile F9 Profile F12
I
High Point* I
I High Point* I High Point*
Low Point Low Point*

I I I I
I I
Profile F4 Profile F6 Profile F10 Profile F13
I I I I I I
I
I
59 AM
38:
8:
Low Point* Low Point*

Low Point*
10/1/2021
Profile F5 Profile F7 Profile F11 Profile F14

REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
REVISION
POST-TENSIONING TENDON PROFILES
TYPICAL PROFILES FOR TENDONS WITH GROUT FILLER
I I
NOTE: See Sheet 1 of 2 for Typical Profiles for Tendons with Flexible Filler and for Legend of Symbols.
I
High Point*
Low Point*
Profile G1
I I
Profile G2
(Profile for Single Cell Box shown; Profiles for Multiple Cell Boxes similar)
I
I
I I
-0" M ax.
)
-0"
Typ.
40'
1'
(
Profile G3
I I -0" M ax. (
40' )
Typ.
Low Point*
Profile G4
-0" M ax.
I Vertical/
Predominantly
I Vertical
40'
Tendon
02 AM
39:
Low Point
8:
10/1/2021
Low Point/Drain
Profile G5 Profile G6
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
REVISION
POST-TENSIONING TENDON PROFILES
100% Acrylic Aliphatic 2" Cover Adjacent Precast Segment Adjacent Cast-in-Place Segment
Polyurethane top coating. Superstructure
(Notes 1 & 2) 2" Cover (Typ.) Superstructure
Match-cast Joint Construction Joint
3" Cover (Typ.) Substructure & Integral Caps
1
4 2" Cover Footings
Epoxy Grout
Plug Plug
Pour-back
Epoxy Grout Permanent

Pour-back (Typ.) Anchorage Cap Permanent Permanent
Anchorage Anchorage
Cap Cap
Permanent Anchorage
Cap (Typ.)
Diaphragm or
Continuous
Deck Concrete
Elastomeric Coating
Pocket Former Pocket Former
Extend 12" from Precast
Concrete 2" Cover
edge of blockout or
edge of Pour-back Surface (Min.)
TYPE 1 TYPE 2 Epoxy Grout Pour-back placed TYPE 3A TYPE 3B

after permanent tendons
Notes:
100% Acrylic Aliphatic Polyurethane anchored in adjacent segment
top coating. (Notes 1 & 2) have been stressed
Superstructure
1. Meet the requirements of Specification Section 975-5.

Substructure
Elastomeric Coating
Extend 12" beyond 2. Extend top coat 1" beyond limits of Elastomeric Coating.
2" Cover
3" Cover
edge of Pour-back (Typ.)

)
)
Typ.
Typ.
4" 1'-0" Min.

#4 Bar or Equal
Cover Overlap
Permanent Anchorage Cap
(
(Min.)
Epoxy
Reinforced Concrete 2" Cover Permanent Transverse Type 7 Notes:
Grout Permanent
or MAPC Pour-back (Min.) Anchorage Tendon
Pour-back Anchorage Cap
(Seal Pour-back with Cap 1. Traffic or
High Molecular Pedestrian/Bicycle
Concrete Elastomeric Coating Weight Methacrylate) MAPC or Railing not shown
Surface Extend 6" beyond Epoxy Grout for clarity.
4"
edge of anchor Pour-back
(Min.)
2. Where Pour-back is not
Permanent protected by Traffic or
Anchorage Cap Pedestrian/Bicycle
Concrete Slope Bursting
Railing, Coat Pour-back
Surface (0.02 Min.) Reinforcing
with High Molecular
Weight Methacrylate.
TYPE 4 TYPE 5 TYPE 6 TYPE 7
ANCHORAGE PROTECTION FOR STRAND TENDONS
100% Acrylic Aliphatic Polyurethane

top coating. (Notes 1 & 2)
Elastomeric Coating (Typ.) Extend

Filler Inlet and Outlet to #3 Bar or Equal Elastomeric Coating,
12" beyond edge of anchor
Exit From Top of Footing Extend 12" beyond edge
2" Min. Clearance (Typ.) Permanent
Bar Tendon Pour-back. (Except on Top of
of anchor Pour-back
Integral Caps Anchorage Cap
Top Slab Seal Concrete with High
Main
Molecular Weight Methacrylate). Epoxy Grout Pour-back
Filler Concrete 4" Cover (Min.)
Reinforcing
Flow Permanent Bar Steel Cap Secondary Pour Integral Caps
for Footing Epoxy Grout
Anchorage Tendon or Cover
Pour-back Pour-back
2" Cover Superstructure
Elastomeric Cap
Superstructure
Permanent Structural Reinforcing

3" Cover Substructure
Coating
Substructure
Anchorage Threaded
Filler Steel (Typ.) (No. 4 Bar
Footings
Cap Plug
Footing Flow or Equal @
2" Cover
3" Cover
& Integral Caps
Concrete Cast 1'-0" O.C. or

Permanent
prior to as Shown
Dead End Anchorage
Concrete on Plans
Stressing Bar Anchor
2" Cover
Cap
Surface (Min.))
4" Structural Epoxy Grout Pour-back
Cover
07 AM
Bar
2"
Threaded
Block-Out (Min.) Steel (Typ.) cast between Structural Edge of
Permanent Tendon
1
Plug
39:
Anchorage Cap Bar Tendon Adjacent Bar Tendon Threaded Plug Steel and Steel Cap or Concrete
1
8:
exterior Cover Threaded Plug

Temporary concrete
TYPE 8 TYPE 9 TYPE 10 TYPE 11 TYPE 12
Drain Hole face
(Shear Studs not Shown for Clarity) (Shear Studs not Shown for Clarity)
10/1/2021
ANCHORAGE PROTECTION FOR BAR TENDONS

REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
REVISION
POST-TENSIONING ANCHORAGE PROTECTION
NOTE:
Where a vacuum system is connected to an
anchorage, connect both the anchorage outlet Thread Filler Outlet with Pressure Gauge
Shutoff Valve
and the cap outlet to the vacuum system. Valve through Oversize
Place Anchorage Filler Outlet/Inspection psi
Pipe and into Anchorage Cap
Port at top of Anchorage. Install Threaded
ow
Plug in Anchorage after filler injection Fl ow
er Fl Threaded Rigid Filler Thread Filler Pipe with Valve and
ll er
Fi ll 4" Pipe with Temporary 4" Pressure Gauge into Lower Pipe
Fi
Cap Protection (Min.)
(Min.)
)
M in.
Filler Outlet w/ Shutoff Valve Pocket Forming Material Pocket Forming Material
2"
Oversize Rigid Pipe
1
Place at top of Anchorage Cap
3
with Temporary Cap
(
Anchorage Cap Protection (Align
with opening in
Anchorage Cap)
2"
FACE INSPECTED
ANCHORAGE WITH FILLER OUTLET
Pressure Gauge Segment Anchorage
Shutoff Valve
Blockout
Place Anchorage Filler Inlet/Inspection psi
Install Permanent
Port at top of Anchorage. Install Threaded
ow ow
Anchorage Cap after
Plug in Anchorage after filler injection Fl Fl Anchorage
er Spiral stressing Tendons
ll ler
Fi l
Fi Anchorage
*Pocket Former
Filler Outlet w/Shutoff Valve
Place at top of Anchorage Cap
Anchorage Cap
1 INSTALLATION & SHIPPING 2 FILLER INJECTION
FACE INSPECTED
ANCHORAGE WITH FILLER INLET
Inspect Anchorage for voids through Filler

Top surface of Inlet/Outlet. (See Filler Outlet Detail at
concrete element Horizontal Surfaces for procedures.)
Remove and clean as
Rigid Filler Pipe with Final Deck per Filler Outlet Detail Remove Forming Material from pocket
Pour Epoxy Grout
threaded end surface after planing at Horizontal Surfaces and install Threaded Plug after
into roughened Pocket
inspection for voids
Threaded Plug
Plug
M ax.
Install Permanent
2"
Pocket
1
Threaded Plug
Forming
Material
Inspection of
Anchorage Cap not *Epoxy Grout
Required Pour-back
Permanent
Anchorage Cap
Anchorage Anchorage
1 FILLER OUTLET CONNECTION TO DUCT 2 POCKET
PREPARATION
PROCEDURE:
Epoxy Grout
1. After filler injection is completed, Remove Pocket
Forming Material and Rigid Filler Pipe. 3 INSPECTION 4 PROTECTION
2. Inspect Tendon for voids as necessary.
3. Vacuum inject as required. If grout is used, allow
grout to cure. If flexible filler is used, replace
filler displaced by inspection. Remove pipe used for TOP INSPECTED ANCHORAGE WITH FILLER
vacuum injecting. INLET INSTALLATION, FILLER INJECTION,
4. Clean threads and rethread as required. INSPECTION & PROTECTION
5. Install Threaded Plug into Outlet to form a tight fit.
10 AM
NOTES:
6. Clean and roughen sides of pocket.
* Round Pocket Former - Gravity fed placement of epoxy grout acceptable
39:
7. Fill Pocket with Epoxy Grout. 1. Holes used for the Inspection and Filler Inlets/Outlets
8:
may be formed using tapered pipes or mandrels. Modified Square Pocket Former - Gravity fed placement of epoxy grout acceptable
3 FILLING POCKET 2. Where a vacuum system is connected to an anchorage,
Square Pocket Former - Vacuum epoxy grouting required
connect both the anchorage outlet and the cap outlet to
10/1/2021
the vacuum system.

FILLER OUTLET DETAIL AT HORIZONTAL SURFACES
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
FY 2022-23 POST-TENSIONING ANCHORAGE
INDEX SHEET
REVISION
11/01/18 STANDARD PLANS AND TENDON FILLING DETAILS 462-003 1of 2

Filler
w Pressure w
lo Flow lo
F t Gauge F t
r le psi r tle
Filler Inlet with le In lle u
il i O
F F r Coupler
r
Shutoff Valve
f
o fo
Filler
Inspect Tendon
Flow
Rigid Outer
Filler Outlet with Filler Pipe
Shutoff Valve Rigid or Flexible
Filler Pipe Cast Vertical Cast Vertical
Surface Surface
Bar 1 FILLER OUTLET CONNECTION TO TENDON 2 POCKET PREPARATION

Tendon
PROCEDURE:
1. Remove Rigid Filler Pipe or drill Grout in

flexible pipe.
2. Inspect tendon for voids.
NOTES:
3. Vacuum inject as required. If grout is used,
1. Anchor or Nut to allow for flow of Filler into Cap. Epoxy Grout
allow grout to cure. If flexible filler is used,
2. Where a vacuum system is connected to an anchorage,
replace filler displaced by inspection. Remove
connect both the anchorage outlet and the cap outlet Threaded Plug
pipe used for vacuum injecting.
to the vacuum system.
4. Install Threaded Plug into Outlet to form a
INLET END OUTLET END tight fit.
1
(EMBEDDED ANCHORAGE SHOWN; ANCHORAGE Cast Vertical 5. Over-ream hole ( 4" Ø over-ream). Clean and
AT CONCRETE SURFACE SIMILAR) Surface roughen sides.

6. Fill pocket with epoxy grout.
FILLER INLET AND OUTLET DETAILS FOR BAR TENDONS 3 FILLING POCKET
(VERTICALLY ORIENTED TENDON SHOWN; HORIZONTALLY ORIENTED TENDON SIMILAR)
FILLER OUTLET DETAIL AT VERTICAL SURFACES
Dashed line only applicable Remove Rigid Outer Filler Pipe, clean,
if top two (2) tendons are and place Epoxy Grout as per Filler
stressed after deck pour. Outlet Detail at Horizontal Surfaces
Rigid Outer Filler Pipe Deck Slab

Tendon Duct Outlet
Drains and Filler
3"
Inlets located at
low points of
draped profile
Drain water prior
to filling and
inject filler from
the lowest point.
Coupler - Provide
Threaded Plug after Flexible Pipe Filler
removal of Rigid Pipe Outlet with Threaded
Plug
Flexible Pipe
Filler Outlet
Coupler After filler injection, plug recess
(Typ.) with Threaded Cap
TENDONS AT HIGH POINTS AND

14 AM
TENDONS AT LOW POINTS

3' FROM HIGH POINTS (FILLER OUTLET)
39:
(FILLER INLET / DRAIN)

8:
FILLER INLET AND OUTLET DETAILS FOR I-GIRDERS

10/1/2021
DETAILS FOR C.I.P. BOXES WITH INTERNAL TENDONS SIMILAR. WEB REINFORCING NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY.
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
FY 2022-23 POST-TENSIONING ANCHORAGE
INDEX SHEET
REVISION
11/01/16 STANDARD PLANS AND TENDON FILLING DETAILS 462-003 2 of 2

GENERAL NOTES:
U.S. COAST GUARD NOTIFICATION: Notify the local office of the U.S. Coast Guard at least 30 days prior to
beginning of construction of the Fender System.
14" SQUARE PRESTRESSED CONCRETE PILES - Provide 14" Square Prestressed Concrete Piles of
sufficient length to achieve a minimum embedment of 20' into soil having a blow count greater than or
equal to 6 (N ≥ 6). Pile splices and build-ups are not permitted. Use only 14" Square Prestressed
Concrete Piles with 8 - ƀ" diameter Low Relaxation Strands fabricated in accordance with Index 455-014.
PLASTIC LUMBER AND STRUCTURAL COMPOSITE LUMBER WALES: Provide only Plastic Lumber (Thermoplastic
Structural Shapes) and Structural Composite Lumber (Reinforced Thermoplastic Structural Shapes) Wales
in accordance with Specification Section 973. Wales shall be continuous and spliced only at locations shown
on the plans.
PLASTIC LUMBER DECKING FOR CATWALKS: Provide Plastic Lumber decking for catwalks when called for in the
Plans in accordance with Specification Section 973.
Install Plastic Lumber Decking according to manufacturer's recommendations using stainless steel #10 x 3"
(minimum) deck screws.
FIBERGLASS OPEN GRATING FOR CATWALKS: Provide Fiberglass Open Grating for catwalks when called for in the
FENDER SYSTEM ENERGY CAPACITY:
Plans. Fiberglass Open Grating shall be a heavy duty design suitable for exterior installations. Maximum
Energy Capacity = 38 ft-k
gap opening on the walkway surface shall be 1ƀ". Design live loads and deflections shall be a 50 psf
uniformly distributed load with a maximum deflection of Ƅ" or L/120 at the center of a simple span and a
concentrated load of 250 pounds with a maximum deflection of Ɓ" at the center of a simple span. Color
of Fiberglass Open Grating shall be gray or black.
Install Fiberglass Open Grating according to manufacturer's recommendations using stainless steel
hardware, screws, bolts, nuts and washers. Attach Fiberglass Open Grating to Wales and Deck Supports at a
2'-0" maximum spacing so as to resist pedestrian live loads and uplift forces from wind, buoyancy and wave
action.
CLEARANCE GAUGE AND LIGHT: Clearance Gauge to be furnished and installed by the Contractor. Clearance Gauge
width and numeral height is dependent on visibility distance. The required visibility distance shall be determined
by the United States Coast Guard District Commander. Provide and install Clearance Gauge Light in accordance
with Specification Section 510 and Index 510-001.
NAVIGATION LIGHTS: Provide and install Navigation Lights in accordance with Specification Section 510,
Index 510-001 and/or project specific details. Provide and maintain Temporary Navigation Lights during
construction until permanent Navigation Lights are operational.
BOLTS, THREADED BARS, NUTS, SCREWS AND WASHERS: Furnish stainless steel Bolts in accordance with ASTM F593
Type 316. Furnish stainless steel Threaded Bars in accordance with ASTM A193 Grade B8M. Furnish stainless
steel Nuts in accordance with ASTM F594 Type 316. Furnish stainless steel Screws in accordance with
ASTM F593 Type 305. Furnish stainless steel Washers compatible with Bolts, Threaded Rods and Nuts under
heads and nuts. Torque Nuts on 1" diameter Bolts and Threaded Bars to 150 lb-ft. Keep threads on Bolts,
Threaded Bars and Nuts free from dirt, coarse grime and sand to prevent galling and seizing during tightening.
SPLICE PLATES: Furnish Splice Plates in accordance with ASTM A240 Type 316.
WIRE ROPE: Provide wire rope meeting one of the following requirements:
1. ½” diameter 6x19, 6x25 or 6x37 class IWRC Type 316 stainless steel wire rope with a minimum breaking strength
of 18,000 lbs.
2. ½” diameter 6x19 galvanized wire rope with ultraviolet ray resistant polypropylene impregnation having an outside
diameter of 5/8” with a minimum breaking strength of 22,000 lbs. Protect all ends with heat shrinkable end caps
compatible with the rope’s polypropylene that provide an effective water-tight seal.
17 AM
39:
8:
GENERAL NOTES
10/1/2021
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
FY 2022-23 FENDER SYSTEM -
INDEX SHEET
REVISION
07/01/14 STANDARD PLANS PRESTRESSED CONCRETE PILES & FRP WALES 471-030 1of 7
� Survey or � Construction
Lighted Clearance
� Bridge (Stationing Line)
Gauge & Navigation
Navigation Light Navigation Light
Light
Left Fender Left Fender
Lighted Clearance Gauge
& Navigation Light
of Stationing
of Stationing
Begin Flare Begin Flare
Control Point A Control Point A
Direction
Direction
Navigation Control Point B Navigation Control Point B
Clear Channel
Clear Channel
10'-0" Min. Light Coping Line 10'-0" Min. Light Coping Line
(Typ.) (Typ.) 90°
� Channel � Channel
Clear Channel
Clear Channel
90°
Coping Line Coping Line
2
Dimension "L" Dimension "L" Begin Flare
Begin Flare Begin Flare Begin Flare
(Multiples of 16'-0") (Multiples of 16'-0") Control
Control Point C Control Point D Control Point C
Point D
Lighted Clearance Gauge Lighted Clearance Gauge

& Navigation Light & Navigation Light
Navigation Light Navigation Light
Right Fender Right Fender
SCHEMATIC OF FENDER SYSTEM SHOWING TREATMENT OF SCHEMATIC OF FENDER SYSTEM SHOWING TREATMENT OF DUAL FIXED BRIDGES WITH NONSKEWED CHANNEL
SINGLE FIXED BRIDGE WITH NONSKEWED CHANNEL (PARALLEL DUAL FIXED BRIDGES SHOWN, NONPARALLEL DUAL FIXED BRIDGES SIMILAR)
� Survey or � Construction
(Stationing Line)
Lighted Clearance Gauge Lighted Clearance Gauge

Navigation Light � Bridge Navigation Light
& Navigation Light & Navigation Light
Left Fender Left Fender
g
in
" Begin Flare 10 Begin Flare
on
on
Control Point A -0
' Control Point A Navigation Light '
-0
ti
ti
10 Control Point B M " Control Point B
n.
ec
i
ta
i Coping n.
M
Clear Channel
Clear Channel
Dimension "L" (Multiples of 16'-0")
ir
S
Line * Channel
D
of
* Channel Skew Skew
90° Angle 90° 90° Angle 90°
Clear Channel
Clear Channel
D
� Channel Coping � Channel

of
ir tat
Dimension "L" (Multiples of 16'-0")

ec
Line
S
ti
Navigation
2
2
Coping Line
on ing
" 10 Begin Flare

Light -0 Begin Flare
io
' '
Begin Flare 10 Begin Flare -0
n
n. Control " Control

i M Coping Line
Control Point C M Control Point C in.
Point D Point D
Right Fender Right Fender
Lighted Clearance Gauge Navigation Light Navigation Light

Lighted Clearance Gauge
& Navigation Light
& Navigation Light
SCHEMATIC OF FENDER SYSTEM SHOWING TREATMENT OF SCHEMATIC OF FENDER SYSTEM SHOWING TREATMENT OF DUAL FIXED BRIDGES WITH SKEWED CHANNEL
SINGLE FIXED BRIDGE WITH SKEWED CHANNEL (PARALLEL DUAL FIXED BRIDGES SHOWN, NONPARALLEL DUAL FIXED BRIDGES SIMILAR)
22 AM
CROSS REFERENCES:
39:
* See Structures Plans, Plan and Elevation and Foundation For Stations and Offsets of referenced Control Points A, B, C and D,
8:
Layout Sheets for magnitude and orientation of Channel Dimension "L" and Clear Channel Width see Fender System Table
Skew Angle. of Variables in Structures Plans.

For Navigation Light Details see Design Standards Index 510-001.
LAYOUT GEOMETRY
10/1/2021
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
INDEX SHEET
REVISION
07/01/11 STANDARD PLANS PRESTRESSED CONCRETE PILES & FRP WALES 471-030 2 of 7
g
on
al
(
ng
i er
ac t
Sp er) lus
" t C
Ɔ s nd e
-1 Po Fe Pi
l
3' l
CROSS REFERENCES:
rai of 3
d ce of
an fa er
H
" ck nt
For Sections A-A and B-B see Sheet 4. Ƃ " ba Ce
-0 -5
4' 13
' Lighted Clearance
"
.
@ ƀ = Gauge
For View F-F see Sheet 5. sp 8'-1 ƀ
"
2 -8
= 6'
@
NOTE: .
sp Navigation Light
2
Plastic Lumber and Composite Lumber Dimensions shown are based on Nominal "
-
'9ƅ
Lumber Dimensions and may vary depending on Actual Lumber Dimension. 15
= "
-
'3Ƃ
12
-6ƃ " ±
"=
-1Ɔ
6' -8"
-
5'9ƅ" .@
1'
= 1 sp
8°
Ƅ"± 2
7'
p.@ 5'-3
3 sp. @ 5'-3Ɔ " ± 3s
10Ɓ " -3Ƃ"
= 15-
' 12'
Pile Spacing (along � Piles) 3 sp. @ 5'-4" = 16'-0" = 15'-11ƀ"
1Ɔ"=
-
6'
p.@ 8"
2s "
-5ƅ " ±
(Typ. for Straight Sections) 1'-
1'-8" -0
'
2-
'4Ƃ" 16
1'-8" p.@ 6-
'2Ƅ"= 1
2 sp. @ 6'-3ƅ " = 12'-7Ɓ" 2s
2 sp. @ 6'-4" = 12'-8" Back Face of
1-
'8"
5'
Plastic Lumber 2" x 12" Decking (Typ. for Straight Sections) Plastic Lumber Fender
8°
1'-8"
Mark E shown, Fiberglass Open 14" Sq. Prestressed Conc. Piles, 6" x 10" Deck Support
Plastic Lumber 4" x 6"
-3Ɔ "
Grating similar (Typ.) 2 & 3 Pile Clusters (Typ.) Mark F (Typ.)
Post Mark D (Typ.)
±
3'
-
'0"
8°
16
~
4°
Clear Channel
-1Ƅ " ±
� Piles
Composite Lumber 10" x 10"
Wales Mark A (Typ.) Control Point B -0"
16'
1'
Front Face of Fender
Begin Flare 16-

'0"
16'-0" (Typ. Straight Panel) 16'-0" 15'-11ƀ " ± 15'-7Ƃ " ± 15'-0Ƅ " ± 14'-1ƀ " ±
PARTIAL PLAN VIEW (TYPICAL FLARE)

(FLARE AT CONTROL POINT B SHOWN, CONTROL POINTS A, C & D SIMILAR)
Navigation Light (See Index
(HANDRAIL NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY) 510-001 for locations & Details)
Composite Lumber 10" x 10" Composite Lumber 10" x 10" Composite Lumber 10" x 10" Composite Lumber 10" x 10" Composite Lumber 10" x 10"
Wales Mark A1, A2 or A3 Composite Lumber 10" x 10" Wales Mark A2 Wales Mark A4 Wales Mark A5 Wales Mark A5 Wales Mark A6
Plastic Lumber 6" x 10" Plastic Lumber 6" x 10" Mark F2 or F3 Plastic Lumber 6" x 10" Plastic Lumber 6" x 10" Plastic Lumber 6" x 10" Plastic Lumber 6" x 10"
Mark F1, F2 or F3 Composite Lumber 10" x 10" Composite Lumber 10" x 10" Mark F4 Mark F5 Mark F5 Mark F6
Plastic Lumber 2" x 12" Decking
Wales Mark A1, A2 or A3 Wales Mark A3
Plastic Lumber 8" x 8" Plastic Lumber
Mark E shown, Fiberglass Open
Plastic Lumber 6" x 10" Spacer Blocks Plastic Lumber 2" x 6" Rail 4" x 6" Post
Grating similar (Typ.)
A B Mark D (Typ.)
F F
Mark F (Back Face, Top) Mark B (Typ.) Mark C
Lighted
Clearance
Gauge
00
00
00
00
00
00
26 AM
00
39:
8:
14" Sq. Prestressed

A B
Composite Lumber 10" x 10" Wales Concrete Piles (Typ.)
Mark A (along Front Face of
10/1/2021
Fender) (Typ.)
EXPANDED PARTIAL ELEVATION VIEW
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
INDEX SHEET
REVISION
2'-6" #10 x 3" Stainless Ƅ " Ø x 12" Stainless
Steel Decking Screws Steel Lag Screw (Recess
Front Face
Plastic Lumber @ 2'-0" Ctrs. 2 ~ #10 x 3" Stainless head flush with top of
of Fender Post Face
2" x 6" Rail Mark C Steel Decking Screws Spacer Block) 2 ~ ƀ " Ø Stainless Steel
Ƅ " Ø Stainless Steel (Center in Post) Plastic Lumber Threaded Bars, Locking
Bolt, Locking Nuts and 6" x 10" Deck Nuts and Washers (Typ.)
Washers (1 per each Rail Support Mark F
� ƀ " Ø Stainless Steel
)
Typ.
3"
at each Post, centered, Typ.)
Threaded Bars, Locking
lock)
-6"
Nuts and Washers (4" x 6" Plastic Lumber 4" x 6"
(
Typ. )
See
3'
Post to 6" x 10" Plastic Lumber 2" x 12" Post Mark D
Plastic Lumber
cer B
Detail "A"
-9"
Deck Support) Decking Mark E shown,
-9" (
6" x 10" Deck Plastic Lumber
1'
Fiberglass Open Grating
Support Mark F Pile Cutoff 6" x 10" Mark F
1"
Provide 3 Stainless
� Spa
1'
similar (Typ.)
Elevation
l
1
3 2" 312" HANDRAIL DETAIL Steel Wire Rope Clamps
D etai
See
B"
at 3" centers (Typ.)
5"
5"
~
(
~
"
-3"
C C D D
~
1'
Pile Cutoff
1
3 2"
2"
Elevation
~
14" Sq. Prestressed
Detail
SCH 80 PVC minus 1'-3"
3
-5"
Splice Plate top and
See
B"
Concrete Piles
Electrical (Typ.)
bottom of Wale (Typ. � ƀ " Ø Stainless Steel Threaded Bar,
1'
"
~
Conduit
at each Wale splice Locking Nuts and Washers (4" x 6"
location except Post to 6" x 10" Deck Support)
along top Wale) Wire Rope (3 wraps) 1" Ø Stainless Steel
SCH 80 PVC Electrical Conduit Wire Rope (3 wraps)
-0" M in.
1" Ø Stainless Steel Threaded Bars, Threaded Bars, Locking

tightly blocked and
Locking Nuts and Washers (Typ.) Nuts and Washers (Typ.)
securely wrapped
Composite Lumber
8'
E E 14" Sq. Prestressed Plastic Lumber 4" x 6"

10" x 10" Wales
Concrete Piles Post Mark D (Typ.)
Mark A
Ƅ " Ø x 12" Stainless
SCH 80 PVC Electrical Conduit
Steel Lag Screws Plastic Lumber 8" x 8"
(Recess head flush Spacer Blocks Mark B (Typ.)
with Spacer Blocks)
CROSS REFERENCES:
14" Sq. Prestressed
SECTION C-C
NHW or MHW For location of Sections
Concrete Piles TYPICAL FLARED SECTION
Elevation A-A and B-B see Sheet 3.
(8° TURN SHOWN, 4° TURN SIMILAR)
SECTION B-B
For Section E-E and Detail "A"
see Sheet 5. 2 ~ ƀ " Ø Stainless Steel
Plastic Lumber 8" x 8" Ƅ " Ø x 12" Stainless Steel Lag Threaded Bars, Locking
Plastic Lumber
Spacer Blocks Screw (Recess head flush with Nuts and Washers (Typ.)
6" x 10" Deck
Mark B (Typ.) Composite Lumber Spacer Block)
Support Mark F
)
Typ.
3"
10" x 10" Wales
Composite Lumber 10" x 10" Mark A
(
Wales Mark A (Typ.)
Ƅ " Ø x 12" Stainless Steel Lag
� Spacer Block)
Screw (Recess head flush with
)
Typ.
Plastic Lumber See
top of Spacer Block)
-0"
NLW or MLW 6" x 10" Deck Detail "A" Provide 3 Stainless

1'
-9" (
Elevation Support Mark F Steel Wire Rope Clamps
B"
at 3" centers (Typ.)
Detail
1'
B"Detail "
See
See
See
B"
~
Detail "A" 14" Sq. Prestressed
"
8° Turn)
(
Typ. both piles)
Concrete Piles
4° Turn)
~
14" Sq. Prestressed
Detail
Detail "
SECTION A-A SCH 80 PVC Concrete Piles
See
B"
)
See
~
(
0°
"
Electrical Conduit
9ƅ " ± (
8Ƃ " ± (
~
10ƀ " ±
Side edge 1" Ø Stainless Steel Wire Rope (3 wraps)

1" Ø Stainless Steel
(
of pile Threaded Bars, Locking tightly blocked and

All Angle
Nuts and Washers (Typ.) securely wrapped

Turns)
Nuts and Washers (Typ.)

8Ƃ "
Composite Lumber Plastic Lumber 4" x 6"

Plastic Lumber 8" x 8" 10" x 10" Wales Mark A Post Mark D (Typ.)
(
Spacer Blocks Mark B (Typ.)

Plastic Lumber 8" x 8" SCH 80 PVC Electrical Conduit
14" Sq. Prestressed
Spacer Block Mark B (Typ.)
31 AM
Concrete Piles (Typ.)

1" Ø Stainless Steel Threaded Bar,
39:
8:
Locking Nuts and Washers (Typ.)
SECTION C-C
DETAIL "B" (SHOWING THREADED SECTION D-D
TYPICAL STRAIGHT SECTION
10/1/2021
BAR LOCATION/RELATIONSHIP TO PILE PRESTRESSING STRANDS) TYPICAL AT INTERMEDIATE PILES

REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
INDEX SHEET
REVISION
SCH 80 PVC Ƅ " Ø x 12" Stainless Steel Lag
Electrical Conduit Ƅ " Ø x 12" Stainless Steel Lag Screw (Recess head flush with
G Screw (Recess head flush with top of Spacer Block)
top of Spacer Block)
Detail
See
B"
"
Plastic Lumber 8" x 8" Ɔ " Ø Stainless Steel
Ƃ"(
Mi
Spacer Blocks Mark B n.
) Threaded Bars, Locking
lock)
)
Nuts and Washers (Typ.)
Typ.
(Typ.)
Deck Support Mark F See
cer B
-9" (
Detail "A"
±
Detail
-2ƀ "
1" Ø Stainless Steel Threaded
1'
See
B"
| Spa
l
Plastic Lumber 4" x 4" See
D etai
"
Bars, Locking Nuts and
See
1'
B"
Clearance Gauge Clearance Gauge Detail "A" Washers (Typ.)
"
Support Mark H1 & Light
Detail
See
B"
Plastic Lumber 6" x 6" Composite Lumber
"
Bracing Mark G2 10" x 10" Wales 14" Sq.
Detail
See
B"
Mark A Prestressed
-2ƀ " ±
"
G Concrete Piles
Navigation Light
1'
l
ne
1" Ø Stainless Steel Threaded Bars,
SCH 80 PVC
an
° Locking Nuts and Washers (Typ.)
Electrical Conduit 90
Ch
Composite Lumber Splice Plate top and bottom of Wale,
�
10" x 10" Wales Mark A center plate about splice and � Wale
PARTIAL VIEW F-F (Typ. at each Wale splice location,
62° ±
(SHOWING FENDER END; DECKING except along top Wale)
AND HANDRAIL NOT SHOWN
Spacer Block Mark B (Typ.)
Orientation line for
FOR CLARITY)
14" Sq. Prestressed Navigation Light
Concrete Piles (do SECTION E-E
not wrap these piles Composite Lumber TYPICAL FLARED SECTION
with wire rope) 10" x 10" Wales Mark A
(8° TURN SHOWN, 4° TURN SIMILAR)

Spacer Block Mark B
Ƅ " Ø x 12" Stainless Steel Lag Plastic Lumber 8" x 8"

Plastic Lumber 2" x 6" 3 ~ #10 x 3" Stainless Steel,
Screw (Recess head flush with Spacer Block Mark B (Typ.)
Decking Screws each end
~
Hand Rail Mark C top of Spacer Block)

of each Mark E
Recess Threaded Bar ƀ " from Ɔ " Ø Stainless Steel
Plastic Lumber 2" x 12" Decking front face of Wale as shown Threaded Bars, Locking
~
Mark E shown, Fiberglass Open Ƃ" (Min.) Nuts and Washers (Typ.)
� Spacer Block)
Grating similar (6" Min. width at
)
turns, placed with Ɓ" Min., ƀ "
Typ.
See
Max. gap between adjacent boards) Detail "A"
-9" (
VIEW F-F 1" Ø Stainless Steel Threaded Bars,
Locking Nuts and Washers (Typ.)
(SHOWING FENDER END WITH CLEARANCE GAUGE)
Detail
1'
See
B"
"
2'-5"
(
Provide oversized hole to 14" Sq.
1ƀ " 9" 8" 9" 1ƀ " accept nut & washer
Detail
Prestressed
See
B"
Concrete Piles
"
DETAIL "A"
2Ɓ"
CROSS REFERENCES: Splice Plate top and bottom of Wale,

center plate about splice and � Wale
3ƀ "
8"
For Navigation Lights and SCH 80 PVC Electrical (Typ. at each Wale splice location,
Conduit Details see Index 510-001. except along top Wale)
2Ɓ"
For View G-G and Clearance Gauge Details see Composite Lumber 10" x 10"
Sheet 4. Wales Mark A (Typ.)

36 AM
Ǝ " Ø Holes (Typ.)

39:
ƀ " Stainless Steel Plate For Detail "B" and location of Section E-E see
8:
Sheet 2.
SECTION E-E
SPLICE PLATE DETAIL For location of View F-F see Sheet 1. TYPICAL STRAIGHT SECTION
10/1/2021
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
INDEX SHEET
REVISION
Ƅ " Ø Stainless Steel Bolts,
Plastic Lumber 2" x 6" 3'-6"
H Locking Nuts & Washers
Light Support Mark H2
Ƅ " Ø Stainless Steel Bolts, Plastic Lumber 2" x 6"
Light Support Mark H2
8" 3"
Locking Nuts & Washers
(Typ.)
Orientation line for

-3"
Clearance Gauge Light Clearance Gauge 1" Ø Stainless Steel
~
2'

Plastic Lumber 4" x 4" � Channel Front Face of Fender
Nuts & Washers (Typ.)
Clearance Gauge Support
3"
Mark H1 (each face)
Minimum Clearance Sign 90°±

-0"
MINIMUM Plastic Lumber

2'
Match Pile Spacer Blocks Mark B

CLEARANCE
3"
6" x 10" Mark G1

Cutoff To avoid connection bolt conflicts, (Typ.)
spaced with Wales
3"
Elevation place and bolt Mark G2 in place prior

Ƅ " Ø x 1ƀ " Stainless
to installation of next wale above it
Steel Lag Screws (Typ.)
3"
Composite Lumber
-6" M ax.
,
~
-0" M in.
10" x 10" Wales Mark A6
Plastic Lumber
6" x 10" Mark
F6 (Typ.)
4'
3'
~
~
Plastic Lumber
6" x 10" Bracing ƀ " Ø Stainless Steel
14" Sq. Prest.
Mark G1 (Typ.) Threaded Bars, Locking
Conc. Plies
Nuts & Washers (Typ.)
-0" Spacing
Plastic Lumber
Ƅ " Ø x 11" Stainless Steel 6" x 10" Bracing
) Spacing
Bolts , Locking Nuts & Mark G1 (Typ.)

Washers (recess Head) (Typ.)
Clearance Gauge H eight Varies
3'
J J Ƅ " Ø x 11" Stainless Steel
M ax.
Clearance
Bolts , Locking Nuts &
Gauge
ƀ " Ø Stainless Steel Washers (recess Head) (Typ.)
C. (

-0" C.
Nuts & Washers (Typ.) Plastic Lumber 6" X 6" Bracing Mark G2
(align vertical faces with previous Mark G2
to insure Mark H1 will contact all Mark G2's
3'
Bracing Mark G2 (Typ.)

Plastic Lumber and be plumb)
4" x 4" Bracing
Clearance Gauge
Mark H1 (install
plumb)
SECTION J-J
-0" M ax.
NLW or MLW
Elevation
-0"
3'
1'
3"
CROSS REFERENCES:
H
5" 5" � Plastic Lumber
4" x 4" Mark H1 For Estimated Structural Composite and Plastic
Clearance Gauge ± ±
Width Varies Lumber Bill of Materials Quantities and Fender
System Table of Variables see Structures Plans.
40 AM
VIEW H-H
For location of View G-G see Sheet 5.
VIEW G-G
39:
(WALES, PILES AND BRACING

8:
(WALES, DECKING AND HANDRAIL

10/1/2021
CLEARANCE GAUGE DETAILS

REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
INDEX SHEET
REVISION
* *
STRUCTURAL COMPOSITE LUMBER BILL OF MATERIALS PLASTIC LUMBER BILL OF MATERIALS
SIZE BOARD FT. NO. SIZE BOARD FT. NO.

MARK DIMENSIONS QUANTITY MARK DIMENSIONS QUANTITY
(NOMINAL) PER EACH REQD. (NOMINAL) PER EACH REQD.
8" X 8"
10" X 10" B 8" (STRAIGHT) 3.6
PLASTIC LUMBER
A1 COMPOSITE 32'-0" (STRAIGHT) 266.6
See Estim ated Structural Com posite and Plastic Lum ber
LUMBER 16'-0" (STRAIGHT)
2" X 6"
C (Trim & Miter Ends 16.0
10"
PLASTIC LUMBER
Ƅ" as required)
Bill of M aterials Table in Structures Plans

10" X 10"
A2 COMPOSITE 266.6 4" X 6"
D 4'-4" (STRAIGHT) 8.7
LUMBER PLASTIC LUMBER
32'-0"
10"
2" X 12" 2'-6" (STRAIGHT)
Ƅ" ** E 5.0
10" X 10" PLASTIC LUMBER (Miter as required, 6" Min. width)
A3 COMPOSITE 133.3
See Estim ated Structural Com posite and Plastic Lum ber
LUMBER 6" X 10"
16'-0" F1 32'-0" (STRAIGHT) 160.0
PLASTIC LUMBER
10"
Ƅ" ƅ"
6"
Ɓ"
Bill of M aterials Table in Structures Plans

10" X 10"
6" X 10"
A4 COMPOSITE 133.3
F2 PLASTIC 159.6
LUMBER 16'-0" LUMBER 31'-11"
10"
ƅ" ƅ"
6"
Ɓ"
10" X 10"
6" X 10"
A5 COMPOSITE 133.3
F3 PLASTIC 79.6
LUMBER 16'-0" LUMBER 15'-11"
10"
ƅ"
6"
Ɓ" Ƅ"
10" X 10"
6" X 10"
A6 COMPOSITE 133.3
F4 PLASTIC 78.8
LUMBER 16'-0" LUMBER 15'-9Ɓ"
6"
Ƅ" Ƅ"
6" X 10"
F5 PLASTIC 78.4
LUMBER 15'-8Ɓ"
6"
Ƅ"
* All Plastic Lumber and Composite Lumber Dimensions and Quantities shown 6" X 10"
are based on Nominal Lumber Dimensions and may vary depending on Actual F6 PLASTIC 79.3
Lumber Dimension. LUMBER 15'-10Ɓ"
** Provide Fiberglass Open Grating in lieu of 2" X 12" Plastic Lumber when called
6" X 10"
for in the Plans. Mounting hardware shall be Stainless Steel, install per Manufacturer's G1 3'-8" (STRAIGHT) 18.3
PLASTIC LUMBER
recommendations. See Structures Plans for Notes and Details.
6" X 6"
G2 4'-1" (STRAIGHT) 12.3
PLASTIC LUMBER
4" X 4" PILE CUTOFF ELEV. MINUS NLW OR 1.3 PER

H1
PLASTIC LUMBER MLW ELEV. PLUS 5'-6" (STRAIGHT) LF EACH
2" X 6"
H2 1'-2" (STRAIGHT) 1.2
PLASTIC LUMBER
8: 44 AM
39:
10/1/2021
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
INDEX SHEET
REVISION
CGL RFL
CGL RFL
l
NAVIGATION LIGHT NOTES:
ne
l
RFL
an
ne
Ch
RFL 1. Provide Navigation Light System in compliance with Specifications Section 510.
an
Ch
�
�
GCL
GCL RFL***
RFL***
Bridge
� Bridge
Bridge
RFL***
RFL***
GCL
Fender
(Typ.) GCL
Fender PC
(Typ.)
RFL
RFL
FROM POWER SOURCE LC Xmer

RFL CGL
RFL CGL
NOTE:
GCL GCL
Size conduit and conductors per NEC requirements.
NAVIGATION LIGHT SYSTEM SCHEMATIC NAVIGATION LIGHT SYSTEM SCHEMATIC Do not use conduit smaller than Ƃ " Ø.
FOR SINGLE BRIDGE WITH FENDERS FOR DUAL BRIDGES WITH FENDERS
RFL or RFL or RFL or RFL or RFL or RFL or

CGL CGL
RCL RCL RCL RCL RCL RCL
l
ne
TYPICAL ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
l
an
ne
Ch
an
Ch
�
POWER CONDUCTORS
�
RFL or RCL * GCL DISTANCE VOLTS CONDUCTOR TRANSFORMER

RFL or RCL *
(feet)
RFL or RCL * GCL RFL or RCL *
0 - 75 120 #12 AWG N/A
75 - 500 120 or 240 #10 AWG N/A

RFL ** RFL ** Bridge
500-1000 240 #10 AWG N/A
1000-2000 480 #10 AWG 2 KVA

Bridge
Channel
2000-5000 480 #8 AWG 2 KVA
Edge (Typ.)
RFL ** Bridge LEGEND 5000-10000 480 #6 AWG 2 KVA
RFL ** over 10000 480 #4 AWG 2 KVA

SYMBOL DESCRIPTION
RFL or RCL * GCL RFL or RCL *
RFL or RCL * GCL RFL or RCL * LC Lighting Contactor
PC Photocell Control
Xmer Transformer (If Required)
RFL Red Pier/Fender Light (180° visibility)

or
NAVIGATION LIGHT SYSTEM SCHEMATIC NAVIGATION LIGHT SYSTEM SCHEMATIC RCL Red Channel Margin Light (180° visibility)
FOR SINGLE BRIDGE WITHOUT FENDERS FOR DUAL BRIDGES WITHOUT FENDERS
48 AM
GCL Green Center Channel Light (360° visibility)

39:
CGL Clearance Gauge Light

8:
* Use RFL when Pier is at Channel Edge and see CFR, Title 33, part 118 for Mounting Height restrictions. Use RCL otherwise.
** Mounted only on the Pier that defines CM, otherwise does not apply.
CM Channel Margin or Pier inner surface
*** RFL to be located at mid length of straight portion of fender.
whichever defines Channel Edge.
10/1/2021
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
FY 2022-23 NAVIGATION LIGHT SYSTEM DETAILS
INDEX SHEET
REVISION
11/01/17 STANDARD PLANS (FIXED BRIDGES) 510-001 1of 2

Traffic Railing or Parapet
CROSS REFERENCES:
EJB
1. For Navigation Light System notes
and legend, see Sheet 1.
2. See Utility Conduit Detail sheets for
Embedded Junction Box (EJB) dimensions
& locations.
2" Ø Conduits Conduit Nipple
* Supplied by Light Fixture Manufacturer
Coping Back of Traffic Railing

Bend if
* Mounting Box or Parapet
required
Type LB or LR Access
Fitting, Ƃ " Ø Min.
whichever applicable.
* Light Fixture
Swivel Box
GCL OR RCL MOUNTING DETAILS (SCHEMATIC)

VIEW A-A 36" Single-Slope
Traffic Railing
(shown) other railings
B or Parapet similar
Traffic Railing
EJB 2" Ø Conduits
or Parapet
Mounting Box
Service
A A
Chain
Flexible Conduit Light Fixture

Swivel Box
Bridge
2" Ø Conduits
Deck
Access Fitting
Ƃ " Ø Min.
Bottom of Bridge Deck Bottom of Bridge Deck
Service
Chain Service Chain
Girder
Install Light Fixture so as to ensure visibility
2" from an approaching vessel.
nominal
Bottom of Girder
RCL or GCL
RCL or GCL
24 AM
B
41:
SECTION B-B
GCL OR RCL MOUNTING DETAILS (SCHEMATIC)
8:
TYPICAL POSITION OF RCL OR GCL

ELEVATION VIEW
RELATIVE TO SUPERSTRUCTURES
(Traffic Railing (36" Single-Slope) shown, other railings similar)
10/1/2021
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
FY 2022-23 NAVIGATION LIGHT SYSTEM DETAILS
INDEX SHEET
REVISION
11/01/17 STANDARD PLANS (FIXED BRIDGES) 510-001 2 of 2

1'-0" Min.,
7'-0" Max.
1'-9" Max. Rail Expansion
8'-0" Maximum Post Spacing 7'-0" Max. 1'-0" Min. Pedestrian/Bicycle Bullet Railing
1'-0" Min. Assembly Spacing
(Typ. all Posts) Railing with Post "C2" Tapered End Transition
6" Min. Rail Splice/Exp. 1'-9" (±12")
Assembly Spacing Rail Splice 1'-9" (±12") 1'-0" See Note 2
Additional Rail required (Typ.)
Assembly
for SHBR with Post "B2" (Typ.) Max.
A
2
1
Rail Expansion Begin or End

Assembly Approach Slab
3
4" Intermediate Deck Joint
1
2" V-Groove
Open Joint
Guardrail Connection
(When called for in the Plans)
Bridge Deck A Front Face of Backwall &

Begin or End Bridge Approach Slab Traffic Railing End Transition
(When Guardrail Connection required)
ELEVATION OF INSIDE FACE OF TRAFFIC RAILING WITH PEDESTRIAN/BICYCLE BULLET RAILING
Gutter Line
NOTES:
Bicycle Lane
1. A Bullet Railing Tapered-End Transition is required for all approach ends of

Top of Rail
Bullet Railings on Traffic Railings. When Guardrail Connection is required
terminate the Bullet Railing Tapered-End Transition at beginning of the Traffic
Railing End Transition.
Post "B2"
Special H eight Bicycle
Post "C2"
2. Where Bullet Railing continues on retaining wall mounted Traffic
Pedestrian/Bicycle
Railings or Barriers, provide a Bullet Railing Tapered End Transition at the
36" Single-Slope terminus of the Bullet Railing.

Railing
Railing
48"
Traffic Railing
42"
CROSS REFERENCES:
Work in conjunction with Index 515-022.
For Traffic Railing Details, Reinforcement and Notes see Index 521-427.
SECTION A-A
TYPICAL SECTION THRU BRIDGE DECK
(APPROACH SLAB SIMILAR)
8: 28 AM
41:
10/1/2021
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
FY 2022-23 PEDESTRIAN/BICYCLE BULLET
INDEX SHEET
REVISION
11/01/17 STANDARD PLANS RAILING FOR TRAFFIC RAILING 515-021 1of 1

5"
3
Rail Clamp Bar D 8" Ø x 1" Stainless 4Ɓ" (Index 515-021)
1
1
4" 212" 114"
16"
Steel Hex Cap Screw 6ƀ" (Index 521-423)
Rail
& Washer
15
Round over top
114"
1
5"
3"
corners 4" R
5" (Typ.) E
1 1
114" 2 2" 1 4" 3
Rail Clamp Bar 8" Ø x 1" Stainless
B2"
B1"
B1"
B2"
16"
1 1 1 Rail Clamp Bar
1 4" 2 2" 1 4" 7 Steel Hex Cap Screw
16" Ø Holes
4Ƃ " ~ Post "

Rail
6Ɓ" ~ Post "
7ƀ " ~ Post "

16"
15
6" ~ Post "
Rail 3 & Washer
8" Ø x 1" Stainless (Typ.)
15
4"
Steel Hex Cap Screw
C
3"
Round over top
1
& Washer Round over top
B1"
B2"
-1"
1
9"
1 1
corners 4" R corners 4" R
1'
-4" ~ Post "
-0" ~ Post "
C1"
C2"
10"
(Typ.)
3"
(Typ.)
6"
4" (Index
7" ~ Post "
3" ~ Post "

4"
521-820)
114"
1
1 2" Post ~ WF 5 x 6.49
1
1
1
4 4" (Index
9Ɓ"
7
16" Ø Holes 515-021) 1
2" x 6" x 6"
F F
1'
1'
7
2"
10ƀ "
(Typ.) 16" Ø Holes
612" (Index Base Plate
(Typ.)
521-423)
Post C1
Post C2
-9"
1
1 2" Post ~ WF 5 x 6.49
1'
-6"
ƃ" Bearing Pad
)
M in.
8 2"
1
2" x 6" x 6"
2"
F
1'
F E
4"
1
Base Plate
(
1
1
3
2 ~ 4" Ø x 10" C-I-P Hex Head
4" Anchor Bolts with hex nuts &

1
1 Post ~ WF 5 x 6.49 F
2" F ƃ " Bearing Pad washers or See Detail "A".
812"
1
2" x 6" x 6" D
2"
Base Plate
Face of Traffic Railing
2 ~ Ƃ" Ø x 10" C-I-P Hex Head
Anchor Bolts with hex nuts &
washers or See Detail "A". SECTION E-E ELEVATION
Post B1
Post B2
ƃ " Bearing Pad
(RAIL NOT SHOWN) OF POST "C"
8 2"
SECTION D-D
1
C (RAILS NOT SHOWN)
ELEVATION OF POST "B"
2 ~ Ƃ" Ø x 10" C-I-P Hex Head POST "C1" DETAILS FOR PEDESTRIAN/BICYCLE RAILING (PBR)
Anchor Bolts with hex nuts &
ON TRAFFIC RAILINGS (INDEX 521-423)
washers or See Detail "A".
POST "B1" DETAILS FOR SHBR ON TRAFFIC RAILING POST "C2" DETAILS FOR PBR ON
(INDEX 521-423) AND FOR PEDESTRIAN/BICYCLE TRAFFIC RAILING (INDEX 521-427 & 515-021)
RAILING (PBR) ON CONCRETE PARAPETS (INDEX 521-820)
SECTION C-C
ELEVATION POST "B2" DETAILS FOR SHBR ON TRAFFIC RAILING
(RAILS NOT SHOWN)
OF POST "D" (INDEX 521-427 AND 515-021)
POST "D" DETAILS FOR SPECIAL HEIGHT BICYCLE RAILING

6"
(SHBR) ON CONCRETE PARAPET (INDEX 521-820)
3" 3"
3 CROSS REFERENCES:
2 ~ 4" Ø x 11" Adhesive Anchors Cutting of
7
reinforcing steel is permitted. 8" Ø Holes for
2" ℅
1
For post spacing on Concrete Parapets
2"
Anchor Bolts (Typ.) Rail Clamp Bars
see Index 521-820.
1
ƃ " Bearing Pad
2"
Post
2"
For post spacing on Traffic Railings
1
3"
1
see Index 515-021.
2"
1
1
6"
For Rail Details see Sheet 2.

)
2"
M in.
9"
1
1
3"
For Railing Notes and Tapered End

(
2"
Transition Details see Sheet 3.
Rail
1
1
2"
1
H-Beam Post ~ 1
31 AM
2" 3
3 WF 5 x 6.49 8" Ø x 1" Stainless Steel Hex
16"
41:
Cap Screws and Washers

8:
DETAIL "A"
SECTION F-F
ALTERNATE ANCHOR BOLT RAIL TO POST CONNECTION DETAIL
BASE PLATE DETAIL
(Concrete Parapet Shown,
10/1/2021
Traffic Railings Similar)

REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
FY 2022-23 PEDESTRIAN/BICYCLE
INDEX SHEET
REVISION
11/01/17 STANDARD PLANS BULLET RAILING DETAILS 515-022 1of 3

4" 3
3 32"
Insert Bar to match
Insert Bar (Type 1) *
Stop Pins inside face of Rail
1 1
8" 2"
1 7 5
Major Axis of 4" 2 32" 8" Tack Weld two places
Rail Profile each end (Typ.)
Elliptical Profile
8"
Insert Bar
Rail Splice/Expansion Bar
1
(1'-0" Long)
16"
to match inside face of Rail
4"
4"
9
16"
11332"
1
1
8"
16" R
11
3
16"
1
16"
Major Axis of
16"
3
8"
Rail Profile
2"
1
13
Dia.
3
4"
3 2
32" 8"
11332"
1
Insert Bar (Type 2)
1
16" R 1 2Ɓ" X ƈ" X 1'-0" Flat Bar. *
Rail Splice/Expansion Bar 4"
16"
1
INSERT BAR DETAIL (TYPE 1)
1
8" (Except Round over edge ( 16" R)
9
SECTION C-C
as noted) Typical each side
Minor Axis of 7 23
RAIL SPLICE/EXPANSION
3 8" Minor Axis of 3 32"
Rail Profile
Rail Profile
BAR ASSEMBLY
30'
* Use of either Type 1 or Type 2 Insert
SECTION A-A Bars is at the option of the Contractor.
1°
SECTION B-B - RAIL SPLICE/EXPANSION BAR
TYPICAL SECTION THRU RAIL 1
(Rail not shown for clarity) 1 4"
4"
30'
3'-0" (Rail Splice/Expansion Bar)
1 1
4" 2"
1°
1'-6" 1'-6"
1
16" R
D
� Rail Splice/Expansion Assembly
2 ~ Stop Pins (Locate at center Insert Bar Rail Section

Rail Section B 1
64" R
of Rail Splice/Expansion Bar)
C (2 required) Major Axis of
)
Typ.
8"
8"
Rail Profile
1"
A
1
3
3
(
1
8" R
Outline of inside
A face of Rail
C
1
Rail Splice/Expansion 64" R D
1ƃ " (Min.) Expansion (See Notes) 1
16" R
Bar Minor Axis of
ƀ" (Min.) Splice B
NOTE: Provide for Rail Profile
6" 6" Insert Bar drive fit.
VIEW D-D RAIL END CAP DETAIL
RAIL SPLICE/EXPANSION ASSEMBLY DETAIL

CROSS REFERENCE:
For Notes and Tapered End Transition Details,
37 See Sheet 3.
64"
5"
1 21
4" 64"
3 1
34" 1 4"
16"
32"
E
3
13
8"
1
32"
5
16"
32"
32"
7
25
13
1
32"
16"
16"
25
9
4"
1
36 AM
3 1
32" 16"
41:
1
1
E
4"
8:
Drill & tap hole to

1 13
� Post
4" 64" 3
accept 8" Ø
Stainless Steel
10/1/2021
VIEW E-E RAIL CLAMP BAR DETAIL Fasteners

REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
INDEX SHEET
REVISION
07/01/14 STANDARD PLANS BULLET RAILING DETAILS 515-022 2 of 3

1'
-3
7" " ~
1'-3" ~B Upp
3" Min. ~ 1'-0" Max. Compound Miter ot er
tom Ra
Seal Weld Bullet Rail Transition (Option 2)
Ra i l
� Post il
� Base Plate 1'-3" 6"
Rail Splice/Expansion Bar Double Miter
(ƃ) Transition (Option 1) Seal Weld Bullet Rail (Options 1 & 2)
Concrete Traffic
Rail Splice/Expansion Bar (Options 1 & 2)
Railing or Parapet
(ƃ)
153
°
H H
Bullet Rail
3"
Rail Splice/Expansion
Rail Splice/Expansion Bar (Option 1) (ƃ) Bar (Inside)
6" (web & inside flanges) (ƃ) 1

Rail Splice/Expansion (ƃ) Angle Varies G G 8" Max. Gap
Bar (Option 1) (web & (Slip Connection)

(ƃ) Seal Weld Bullet Rail (Option 1)
Mitered Rail
27°
inside flanges) Face of Traffic
DOUBLE MITER TRANSITION (OPTION 1) Splice/Expansion Bar Anchor Bolts
Railing or Parapet
(See Sheet 1 for
typical details)
3" Min. ~ 1'-0" Max.

Seal Weld Bullet Rail
� Post
� Base Plate
Rail Splice/Expansion Bar
(ƃ)
Concrete Traffic
Concrete Traffic Railing or Parapet
Railing or Parapet
ELEVATION OF TAPERED END TRANSITION
3"
(Single Rail Shown, Double or Triple Rail Similar)
RAILING NOTES:
Angle Varies G G 1. Work this Index with Index 521-423, 521-427, 521-428, 521-820
and 515-021 and Specification Section 515.
COMPOUND MITER TRANSITION (OPTION 2) Face of Traffic 2. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings prior to fabrication.
Railing or Parapet A. Include post and rail splice/expansion assembly location for curved
alignments with radii < 40 feet and for all end terminations.
PARTIAL PLAN OF TAPERED END TRANSITIONS 3. Materials:
A. Supply Aluminum materials In accordance with Specification Section 965 and the following:
(Single Rail Shown, Double or Triple Rail Similar)
Wrought Aluminum Post: ASTM B221, Alloy 6061-T6 or 6351-T5
Rail End Cap: ASTM B26 sand cast aluminum alloy 356.0-F
Plate and Bars: ASTM B209 Alloy 6061-T6
Rails: ASTM B221 Alloy 6061-T6 or 6351-T5.
1' Stop Pins: Press-fit aluminum or stainless steel pins or tubes
-3
"~U B. Stainless Steel Fasteners: ASTM F-593, Alloy Group 2 (316).
7"
~B pp
ot er C. Bearing Pads: Plain or Fiber Reinforced meeting Specification Section
� Rail t
om Ra
Splice/Expansion Bar Ra i l 932 for Ancillary Structures.
i
l D. Anchor Bolts: Galvanized ASTM A307 Grade 36 Hex Head. Galvanized
27°
ASTM 1554 Grade 55 Threaded rods for Adhesive Anchors.

(ƃ) 4. Layout:
A. Posts shall be uniformly spaced with reasonable consistency.
B. Tapered End Transitions are required at the terminus of the
approach ends of Bullet Railing mounted on a Traffic Railing.
VIEW G-G TRANSITION BASE PLATE
Bullet Railings on concrete parapets shielded by a traffic
(Bullet Rail not shown for Clarity) railing do not require Tapered End Transitions unless noted
otherwise in the Plans.
C. Adjust post spacing’s to avoid parapet obstacles, such as armor
(ƃ) expansion plates, by 9 inches minimum.
Angle 1
2" ¢ D. Rails shall be continuous over a minimum of 3 posts, except that lengths
Varies
less than 12 feet need only be continuous over 2 posts.
4"
E. Space splices at 40 feet maximum. Splice all rails in a given railing

6"
section at about the same center line.

2"
F. Provide rail expansion assemblies in panels between posts on either side

of a bridge expansion joint. Rail expansion assemblies are similar to the
40 AM
Rail Splice/Expansion
Ɔ" Ø Holes for rail splice assemblies with increased space at the expansion assembly to
1
Bar (centered on 14" Anchor Bolts (Typ.) allow for movement equal to 1.5 times the bridge joint opening or 1”
41:
Base Plate)
8:
greater than the expected joint movement.

8" 5. Installation:
A. Set rails near bridge expansion joints to allow for expected movement.
VIEW H-H TRANSITION BASE PLATE B. Cutting of reinforcing steel is permitted for post installed anchors.
10/1/2021
(Bullet Rail not shown for Clarity) 6. Payment: Includes the full cost of installed bullet railing. Cost of the Concrete
Parapet or Traffic Railing is separate.
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
INDEX SHEET
REVISION
11/01/20 STANDARD PLANS BULLET RAILING DETAILS 515-022 3 of 3

3
4" Intermediate 1 Deck Joint (5) *
2" V-Groove in both faces and
Open Joint (6C) top of Concrete Curb (Equally

Coping (Typ.) Edge of Approach Slab (Coping)
spaced between open joints)
Inside face of
Bridge Deck/Sidewalk Approach Slab
Concrete Curb
PLAN Begin or End Approach Slab
(Scheme 2 shown, other Schemes similar, Reinforcing Steel not shown for clarity)
1
30'-0" (Maximum) Spacing 2" V-Groove
� Intermediate 5'-7" (Max.) ~ Type "B" Post Only 48" SHBR**

Begin or End
Open Joint
5'-7" (Max.) ~ Type "A" Post or 42" PBR** Approach Slab
Rail Field Splice Joint (Typ.) 7'-3" (Max.) ~ Type "B" Post
6" Min. Index 515-052 Railing shown,
Min. See Detail "B", Sheet 3 7" Min.
Min. 6" see Contract Plans for actual
Rail Expansion Joint (Typ.)
1'-0" Post (Typ.) � Post � Post railing continuation or termination
See Detail "B", Sheet 3
Type 1 - Picket Infill Panel shown
Infill Panel Type 4ƃ" Max. Gap 6" Max.

Concrete
Varies (See Plans)
Curb @ 70°F
Deck Joint *
3 1 Min.
4" Intermediate 2" V-Groove in both faces & Bridge Deck/Sidewalk
top of Concrete Curb (Equally 1'-0" Approach Slab

Open Joint (6) Front Face of Backwall
spaced between open joints) & Begin or End Bridge
See Sheet 3
for Pre-cured
* Deck Joint at Begin Bridge or End Bridge shown;
Silicone Sealant
Deck Joint at � Pier or Intermediate Bent similar.
ELEVATION OF INSIDE FACE OF RAILING
(Scheme 2 shown with Post "A", other Schemes similar, Reinforcing Steel not shown for clarity) ** SHBR~Special Height Bicycle Rail
PBR~Pedestrian/Bicycle Rail
NOTES:
1. Shop Drawings are required.
2. Work this Index with Index 515-052 Bicycle/Pedestrian Railing Details (Steel) and
Specification Section 515. Refer to the SPI for Design Criteria and Limits of Use.
3. Materials:
A. Steel: Galvanized after fabrication
a. Fasteners: Hex Head Bolt ASTM A307, Hex Nuts ASTM A563, Washers ASTM F436
b. Support Bracket (Scheme 3) L-shape and Stiffener Plate: ASTM A36
c. Bottle-guard (Schemes 1 & 3) L-shape: ASTM A36
B. Concrete: Same as bridge deck
C. Pre-cured Silicone Sealant: Specification Section 932
D. Bearing Pads: Provide ƃ” Plain, Fabric Reinforced or Fabric Laminated bearing
pads that meet the requirements of Specification Section 932 for Ancillary Structures.
4. See Structures Plans, Superstructure Sheets for bridge information including
concrete type, deck expansion joint locations and orientations, and thermal movement.
5. Railings:
A. For thermal movement greater than 4” (up to a maximum of 5”), clear opening
between adjacent pickets, or panels at Rail Expansion Joints above Deck Joints
must be reduced to 3½”.
B. For treatment of railings on skewed bridges see Index 521-427.
6. Curbs:
A. Match open curb joints at Deck Expansion Joint locations to the deck joint dimension.
B. Construct Concrete Curb (Scheme 2) vertical with the top surface finished
45 AM
level transversely. See Concrete Curb Details Sheet 3.

C. Provide ¾” Intermediate open joints in curbs coinciding with the ¾” joints in the
41:
8:
traffic railing.
7. Payment: Support bracket (Scheme 3) is incidental to the cost of railing. Curb concrete
and reinforcing steel (Scheme 2) are included in the bridge deck quantities.
10/1/2021
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
FY 2022-23 BRIDGE PEDESTRIAN/BICYCLE RAILING
INDEX SHEET
REVISION
11/01/17 STANDARD PLANS (STEEL) 515-051 1of 3

� Bolts & Post � Bolts & Post � Bolts & Post
Index 515-052,
Traffic Railing required for all Pedestrian/Bicycle
Schemes (Type Varies, 36" Railing
Modified height Index
Single-Slope shown, see Plans)
515-052, Pedestrian/
Bicycle Railing Existing railing
to be removed
-6" for SH BR
-0" for PBR

(See Plans)
Index 515-052,
Option A)
~SH BR
~SH BR
~SH BR
Pedestrian/Bicycle Railing
~PBR
~PBR
~PBR
Ɔ" Ø Hex Head Bolt with double
)
Hex Nuts, Flat Washer under Nut
Typ.
42"
42"
42"
3'
Option B)
48"
48"
48"
& Plate Washer under Head
3'
Adhesive Anchor (
Bottle-Guard (See
2" Cover (
8"
Detail on Sheet 3) Bridge Coping
1
4" 4" 1 2"
6" 1
2 4"
ƃ" Thick Bearing Pad (Typ.) ƃ" Thick Bearing Pad (Typ.)
Thru-Bolt (
Bottle-Guard (See
Curb with Ƃ"xƂ"
Bridge Deck Sidewalk Detail on Sheet 3)
chamfers
3"
)
away
M in.
.(
Em bed.
Slope2% Ma x. o
Slpe2 % Ma x
6"
wayfrom Coping) from drop-off)
9"
(a
(
Bars 4S
4"
Em bed.
Deck)
11" M in.
M in.
6" M in.
7"
9"
Bars 4P
(
@ 1'-0" sp.
Const. Joint permitted 1'-0" Min. See Typical

Embedment Section
Bridge
SCHEME 2 - SCHEME 3 -
Coping
SCHEME 1A - DETAILS
TYPICAL SECTION THROUGH TYPICAL SECTION THROUGH
(Adhesive Anchor Option shown)
CURB MOUNTED RAILING SIDE MOUNTED RAILING (RETROFIT)
4" 4"
15
16" Ø Holes
for Anchor Bolts 3"
218"
� Bolt & Post Ǝ " Ø Hole
2"
1
2 2"
(Centered)
1
1 16" Ø Hole
6"
Ǝ" x 2ƈ "
8"
2 2"
(centered)
7
Long Slotted Hole
3
16" ℅
5
Ɖ" ℅
4" ℅ Stiffener
1 1 1
2 2" 2 2" � L8 x 6 x 12" PLATE WASHER DETAIL
Angle Assembly
THRU-BOLT PLATE
PLAN VIEW
WASHER DETAIL
2" (Typ.)
� Bolt, Rail Post & � Bolt & Post
Flat Washer 1 ~ Ɔ" Ø x 3" Hex Head Bolt with
Angle Assembly
1" Ø Hex Nut, Flat Washer under Nut
ƃ" Thick Bearing Pad (Typ.)
and Plate Washer under Head Index 515-052 Railing
Core
length
Fill void with

Bolt
Drilled non-shrink grout

Hole
Bottle Guard 1
8" Thick Bearing
thickness
1
(Typ.) L8 x 6 x 2" Pad (8" x 11")
Varies
Deck
+3"
Bridge Deck
~
4"
1"
1
(Typ.) 2" Cope
1
8
Ɔ" Ø Hex Head Bolt with Ɓ" ℅ Stiffener
4"
Thru-Bolt Hex Nut, Flat Washer under 1'-0" Min.
Plate Washer Nut & Plate Washer under Head Embedment
1
2 ~
3 2" (Max.) Weld
4" Ø x 1'-2" Adhesive
1"
SCHEME 1B - DETAILS Anchor Hex Nut & Flat Washer 1 1
1 2" Termination (Typ.) 1 Ɔ" Ø Core
1 2" 4" 4" 8"
(Thru-Bolt Option) Drilled Hole

50 AM
1 1
2 2" 2 2"
4" ℅ Stiffener
3" 3" 1
7
8"
41:
8:
11"
ELEVATION VIEW TYPICAL SECTION

SCHEME 1 - TYPICAL SECTION THROUGH DECK MOUNTED RAILING SCHEME 3 - SIDE-MOUNTED SUPPORT BRACKET DETAILS
10/1/2021
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
INDEX SHEET
REVISION
11/01/17 STANDARD PLANS (STEEL) 515-051 2 of 3

6" ** 8" Top Rail or Deck Expansion Joint 6" Min. 6Ƃ" 3" Min.
6" ** 6" *** Handrail Field Splice Slip Joint 3" Min. 6Ƃ" 3" Min.
Varies **** ~ Deck Expansion Joint

1
4" (± 14") ~ Field Splice Slip Joint or Posts
Set Screws * � Rail, Bottle-
2" 1" Curb Intermediate Open Joint Pickets (Typ.) Bottom Rail
Guard and Screws
Top Rail or 6" Max. @ maximum 2"± Intermediate or
Handrail Section movement Bottom Rail section
#10 x ƅ" Pan Head

Bottle Guard Screws (18-8 SS)
*
Steel Sleeve: 1ƀ" x 1ƀ" x ƃ" � @ 2'-0" sp.
2.50 OD x 0.125 Wall for top rail
Posts Round over both ends 1" NPS (Sch. 40) for handrails
SQUARE RAILS - INTERMEDIATE OR BOTTOM RAIL
of rails to remove
sharp edges (Typ.)
1'-5" Expansion Joint Ɓ" Ɓ"
ROUND RAILS - TOP RAIL OR HANDRAIL 1'-2" Field Splice & Typ. Post
Connection
1" Slot
* Ɓ" Ø x Ƃ" Pan Head Stainless Steel (Type 316 or 18-8 Alloy)
)
Ƈ" Slit
Typ.
3"
Set Screws along outside face of railing. Set screws must be Steel Sleeve:
(bottom only)
set flush against the rail surface. A Ƃ" Ø plug weld may be 1.50 OD x 0.125 Wall
(
substituted for the two set screws at expansion joints. for intermediate
~
** Embedded length may be 4" for plug welded connection. and bottom rails
1" Picket Slot
*** Increase handrail sleeve embedment to 8" for Expansion Joint openings
ƀ"R (Typ.) (Expansion sides only)
greater than 2".
INTERMEDIATE OR BOTTOM RAIL - STEEL TYPICAL SECTION THROUGH BOTTOM RAIL
**** Expansion Joint opening shall match the clear opening in the deck joint
but not greater than 3". SLEEVE DETAIL (Bottom Side Shown) (Post Not Shown for Clarity)
DETAIL "B" EXPANSION JOINT (FIELD SPLICE SIMILAR) SCHEME 1 - BOTTLE GUARD DETAIL
ALTERNATE REINFORCING (WWR) DETAILS CONVENTIONAL REINFORCING

STEEL BENDING DIAGRAMS
NOTE: Place wire panels to minimize the end overhang. End Overhangs
greater than 434" are not permitted. BILL OF REINFORCING STEEL CROSS REFERENCE:
See Sheet 1 for Bridge Railing Notes.

MARK SIZE LENGTH
D19.7 or #4 Bar (Lap
Splice Each Longitudinal Wire) P 4 2'-0"
4"
1'-9" Min. 1'-0" D19.7 (Typ.)
1"
S 4 As Reqd.
Lap (Typ.)
4"
10"
9"
As Reqd.
10"
Bottom Rail
� Rail, Bottle-Guard
D19.7 (Vertical)
D19.7 (Horizontal) and Screws
(Typ.)
SPLICE DETAIL BAR 4P BAR 4S

WWR SECTION DETAIL
(Between WWR Sections) Bottle Guard
#10 x ƅ" Pan Head 1ƀ" x 2ƀ" x ƃ" �
CURB REINFORCING STEEL NOTES: 6" Min. Screws (18-8 SS)
1. All bar dimensions in the bending diagrams are out to out. Pre-cured Silicone Ƃ" Chamfer (Typ.) @ 2'-0" sp.
2. The reinforcement for the curb on a retaining wall shall be Sealant (4" wide)
the same as detailed for an 8" deck.
Ɓ"
3. All reinforcing steel at the open joints shall have a 2" minimum cover.
4. Bars 4S may be continuous or spliced at the construction joints.
2"
Bar splices for Bars 4S shall be a minimum of 1'-8".
5. Deformed Welded Wire Reinforcement (WWR) meeting the requirements
of Specification Section 931 may be used in lieu of all Bars 4P and 4S. Ɓ"
DETAIL "A" - SECTION

ESTIMATED CONCRETE CURB AT INTERMEDIATE OPEN JOINT
54 AM
QUANTITIES (SCHEME 2) INTERMEDIATE JOINT SEAL NOTE:

41:
ITEM UNIT QUANTITY At Intermediate Open Joints, seal the lower 6" portion of the open joint with
8:
Pre-cured Silicone Sealant. Apply sealant prior to any Class V finish coating
Concrete CY/LF 0.0124 TYPICAL SECTION THROUGH BOTTOM RAIL
and remove all curing compound and loose material from the surface prior to
Reinforcing Steel LB/LF 4.01 application of bonding agent. (Post Not Shown for Clarity)
10/1/2021
SCHEME 2 - CONCRETE CURB DETAILS SCHEME 3 - BOTTLE GUARD DETAIL

REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
INDEX SHEET
REVISION
11/01/16 STANDARD PLANS (STEEL) 515-051 3 of 3

3
4" Intermediate 1 Deck Joint *
2" V-Groove in both faces and
Open Joint (6C) top of Concrete Curb (Equally

Coping (Typ.) Edge of Approach Slab (Coping)
spaced between open joints)
Inside face of
Bridge Deck/Sidewalk Approach Slab
Concrete Curb
PLAN Begin or End Approach Slab
(Scheme 2 shown, other Schemes similar, Reinforcing Steel not shown for clarity)
30'-0" (Maximum) Spacing 12" V-Groove

� Intermediate Begin or End
Open Joint Approach Slab
5'-8" (Max.) ~ SHBR **
Post Spacing
Rail Field Splice Joint (Typ.)
6" Min. Index 515-062 Railing shown,
Min. See Detail "B", Sheet 3 7'-3" (Max.) ~ PBR ** 7" Min.
Min. 6" see Contract Plans for actual
Rail Expansion Joint (Typ.)
1'-0" Post (Typ.) � Post � Post railing continuation or termination
See Detail "B", Sheet 3
Type 1 - Picket Infill Panel shown
Infill Panel Type 4ƃ" Max. Gap 6" Max.

Concrete
Varies (See Plans)
Curb @ 70°F (5)
Deck Joint *
3 1 Min.
4" Intermediate 2" V-Groove in both faces & Bridge Deck/Sidewalk
top of Concrete Curb (Equally 1'-0" Approach Slab

Open Joint (6) Front Face of Backwall
spaced between open joints) & Begin or End Bridge
See Detail "A", Sheet 3
for Pre-cured
ELEVATION OF INSIDE FACE OF RAILING
Silicone Sealant * Deck Joint at Begin Bridge or End Bridge shown;
(Scheme 2 shown with Post "A", other Schemes similar, Reinforcing Steel not shown for clarity) Deck Joint at � Pier or Intermediate Bent similar.
NOTES: ** SHBR ~ Special Height Bicycle Railing

PBR ~ Pedestrian/Bicycle Railing
1. Shop Drawings are required.

2. Work this Index with Index 515-062 Aluminum Bicycle/Pedestrian Railing Details and Specification Section 515. Refer to the
IDS for Design Criteria and Limits of Use.
3. Materials:
A. Galvanized Steel Fasteners: Hex Head Bolt ASTM A307, Hex Nuts ASTM A563, Washers ASTM F436
B. Aluminum:
a. Support Bracket (Scheme 3) L-shape and Stiffener Plate: ASTM B209, Alloy 6061-T6
b. Bottle-guard (Schemes 1 & 3) L-shape: ASTM B209, Alloy 6061-T6 or 6063-T5
C. Concrete: Same as bridge deck
D. Pre-cured Silicone Sealant: Specification Section 932
E. Bearing Pads: Provide ƃ" thick Plain, Fabric Reinforced or Fabric Laminated pads meeting the
requirements of Specification Section 932 for Ancillary Structures.
4. See Structures Plans, Superstructure Sheets for bridge information including concrete type, deck
expansion joint locations and orientations, and thermal movement.
5. Railings:
A. For thermal movement greater than 4” (up to a maximum of 5”), clear opening between adjacent
pickets, or panels at Rail Expansion Joints above Deck Joints must be reduced to 3½”.
B. For treatment of railings on skewed bridges see Index 521-427.
6. Curbs:
A. Match open curb joints at Deck Expansion Joint locations to the deck joint dimension.
B. Construct Concrete Curb (Scheme 2) vertical with the top surface finished level transversely.
See Concrete Curb Details Sheet 3.
00 AM
C. Provide ¾” Intermediate open joints in curbs coinciding with the ¾”joints in the traffic railing.
42:
7. Payment: Support bracket (Scheme 3) is incidental to the cost of railing. Curb concrete and reinforcing
8:
steel (Scheme 2) are included in the bridge deck quantities.

10/1/2021
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
INDEX SHEET
REVISION
11/01/17 STANDARD PLANS (ALUMINUM) 515-061 1of 3

� Bolts & Post � Bolts & Post � Bolts & Post
Index 515-062,
Traffic Railing required for all Pedestrian/Bicycle
Schemes (Type Varies, 36" Modified height Index Railing
Single-Slope shown, see Plans) 515-062,
Pedestrian/Bicycle Existing railing
Railing to be removed
-6" for SH BR
-0" for PBR
(See Plans)
Index 515-062, Pedestrian/
42" ~ PBR
48" ~ SH BR
48" ~ SH BR
48" ~ SH BR
Ɔ" Ø Hex Head Bolt with
Option A)
42" ~ PBR
42" ~ PBR
Bicycle Railing (Aluminum)
double Hex Nuts, Flat
Washer under Nut &
)
Typ.
3'
Option B)
3'
Plate Washer under Head
Adhesive Anchor (
Bottle-Guard (See 8"
2" Cover (
Detail on Sheet 3) Bridge Coping
1
4" 4" 1 2"
1
6" 2 4"
ƃ" Bearing Pad (Typ.)
Thru-Bolt (
Bearing Pad (Typ.)
Bottle-Guard (See
Curb with Ƃ"xƂ"
Detail on Sheet 3)
Bridge Deck Sidewalk chamfers
3"
)
% Ma x.(away
M in.
e2
Em bed.
o
Slpe2 % Max . o
Slp
6"
pn
i g) from drop-off)
m Co
9"
a
(wayf ro
Bars 4S
4"
Em bed.
Deck)
11" M in.
M in.
6" M in.
7"
9"
Bars 4P
(
@ 1'-0" sp.
Const. Joint permitted 1'-0" Min. See Typical

Embedment Section
SCHEME 2 -
Bridge
SCHEME 3 - (Sheet 3)
Coping TYPICAL SECTION THROUGH
SCHEME 1A - DETAILS CURB MOUNTED RAILING TYPICAL SECTION THROUGH
(Adhesive Anchor Option) SIDE MOUNTED RAILING (RETROFIT)
4" 4"
15
CROSS REFERENCE: 16" Ø Holes
See Sheet 1 for Bridge Railing Notes. for Anchor Bolts
218"
212" 3"
� Bolt & Post
1116" Ǝ " Ø Hole
2"
Ø Hole
6"
Ǝ" x 2ƈ "
212"
378"
(Centered)
(centered)
Long Slotted Hole
Ɖ" ℅ (Galv. Steel)

16" ℅
5
4" ℅ Stiffener
1
212" 212" � L8 x 6 x
1
2"
THRU-BOLT PLATE Angle Assembly PLATE WASHER DETAIL

WASHER DETAIL PLAN VIEW
2" (Typ.)
� Bolt, Rail Post & � Bolt & Post
1 ~ Ɔ" Ø x 3" Bolt with Hex
1" Ø Angle Assembly
ƃ" Bearing Pad (Typ.) Nut, Flat Washer under Nut
Core Fill void with
length
and Plate Washer under Head Index 515-062 Railing

Bolt
Drilled non-shrink grout

Hole
1
8" Thick Bearing
thickness
Bottle Guard Pad (8" x 11")

1
Deck
(Typ.)
Varies
L8 x 6 x 2"
+3"
Bridge Deck
~
4"
1"
1
(Typ.) 2" Cope
1
8
Ɔ" Ø Hex
Ɓ" ℅ Stiffener
Thru-Bolt Head Bolt with Hex
4"
1'-0" Min.
Plate Washer Nut, Plate Washer
Embedment
under Head & Flat
Washer under Nut (Typ.) 1
2" (Max.) Weld
2 ~ Ƃ" Ø x 1'-2" Adhesive Anchors
1"
SCHEME 1B - DETAILS 1 1
1 2" Termination (Typ.) 1 Ɔ" Ø Core
with Hex Nut & Flat Washer 1 2" 4" 4" 8"
Drilled Hole
(Thru-Bolt Option) 1 1
2 2" 22"
4" ℅ Stiffener
3" 3" 1
7
8"
04 AM
11"
42:
8:
ELEVATION VIEW TYPICAL SECTION
SCHEME 1 - TYPICAL SECTION THROUGH DECK MOUNTED RAILING SCHEME 3 - SIDE-MOUNTED SUPPORT BRACKET DETAILS
10/1/2021
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
INDEX SHEET
REVISION
11/01/17 STANDARD PLANS (ALUMINUM) 515-061 2 of 3

6" ** 8" Top Rail or Deck Expansion Joint 6" Min. 7Ƃ" 3" Min.
6" ** 6" *** Handrail Field Splice Slip Joint 3" Min. 7Ƃ" 3" Min.
Varies **** ~ Deck Expansion Joint

1 1
4" (± 4") ~ Field Splice Slip Joint or Posts
Set Screws * Pickets (Typ.)
2" 1" Curb Intermediate Open Joint
Top Rail or 2"± Intermediate or � Rail, Bottle-

6" Max. @ maximum Bottom Rail
Handrail Section Bottom Rail section Guard and Screws
movement
*
Aluminum Sleeve: #10 x ƅ" Pan Head
Bottle Guard Screws (18-8 SS)
2.50 OD x 0.125 Wall for top rail
1ƀ" x 1ƀ" x ƃ" � @ 2'-0" sp.
Posts Round over both ends 1" NPS (Sch. 40) for handrails
SQUARE RAILS - INTERMEDIATE OR BOTTOM RAIL
of rails to remove
sharp edges (Typ.)
1'-5" Expansion Joint
ROUND RAILS - TOP RAIL OR HANDRAIL
1'-2" Field Splice & Typ. Post Ɓ" Ɓ"
* Ɓ" Ø x Ƃ" Pan Head Aluminum (Alloy 7075-T73) or Stainless Steel Connection
1" Slot
(Type 316 or 18-8 Alloy) Set Screws along outside face of railing.
)
Ƈ" Slit
Typ.
3"
Set screws must be set flush against the rail surface. A Ƃ" Ø plug weld Aluminum Sleeve:
(bottom only)
may be substituted for the two set screws at expansion joints.
(
1.50 OD x 0.125 Wall
** Embedded length may be 4" for plug welded connection. for intermediate
~
*** Increase handrail sleeve embedment to 8" for Expansion Joint openings and bottom rails
greater than 2". 1" Picket Slot
ƀ"R (Typ.) (Expansion sides only)
**** Expansion Joint opening shall match the clear opening in the deck joint
but not greater than 3". INTERMEDIATE OR BOTTOM RAIL - ALUMINUM
SLEEVE DETAIL (Bottom Side Shown) TYPICAL SECTION THROUGH BOTTOM RAIL
(Post Not Shown for Clarity)
DETAIL "B" EXPANSION JOINT (FIELD SPLICE SIMILAR)
SCHEME 1 - BOTTLE GUARD DETAIL
ALTERNATE REINFORCING (WWR) DETAILS CONVENTIONAL REINFORCING
STEEL BENDING DIAGRAMS
NOTE: Place wire panels to minimize the end overhang. End Overhangs
greater than 434" are not permitted. BILL OF REINFORCING STEEL
MARK SIZE LENGTH

D19.7 or #4 Bar (Lap
Splice Each Longitudinal Wire) P 4 2'-0"
4"
1'-9" Min. 1'-0" D19.7 (Typ.)
1"
S 4 As Reqd. Bottom Rail

Lap (Typ.) � Rail, Bottle-Guard
4"
10"
and Screws
9"
As Reqd.
10"
Bottle Guard
D19.7 (Vertical)
D19.7 (Horizontal) #10 x ƅ" Pan Head 1ƀ" x 2ƀ" x ƃ" �
(Typ.)
Screws (18-8 SS)
SPLICE DETAIL WWR BAR 4P BAR 4S @ 2'-0" sp.
(Between WWR Sections) SECTION DETAIL

Ɓ"
CURB REINFORCING STEEL NOTES:
6" Min.
1. All bar dimensions in the bending diagrams are out to out. Pre-cured Silicone
Ƃ" Chamfer (Typ.)
2. The reinforcement for the curb on a retaining wall shall be Sealant (4" wide)
the same as detailed for an 8" deck.
3. All reinforcing steel at the open joints shall have a 2" minimum cover. Ɓ"
4. Bars 4S may be continuous or spliced at the construction joints.

2"
Bar splices for Bars 4S shall be a minimum of 1'-8".
5. Deformed WWR meeting the requirements of Specifications Section 931
may be used in lieu of all Bars 4P and 4S.
DETAIL "A" - SECTION

AT INTERMEDIATE OPEN JOINT TYPICAL SECTION THROUGH BOTTOM RAIL
ESTIMATED CONCRETE CURB
(Post Not Shown for Clarity)
QUANTITIES (SCHEME 2) INTERMEDIATE JOINT SEAL NOTE:
08 AM
ITEM UNIT QUANTITY At Intermediate Open Joints, seal the lower 6" portion of the open joint with SCHEME 3 - BOTTLE GUARD DETAIL
Pre-cured Silicone Sealant. Apply sealant prior to any Class V finish coating
42:
Concrete CY/LF 0.0124

8:
and remove all curing compound and loose material from the surface prior to
Reinforcing Steel LB/LF 4.01 application of bonding agent.
10/1/2021
SCHEME 2 - CONCRETE CURB DETAILS

REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
INDEX SHEET
REVISION
11/01/16 STANDARD PLANS (ALUMINUM) 515-061 3 of 3

GENERAL NOTES Adhesive Bonding
Dowel Bar 6D
Material System
CONCRETE: Concrete for the Traffic Railing (Vertical Face Retrofit) shall be Class IV. Concrete for Curb Transition Blocks
shall be Class II (Bridge Deck).
Em bedm ent Length

ADHESIVE-BONDED DOWELS: Adhesive Bonding Material Systems for Dowels shall comply with Specification Section 937 and be
Varies
installed in accordance with Specification Section 416. The field testing proof loads required by Specification Section 416 shall
Varies
be 23,800 lbs. for Dowel Bars 6D on the inside face (traffic side) of the railing (1'-0" embedment) and 18,500 lbs for Dowel
Bars 6D along the outside face of the traffic railing (5" min. embedment).
BRIDGES ON CURVED ALIGNMENTS: The details presented in this Standard are shown for bridges on tangent alignments.
BARRIER DELINEATORS: Barrier Delineators shall meet Specification Section 993. Install Barrier Delineators on top of the
Ɓ"
Traffic Railing along the entire length of the bridge 2" from the face on the traffic side in accordance with Specification
Section 705. Barrier Delineator color (white or yellow) shall match the color of the near edgeline. Existing
Concrete
GUARDRAIL: See Index 536-001 for guardrail component details, geometric layouts and associated notes not fully detailed
herein. Hole Diameter to meet
Manufacturer's Requirements
BRIDGE NAME PLATE: If a portion of the existing Traffic Railing is to be removed that carries the bridge name, number and or
date, or if the installation of the Traffic Railing (Thrie Beam Retrofit) will obscure the bridge name, number and or date, then
DOWEL DETAIL
replace the information that has been removed or obscured, with 3" tall black lettering on white nonreflective sheeting applied
to the top of the adjacent guardrail. The information must be clearly visible from the right side of the approaching travel lane.
The sheeting and adhesive backing shall comply with Specification Section 994 and may comprise individual decals of letters Note:
and numbers. Shift dowel holes to clear if the
existing reinforcement is encountered.
PAYMENT: Concrete Traffic Railing-Bridge Retrofit - Post & Beam Railing (EA) includes all material and
labor required to demolish a portion of the existing structure where required and to construct the
concrete portion of the retrofit railing. Guardrail Approach Transition to rigid Barriers (EA) includes
transition block, and necessary hardware to complete the Guardrail transitions shown.
8: 12 AM
42:
10/1/2021
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
FY 2022-23 GUARDRAIL TRANSITIONS-EXISTING POST & BEAM
INDEX SHEET
REVISION
11/01/19 STANDARD PLANS BRIDGE RAILINGS (NARROW & RECESSED CURBS) 521-404 1of 8
Begin or End Bridge
(if present at this location)
See Detail A Open Joint C
Existing Post & Beam Railing See Detail A
Existing Post & in Railing Existing End Post Begin or End Bridge Existing End Post
Beam Railing Open Joint in Railing (width varies)
A B Open Joint in Railing (width varies) Open Joint (width varies)
(if present)
Existing Guardrail Existing
(to be removed, Guardrail
if present) (to be removed,
if present)
Existing Narrow Curb Existing Narrow Curb

Flat Slab
C
Existing
A B Existing Wing Wall Approach Slab
Existing Bent Cap
(if present)
3 OR MORE CONTINUOUS RAILING PANELS ON WINGWALL ADJACENT TO END POST 3 OR MORE CONTINUOUS RAILING PANELS ADJACENT TO BEGIN OR END BRIDGE
Begin or End Bridge

Open Joint C
in Railing Existing End Post Existing Post & Beam Railing Begin or End Bridge Existing End Post
Open Joint in Railing (width varies)
A B Open Joint in Railing (width varies) Open Joint (width varies)
(if present)
Existing Post & (to be removed, Guardrail
Beam Railing if present) (to be removed,
if present)

Flat Slab
C
Existing
Existing Bent Cap
(if present)
2 CONTINUOUS RAILING PANELS ON WINGWALL ADJACENT TO END POST 2 CONTINUOUS RAILING PANELS ADJACENT TO BEGIN OR END BRIDGE
Begin or End Bridge

(if present at this location) A Open Joint B C
Existing Post & in Railing Existing End Post Existing Post & Begin or End Bridge Existing End Post
Beam Railing Open Joint in Railing (width varies) (if present) Beam Railing Open Joint (width varies)
(to be removed, Open Joint in Railing (width varies) Guardrail
if present)

Existing Approach Slab (if present) Flat Slab
C
Existing
Existing Bent Cap
(if present)
1 RAILING PANEL ON WINGWALL ADJACENT TO END POST 1 RAILING PANEL ADJACENT TO BEGIN OR END BRIDGE
SCHEME 2 - APPROACH ENDS OF BRIDGES

WITH FLAT SLAB SUPERSTRUCTURE & PARALLEL WINGWALLS (SHOWN)
WITH BEAM OR GIRDER SUPERSTRUCTURE
OR BEAM OR GIRDER SUPERSTRUCTURE & PARALLEL OR CURVED WINGWALLS (SIMILAR)
Steel (Typ.) Remove exposed existing LEGEND
Existing Post
Existing Railing reinforcing steel by
Existing Post Existing Existing & Beam Railing Existing
burning or grinding to 1" Limits of Existing
& Beam Railing Post & End Post & to be removed Post &
below finished end of saw Structure to be removed
to be removed Beam Curb to be within limits Beam
cut. Repair resulting holes
within limits Railing removed shown above Railing
and then coat entire cut
shown above
Existing Post end of railing with Type
F-1 epoxy in accordance
Existing
Existing with Section 926. (Typ.)
Existing Existing Existing Narrow Curb
16 AM
Existing
Narrow Curb Narrow Curb Structure Narrow Curb
Structure Saw cut Railing and grind flat
Existing Bridge
42:
to remain
to remain Existing
to align with edge of post.
8:
Deck, Flat Slab

Existing Structure Existing Existing
or Approach
Wingwall to remain Wingwall Flat Slab
Slab (if present)
Superstructure
10/1/2021
SECTION A-A SECTION B-B SECTION C-C DETAIL A
LIMITS OF REMOVAL OF EXISTING STRUCTURE - POST & BEAM RAILING WITH NARROW CURB
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
INDEX SHEET
REVISION
07/01/13 STANDARD PLANS BRIDGE RAILINGS (NARROW & RECESSED CURBS) 521-404 2 of 8
Ƃ" Open Joint Existing Bridge Direction of Traffic Ƃ" Open Joint Existing Bridge Direction of Traffic
‫ ٭‬Match width of Existing End Post
or Deck Joint‫٭‬ Coping Coping
Vertical Face Retrofit Railing existing Deck Joint at (Parallel End Post shown;
Existing Post & Bars 5S Existing Post & Dowel Bars 6D1 Bars 5S
Dowel Bars 6D1 Begin or End Bridge Curved End Post similar)
Beam Railing (Typ.) Bars 6D2 Beam Railing (Typ.) Vertical Face Retrofit Railing
(Typ.)
(Typ. Except as noted) (if present).
** See Limits of Removal
of Existing Structure
Sheet 2 of 8.
3ƀ" (Typ.) Gutter 3ƀ" (Typ.) Gutter

7ƀ" Roadway Guardrail 7ƀ" Roadway Guardrail
Line Line
Approach Transition Approach Transition
2 equal sp. @ 1'-3" Spacing Max. (Typ.) 2 equal sp. @ 1'-3" Spacing Max. (Typ.)
11Ɓ" Max. 11Ɓ" Max.
2 equal sp. 1'-3" Spacing Max. (Typ.) 2 equal sp. 1'-3" Spacing Max. (Typ.)
@ 1'-3" Max. @ 1'-3" Max.
Existing Approach Slab (if present) Existing Bridge Deck
Bars 6D spacing at Bars 6D spacing at

Begin or End Bridge
Railing Ends (Typ) PARTIAL PLAN OF RAILING Railing Ends (Typ) PARTIAL PLAN OF RAILING
Existing Post & Varies** Existing Post & Varies** Existing End Post
Beam Railing Railing End Transition Beam Railing (Parallel End Post shown;
Dowel Bars Deck Joint‫٭‬
2'-8"
Dowel Bars 6D (Typ.) Curved End Post similar)
4"
6D (Typ.) (Field cut Bars 6D2 and
A B A
field bend Bars 5S
Roadway
to clear)
Guardrail
Approach
Top of Top of Transition
Existing Existing
Curb Roadway Curb
Guardrail
Existing Approach
Existing Narrow Curb
Narrow Curb Transition
Existing Wingwall Existing Flat Slab A

A B Existing Approach
Slab (if present)
PARTIAL ELEVATION OF INSIDE FACE OF RAILING PARTIAL ELEVATION OF INSIDE FACE OF RAILING Existing Bent Cap

1'-112"± 1'-112"±
Match height & face Match height & face
of Existing Railing 112"± of Existing Railing 1
1 ESTIMATED TRAFFIC RAILING QUANTITIES
1"± 11" 1"± 11" 2"±
at top of Railing at top of Railing ITEM UNIT QUANTITY

2½ "
2½ "
� Thrie-Beam Guardrail Bolts � Thrie-Beam Guardrail Bolts Concrete CY/FT 0.076
Reinforcing Steel LB/FT 14.71

3¼"
3¼"
3" Cover (Front) 3" Cover (Front)
2" Cover (Top & Back) 2" Cover (Top & Back)
CONVENTIONAL REINFORCING STEEL BENDING DIAGRAM
Bars 5S Bars 5S
3Ƃ "
(Typ.) (Typ.) BILL OF REINFORCING STEEL 3'-1" Bars 6D1

-6¾ "
±
±
-3"
-3"
3Ƃ "
±
MARK SIZE LENGTH

-0"
-0"
3'-10" Bars 6D2

5 sp. @
2'
2'
-2¼"
= 1'
Dowel Dowel
3'
3'
7 sp. @
Bars 6D1 Bars 6D2 D1 6 3'-1" Length as Required Bars 5S

= 2'
D2 6 3'-10"
Existing
Narrow Curb S 5 AS REQD.
Existing BARS 6D & 5S
2" M in.
-0" M in.
Approach Slab
Em bed.
±
±
9"
9"
(if present) REINFORCING STEEL NOTES:

Varies
Existing
±
1. All bar dimensions in the bending diagrams are out to out.

4"
Wingwall
1'
2. The reinforcement for the railing on a retaining wall shall be

Bridge
Varies
-0" M in.
the same as detailed for a bridge deck.
Deck
19 AM
Em bed.
3. All reinforcing steel in the Vertical Face Retrofit Railing shall
42:
have a 2" minimum cover.

8:
1'

10/1/2021

VERTICAL FACE RETROFIT RAILING DETAILS - POST & BEAM RAILING WITH NARROW CURB
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
INDEX SHEET
REVISION
Begin or End Bridge
See Detail A Open Joint B
Existing Post & Beam Railing See Detail A
Existing Post & in Railing Existing End Post Begin or End Bridge Existing End Post
Beam Railing Open Joint in Railing (width varies)
A Open Joint in Railing (width varies) Open Joint (width varies)
(if present)
(to be removed, Guardrail
if present)
Existing Recessed Curb Existing Recessed Curb

Flat Slab
B
Existing Approach Slab (if present) Existing
A Existing Wing Wall
Approach Slab
Existing Bent Cap
(if present)
3 OR MORE CONTINUOUS RAILING PANELS ON WINGWALL ADJACENT TO END POST 3 OR MORE CONTINUOUS RAILING PANELS ADJACENT TO BEGIN OR END BRIDGE
Begin or End Bridge
Open Joint B
in Railing Existing End Post Existing Post & Beam Railing Begin or End Bridge Existing End Post
A Open Joint in Railing (width varies) Open Joint (width varies)
(if present)
Existing Post & (to be removed, Guardrail
Beam Railing if present) (to be removed,
if present)

Flat Slab
B
Existing Approach Slab (if present) Existing
Approach Slab
Existing Bent Cap
(if present)
2 CONTINUOUS RAILING PANELS ON WINGWALL ADJACENT TO END POST 2 CONTINUOUS RAILING PANELS ADJACENT TO BEGIN OR END BRIDGE
Begin or End Bridge

(if present at this location) A Open Joint B
Existing Post & in Railing Existing End Post Existing Post & Begin or End Bridge Existing End Post
Beam Railing Open Joint in Railing (width varies) (if present) Beam Railing Open Joint (width varies)
(to be removed, Open Joint in Railing (width varies) Guardrail
if present)

Flat Slab
B
Existing
Approach Slab
Existing Bent Cap
(if present)
1 RAILING PANEL ON WINGWALL ADJACENT TO END POST 1 RAILING PANEL ADJACENT TO BEGIN OR END BRIDGE

Existing Existing Steel (Typ.) Remove exposed existing LEGEND
Existing Post &
Existing Post & Post & Beam Railing to Post & Existing Railing reinforcing steel by burning or
Beam Railing to Beam be removed within Beam grinding to 1" below finished end of Limits of Existing
be removed within Railing limits shown above Railing saw cut. Repair resulting holes and Structure to be removed
limits shown above then coat entire cut end of railing
or curb with Type F-1 epoxy in
Existing Post accordance with Section 926. (Typ.)
Existing Existing
Existing
Existing Recessed Curb
Structure Recessed Curb Saw cut Railing and Recessed
Structure
23 AM
to remain Curb and grind flat to align

Existing to remain Existing Bridge Deck, with edge of post.
42:
Wingwall Flat Slab or Approach

8:
Existing
Slab (if present)
Flat Slab Existing Recessed Curb
Superstructure
10/1/2021
SECTION A-A SECTION B-B DETAIL A
LIMITS OF REMOVAL OF EXISTING STRUCTURE - POST & BEAM RAILING WITH RECESSED CURB
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
INDEX SHEET
REVISION
Ƃ" Open Joint Existing Bridge Direction of Traffic ‫ ٭‬Match width of Ƃ" Open Joint Existing Bridge Direction of Traffic
Existing End Post
Coping existing Deck Joint at Coping
or Deck Joint‫٭‬
Existing Post & Vertical Face Retrofit Railing Existing Post & (Parallel End Post shown;
Bars 5S Begin or End Bridge Dowel Bars 6D Bars 5S
Dowel Bars 6D Curved End Post similar)
Beam Railing (Typ.) Bars 6D2 (if present). Beam Railing (Typ.) Vertical Face Retrofit Railing
(Typ.)
(Typ. Except as noted)
** See Limits of Removal
of Existing Structure
Sheet 4 of 8.
3ƀ" (Typ.) 3ƀ" (Typ.)

7" Roadway Guardrail 7" Roadway Guardrail
Approach Transition Approach Transition
2 equal sp. @ 1'-2" Spacing Max. (Typ.) 2 equal sp. @ 1'-2" Spacing Max. (Typ.)
11Ɓ" Max. 11Ɓ" Max.
2 equal sp. 1'-2" Spacing Max. (Typ.) 2 equal sp. 1'-2" Spacing Max. (Typ.)
@ 1'-2" Max. @ 1'-2" Max.
Existing Approach Slab (if present) Existing Flat Slab
Bars 6D spacing at Bars 6D spacing at

Begin or End Bridge
Railing Ends (Typ) PARTIAL PLAN OF RAILING Railing Ends (Typ) PARTIAL PLAN OF RAILING
Existing Post & Varies** Existing Post & Varies** Existing End Post
Beam Railing Railing End Transition Beam Railing (Parallel End Post shown;
Dowel Bars Deck Joint‫٭‬
2'-8"
Dowel Bars 6D (Typ.) Curved End Post similar)
4"
6D (Typ.) (Field cut Bars 6D and
A B
field bend Bars 5S
Roadway
to clear)
Guardrail
Approach
Roadway Transition
Guardrail
Approach
Transition
Top of
Existing
Wingwall
Existing Wingwall Existing Flat Slab B

A Existing Approach
Slab (if present)
PARTIAL ELEVATION OF INSIDE FACE OF RAILING Existing Bent Cap
SCHEME 3 - APPROACH ENDS OF BRIDGES WITH BEAM OR GIRDER SUPERSTRUCTURE WITH FLAT SLAB SUPERSTRUCTURE & PARALLEL WINGWALLS (SHOWN)
1'-012"± 1'-012"± OR BEAM OR GIRDER SUPERSTRUCTURE & PARALLEL OR CURVED WINGWALLS (SIMILAR)
Match height & face Match height & face
1 1
of Existing Railing 11" 1 2"± of Existing Railing 11" 1 2"±
at top of Railing at top of Railing

ESTIMATED TRAFFIC RAILING QUANTITIES
2½ "
2½ "
� Thrie-Beam Guardrail Bolts � Thrie-Beam Guardrail Bolts
ITEM UNIT QUANTITY
Concrete CY/FT 0.102
3¼"
3¼"
2" Cover (Front & Top) 2" Cover (Front & Top)
Reinforcing Steel LB/FT 17.97
3" Cover (Back) 3" Cover (Back)
-1½ " M ax.
-1½ " M ax.
Bars 5S Bars 5S
(Typ.) (Typ.) CONVENTIONAL REINFORCING STEEL BENDING DIAGRAM
3Ƃ "
3Ƃ "
Varies
BILL OF REINFORCING STEEL 3'-4" Bars 6D

-2¼"
-2¼"
Varies
Dowel Dowel
, 3'
, 3'
7 sp. @
7 sp. @
Bars 6D Bars 6D MARK SIZE LENGTH Length as Required Bars 5S

= 2'
= 2'
-0" M in.
-0" M in.
D 6 3'-4"
S 5 AS REQD.
3'
3'
BARS 6D & 5S
REINFORCING STEEL NOTES:

Existing
±
1. All bar dimensions in the bending diagrams are out to out.

4"
4"
Wingwall
Existing Existing 2. The reinforcement for the railing on a retaining wall shall be
***
Approach Slab Flat Slab
-0" M in.
*** 6" Min. Embed. with the same as detailed for a bridge deck.
Em bed.
Em bed.
-0" M in.
26 AM
(if present) Superstructure 3. All reinforcing steel in the Vertical Face Retrofit Railing shall
Notched Sidewalk Slab.
have a 2" minimum cover.
42:
8:
1'
1'
10/1/2021
Notched Sidewalk Slab (if present)
SECTION A-A SECTION B-B VERTICAL FACE RETROFIT RAILING DETAILS - POST & BEAM RAILING WITH RECESSED CURB
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
INDEX SHEET
REVISION
Guardrail Post (Typ.)
Existing Post & Beam Railing
Transition Block (if shown in Plans)

Gutter Line
Varies‫٭‬
Begin or End Bridge

Limiting Station of Transition

Varies (2'-6" Min., 3'-0" Max.)
Begin or End Bridge Thrie-Beam Guardrail Transition Standard Guardrail

Terminal Connector
(a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) (g) (h)
-1"
-9"
2'
1'
Existing Curb
Existing Bridge Deck Transition Block (if shown in Plans)

Two 12'-6" Thrie-Beam Panels (Nested) 12'-6" Thrie-Beam Panel 6'-3" W-Thrie Beam 12'-6" W-Beam Panels (Nested)
(if present)
Transition Panel
SCHEMES 1 & 3
(Narrow Curb Shown, Recessed Curb Similar)

Gutter Line
Varies‫٭‬
Begin or End Bridge

Varies (2'-6" Min, 3'-0" Max.)
1
1'-1 2"
Guardrail Transition Standard Guardrail
Thrie-Beam
Terminal Connector Begin or End Bridge
(a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) (g) (h)
-1"
-9"
2'
1'
Existing Curb
Existing Bridge Deck Transition Block (if shown in Plans) Existing Approach Slab (if present)
Varies Two 12'-6" Thrie-Beam Panels (Nested) 12'-6" Thrie-Beam Panel 6'-3" W-Thrie Beam 12'-6" W-Beam Panels (Nested)
Thrie-Beam Panel Transition Panel

31 AM

42:
8:
SCHEMES 2 & 4
(Narrow Curb Shown, Recessed Curb Similar, Flat Slab Superstructure Shown, Beam or Girder Superstructure Similar)
* See Limits of Removal of
10/1/2021
Existing Structure, Sheets

2 of 8 and 4 of 8.
GUARDRAIL TRANSITION DETAILS - SHEET 1 OF 2
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
INDEX SHEET
REVISION
Existing Bridge Coping Existing Solid

Section of Railing

Gutter Line
Varies
Begin or End Bridge


Varies (2'-6" Min., 3'-0" Max.)
Begin or End Bridge Thrie-Beam Guardrail Transition Standard Guardrail
Terminal Connector
(a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) (g) (h)
-1"
-9"
2'
1'
Existing Curb
Existing Bridge Deck Transition Block (if shown in Plans)

Existing Solid Section of Railing Two 12'-6" Thrie-Beam Panels (Nested) 12'-6" Thrie-Beam Panel 6'-3" W-Thrie Beam 12'-6" W-Beam Panels (Nested)
(if present)
Transition Panel
SCHEME 5
(Narrow Curb shown; Recessed Curb similar)
Existing End Post Limiting Station of Transition
Trailing End Guardrail Connection Begin or End Bridge Existing Post & Beam Railing
(W-Beam shown) when called for Open Joint (width varies)
in Plans, See Index 536-002
-1"
2'
Existing Narrow Curb
Existing Flat Slab

Approach Slab
(if present) Existing Bent Cap
PARTIAL ELEVATION - TRAILING END TRANSITION

(Narrow Curb Scheme 2 shown; All other Schemes similar)
SCHEME 6
8: 34 AM
42:
10/1/2021
GUARDRAIL TRANSITION DETAILS - SHEET 2 OF 2

REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
INDEX SHEET
REVISION
7'-0"
Existing Bridge or Approach

Slab Mounted Curb
Top
as required to clear Transition
Block (Typ.) 8" 10"
(
Top of
ear
Existing Curb
& Sides)
Varies
2" Cl
3
4" tooled top edge
10"
4"
1
-0"
Transition Block
1'
8"
Top of Existing
10"
2 Equal
Approach Slab
Spaces
-6"
or Bridge Deck
1'
8"
Gutter Line
1'-6"
#3 Stirrups (Field
#4 Adhesive-Bonded Bend) (Typ.)
Slab (Location varies)
Dowels (6 Required) END VIEW A-A

or Bridge Deck 1'-3" 2'-3" 2'-3" 1'-3"
)
Typ.
4" (
8"
Transition Block
#4 Adhesive-Bonded 10" Match existing curb height
Dowels (6 Required) and slope at traffic face
#3 Stirrups (Field
Bend) (Typ.)
Varies
4"
Top of A
-0"
Existing Curb
1'
-0"
1'
Bottom )
Top of Existing Approach NOTES:

Slab or Bridge Deck
A
(
ANCHOR RODS: Steel Anchor Rods shall be ASTM A36, ASTM A709 Grade 36
ear
1" ø Anchor Rods 3'-0" long driven or ASTM A615 Grade 60 hot-dip galvanized in accordance with
2" Cl
into ground prior to casting concrete Specification Section 962.
ADHESIVE-BONDED DOWELS: Adhesive Bonded Dowels are shown installed

1
2
in an existing curb or sidewalk integrally reinforced with Approach Slab,

Wingwall or Bridge Deck. For installations in existing detached curbs or
sidewalks, install dowels in available sound concrete.
ELEVATION OF TRANSITION BLOCK

Shift bars (as needed) to install six dowels into existing bridge or
approach slab mounted curb.
SHOWN FOR CLARITY)
ESTIMATED QUANTITIES PER TRANSITION BLOCK
ITEM UNIT QUANTITY

37 AM
Concrete Class II (Bridge Deck) CY 0.4

42:
8:
10/1/2021
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
INDEX SHEET
REVISION
Match Deck Joint width
GENERAL NOTES
Field Cut Bars 6D to provide
CONCRETE: Concrete for the Traffic Railing (Vertical Face Retrofit) and replacement curb sections shall be Class IV. Concrete
Bars 4C and Expansion Dowels 2" cover above blockout (Typ.)
for Curb Transition Blocks shall be Class II (Bridge Deck).
Bars B, see Sheet 2 (Typ.)
REINFORCING STEEL: Reinforcing steel shall be ASTM A615, Grade 60, except Expansion Dowel Bar B which shall be ASTM A36 Field Bend Bars 5S to Dowel Bars 6D (Typ.)
smooth round bar hot-dip galvanized in accordance with the Specifications. maintain Cover (Typ.) Bars 5S
EXPANSION SLEEVE ASSEMBLY: Pipe sleeve shall be ASTM D2241 PVC pipe, SDR13.5. End Cap shall be ASTM D2466 PVC socket
fitting, Schedule 40. End of Sleeve assembly at railing open joint shall be sealed with silicone to prevent concrete intrusion
during railing casting. A compressible expanded polystyrene plug is required in the opposite end of the assembly for correct
dowel positioning during railing casting. Correct dowel positioning is required in order to provide for thermal movement of
Top of Existing Curb Top of Existing
the deck.
Curb
ADHESIVE-BONDED ANCHORS AND DOWELS: Adhesive Bonding Material Systems for Anchors and Dowels shall comply with
Specification Section 937 and be installed in accordance with Specification Section 416. The field testing proof loads
required by Specification Section 416 shall be 23,800 lbs. for Dowel Bars 6D on the inside face (traffic side) of the railing
(1'-0" embedment) and 18,500 lbs for Dowel Bars 6D along the outside face of the traffic railing (5" min. embedment).
Existing Bridge Deck Polystyrene Blockout * Existing Approach Slab

BRIDGES ON CURVED ALIGNMENTS: The details presented in these Standards are shown for bridges on tangent alignments.
Dowel Bars 6D Spacing (Inside Face) 3ƀ" 3 sp.

BARRIER DELINEATORS: Barrier Delineators shall meet Specification Section 993. Install barrier delineators on top of the 1'-3" (Max)
@ 7ƀ"
Traffic Railing along the entire length of bridge 2" from the face on the traffic side in accordance with Specification Section
705. Barrier Delineator color (white or yellow) shall match the color of the near edgeline. Dowel Bars 6D Spacing (Outside Face) 3ƀ" 2 sp.
1'-3" (Max.)
@ 7ƀ"
PAYMENT: Concrete Traffic Railing - Bridge Retrofit - Post & Beam Railing (each) includes all materials
and labor required to demolish a portion of the existing structure where required and to construct the PARTIAL ELEVATION OF RAILING SHOWING FINGER/SLIDING PLATE JOINT
concrete portion of the retrofit railings. Guardrail Approach Transition to Rigid Barriers (EA) includes AT BEGIN OR END BRIDGE - SCHEMES 2 THRU 5
all transition blocks, and necessary hardware to complete the Guardrail transitions shown.
* Place 1" thick polystyrene blockout over limits

of bridge deck expansion joint full width to the
end of the Traffic Railing to allow for thermal
movement. Seal Forms to prevent mortar
leakage into the expansion joint.
1'-4"
Field Bend Bars 5S

Dowel Bars 6D (Typ.)
to maintain clearance
Bars 5S
2"
Field Cut Bars 6D to provide
2" cover above blockout
Top of Existing
Curb Top of Existing Curb
Polystyrene Blockout *
Existing Bridge Deck 1ƀ" Cl. Existing Approach Slab
1'-3" (Max) 2 sp. Dowel Bars 6D Spacing (Inside Face)
@ 7ƀ"
1'-3" (Max.) 2 sp. @ Dowel Bars 6D Spacing (Outside Face)
ESTIMATED TRAFFIC RAILING QUANTITIES @ 11Ɓ"
(Quantities are based on a 9" curb, no curb cross

QUANTITY
06 AM
slope and 1'-0" embedment length of Bars 6D. If

ITEM UNIT PARTIAL ELEVATION OF RAILING SHOWING FINGER/SLIDING PLATE
the curb height or embedment length differs from
43:
9" Curb Increment

JOINT AT BEGIN OR END BRIDGE - SCHEME 1
8:
that shown, increase or decrease quantity by the

Concrete CY/FT 0.064 0.003 per in. height given per inch increment.) (Guardrail Transition not shown for clarity)
Reinforcing Steel LB/FT 13.27 0.10 per in. length

10/1/2021
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
FY 2022-23 GUARDRAIL TRANSITIONS - EXISTING
INDEX SHEET
REVISION
11/01/19 STANDARD PLANS POST & BEAM BRIDGE RAILINGS (WIDE CURBS) 521-405 1of 6
CONVENTIONAL REINFORCING STEEL BENDING DIAGRAM

Ƃ " Int. Open Joint
Length as Required
MARK SIZE LENGTH NOTE NOS. or Deck Joint
Adhesive Bonding
1'-0" 1'-0" Expansion Sleeve Assembly Dowel Bar 6D,
A 4 AS REQD. 3 Material System
Spacing Expansion 4L or 4N
B 1" Ø 2'-0" 2 & 5 BARS 4A, B, 6D & 5S Dowel Bars B 1'-0" Length of Expanded Polystyrene
5Ƅ "
Em bedm ent Length

Plug to match width of open joint
C 4 2'-0" 1, 2 & 3
Varies
Bar 4N 2'-0"
Varies
D 6 AS REQD. 2 & 3 1" Ø PVC Pipe Sleeve,
7ƀ "
Cap & Polystyrene Plug
Bar 4M 3'-10"
L 4 4'-1" 1 & 3
Bar 4L 3'-8"
4ƀ "
M 4 4'-3" 1 & 3 2 sp. @ 3Ƃ "
Spacing Pairs of Bars 4C
N 4 2'-5" 1 & 3
Ɓ"
S 5 AS REQD. 2, 3 & 4
BARS 4L, 4M & 4N
Existing
Concrete
REINFORCING STEEL NOTES: Top of Existing 2ƀ " (Shift Bars 4C
5ƀ "
1. All bar dimensions in the bending diagrams are out to out. Curb to clear Bars 6D for
Hole Diameter to meet
2. The reinforcement for the railing on a retaining wall shall skewed joints)
Manufacturer's Requirements
be the same as detailed for a bridge deck.
3. All reinforcing steel in the Vertical Face Retrofit Railing D = 4ƀ " Pin
9"
shall have a 2" minimum cover. OPEN JOINT EXPANSION DOWEL DETAIL DOWEL DETAIL
4. Bars 5S may be continuous or spliced at the construction (Railing Reinforcing Not Shown For Clarity)
joints. Bar splices for Bars 5S shall be a minimum of
Dowel Installation Note:
2'-0".
BARS 4C Shift dowel holes to clear if the existing
5. Expansion Dowel Bars B shall be ASTM A36 smooth round
reinforcement is encountered.
bar and hot-dip galvanized in accordance with the
(12 required per open joint)
Specifications.
* ƀ" Preformed Joint Filler at top of Existing Curb shall extend beyond
the joint material (Silicone, poured rubber, armored neoprene seal or sliding
plates) as shown to prevent concrete intrusion during railing casting and
shall be placed so as not to restrict in any way normal joint movement.
Match width of Deck Joint

Bars 6D @ 1'-3" Spacing
2" Cover 1'-0" 1'-0" 1'-0"
Max. (Back Face, Approach
(Typ.) Embedment
Slab Side only)
Top of Existing Curb
Bars 6D
" Expansion
3ƀ
Vertical Face Pairs of Bars 4C @ 3Ƃ "
(Typ.) *
ƀ " Preformed Retrofit Railing sp. (Typ.) Shift to clear Dowel Sleeve
Joint Filler Bars 5S Bars 6D as required Assembly

Pairs of Bars 4C
(Typ.)
@ 3Ƃ " sp. (Typ.)
Shift to clear Bars
Expansion Dowel
Expansion Dowel Bar B
6D as required
Sleeve Assembly
Ø
Vertical Face
Retrofit Railing Expansion Existing
" Bars 6D @ 7ƀ " Spacing
1'-0" Approach Slab
Gutter Line 3ƀ
Dowel Bar B Gutter 1'-3" sp. (Typ.) 7ƀ " 7ƀ " 2 equal sp. Max. (Front Face, Approach
Ø
k
Embedment Line Slab Side only)

)
ec
(11Ɓ" Max.)
.
t
yp
in
7ƀ " or 1'-3" spacing (Typ.) **

D
Jo
(T
6D
Field Cut 2 ~ Bars 6D nt Existing

) Joi
"
2" above existing curb p. ck

Ty
s
Existing Bridge Deck 2 equal spaces (7ƀ " Max. on De Approach

3ƀ
(
ar
for corner overhangs ver

Approach Slab, 1'-3" Max. on Bridge) Co Slab
B
2"
10 AM
43:
8:
PARTIAL PLAN OF RAILING (SKEW ANGLE Ø LESS THAN 70°) PARTIAL PLAN OF RAILING (SKEW ANGLE Ø = 70° OR GREATER)
10/1/2021
SKEW DETAIL
REVISIO N
LAST DESCRIPTION:
FY 2022-23 GUARDRAIL TRANSITIONS - EXISTING
INDEX SHEET
REVISION
07/01/13 STANDARD PLANS POST & BEAM BRIDGE RAILINGS (WIDE CURBS) 521-405 2 of 6
Existing Bridge Coping Set Form flush with back of Existing Railing
* Non skewed deck joint shown, actual joint Varies
3rd or 4th Existing Post between 2nd & 3rd or 3rd & 4th Existing Post
dimensions and orientation vary. For
Existing and cast concrete below Rail. Varies
Existing Post Spacing treatment at skewed deck joints see Skew
Post & Beam Deck Joint * 3" (Max.) Preferred 10"
Varies, 7'-0" Max. 2nd or 3rd Existing Post Detail. Provide open Railing Joints at Deck
Railing 1" (Min.) Existing Post &
Expansion Joint locations matching the
1st Existing Post Beam Railing
dimension of the Deck Joint.
� Thrie-Beam
3ƀ "
Guardrail Bolts
** Curb heights vary from 5" Min. to 1'-2" Max.
2" Min. Clear Vertical Face
Retrofit Railing ‡ Embedment - 1'-0" preferred with 2" Edge
)
2" Cover
3Ƃ "
3Ƃ " M in.
Expansion Dowel
(Schemes 2 thru 5 only) Distance or Bottom Clearance.
= 11Ɓ"
Existing Curb (Typ.)
1
6" Min. if Edge Distance or Bottom
4" 3 sp. @
6 Min. Clearance is less than 2". Bars 5S
Varies
Varies (
(Typ.)
) Preferred
-10"
Gutter Line
Dowel
3'-0" Min.
2'
)
M in.
Existing Bars 6D
Bridge Deck Asphalt Overlay
1" (
Existing
M ax.
M in.
when present
2"
Curb
(Varies)
3" (
‡
** Curb
Varies
Em bedm ent
Edge ‡
Direction of Traffic Final Riding Embedment
PARTIAL PLAN OF RAILING Distance
Surface Coping
Front Face of Backwall, Begin
or End Bridge & Match Line Bottom
‡
Bridge
Varies 1st to 3rd or 4th Existing Post - Contractor to establish and construct Clearance
Varies
Deck
(See Sheets 4, 5 or 6)
minimum possible length using criteria shown above in Partial Plan of Railing
3rd or 4th Bottom
‡
Varies Clearance
Existing Post
(2'-6" Min.)
Existing
2nd or 3rd Existing Post Limiting Station 1'-4" Existing Bridge Deck
Post & Beam * Deck Joint
of Transition
Railing SECTION A-A
Railing End Transition
B A Scheme 1 only TYPICAL SECTION THRU RAILING ON BRIDGE DECK
2"
Roadway Guardrail
Varies
Top of Transition
(See note 1) Varies
Existing Curb
3" (Max.) Preferred 10"
Existing Wing Post
1" (Min.)
Existing Curb Varies (Type Varies)
� Thrie-Beam
3ƀ "
Guardrail Bolts
Existing Post &
Beam Railing
B A
3Ƃ "
)
3Ƃ " M in.
2" Cover
= 11Ɓ"
(Typ.)
4" 3 sp. @
Bars 5S
Varies
Varies (
(Expansion Dowel Assemblies & Bars 4C not shown for clarity) Angle Dowel (Typ.)
Bars 6D at Bars 5S
-10"
60°± under Field cut to Dowel
2'
Existing 2" clear at Bars 6D
Railing and front face of
Existing Railing
M in.
field cut to
2"
TYPICAL TREATMENT OF RAILING ALONG BRIDGE maintain min. Final
concrete cover
‡
NOTES: Riding
Em bedm ent
** Curb
Varies
5" Min.
1. On approach end provide a Roadway Guardrail Transition, Index No. 402 (as shown) Surface
Embed.
or other site specific treatment. See Roadway Plans for limiting station of Roadway
Bars 5S
Guardrail Transition or other site specific treatment. If limiting station of Roadway Guardrail
Field Cut to
Transition is on the bridge, attach Thrie-Beam Terminal Connector to railing as shown above. Reinforced Curb Integral
‡ 2" clear of
If limiting station of Roadway Guardrail Transition is along the Wing Wall, see Schemes 2, 3, 4 or 5, Embedment with Approach Slab or Wing
Form at Asphalt Overlay
Sheets 4, 5 and 6. On skewed bridges, if the skew along the deck joint extends across the width of Bottom Wall (6" Min. thickness)
‡ back face of 2"
Clearance when present
the railing, the 2'-6" minimum dimension shall apply to both the front and back face of the railing.
Existing Railing (Varies) (Min.)
14 AM
Bottom
‡
Clearance
43:
2. Field cut Bars 5S and Dowel Bars 6D to maintain clearance within Vertical Face Retrofit Railing.
Existing Wing Wall
8:
3. Where existing structure has been removed and not encased in new concrete; match adjoining areas
and finish flat by grouting or grinding as required. Exposed existing reinforcing steel not encased Existing Bridge Deck SECTION C-C
10/1/2021
in new concrete shall be burned off 1" below existing concrete and grouted over.

Bstandardplansfy2022 23ebook

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

You might also like

Bstandardplansfy2022 23ebook

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Bstandardplansfy2022 23ebook

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

FY 2022-23 STANDARD PLANS

FOR BRIDGE CONSTRUCTION

State of Florida Department of Transportation

General Construction Operations Precast Prestressed Concrete Construction (Cont.)

Maintenance of Traffic 450-452 15" Florida Slab Beam

Structures 455-002 Square Prestressed Concrete Pile Splices

Concrete Structures 455-003 Square Prestressed Concrete Piles - EDC Instrumentation

450-096 Florida-I 96 Beam - Standard Details Bridge Deck Joints

Structural Steel and Miscellaneous Metals (Cont.) Fencing - Type R

Post-Tensioning 630-010 Conduit Details - Embedded

462-001 Post-Tensioning Vertical Profiles

462-002 Post-Tensioning Anchorage Protection Signing, Pavement Markings and Lighting

Fiber Reinforced Polymer Fender Systems

Navigation Lights for Fixed Bridges

Metal Pedestrian/Bicycle Railings, Guiderails and Handrails

515-022 Pedestrian/Bicycle Bullet Railing Details

515-051 Bridge Pedestrian/Bicycle Railing (Steel)

515-061 Bridge Pedestrian/Bicycle Railing (Aluminum)

Concrete Barriers, Traffic Railing and Parapets

521-422 Traffic Railing - (42" Vertical Shape)

521-423 Traffic Railing - (32" Vertical Shape)

521-426 Traffic Railing - (Median 36" Single-Slope)

521-427 Traffic Railing - (36" Single-Slope)

521-428 Traffic Railing - (42" Single-Slope)

521-481 Traffic Railing - (Vertical Face Retrofit) Narrow Curb

521-482 Traffic Railing - (Vertical Face Retrofit) Wide Curb

521-483 Traffic Railing - (Vertical Face Retrofit) Intermediate Curb

521-484 Traffic Railing - (Vertical Face Retrofit) Spread Footing Approach

521-509 Traffic Railing/Noise Wall (8'-0") - Bridge

521-660 Light Pole Pedestal - Bridge

521-820 27" Concrete Parapet Pedestrian/Bicycle with Bullet Railing

521-825 42" Concrete Pedestrian/Bicycle Railing

216 425-061 Closed Flume Inlet 285 443-001 French Drain

Traffic Railings General

425 Deleted Traffic Railing - (42" F Shape) 532 110-200 Mailboxes

430 544-001 Crash Cushion Details 544 580-001 Landscape Installation

477 460-477 Thrie-Beam Panel Retrofit (Concrete Handrail) Work on Shoulder

5250 534-250 Perimeter Walls 3

6011 400-011 Gravity Wall 17355 700-102 Special Sign Details

6100 521-600 MSE Wall Coping (Precast or C-I-P) Roadway Lighting

Signing and Marking Traffic Signal and Equipment

11320 700-041 Span Sign Structure 17725 641-010 Concrete Poles

17345 711-003 Interchange Markings 17841 676-010 Cabinet Installation Details

17351 700-105 Welcome Center Signing Planning

20063 450-063 Florida-I 63 Beam - Standard Details Approach Slabs

20084 450-084 Florida-I 84 Beam - Standard Details Bridge Expansion Joints

21610 102-210 Temporary Detour Bridge Details - Timber Pile Foundations

21620 102-220 Temporary Detour Bridge Details - Steel H Pile Foundations

21640 102-240 Temporary Detour Bridge Thrie-Beam Guardrail

21802 462-002 Post-Tensioning Anchorage Protection

21803 462-003 Post-Tensioning Anchorage and Grouting Details

Fender System Details

Square and Round Concrete Piles (Corrosion Resistant)

22601 455-102 Square CFRP and SS Prestressed Concrete Pile Splices

22612 455-112 12" Square CFRP and SS Prestressed Concrete Pile

22614 455-114 14" Square CFRP and SS Prestressed Concrete Pile

22618 455-118 18" Square CFRP and SS Prestressed Concrete Pile